Home

McDATA 3032 Switch User Manual

Contents

1. displays 0 v G_PORT 1 Gb sec v 20 00 00 00 C9 00 00 00 1 J iv G_PORT 1 Gbisec 20 01 00 00 C9 00 00 00 2 v G_PORT 1 Gb sec 20 02 00 E0 69 00 00 00 3 m G_PORT 1 Gb sec v 20 03 00 00 C9 00 00 00 4 y G_PORT 1 Gb sec 20 04 00 00 C9 00 00 00 6 v G_PORT 1 Gb sec 20 05 00 E0 69 00 00 00 6 y G_PORT 1 Gb sec l 20 06 00 E0 69 00 00 00 7 m G_PORT 1 Gb sec 20 07 00 00 C9 00 00 00 8 m G_PORT 1 Gb sec 20 08 00 00 C9 00 00 00 9 v G_PORT 1 Gb sec v 20 09 08 00 20 00 00 00 10 m G_PORT 1 Gb sec 20 04 00 60 48 00 00 00 11 y G_PORT 1 Gb sec 20 08 00 60 48 00 00 00 12 v G_PORT 1 Gb sec v 20 0C 00 00 C9 00 00 00 13 y G_PORT 1 Gb sec 20 0D 00 60 48 00 00 00 14 m G_PORT 1 Gb sec 20 0E 08 00 20 00 00 00 15 y G_PORT 1 Gb sec ril 20 0F 08 00 20 00 00 00 16 v G_PORT 1 Gb sec 20 10 00 E0 69 00 00 00 17 m G_PORT 1 Gb sec E 20 11 08 00 20 00 00 00 18 v G_PORT 1 Gb sec y 20 12 00 E0 69 00 00 00 19 m G_PORT 1 Gb sec 20 13 00 E0 69 00 00 00 20 v G_PORT 1 Gb sec 20 1 4 08 00 20 00 00 00 21 m G_PORT 1 Gb sec v 20 15 00 00 C9 00 00 00 22 E y G_PORT 1 Gb sec _ 20 16 00 E0 69 00 00 00 v IG PORT 4Gbisec 20 17 00 E0 69 00 00 Figure 3 3
2. 0 v v NIA 1 Gbisec 20 00 00 00 C9 00 00 00 1 vi NA 1 Gb sec 20 01 00 00 C9 00 00 00 2 v NIA 1 Gbisec 20 02 00 E0 69 00 00 00 3 v v NIA 1 Gbisec 20 03 00 00 C9 00 00 00 4 v N A 1 Gb sec 20 04 00 00 C9 00 00 00 5 v NIA 1 Gb sec 6 v y NIA 1 Gb sec 7 v NIA 1 Gbisec i 0 00 8 v NIA 1 Gbisec 20 08 00 00 C9 00 00 00 9 m y NIA 1 Gbisec 20 09 08 00 20 00 00 00 10 v NIA 1 Gb sec 20 04 00 60 48 00 00 00 11 LI lv L NIA 1 Gb sec 20 08 00 60 48 00 00 00 12 v v NIA 1 Gb sec 20 0C 00 00 C9 00 00 00 13 v NA 1 Gbisec 20 0D 00 60 48 00 00 00 14 v NIA 1 Gbisec 20 0E 08 00 20 00 00 00 15 v y NIA 1 Gbisec 20 0F 08 00 20 00 00 00 16 v NIA 1 Gbisec 20 10 00 E0 69 00 00 00 17 v NIA 1 Gb sec 20 11 08 00 20 00 00 00 18 m v NIA 1 Gb sec 20 12 00 E0 69 00 00 00 19 v NIA 1 Gbisec 20 13 00 E0 69 00 00 00 20 v NIA 1 Gbisec 20 14 08 00 20 00 00 00 21 v m NIA 1 Gbisec 20 15 00 00 C9 00 00 00 22 v NIA 1 Gb sec 20 16 00 E0 69 00 00 00 23 Ei v mi NIA 41 Gb sec 20 17 00 Figure 2 71 Configure Ports Dialog Box FICON Management Style a Click the 10 100 km check box to enable extended distance buffering for a port A check mark in the box indicates extended distance operation up to 100 kilometers through repeaters is enabled b Click the LIN Alerts check box to enable or disable LIN alerts for a port A check ma
3. 0x18 User port internal frame error long frame HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x19 User port internal frame error short frame HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x1A User port internal parity error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x1B Buffer error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x1C User port detected unexpected frame HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 transmission 0x1D User port internal frame error invalid trailer HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 Ox1E User port detected frame internal integrity error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 Ox1F Internal connection time out HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x20 User port detected elastic store error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x21 User port detected trailer parity error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x22 User port detected internal frame error long HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 frame 0x23 Port detected SBAR response error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x24 User port detected clock error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x25 Port module internal address bus error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x26 User module internal data bus error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x27 User Port detected invalid address HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x28 Embedded port detected frame integrity error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x29 Embedded port det
4. sequence OLS Port Name Blocked LIN Alerts Fan Type Speed PortBinding Bound WWN 0 I lv I G_Pot 1 Gig x 20 00 08 00 20 00 00 00 1 y G_Pot 1 Gig B 20 01 00 60 48 00 00 00 2 y G_Por 1 Gig J 20 02 00 00 C9 00 00 00 3 y G_Por 1 Gig v 20 03 00 60 48 00 00 00 4 y G_Por 1 Gig mj 20 04 00 00 C9 00 00 00 5 v G_Por 1 Gig mj 20 05 00 E0 69 00 00 00 6 v G_Port 1 Gig v 20 06 00 E0 69 00 00 00 7 m G_Port 1 Gig Jj 20 07 00 60 48 00 00 00 8 m G_Port 1 Gig J 20 08 00 E0 69 00 00 00 9 v G_Port 1 Gig v 20 09 08 00 20 00 00 00 v G_Port 1 Gig J 20 04 08 00 20 00 00 00 Y L G_Port _ 1 Gig wi 20 0B 08 00 20 00 00 00 raj ui G_Port _ 1 Gig lv 20 0 00 00 C9 00 00 00 m G_Pot 1 Gig LJ 20 0D 00 00 C9 00 00 00 ra mi G_Port 1 Gig J 20 0E 00 60 48 00 00 00 y G_Port 1 Gig v 20 0F 00 00 C9 00 00 00 v G_Port 1 Gig J 20 10 00 60 48 00 00 00 m G_Pot 1 Gig m 20 11 00 00 C9 00 00 00 v G_Por 1 Gig v 20 12 00 60 48 00 00 00 v G_Port 1 Gig Lj 20 13 00 00 C9 00 00 00 y G_Pot 1 Gig Lj 20 1 4 08 00 20 00 00 00 v G_Port 1 Gig v 20 15 08 00 20 00 00 00 Y G_Port 1 Gig mj 20 16 00 E0 69 00 00 00 v G_Port 1 Gig Lj 20 1 7 00 00 C9 00 00 00 Figure 2 70 Configure Ports Dialog Box Open Systems Management Style c Click the 10 100 km check box to enable extended distance buffering for a port A check mark in the box indicates extended distance
5. Ox1F Internal connection time out HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x20 User port detected elastic store error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x21 User port detected trailer parity error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x22 User port detected internal frame error long HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 frame 0x23 Port detected SBAR response error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x24 User port detected clock error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x25 Port module internal address bus error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x26 User module internal data bus error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x27 User Port detected invalid address HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x28 Embedded port detected frame integrity error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x29 Embedded port detected frame error non parity HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x2A Embedded port detected frame error parity HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x2B Embedded port detected invalid SBAR response HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x2C Embedded port detected receive frame parity HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 error 0x2D Embedded port detected connection time out HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x2E Embedded port detected receive fame overrun HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 error 0x2F Embedded port detected frame transmit error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x30 Embedd
6. OOOO Figure 2 74 Configure SNMP Dialog Box a For each trap recipient to be configured type a community name of 64 alphanumeric characters or less in the associated Community Name field The community name is incorporated in SNMP trap messages to ensure against unauthorized viewing or use b Click the check box in the Write Authorization column to enable or disable write authorization for the trap recipient default is disabled A check mark in the box indicates write authorization is enabled When the feature is enabled a management workstation user can change the management server s sysContact sysName and sysLocation SNMP variables c Type the IP address or DNS host name of the trap recipient SNMP management workstation in the associated Trap Recipient field Use 32 alphanumeric characters or less It is recommended the IP address be used Task 21 Configure Fabric Operating Parameters Installation Tasks Installation Tasks Configure and Enable E mail Notification 3 d The default user datagram protocol UDP port number for trap recipients is 162 e Type a decimal port number in the associated UDP Port Number field to override the default To enable or disable transmission of authorization trap messages to unauthorized management workstations trying to access SNMP information through the management server select the Enable Authorization Traps check box A check m
7. 2 124 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual Installation Tasks c The Attached WWN column contains read only fields that list the world wide names of attached Fibre Channel devices Click the check box in the Use Attached column to indicate the world wide name specified in the Attached WWN column is to be used for port binding After activation the attached WWN appears in the Bound WWN column 2 Click Activate to save the information The message Your changes to the port binding configuration have been successfully activated appears Configure Switch Binding Perform this procedure to configure switch binding by attached devices nodes The SANtegrity feature must be installed to access this control Refer to Install PFE Keys Optional on page 2 132 for instructions If the feature is not installed the message This Feature Not Installed appears To configure switch binding 1 At the Configure panel click the Switch Binding tab The Security page displays with the Switch Binding tab selected Figure 2 101 Configure Refresh 4 27 04 at 10 36 36 Auth Users Auth Serciga Port Biwi Sodtch Bindlag Fabris Ailing gt gt View Switch Binding State Disabled Configure Madity the Switch Binding State to Disabled Monitor Actions to Modify the Switch Binding Membership List Operations Add the following mambe by G Attached Node VWN No
8. Host name System date and time LAN 1 and LAN 2 IP addresses Fan 1 fan 2 fan 3 and fan 4 rotational speed CPU temperature Hard disk capacity Virtual and physical memory capacity MAP 0400 Loss of Console Communication 3 55 Figure 3 21 b After a few seconds the LCD panel displays the following Figure 3 21 LCD Panel LAN 2 IP Address c Depending on switch to server LAN connectivity record the appropriate IP address LAN 1 or LAN 2 Continue to the next step 21 Configure the EFC Server reporting the Duplicate Session communication problem as a client a At the Product View select Logout from the Logout Exit menu on the navigation control panel The EFC Manager Login dialog box displays b At the EFC Manager Login dialog box type a user name and password obtained in MAP 0000 Start MAP on page 3 6 c Type the IP address of the EFC Server running the first instance of the EFC Manager application in the EFC Server field d Click Login The EFC Manager application opens as a client and the Product View displays Did the EFC Server reconfigure as a client and did the Ethernet connection recover NO YES 1 The switch to EFC Server connection is restored and the second EFC Server appears operational as a client Contact the next level of support 22 The IP address defining the switch to the EFC Manager application is incorrect or unknown and must b
9. RRP Power Supply 5 5 FRU Removal and Replacement 9 Inspect the power supply to ensure that the green LED is illuminated If the green LED is extinguished go to MAP 0000 Start MAP on page 3 6 to isolate the problem 10 At the EFC Server s Hardware View select the Event Log option from the Logs icon The Event Log displays Ensure the following event codes appear in the log 203 Power supply AC voltage recovery 204 Power supply DC voltage recovery 11 At the EFC Server s Hardware View observe the power supply graphic and ensure no alert symbols appear that indicate a failure yellow triangle or red diamond If a problem is indicated go to MAP 0000 Start MAP on page 3 6 to isolate the problem 12 Perform the data collection procedure Collecting Maintenance Data on page 4 36 13 Clear the switch system error ERR LED a At the EFC Server s Hardware View right click the front panel bezel graphic away from a FRU to open a pop up menu b Click the Clear System Error Light menu selection RRP Cooling Fan FRU Use the following procedures to remove or replace a cooling fan FRU from the rear of the switch No tools are required Removal To remove a cooling fan 1 Identify the defective cooling fan from the illuminated amber LED on the fan or failure information at the EFC Server s Hardware View 2 With a screwdriver loosen the fan retaining screw in the upper right co
10. Task 18 Set Switch Date and Time Sphereon 3032 3232 element manager log entries are stamped with the date and time received from the switch To set the effective date and time for the switch 1 At the Hardware View for the selected switch click the Configure icon at the navigation control panel and select Date Time from the Configure menu The Configure Date and Time dialog box displays The switch date and time can be set manually or set to be periodically updated by the SAN management application the switch and SAN management application synchronize at least once daily v Periodic Date Time Synchronization Date l Time set renee cme a Figure 2 65 Configure Date and Time Dialog Box Set Date and Time To set the switch date and time manually Manually 1 At the Configure Date and Time dialog box click the Periodic Date Time Synchronization check box to deselect the option no check mark in the box The greyed out Date and Time fields activate 2 Click the Date fields that require change and type numbers in the following ranges Month MM 1 through 12 Day DD 1 through 31 Year YY greater than 1980 3 Click the Time fields that require change and type numbers in the following ranges McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual Installation Tasks Hour HH 0 through 23 Minute MM 0 thr
11. Segmented E_Port e Type The type of port Valid port types are a generic port G_Port that is not connected to a Fibre Channel device or switch therefore light is not transmitted fabric port F_Port that is connected to a device or an expansion port E_Port that is connected to another switch to form an interswitch link ISL e Alert If link incident LIN alerts are configured for the port through the Configure Ports dialog box a yellow triangle appears in the column when a link incident occurs A yellow triangle also appears if beaconing is enabled for the port A red and yellow diamond appears if the port fails Click anywhere in the port row to open the Port Properties dialog box Right click anywhere in the port row to open a pop up menu to e Open the Port Properties dialog box e Open the Node Properties dialog box e Display the Port Technology dialog box e Block or unblock the port e Enable port beaconing e Perform port diagnostics e Enable or disable port channel wrapping This menu option appears only when the switch is configured for FICON management style e Swap one Fibre Channel port address with another This menu option appears only when the switch is configured for FICON management style e Clear link incident alerts e Reset the port e Configure Port Binding Using Views Repair Information 4 17 SF Repair Information 7 E t FRU List View The FRU List View Figu
12. 2 Perform one of the following steps as required Task 25 Configure the Switch from the SANpilot Interface Optional Installation Tasks Installation Tasks e Click Enable to activate the CLI The message Your changes to the CLI enable state have been successfully activated appears e Click Disable to deactivate the CLI The message Your changes to the CLI enable state have been successfully activated appears Enable or Disable Perform this procedure to toggle enable or disable host control of Host Control the switch through the OSMS The OSMS feature must be installed to access this control Refer to Install PFE Keys Optional on page 2 132 for instructions If the feature is not installed the message OSMS Feature Not Installed appears To enable or disable host control 1 At the Configure panel click the OSMS tab The Management page displays with the OSMS tab selected Figure 2 98 Configure Refresh4 23 04 at 10 10 07 View OSMS Disabled x Host Control Enabled x Configure Activate Cancel Monitor Operations Help Figure 2 98 Configure Panel Management Page with OSMS Tab 2 Perform one of the following steps as required e Click Enable to activate the OSMS The message Your changes to the host control enable state have been successfully activated appears e Click Disable to deactivate the OSMS The message Your changes to the host control enable state h
13. Application Data 6 Select the desired firmware version file downloaded in step 1 from the EFC Server diskette drive or hard drive Ensure the correct directory path and filename appear in the File name field and click Save The New Firmware Description dialog box displays 7 Enter a description up to 24 characters for the new firmware version and click OK The description should include the installation date and text that uniquely identify the firmware version 8 A Transfer Complete message box appears indicating the new firmware version is stored on the EFC Server hard drive Click Close to close the message box 9 The new firmware version and associated description appear in the Firmware Library dialog box Click Close to close the dialog box and return to the Product Manager application Manage Firmware Versions asi I Repair Information Modify a Firmware Version Description 10 To send the firmware version to a switch refer to Download a Firmware Version to a Switch on page 4 53 To modify the description of a switch firmware version in the library stored on the EFC Server hard drive 1 At the EFC Server open the EFC Manager application The Product View displays 2 Select the icon representing the switch for which a firmware version is to be modified The Hardware View for the selected switch displays 3 At the navigation control panel select Firmware Library from the Maintenance me
14. NOTE The Call Home Notification feature may be optional depending on your purchased software package e Reset port operation e Run port diagnostics e Set the date and time on the switch e Swap addresses between ports FICON management style only e Use standard keyboard navigation in dialog boxes For example use the Tab arrow and backspace keys to move through dialog box fields and the Enter key to perform default button functions Table 1 1 Status Symbols Alert Symbol Meaning Green circle Za Status Bar All managed products are fully operational and no failures are indicated amp Next to Icon The switch is fully operational and no failures are indicated Next to Icon A redundant component failed or the switch is operating in degraded Yellow triangle Al Status Bar At least one managed product is operating in degraded mode mode Service is required yellow background Next to Icon A critical failure occurred and the switch is not operational Immediate Red diamond with amp Status Bar At least one managed product is not operational service is required Next to Icon The switch status is unknown because of a network connection failure Grey square Status Bar The status of at least one managed product is unknown between the switch and management server Using the Element Manager This provides a general overview of the Element Manager and its functions Using Dial
15. Severity Informational Explanation The receive error counters for the Ethernet adapter on the active CTP card sum of all error counters exceeded a threshold This does not indicate a CTP card failure but an indication of a possible problem with either the Ethernet cable or hub or misbehavior of another device on the same Ethernet segment All counters in the event data described below are represented in hexadecimal with the least significant byte first e g event data 56 34 12 00 represents the counter value 0x00123456 Action Verify that the cable and Ethernet hub and other devices connected to the same segment are working properly Event Data Bytes 0 3 Total Ethernet receive errors Sum of all receive errors Bytes 4 7 Dribble bits count Count of frames where the received frame had from one to seven bits after the last received full byte The CRC error counter is also updated The frame is not processed Bytes 8 11 CRC error count Count of frames where the received frame had a bad CRC The frame is not processed Bytes 12 15 Runt frame count Count of frames received with less than 64 bytes The frame is not processed Broadcast runt frames are counted but do not contribute to the threshold count Bytes 16 19 Extra Data count Count of frames received with more than 1518 bytes The frame is not processed Broadcast frames are counted but do not contribute to the threshold count Distribution
16. Switch EFC Server Host Nonvolatile System Event Log System Error Indicator Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident Vv CTP Card Events 400 through 499 Event Code Tables B 37 Event Code Tables Event Code 432 Message Ethernet adapter reset Severity Minor Explanation The Ethernet adapter was reset on the active CTP in response to an internally detected error condition This does not indicate a CTP failure The connection to the EFC Server is terminated but should automatically recover once the reset is complete Action Perform the data collection procedure for the switch using the EFC Manager and return the CD to McDATA for analysis Event Data Bytes 0 3 Reset Error reason code Reason for resetting the adapter least significant byte first 1 Frame transmission timed out Distribution Switch EFC Server Host Nonvolatile System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident System Error Event Log Indicator Y Y McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Installation and Service Manual Event Code Tables Event Code 433 Message Non recoverable Ethernet fault Severity Major Explanation A non recoverable error condition was detected on the Ethernet adapter and the LAN interface has been shutdown The connection to the EFC Server is terminated bu
17. Type a member name and password both are case sensitive and click Sign In The File Libraries page displays NOTE If required obtain the customer specific member name and password from the customer or next level of support Click the Microcode Downloads folder A list of software available for download displays at the right side of the window Click the Firmware Version XX YY ZZ entry where XX YY ZZ is the desired version The Windows 2000 Save As dialog box appears Ensure the correct directory path is specified at the Save in field and the correct file is specified in the File name field Click Save The new firmware version is downloaded and saved to the EFC Server or PC hard drive If the new firmware version was downloaded to a PC not the EFC Server transfer the firmware version file to the EFC Server by diskette or other electronic means 2 At the EFC Server open the EFC Manager application The Product View displays 3 Select the icon representing the switch for which a firmware version is to be added The Hardware View for the selected switch displays 4 At the navigation control panel select Firmware Library from the Maintenance menu The Firmware Library dialog box displays Mew 4 50 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual Repair Information 5 Click New The New Firmware Version dialog box displays Dew esl e E ae java
18. a To install or upgrade the EFC Manager application and associated applications to the EFC Server 1 Log out of all EFC Manager sessions local and remote and exit the EFC Manager application 2 To obtain the new software version from the EFC Management Applications CD ROM go to step 4 3 To obtain the new software version from McDATA s home page At the EFC Server or other personal computer PC with internet access open the McDATA home page The URL is http www mcdata com Move the pointer over Services at the top of the home page to open a list of menu selections then click the Support Login selection The McDATA Central Site page displays Type a member name and password both are case sensitive and click Sign In The McDATA Central Site File Library page displays If required obtain the customer specific member name and password from the customer or next level of support Click the Microcode Downloads folder A list of software available for download displays at the right side of the window NOTE If required obtain the customer specific member name and password from the customer or next level of support Click the appropriate EFCM Server Version XX YY ZZ entry where XX YY ZZ is the desired version A File Download dialog box appears Select Save this file to disk and click OK The Save As dialog box appears Ensure the correct directory path is specified in the Save In fiel
19. Action If possible reconfigure the fabric so that the path between any two switches traverses no more than seven interswitch links Event Data Byte 0 domain ID of the switch more than seven hops away Bytes 1 3 reserved Distribution Switch EFC Server Host Nonvolatile System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident System Error Event Log Indicator Vv Vv System Events 000 through 199 Event Code Tables B 7 Event Code Tables Event Code 063 Message Remote switch has too many ISLs Severity Major Explanation The switch indicated in the event data Domain ID has too many ISLs attached to it That switch is unreachable from this switch Action Reduce the number of ISLs on the indicated switch to a number that within the limits 128 ISLs per switch Event Data Byte 0 domain ID of the switch with too many ISLs Bytes 1 3 reserved Distribution Switch EFC Server Host Nonvolatile System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident System Error Event Log Indicator Vv Vv Vv Vv McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Installation and Service Manual Event Code Tables Event Code 070 Message E_Port has become segmented Severity Informational Explanation E_Port has recognized an incompatibility with the switch connected to the other end of the link preventing the two fabrics fro
20. Action Replace the Small Form Factor optics module with a working module of the same type If the amber LED does not extinguish when the new module is inserted see the Port Failure event 506 Event Data Byte 00 Port number 00 8F Byte 01 Reason code 00 Optics component has asserted its fail signal Bytes 04 07 Elapsed millisecond tick count Distribution Switch EFC Server Host Nonvolatile System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident System Error Event Log Indicator Y Y Y Y Y Vv McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Installation and Service Manual Event Code 581 Message Implicit incident Severity Major Explanation A condition caused by an event known to have occurred within the incident node has been recognized by the incident node The condition affects the attached link in such a way that it may cause a link incident to be recognized by the attached node Action A Link incident Record LIR is generated and sent to the host using the Link Incident reporting procedure defined in the T11 99 017v0 document If after fault isolation is performed by the host it is determined that the incident is because of a port failure perform a data collection procedure for this switch using the EFC manager and return the CD to McDATA for analysis Event Data Byte 00 Port number 00 8F Bytes 4 7 Elapsed millisecond tick count Distribution Switch EFC Serv
21. An error occurred while attempting to stop the port diagnostics from running The link is down or busy Retry the operation later If the condition persists contact support personnel Error transferring files lt message gt An error occurred while attempting to download files Retry the operation If the condition persists contact support personnel Field cannot be blank A blank field is not allowed in this dialog Enter the required information in the blank field Sphereon 3032 3232 Element Manager Messages A 15 Message Description Action Message Description Action Message Description Action Message Description Action Message Description Action Message Feature not supported The product name must be running version 05 00 00 or higher The enterprise operating system E OS version on the hardware product switch or director is lower than 05 00 00 This message only displays if the optional Open Trunking feature is installed Install E OS version 5 00 00 or higher on the hardware product Field has exceeded maximum number of characters The maximum number of data entry characters allowed in the field was exceeded Enter the information using the prescribed number of characters File transfer aborted User has stopped the file transfer N A An informational message File transfer is in progress Firmware or data collection is being transferred N
22. Dump files could not be removed from server Link may be down or switch may be busy Retry the operation later If the condition persists contact support personnel Could not stop port diagnostics Port diagnostics could not be stopped Link may be down or switch may be busy Retry the operation later If the condition persists contact support personnel Could not write firmware to flash Firmware could not be written to flash memory Try again If problem persists contact support personnel CUP name and port name are identical Within the address configuration one or more of the port names are the same as the CUP name Make sure all names are unique for the ports and CUP name Date entered is invalid Date entered incorrectly Verify that the number of days in the month is valid McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Installation and Service Manual Message Description Action Message Description Action Message Description Action Message Description Action Device applications should be terminated before starting diagnostics Press NEXT to continue Device application is not terminated Terminate device application before running port diagnostics device WWN cannot be removed from the Switch Membership List while participating in Switch Binding The device must be isolated from the switch or Switch Binding deactivated before it can be removed User attempted to remove a devi
23. Exit MAP Go to step 1 34 A link incident message appeared in the Link Incident Log or in the Link Incident field of the Port Properties dialog box or an event code 581 582 583 584 585 or 586 was observed at the console of an OSI server attached to the switch reporting the problem Clear the link incident for the port a At the Hardware View right click the port A pop up menu appears MAP 0600 Port Failure and Link Incident Analysis 3 89 b Select Clear Link Incident Alert s The Clear Link Incident Alert s dialog box displays Figure 3 43 Clear Link Incident Alert s Dialog Box c Select the This port n only radio button where n is the port number and click OK The link incident clears d Monitor port operation for approximately five minutes Did the link incident recur YES NO L The problem is transient and the Fibre Channel link and switch appear operational Exit MAP 35 Inspect the fiber optic jumper cable attached to the port and ensure the cable is not bent and connectors are not damaged If the cable is bent or connectors are damaged a Notify the customer the port will be blocked Ensure the customer s system administrator quiesces Fibre Channel frame traffic through the port and sets the attached device offline b Block the port Refer to Block or Unblock a Port on page 4 45 c Remove and replace the fiber optic jumper cable d Unblock the port Refer to Block or Unblock a Port
24. G gateway address Gb GB Gbps generic port GHz gigabit gigabyte gigaheriz G_Port graphical user interface ground GSM card GUI 1 In transmission control protocol Internet protocol TCP IP a device that connects two systems that use the same or different proto cols 2 In TCP IP the address of a router to which a device sends frames destined for addresses not on the same physical network for example not on the same Ethernet as the sender The hexadecimal format for the gateway address is XXX XXX XXX XXX See gigabit See gigabyte Acronym for gigabits per second G_Port Physical interface on a director or switch that can function either as a fabric port F_Port or an expansion port E_Port depend ing on the port type to which it connects See also bridge port expan sion port fabric port node port segmented expansion port See gigahertz Gb A unit of measure for data storage equal to approximately 134 217 728 bytes Approximately one eighth of a gigabyte GB A unit of measure for data storage equal to 1 073 741 824 bytes Generally approximated as one billion bytes D GHz One billion cycles per second Hertz D See generic port GUL A visually oriented interface where the user interacts with rep resentations of real world objects displayed on the computer screen Interactions with such objects produce actions that are intuitive to the user D That portion of a con
25. IPL IPL configuration ISL ISL hop isolated E_Port isolated expansion port ITE Java Interop mode An operating mode set through management software that allows products to operate in homogeneous or heterogeneous fabrics See interoperability mode A signal sent by a subsystem to the central processing unit CPU that signifies a process has either completed or could not be completed ISL Physical expansion port E_Port connection between two direc tors in a fabric ISL hop See hop Input output operations per second See Internet protocol See Internet protocol address See initial program load See initial program load configuration See interswitch link Interswitch link hop See hop Isolated expansion port See segmented expansion port Isolated E_Port See segmented expansion port Information technology equipment An object oriented programming language derived from C that produces code that is platform independent Developed by Sun Microsystems designed for distribution and distributable applica tions development Java applications require a program called the Glossary jumper cable K Kb KB kilobit kilobyte laser latency LCD LED Java Virtual Machine JVM to execute JVMs have been developed for many of the mainstream platforms and operating systems Optical cable that provides physical attachment between two devices or between a device and a distribu
26. If Enterprise Fabric Mode is enabled and the switch is offline you can disable Switch Binding but Enterprise Fabric Mode will also disable WWNs can be added to the Switch Membership List when Switch Binding is enabled or disabled WWNSs can only be removed from the Switch Membership List if any of the following are true The switch is offline Switch Binding is disabled The switch or device with the WWN is not connected to the switch Switch Binding is not enabled for the same port type as enabled for the Connection Policy in the Switch Binding State Change dialog box For example a WWN for a switch attached to an E_Port can be removed if Switch Binding Connection Policy was enabled to Restrict F_Ports The switch or device with the WWN is connected to a port that is blocked The switch or device with the WWN is not currently connected to the switch detached node If the switch is online and Switch Binding is not enabled all nodes and switches attached to the switch are automatically added to the Switch Membership List Zoning with Switch Binding Enabled Note that SANtegrity Binding has no effect on existing zoning configurations However note that if a device WWN is in a specific zone but the WWN is not in the Switch Membership List the device cannot log in to the switch port and cannot connect to other devices in the zone with Switch Binding enabled Sphereon 3232Switches can be purchase
27. Keep the air nozzle approximately 50 millimeters two inches from the end of the connector and hold the can upright Blow compressed air on the surfaces and end of the connector continuously for approximately five seconds Figure 4 24 Clean Fiber Optic Components 3 Power On Procedure Gently wipe the end face and other surfaces of the connector with an alcohol pad as shown in part B of Figure 4 24 Ensure the pad makes full contact with the surface to be cleaned Wait approximately five seconds for surfaces to dry Repeat step 2 and step 3 of this procedure second cleaning Repeat step 2 and step 3 of this procedure again third cleaning then reconnect the fiber optic cable to the port To power on the switch 1 One alternating current AC power cord is required for each power supply Ensure power cord s are available to connect the switch to facility power Power On Procedure Repair Information Repair Information A McDATA supplied power cord is provided for each switch power supply To prevent electric shock when connecting the switch to primary facility power use only the supplied power cord s and ensure the facility power receptacle is the correct type supplies the required voltage and is properly grounded 2 Turn on both power switches at the rear of the unit The unit powers on and performs power on self tests POSTs NOTE If two power cords are used for high availability
28. Link Incident System Error Event Log Indicator Vv Vv Vv Vv Vv Vv Event Code 850 Message System shutdown due to CTP thermal violations Severity Severe Explanation The switch has been shutdown because of excessive thermal violations on the last operational CTP Action Perform the data collection procedure for this switch using the EFC Manager save the data file to the EFC Zip drive and return the CD to McDATA for analysis Perform a system power on reset If the problem persists replace the switch Event Data No supplementary data included with this event Distribution Switch EFC Server Host Nonvolatile System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident System Error Event Log Indicator Vv Vv Vv Vv Vv Vv CMM Module Events 800 through 899 Event Code Tables B 77 Event Code Tables McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Installation and Service Manual Restore EFC Server The procedure in this appendix provides information to restore the EFC Server after a failure of the personal computer PC hard drive The procedure includes restoration of the e Windows 2000 operating system e Enterprise Fabric Connectivity EFC Manager Sphereon 3032 3232 Element Manager and Fabric Manager applications e EFC Manager data directory e Windows 2000 configuration information Requirements The following are
29. VICDATA Networking the world s business data 3032 3232 McDATAe Sohereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual P N 620 000155 210 REV A Simplifying Storage Network Management pOEMENT S s gt y8 000 905 AA os J McDATA Corporation q O 380 Interlocken Crescent Broomfield CO 80021 3464 a ANSI saa Corporate Headquarters 800 545 5773 2 Sales E mail sales mcdata com Web www mcdata com 9 Fa E m le z Record of Revisions and Updates Revision Date Description 620 000155 000 10 2002 First release of the manual 620 000155 100 2 2003 Revision to support EOS 5 1 and EFCM 7 0 620 000155 200 9 2003 Revision to support EOS 5 1 5 2 and EFCM 7 1 7 2 620 000155 210 1 2005 Revision to support EOS 7 0 and EFCM 8 5 Copyright 2003 2005 McDATA Corporation All rights reserved Printed January 2005 Fourth Edition No part of this publication may be reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means or stored ina database or retrieval system without the prior written consent of McDATA Corporation The information contained in this document is subject to change without notice McDATA Corporation assumes no responsibility for any errors that may appear All computer software programs including but not limited to microcode described in this document are furnished under a license and may be used or copied only in accordance with the
30. e Green power PWR and amber system error ERR LEDs Initial Microcode Load IML Button As es a p p 5 9 Uo Ethernet Error ERR Connector SFF Fibre Optic Port LED Connectors 32 LEDs 64 Power PWR LED Sphereon 3032 3232 Switch Front View Figure 1 7 illustrates the rear of the switch The rear panel includes two power supplies six cooling fans and an RS 232 maintenance port Fan AC IN 1 Power Fan AC INO Power Module Power Switch Modules Power Switch Receptacle Receptacle Sphereon 3032 3232 Switch Rear View A singlemode or multimode fiber optic cable attaches to a port through a pluggable small form factor SFP transceiver The SFP provides a duplex LC interface and can be detached from the switch port for easy replacement The following fiber optic transceiver types are available Field Replaceable Units General Information NOTE All of the following transceiver types can be used in either the 1 Gbps or 2 Gbps switches however a 1 Gbps transceiver used in a 2 Gbps switch will limit that port to a 1 Gbps data rate e Shortwave laser 1 0625 Gbps Shortwave laser transceivers provide connections for transferring 1 0625 Gbps data over short distances as follows Up to 500 meters through 50 micron multimode fiber Up to 300 meters through 62 5 micron multimode fiber e Shortwave laser 2 125 Gbps Shortwave laser t
31. tocol IP address through a domain name server domain A Fibre Channel term describing the most significant byte in the node port N_Port identifier for the Fibre Channel device It is not used in the Fibre Channel small computer system interface FC SCSI hard ware path ID It is required to be the same for all SCSI targets logically connected to a Fibre Channel adapter domain ID Domain identifier A number that uniquely identifies a switch in a multiswitch fabric A distinct domain ID is automatically allocated to each switch in the fabric by the principal switch The preferred domain ID is the domain ID value that a switch requests from the principal switch If the value has not been allocated to another switch in the fabric it will be granted by the principal switch and will become the requesting switch s active domain ID The active domain ID is the domain ID that has been assigned by the principal switch and that a switch is currently using domain name server In TCP IP a server program that supplies name to address transla tion by mapping domain name to internet addresses D DRAM See dynamic random access memory drop down menu A menu that appears when a heading in a navigation bar is clicked on with the mouse The objects that appear in the drop down menus are organize by their headings in the navigation bar duplex In data communication pertaining to transmission in which data is sent and received at the same time D
32. 2 110 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual Installation Tasks If the switch is installed on a public LAN the name should reflect the switch s Ethernet network domain name system DNS host name For example if the DNS host name is sphereon4500 mcdata com the name entered in this dialog box should be sphereon4500 Configure Refresh 8 22 02 at 12 50 22 Identification Date Time Parameters Fabric Parameters Network VET Name Description Fibre Channel Director Location End User Premise please configure Contact End User Contact please configure Monitor Activate Cancel Operations Configure Help Figure 2 90 Configure Panel Switch Page with Identification Tab b Type a switch description of 255 alphanumeric characters or less in the Description field c Type the switch s physical location 255 alphanumeric characters or less in the Location field d Type the name of a contact person 255 alphanumeric characters or less in the Contact field 2 Click Activate to save and activate the changes The message Your changes to the identification configuration have been successfully activated appears Configure Date and Perform this procedure to configure the effective date and time for Time the switch To set the date and time 1 At the Configure panel click the Date Time tab The Switch page displays with the Date Ti
33. 4 10 4 12 fabric 4 7 hardware 1 35 4 9 introduction 1 5 link incident 1 35 4 10 4 12 open trunking 1 35 2 73 product status 4 6 session 4 6 threshold alert 1 35 using information 4 3 logs menu 1 34 audit 1 34 event 1 34 hardware 1 35 link incident 1 35 open trunking 1 35 threshold alert 1 35 loopback tests port external 4 31 port internal 4 29 M MAC address default 2 3 MAC addresses 2 14 maintenance approach 1 14 event codes B 1 maintenance analysis procedures MAP 0800 Server hardware problem determination 3 108 See MAPs maintenance menu 1 35 backup and restore configuration 1 37 data collection 1 35 enable call home notification 1 36 enable e mail notification 1 36 firmware library 1 36 IPL 1 36 port diagnostics 1 35 reset configuration 1 37 set online state 1 36 swap ports 1 35 maintenance port 1 5 1 22 management command line interface 1 3 EFC Server 1 12 out of band 1 4 out of band 1 2 remote workstation 1 3 SNMP 1 6 SNMP agent 1 3 web server 1 3 management server MCcDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual i 7 access desktop through TightVNC 2 30 open systems installing 2 59 management server option 1 32 management server default values 2 3 management style 1 28 FICON 1 28 operating 1 28 product menu 1 28 management using SANpilot 1 3 MAP 0000 Start Map 3 6 MAP 0100 Power Distribution Analysis 3 28 MAP 0200 POST Reset or IPL
34. A pop up menu appears 2 Click the Enable Beaconing option The check mark disappears from the box adjacent to the option and port beaconing is disabled Was port beaconing enabled because port failure or degradation was suspected YES NO ap The switch appears operational Exit MAP Go to step 1 21 As indicated by a message or event code 080 the eight byte 16 digit worldwide name WWN entered to configure port binding is not valid or a nickname was used that is not configured for the attached device in the Element Manager application From the Hardware View click Node List Note the Port WWN column This is the WWN assigned to the port or Fibre Channel interface installed on the attached device e Ifa nickname is not assigned to the WWN the WWN is prefixed by the device manufacturer s name e Ifa nickname is assigned to the WWN the nickname appears in place of the WWN MAP 0600 Port Failure and Link Incident Analysis 3 79 The bound WWN must be entered in the form of a raw WWN format XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX or must be a valid nickname Ensure a valid WWN or nickname is entered Did configuring the WWN or nickname solve the problem NO YES The switch appears operational Exit MAP Contact the next level of support Exit MAP 22 As indicated by a message or event code 081 a port has an invalid attachment The information in the Port Properties dialog box specifies the reason as listed in the f
35. A removable panel that covers empty drive bays and port cards In Fibre Channel protocol the capability to simultaneously communi cate at maximum speeds in both directions over a link Abbreviated as b 1 Binary digit the smallest unit of data in comput ing with a value of zero or one D 2 A bit is the basic data unit of all digital computers It is usually part of a data byte or data word however a single bit can be used to control or read logic ON OFF functions 3 A bit is a single digit in a binary number Bits are the basic unit of information capacity on a computer storage device Eight bits equals one byte Expressed as bits per inch bpi the number of bits that can be written on one inch of track on a disk surface Abbreviated as ber Ratio of received bits that contain errors to total of all bits transmitted Abbreviated as bpi Indicates the density of information on a hard drive In S 390 mode in a director or switch the attribute that when set removes the communication capability of a specific port A blocked address is disabled so that no other address can be connected to it A blocked attribute supersedes a dedicated or prohibited attribute on the same address Contrast with allowed connection unblocked con nection See connectivity attribute See also dynamic connection dynamic connectivity In a director or switch the attribute that when set removes the com munication capability of a specific po
36. Contact the next level of support 4 Did the EFC Manager application display a dialog box with the message Connection to EFC Server lost click OK to exit application or EFC Manager error n where n is an error message number 1 through 8 inclusive NO YES 4 An EFC Manager application error occurred Click OK to close the dialog box and close the EFC Manager application Go to step 3 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual 5 Did the EFC Manager application display a dialog box with the message The software version on this EFC Server is not compatible with the version on the remote EFC Server YES NO Go to step 8 6 The EFC Manager applications running on the EFC Server and client workstation are not at compatible release levels Recommend to the customer that the downlevel version be upgraded Does the customer want the EFC Manager application upgraded YES NO Power off the client workstation 7 Upgrade the downlevel EFC Manager application Install or Upgrade Software on page 4 59 Did the software upgrade solve the problem NO YES 4 The EFC Server appears operational Contact the next level of support 8 Did the Element Manager application display a dialog box with the message Element Manager error 5001 or Element Manager error 5002 NO YES L A Element Manager application error occurred Click OK to close the dialog box and close the EFC Manager
37. Does the switch appear powered on YES NO J A power distribution problem is indicated Go to MAP 0100 Power Distribution Analysis on page 3 28 42 At the front of the switch inspect the amber ERR LED Is the LED illuminated NOYES A FRU failure or link incident is indicated Go to step 52 to obtain event codes that identify the failure Exit MAP 43 Either a switch to PC Internet link problem Internet too busy or IP address typed incorrectly or a CTP card failure is indicated a Wait approximately five minutes then attempt to login to the switch again b At the Netsite field Netscape Navigator or Address field Internet Explorer type http XXX XXX XXX XXX where XXX XXX XXX XXX is the IP address of the switch obtained in step 1 The Username and Password Required dialog box appears c Type the user name and password obtained in step 1 and click OK If the View panel does not display wait another five minutes and perform this step again MAP 0000 Start MAP 3 23 Figure 3 9 Does the SANpilot interface appear operational with the View panel displayed YES NO 4 A CTP card failure is indicated Go to MAP 0200 POST Reset or IPL Failure Analysis on page 3 35 44 At the View panel inspect the Status field Does the switch status indicate Operational NO YES The switch appears operational Exit MAP 45 Inspect the port operational state a At the View panel click the Port
38. Event Code 512 Message SFP optics nonfatal error Severity Minor Explanation A Small Form Factor pluggable optics module nonfatal failure has been detected by the system software Action Replace the Small Form Factor optics module with a working module of the same type Event Data Byte 00 Port number 00 8F Byte 01 Reason code 00 Read of VPD data from optic component failed Bytes 04 07 Elapsed millisecond tick count Distribution Switch EFC Server Host Nonvolatile System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident System Error Event Log Indicator Vv Vv Port Module Events 500 through 599 Event Code Tables Event Code 513 Message SFP optics hot removal completed Severity Informational Explanation The hot removal of a Small Form Factor pluggable optics transceiver has been detected Action No action required Event Data Byte 0 Port number 00 8F Bytes 4 7 Elapsed millisecond tick count Distribution Switch EFC Server Host Nonvolatile System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident System Error Event Log Indicator Y Y Event Code 514 Message SFP optics failure Severity Major Explanation A Small Form Factor pluggable optics module failure has been detected by the system software The amber LED associated with this port is illuminated
39. K portion of the dialog box inspect the total amount of physical memory d Close the dialog box by clicking Close X at the upper right corner of the window Does the computer have sufficient memory YES NO L A memory upgrade is required Inform the customer of the problem and contact the next level of support Exit MAP 6 Reboot the server and perform system diagnostics a At the Windows 2000 desktop click Start at the left side of the task bar bottom of the desktop then select Shut Down The Shut Down Windows dialog box displays Figure 3 50 on page 3 111 3 110 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual Shut Down Windows E x R What do you want the computer to do l Restart Ends your session shuts down Windows and starts Windows again Cancel Help Figure 3 50 Shut Down Windows Dialog Box b Select the Shut Down option from the list box and click OK The EFC Server powers down c Wait approximately 30 seconds and press the power button on the LCD panel to power on the server and perform POSTS During POSTs 1 The green LCD panel illuminates 2 The green HDD LED blinks momentarily and processor speed and random access memory information display momentarily at the LCD panel 3 After a few seconds the LCD panel displays the following message pertaining to boot sequence selection Figure 3 51 Figure 3 51 LCD Panel During
40. LF2 Ox0A LF1 0x0C OL1A 0x0D OL1C 0x0E OL2 0x0F OL3 Distribution Switch EFC Server Host Nonvolatile System Event Log System Error Indicator Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Installation and Service Manual Event Code Tables MPC Module Events 600 through 699 Event Code 602 Message SBAR module anomaly detected Severity Informational Explanation Indicates that the control processor has detected a deviation in the normal operating mode or operating status of the indicated SBAR module Action No action required There will be an additional event generated 604 if this event results in an SBAR logic failure Event Data Byte 0 Slot position Byte 1 Anomaly reason code See following chart Bytes 4 7 Elapsed millisecond tick count Bytes 8 9 High Availability error callout 1 Bytes 10 11 High Availability error callout 2 Byte 12 Detecting port Byte 13 Connected port Byte 14 Participating SBAR Bytes 16 17 High Availability error callout 3 Bytes 18 19 High Availability error callout 4 Distribution Switch EFC Server Host Nonvolatile System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident System Error Event Log Indicator Vv Vv Event 602 Anomaly Reason Codes Reason Code Description Additi
41. Set up the new switch to operate in the fabric Physically mount the new switch in the mounting location Verify that the new switch powers up successfully After successful power on self tests the green PWR LED remains on and all other front panel LEDs extinguish Set the switch to operate on the LAN 1 Connect a maintenance terminal to the 9 pin maintenance port 2 Using Hyperterminal connect to the switch 3 Enter the default password password 4 At the C prompt type ipconfig and press Enter 5 8 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual FRU Removal and Replacement 5 Set the IP address subnet mask and gateway address the same as the failed switch and press Enter 6 Close Hyperterminal and disconnect the maintenance terminal Connect the switch to the LAN Configure the switch for the EFCM application 1 Right click in a blank area of the EFCM product view and select new 2 Type the IP address of the switch in the new product dialog box 3 Select the correct product type from the product type field and click OK A new icon will display on the product view Configure the switch identification 1 Click on the new icon to open the hardware view and click the configure icon 2 Select identification from the configure menu 3 In the configure identification dialog box type the name description location and contact the sa
42. Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual 23 Obtain event codes from the Sphereon 3032 3232 Event Log If multiple event codes are found note all codes and associated severity levels Record the date time and listed sequence and determine if the codes are related to the reported problem Begin fault isolation with the most recent event code with the highest severity level Other codes may accompany this event code or may indicate a normal indication after a problem is recovered a At the Hardware View select Event Log from the Logs icon on the navigation control panel The Event Log displays b Record the event code date time and severity Informational Minor Major or Severe c Record all event codes that may relate to the reported problem 3 11 02 11 18 18AM 070 E_Porthasbecome segmented Informational 2B 00 00 00 02 00 00 00 15 000000 3 11 02 11 15 54 AM 070 E_Porthas become segmented Informational 2B 00 00 00 02 00 00 00 15 00 00 00 3 11 02 11 13 15 AM_203 Power supply AC voltage recovery Informational PWR 0 e en e e Figure 3 6 Event Log Were one or more event codes found NO YES Go to Table 3 3 on page 3 3 Return to the MAP step that sent you here 24 Are you at the switch reporting the problem YES NO ay Go to step 36 25 Is the PWR LED at the switch front panel illuminated NO YES L Go to step 30 MAP 0000 Start MAP 3 17 26 Is the power
43. System Error Event Log Indicator Vv Vv Vv Vv Vv Vv Event Code 301 Message Second cooling fan propeller has failed Severity Major Explanation A second fan has failed The fan has stopped or was removed The remainder of the fans in the system are installed and operational The LED on the associated fan module is turned off The fan has either stopped or was removed Action Replace the fan module immediately Event Data Byte 0 Failing fan number 1 6 Distribution Switch EFC Server Host Nonvolatile System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident System Error Event Log Indicator Vv Vv Vv Vv Vv Vv Fan Module Events 300 through 399 Event Code Tables Event Code 302 Message Third cooling fan propeller has failed Severity Major Explanation A third fan has failed The fan has stopped or was removed The remainder of the fans in the system are installed and operational If present the LED on the associated fan module is turned off The fan has either stopped or was removed Action Replace the fan module immediately Event Data Byte 0 Failed fan number 1 6 Distribution Switch EFC Server Host Nonvolatile System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident System Error Event Log Indicator Vv Vv Vv Vv Vv Vv Event Code 303 Message Fou
44. Task 24 Back Up Configuration Data Installation Tasks installation tasks and verified while performing Task 14 Record or Verify Management Server Restore Information on page 2 53 To back up management server configuration data and create a base EfcData restore CD 1 Inserta blank rewritable CD into the CD RW drive and format the CD a At the Windows 2000 desktop locate the InCD icon at the right side of the task bar b Right click the icon and select Format F The first window of the InCD wizard displays c Click Next to proceed to the second window of the InCD wizard Use the default parametersdisplayed at each window and click Next and Finish as appropriate to complete the CD formatting task d When the rewritable CD is formatted the red down arrow associated with the InCD icon changes to a green up arrow 2 Back up the switch configuration file to the management server 3 Ifthe Hardware View is open close the view and return to the Products View by clicking close X at the upper right corner of the window 4 Close the SAN management application by selecting Exit from the Product menu 5 Reboot the management server to cause EfcData directory contents to be written to the blank CD a At the Windows 2000 desktop click Start at the left side of the task bar bottom of the desktop then select Shut Down The Shut Down Windows dialog box displays Figure 2 85 2 104 McDATA Sphereon 30
45. Task 28 Register with the McDATA File Center Installation Tasks 2 140 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual 3 Diagnostics This chapter describes diagnostic procedures used by service representatives to isolate Sphereon 3032 3232 Switch problems or failures to the field replaceable unit FRU level The chapter specifically describes how to perform maintenance analysis procedures MAPs Maintenance Analysis Procedures The MAPs provide fault isolation and related service procedures They are step by step procedures that prompt service personnel for information and describe a maintenance action The provide information to interpret system events isolate a switch failure to a single FRU remove and replace the failed FRU and verify switch operation Factory Defaults Table 3 1 lists the defaults for the passwords and IP subnet and gateway addresses Table 3 1 Factory Set Defaults Item Default Customer password password Maintenance password level 2 IP address 10 1 1 10 Diagnostics Eg Table 3 1 Factory Set Defaults continued Item Default IP address factory preset 10 1 1 10 Subnet mask 255 0 0 0 Gateway address 0 0 0 0 Quick Start Table 3 2 lists the MAPs in this chapter Fault isolation normally begins at MAP 0000 Start MAP on page 3 6 However Table 3 3 lists the event codes and the
46. The default user name is Administrator and the default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive Click OK The SANpilot interface opens with the View panel open and the Switch page displayed At the View panel select the Configure option at the left side of the panel The Configure panel opens with the Ports page displayed Task 25 Configure the Switch from the SANpilot Interface Optional 2 119 Installation Tasks 2 At the Configure panel click the Management tab The Management page displays with the SNMP tab selected Figure 2 96 on page 2 120 a Click the Enable SNMP Agent check box to enable or disable the installed SNMP agent b Select the appropriate Fibre Alliance management information base FA MIB from the FA MIB Version drop down list Available selections are e FA MIB Version 3 0 e FA MIB Version 3 1 c Click the Enable Authentication Traps check box to enable or disable transmission of SNMP trap messages to configured recipients Configure Refre 5 28 03 at 10 35 19 View M Enable SNMP Agent FA MIB Version FA MIB 3 1 z l Enable Authentication Traps Configure Write Community Name Authorization Monitor Operations Help Figure 2 96 Configure Panel Management Page with SNMP Tab d For each trap recipient to be configured type a community name of 32 alphanumeric characters or less in the Community Name field The community name is
47. The management server and managed switches connect through a 10 100 Base T Ethernet hub Figure 1 3 illustrates the 24 port hub 24 Port Ethernet Hub Hubs can be interconnected to provide additional connections as more switches or other McDATA managed products are installed on a network Multiple hubs are daisy chained by attaching RJ 45 Ethernet patch cables and configuring each hub through a medium dependent interface MDI switch The SANpilot interface provides a GUI accessed through the Internet locally or remotely to manage monitor and isolate problems for the Switch When the interface opens the default display is the View panel Task selection tabs appear at the top of the panel a graphical representation of the switch hardware front and rear appears at the right side of the panel and menu selections View Configure Monitor Switch Specifications 1 13 General Information Operations and Help appear at the left side of the panel The task selection tabs allow personnel to perform switch specific tasks and are a function of the menu selected as follows View At the View panel the Switch default Port Properties FRU Properties Unit Properties Operating Parameters and Fabric task selection tabs appear Configure At the Configure panel the Ports default Switch Management Zoning Security and Performance task selection tabs appear Monitor At the Monitor panel the Port List def
48. The message Your changes to the fabric parameters configuration have been successfully activated appears 5 Set the switch online as follows a At the Configure panel select the Operations option at the left side of the panel The Operations panel opens and the Switch page displays with the Beacon tab selected b Click the Online State tab then click Set Online The message Your operations changes have been successfully activated appears Configure Network Verify the type of LAN installation with the customer s network Information administrator If one switch is installed on a dedicated LAN network information IP address subnet mask and gateway address does not require change Go to Configure SNMP on page 2 119 If multiple switches are installed or a public LAN segment is used network information must be changed to conform to the customer s LAN addressing scheme Perform the following steps to change a switch s IP address subnet mask or gateway address 1 At the Operations panel select the Configure option at the left side of the panel The Configure panel opens with the Ports page displayed 2 At the Configure panel click the Switch tab then click the Network tab The Switch page displays with the Network tab selected Figure 2 94 Task 25 Configure the Switch from the SANpilot Interface Optional Installation Tasks Configure Refresh lt 22 02 at 12 57 27 identific
49. The third window of the Add New User wizard displays Figure 2 42 x What level of access do you want to grant this user Standard user Power Users Group Users can modify the computer and install programs but cannot read files that belong to other users C Restricted user Users Group Users can operate the computer and save documents but cannot install programs or make potentially damaging changes to the system files and settings C Other Administrators 7 ma Figure 2 42 Add New User Wizard Third Window 4 Based on the level of access to be granted select the Standard user Restricted user or Other radio button If the Other radio button is selected choose the type of access from the adjacent list box a McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual Installation Tasks 5 Click Finish The new user information is added and the wizard closes Record the user information for reference if the management server hard drive fails and must be restored 6 If no other users are to be added click OK to close the Users and Passwords dialog box 7 Click close X at the upper right corner of the Control Panel window to return to the Windows 2000 desktop Change User To change an existing user s properties rigpenics 1 At the Users and Passwords dialog box highlight the user srvacc for example at the Users for this computer field an
50. Use the Newt button to proceed to the next screen If you want to change something in a previous screen click the Previous button You may quit the installer at any time by clicking the Cancel button MICDATA 9 Follow the online instructions for the InstallAnywhere program Click Next Install or Done as appropriate 10 Power off and reboot the rack mount EFC Server a At the Windows 2000 desktop click Start at the left side of the task bar bottom of the desktop then select Shut Down The Shut Down Windows dialog box displays b Select the Restart option from the list box and click OK The EFC Server powers down and restarts During the reboot process the LAN connection between the EFC Server and browser capable PC drops momentarily and the TightVNC viewer displays a network error c After the EFC Server reboots click Login again The VNC Authentication screen displays d Type the default password and click OK The Welcome to Windows dialog box displays NOTE The default TightVNC viewer password is password e Click the Send Ctrl Alt Del button at the top of the window to log on to the EFC Server desktop The Log On to Windows dialog box displays 4 62 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual NOTE Do not simultaneously press the Ctrl Alt and Delete keys This action logs the user on to the browser capable PC not the rack mount EFC Serv
51. addresses director default values 2 3 FICON management style 1 32 alerts introduction 1 5 threshold 1 33 audit log 1 34 audit logs 4 7 backup and restore configuration option 1 37 backup FRU status checking 1 6 bandwidth of ports 1 1 bb_credit 2 82 default value 2 3 beaconing description of 1 6 introduction 1 6 binding fabric configure 2 127 description 2 127 port configure 2 124 description 2 124 switch configure 2 125 description 2 125 disable 2 125 enable 2 125 binding port 2 85 2 87 blocking a port 4 46 buffer to buffer credit default value 2 3 Build fabric protocol error 1 9 C call home feature introduction 1 5 call home notification enabling 1 36 call home notification reporting 1 46 call home support configure at EFC Server 2 46 2 94 enable at EFC Server 2 94 channel wrap test procedure 4 33 circle green meaning of 1 43 clear system error light product menu 1 29 close product menu 1 30 closing the element manager 1 44 CNT WAN support description 2 132 PFE key 2 132 command line interface disable at SANpilot interface 2 121 enable at SANpilot interface 2 121 command line interface management 1 3 configuration data McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual backing up 2 103 4 57 managing 4 56 resetting 4 59 restoring 4 58 configurations backing up and restoring 1 37 resetting 1 37 configure 2 13 call home feature 2 46 call
52. alphanumeric characters or less Task 25 Configure the Switch from the SANpilot Interface Optional Installation Tasks b Type the operator password as specified by the customer s network administrator in the New Password field Use 16 alphanumeric characters or less c Type the operator password again in the Confirm New Password field 4 Click Activate to save the information The message Your changes to the user rights configuration have been successfully activated appears Configure Port Perform this procedure to configure Fibre Channel port binding by Binding WWN To configure port binding 1 At the Configure panel click the Port Binding tab The Security page displays with the Port Binding tab selected Figure 2 100 Configure Refresh 9 21 04 at 12 03 57 Auth Users Auth Settings Port Binding Swich Birding Fabric Bindings gt gt View Configure Monitor Operations Help Figure 2 100 Configure Panel Security Page with Port Binding Tab a Click the check box in the Port Binding column to enable or disable port binding for a specified port default is disabled b Inthe Bound WWN column type the world wide name of the device to which the port is to be bound If port binding is enabled only the specified device can connect to the port If port binding is enabled and no device is specified in the Bound WWN column then no devices can connect to the port
53. and serviceability A fabric consisting of only one vendor s products Contrast with heter ogeneous fabric 1 Data transfer from one node to another node 2 Describes the number of switches that handle a data frame from its origination point through it s destination point The number of hops a unit of information traverses in a fabric HBA Logic card that provides a link between the server and storage subsystem and that integrates the operating systems and I O proto cols to ensure interoperability 9 26 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual host processor hot pluggable hot spare hot swap hot swapping HTTP hub hyperlink hypertext transport protocol Hz identifier IEEE IML 1 A processor that controls all or part of a user application network T 2 In a network the processing unit in which resides the access method for the network D See concurrent maintenance See field replaceable unit See concurrent maintenance See concurrent maintenance See hypertext transport protocol 1 In Fibre Channel protocol a device that connects nodes into a log ical loop by using a physical star topology 2 In Ethernet a device used to connect the EFC Server and the directors it manages A predefined link for jumping from one location to another within the same computer or network site or even to a location at a com pletely different physical l
54. application or a remote workstation e Diagnostic software that performs power on self tests POSTs and port diagnostics internal loopback external loopback and Fibre Channel FC wrap tests The FC wrap test applies only when the switch is configured to operate in FICON management mode e Automatic notification of significant system events to support personnel or administrators through e mail messages or the call home feature e Anexternal modem for use by support personnel to dial in to the management server for event notification and to perform remote diagnostics e An RS 232 maintenance port at the rear of the switch port access is password protected that enables installation or service personnel to change the switch s internet protocol IP address subnet mask and gateway address or to run diagnostics and isolate system problems through a local or remote terminal e Redundant FRUs small form factor pluggable SFP optical transceivers power supplies and cooling fans that are removed or replaced without disrupting switch or Fibre Channel link operation e A modular design that enables quick removal and replacement of FRUs without tools or equipment e Concurrent port maintenance SFPs and Fiber optic cables are removed and attached to ports without interrupting other ports or director operation Switch Description 1 8 General Information e Beaconing to assist service personnel in locating a s
55. clicking close X at the upper right corner of the window Select Configure Ethernet Events from the Maintenance menu The Configure Ethernet Events dialog box displays Figure 2 76 Task 21 Configure Fabric Operating Parameters 2 93 Installation Tasks Configure Ethernet Event x v Enable Ethernet Event Ethernet Time Out 30 minutes 10 120 OK Cancel Help Figure 2 76 Configure Ethernet Events Dialog Box 3 Click the Enable Ethernet Events check box A check mark appears in the check box to indicate Ethernet events are enabled 4 At the Ethernet Timeout field type a value between 10 through 120 minutes 5 Click OK to close the dialog box Configure and Telephone numbers and other information for the call home feature Enable Call Home are configured through the Windows 2000 dial up networking Event Notification application Refer to Task 11 Configure the Call Home Feature Optional for configuration instructions Refer to Task 23 Test Remote Notification Optional on page 2 102 for instructions on testing this notification feature NOTE The call home feature may not be available if the EFC Management applications EFCM Lite is installed on a customer supplied platform 1 Close the Hardware View and return to the Products View by clicking close X at the upper right corner of the window 2 Select Configure Call Home Event Notification from the Maintenance menu The Configure Call Home E
56. configuration file is updated If a check mark displays the Active Saved option is enabled 3 Select the appropriate country code page from the following Code Page list box Code Page Name Code Page United States Canada 00037 Germany Austria 00273 Brazil 00275 Italy 00280 Task 17 Configure Management Server Optional 2 61 Installation Tasks Code Page Name Code Page Japan 00281 Spain Latin America 00284 United Kingdom 00285 France 00297 International 5 00500 4 Click Activate to enable changes and allow or prohibit FICON host control SANtegrity Binding SANtegrity Binding includes a set of features that enhance security in Features SANs Storage Area Networks that contain a large and mixed group of fabrics and attached devices Through these features you can allow or prohibit switch attachment to fabrics and device attachment to switches These features are enabled by purchasing a feature key then enabling the key through the Configure Feature Key dialog box For general instructions in enabling a feature key refer to Task 16 Configure PFE Key Optional on page 2 56 SANtegrity Binding features include e Fabric Binding e Switch Binding Enterprise Fabric Mode Although this is not a keyed feature the SANtegrity Fabric Binding and Switch Binding must be installed before you can use Enterprise Fabric Mode function through the SAN manageme
57. e Configure the switch name location description and contact person e Control individual Fibre Channel ports by blocking unblocking operation enabling LIN alerts and port binding setting data speeds and running internal and external loopback diagnostics e Display field replaceable unit FRU properties such as the FRU name physical position in the switch chassis slot number active failed state part number and serial number e Display information for individual Fibre Channel ports such as the port name port number Fibre Channel address operational state type of port and login data e Display information on nodes attached to ports e Display port performance and statistics e Display vital product data for the switch such as the system name description contact person location status model number firmware and EC level and manufacturer e Enable beaconing for ports and the switch unit e Maintain a port address library FICON management style only e Monitor the operational status of the switch and each of its hardware field replaceable units e Perform an initial program load IPL e Perform maintenance tasks for the switch including maintaining firmware levels administering the Call Home Notification feature accessing the switch logs and collecting data to support failure analysis 1 26 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual General Information
58. keyboard and mouse using a Hewlett Packard HA PA RISC processor with a 400 MHz or greater clock speed using the HP UX 11 or higher operating system Sun Microsystems UltraSPARC II processor with a 400 MHz or greater clock speed using the SunOS Version 5 5 1 or higher operating system or Solaris Version 2 5 1 or higher operating system IBM PowerPC microprocessor with a 400 MHz or greater clock speed or POWER3 microprocessor with a 400 MHz or greater clock speed using the AIX Version 4 3 3 or higher operating system At least 15 MB available on the internal hard drive 128 MB or greater RAM Video card supporting 256 colors at 800 x 600 pixel resolution Ethernet network adapter Java enabled Internet browser such as Microsoft Internet Explorer Version 4 0 or later or Netscape Navigator Version 4 6 or later Field Replaceable Units The switch provides a modular design that enables quick removal and replacement of FRUs small form factor pluggable SFP optical transceivers power supplies and fans Figure 1 6 illustrates the front of the switch SFPs installed in the ports are the only FRUs accessed from the front The switch front panel also includes 1 18 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual Figure 1 6 Figure 1 7 SFP Transceivers General Information e An initial machine load IML button e An Ethernet LAN connector
59. make it insistent You can also enable rerouting delay domain register for state change notifications RSCNs and Zoning RSCNs The switch must be offline to configure preferred domain ID Fabric Operating Parameters Select this option to display the Configure Fabric Parameters dialog box for setting fabric operating parameters In this dialog box you can set buffer to buffer credit BB_Credit from 1 to 60 default is 16 and the resource allocation time out value R_A_TOV and error detect time out value E_D_TOV in tenth of a second increments In addition you can set the switch priority level Principal Default or Never Principal and the interoperability modes between McDATA Fabric 1 0 and Open Fabric 1 0 The switch must be offline to configure any fabric operating parameter Switch Binding This submenu provides two options Change State and Edit Membership List e Selecting Change State displays the Switch Binding State Change dialog box where you can activate Switch Binding according to a specific connection policy Restrict E_Ports Restrict F_Ports or Restrict All Ports e Edit Membership List allows you to create a list of switches and devices that you want to allow exclusively to attach to switch ports Switch Binding is an optional feature that requires the SANtegrity Binding feature key The feature can be installed through the Configure Feature Key dialog box Ports Select this option to display the Co
60. municate if and only if they belong to a common name server zone See network attached storage The leftmost vertical frame of the windows in EFC management applications The panel contains menu options which among other functions allow you to change your views in the main panel The left side of the embedded web server interface window Click on words in this panel to display menu options See also main panel An arrangement of hardware software nodes and connecting branches that comprises a data communication system The Interna tional Organization for Standardization ISO seven layer specifica tion partitions a computer network into independent modules from the lowest physical layer to the highest application layer D Name or address that identifies a device on a transmission control protocol Internet protocol TCP IP network The network address can be either an IP address in dotted decimal notation composed of four three digit octets in the format xxx xxx xxx xxx or a domain name as administered on a customer network NAS Storage connected directly to the network through a processor and its own operating system Lacks the processor power to run cen tralized shared applications NIC An expansion board inserted into a computer so the computer can be connected to a network Most NICs are designed for specific types of networks protocols and medias although some can serve multiple networks The broad subje
61. or gateway address NOTE If the subnet mask gateway address or any other configurable ethernet settings are changed an IPL is required Refer to IPL the Switch on page 4 44 for infordmation on how to IPL the switch 1 Remove the protective metal cap from the 9 pin maintenance port at the rear of the switch a phillips tip screwdriver is required Connect the 9 pin end of the RS 232 modem cable to the port Refer to Figure 1 7 on page 1 19 for the location of the maintenance port 2 Connect the other cable end to a 9 pin communication port COM1 or COM2 at the rear of the maintenance terminal PC 3 Power on the maintenance terminal After the PC powers on the Windows desktop displays Refer to operating instructions shipped with the PC 4 Click the Windows Start button The Windows 2000 Workstation menu displays NOTE These steps describe changing network addresses using HyperTerminal serial communication software 5 At the Windows 2000 Workstation menu select Programs Accessories Hyperterminal and HyperTerminal The Connection Description dialog box displays Ba McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual Figure 2 5 Figure 2 6 Installation Tasks a5 New Connection Enter a name and choose an icon for the connection Name Icon Connection Description Dialog Box 6 Type Sphereon 3032 or Sphereon 3232 in the Name field and click OK The C
62. personnel Cannot save SNMP configuration SNMP configuration cannot be saved The link is down or busy Retry the operation later If the condition persists contact support personnel McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Installation and Service Manual Message Description Action Message Description Action Message Description Action Message Description Action Message Cannot set all ports to 1 Gb sec due to port speed restriction on some ports Displays if you try to set ports to operate at 1 Gb sec data speed through the Configure Ports dialog box and some ports do not support speed configuration Replace ports that do not support speed configuration with those that do support more than one speed configuration Cannot set all ports to 2Gb sec due to port speed restriction on some ports Displays if you try to set ports to operate at 2 Gb sec data speed through the Configure Ports dialog box and some ports do not support speed configuration Sphereon 3232 only Replace ports that do not support speed configuration with those that do support more than one speed configuration Cannot set all ports to Negotiate due to port speed restriction on some ports Displays if you try to set all ports to Negotiate through the Configure Ports dialog box and some ports do not support speed configuration Sphereon 3232 only Replace ports that do not support speed configuration with those that do support
63. plug the cords into separate facility power circuits 3 During POSTs a The green power PWR LED on the switch front panel illuminates b The amber system error ERR LED on the switch front panel blinks momentarily while the switch is tested c The green LEDs associated with the Ethernet port blink momentarily while the port is tested d The green and amber LEDs associated with the ports blink momentarily while the ports are tested 4 After successful POST completion the green power PWR LED remains illuminated and all other LEDs extinguish 5 Ifa POST error or other malfunction occurs go to MAP 0000 Start MAP on page 3 6 to isolate the problem NOTE When powering on the switch after removing and replacing a faulty FRU the amber system error LED may remain illuminated Clear the system error LED as part of the replacement procedure Power Off Procedure To power off the switch 1 Notify the customer the switch is to be powered off Ensure the customer s system administrator quiesces Fibre Channel frame traffic through the switch and sets attached devices offline 2 Set the switch offline Set Offline State on page 4 46 ga McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual Turn off both power switches at the rear of the unit 4 If servicing the switch disconnect the power cord s from the input power module at the rear of the switch This step is n
64. ssssssrssssssrtssnsesrtssssrstisnsesrtsntenstesneens 2 57 New Feature Key Dialog BOX c cccccccccssssseststeseseseeseesceceenessseaneneneseesees 2 57 Enable Feature Key Dialog BOX cccccccscssssesssseteseseeseteseecenesesssnsneeneseeeees 2 58 Warning Dialog BOX ceccscccssesesceneesesestsneeseeesesesesnsneneseecenesesesesneneneaes 2 58 Configure Open Systems Management Server Dialog Box 0004 2 60 Configure FICON Management Server Dialog BOX cccseseseeseteeeees 2 61 Switch Binding State Change Dialog BOX ccceccssesescenetesssesteneteneeeens 2 64 Switch Binding Membership List Dialog BOX ceeccsessseeeseeteneeseene 2 66 Ea McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual 2 63 Configure Open Trunking Dialog BOX cccceseccscceeesesneneesesteneeneeeees 2 70 2 64 Open Trunking Log s sscccaicersceesccescearscecieseteoasietneaendsbasnstsisverstsenscoedilelenses 2 73 2 65 Configure Date and Time Dialog BOX c cceceseccescceesesesteteteseseeneneneeeees 2 74 2 66 Date and Time Synced Dialog BOX cccsesestetesesceseseseessneneneseseeneeneeees 2 75 2 67 Configure Identification Dialog BOX ss ssssesssessssstssttssnserrtsssestesnnertensees 2 77 2 68 Configure Switch Parameters Dialog BOX ccccccssssesesnstetesesteteteneeeens 2 78 2 69 Configure Fabric Parameters Dialog BOX ccccccsseseestetetesesteteteneeeees 2 82 2 70 Configure Ports Dialog Box Open Systems Managem
65. type a user name password and EFC Server name obtained in MAP 0000 Start MAP on page 3 6 and all are case sensitive and click Login The application opens and the Products View displays Figure 3 17 EFC Manager Login Dialog Box MAP 0300 Console Application Problem Determination 3 45 Did the Product View display and does the EFC Manager application appear operational NO YES L The problem is transient and the EFC Server appears operational Contact the next level of support MAP 0400 Loss of Console Communication This MAP describes fault isolation of the Ethernet communication link between a switch and the EFC Server or between a switch and a web browser PC running the SANpilot interface Failure indicators include e At the Product View a grey square at the alert panel and as the background to the icon representing the switch reporting the problem e At the Hardware View a grey square at the alert panel a No Link status and reason at the Sphereon 3032 3232 Status table and no FRUs visible for the switch e At the web browser PC A Page cannot be found Unable to locate the server HTTP 404 file not found or other similar message e Event codes recorded only in nonvolatile random access memory NV RAM on the switch s CTP card e Event codes recorded at the Sphereon 3032 3232 Event Log or SANpilot event log When the logical connection between the switch and EFC Server is initiated it ma
66. 0 If the switch is installed on a complex public LAN with one or more routers the address may require change e Gateway address the default gateway address is 0 0 0 0 If the switch is installed on a dedicated LAN with no connection through a router the address does not require change If the switch is installed on a public LAN corporate intranet the gateway address must be changed to the address of the corporate intranet s local router Verify the type of LAN installation with the customer s network administrator If one switch or one Fabricenter equipment cabinet is installed on a dedicated LAN network addresses do not require change Task 4 Configure Network Information Installation Tasks Installation Tasks If multiple switches or multiple Fabricenter equipment cabinets are installed or a public LAN segment is used network addresses must be changed to conform to the customer s LAN addressing scheme The following tools are required e A maintenance terminal desktop or notebook PC with The Microsoft Windows 98 Windows 2000 or Windows Millennium Edition operating system installed RS 232 serial communication software such as ProComm Plus or HyperTerminal installed HyperTerminal is provided with Windows operating systems e An asynchronous RS 232 modem cable provided by installation or service personnel Perform the following steps to change a switch s IP address subnet mask
67. 0x01 Internal wrap 0x02 External wrap 0x03 Hotplug 0x05 Internal BIST 0x06 External BIST 0x08 Internal EMC loopback 0x09 External EMC loopback Ox0A Internal system loopback 0x0B External system loopback Bytes 12 13 SB rare event register contents Bytes 14 15 BB rare event register contents Bytes 16 17 RD rare event register contents Bytes 18 19 FE rare event register contents Bytes 20 21 QM rare event register contents Bytes 22 WR rare event register contents Bytes 23 RD rare event register contents Port Module Events 500 through 599 Event Code Tables Distribution Switch EFC Server Host Nonvolatile System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident System Error Event Log Indicator Y Y Event Code 508 Message Fibre Channel port anomaly detected Severity Informational Explanation Indicates that the control processor has detected a deviation in the normal operating mode or operating status of the indicated port Action No action required There will be an additional event generated 506 if the diagnostic failure incident results in a port failure Event Data Byte 0 Port number 00 8F Byte 1 Anomaly reason code See following chart Bytes 4 7 Elapsed millisecond tick count Bytes 8 9 High availability error callout 1 Internally defined Bytes 10 11 High availability error callout 2 Internally
68. 0x10 User port internal protocol error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x11 User port internal parity error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x12 User port internal buffer range error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x13 User port internal time out 1 HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x14 User port internal time out 2 HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x15 User port internal frame error bad delimiter HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x16 User port internal frame error CRC HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x17 User port internal frame error invalid size HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x18 User port internal frame error long frame HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x19 User port internal frame error short frame HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 Ox1A User port internal parity error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x1B Buffer error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x1C User port detected unexpected frame transmission HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x1D User port internal frame error invalid trailer HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 Ox1E User port detected frame internal integrity error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Installation and Service Manual
69. 1 2 or later To configure the FICON management server FICON Management Style only 1 At the Hardware View for the selected switch click the Configure icon at the navigation control panel and select Management Server from the Configure menu The Configure FICON Management Server dialog box displays 2 60 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual Installation Tasks Figure 2 60 Configure FICON Management Server Dialog Box 2 Enable or disable the following options by selecting clicking the associated check box Switch Clock Alert Mode this option enables or disables a warning message that appears if the switch is set to periodically synchronize date and time with the management server Task 18 Set Switch Date and Time on page 2 74 Synchronizing date and time with the management server may conflict with the date and time set from the attached host If a check mark displays clock alert mode is enabled Programmed offline state control this option enables or disables host S 390 or zSeries 900 ability to set the switch offline state If a check mark displays control is enabled Host Control Prohibited this option allows or prohibits host S 390 or zSeries 900 control of the switch If a check mark displays host control is prohibited Active Saved when this option is enabled the active configuration of logical port addresses is used when the IPL
70. 2 105 Operations Panel Feature Installation Tab ccc 2 133 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual 2 106 2 107 2 108 3 1 3 2 3 3 3 4 3 5 3 6 3 7 3 8 3 9 3 10 3 11 3 12 3 13 3 14 3 15 3 16 3 17 3 18 3 19 3 20 3 21 3 22 3 23 3 24 3 25 3 26 3 27 3 28 3 29 3 30 3 31 3 32 3 33 3 34 3 35 3 36 3 37 3 38 3 39 3 40 Port Properties Dialog BOX c cccecccccceseeseststeteseseesescsnsneneneseseeneneseeeens 2 136 MCcDATA File Center Home Page c cccccssesessetesesssessesescenenesesesneneseseans 2 137 McDATA File Center New User Registration Page ssceeee 2 139 Shut Down Windows Dialog BOX secccccscccssescetsnsteseesesesessensneseseseeneseseeeees 3 8 LCD Panel During Boot Sequence ccccscesestetescsceseseseeteneesesnenenenescecenenees 3 9 EFC Manager Product View c cccscssecssessssseststesessseeneesceceesessseaneneneseesees 3 10 Port Properties Dialog BOX cccecccccsccesessstststeseseseeneesceceesesssesneneneseesees 3 14 Link Inadent LOS evs ccriecinsesiecnssseurebseseseesebesgecesivencansstseschonsen tebserestoneressnerstites 3 16 Event LOG ices ciscecssectsseststeccisecsseecesntdedvecebntassesnssntatueensestesseesnedasvedhueadsensseenesoa 3 17 Username and Password Required Dialog BOX c cesesesseeeteteseeeeens 3 21 SANpilot View Panel Switch View ccsccccesesseseetsneeseeeeneseseeceeneseens 3 22 SANpilot Port Propertie
71. 2 125 description 2 125 enable and disable 2 64 membership list 2 65 online state functions 2 67 state change dialog box 2 64 zoning function 2 68 switch binding membership list dialog box 2 65 switch fault isolation reasons for 1 14 switch installation options 2 4 switch menu 1 38 switch operating parameters dialog box 1 31 switch parameters domain RSCNs 2 80 insistent domain ID 2 80 NV RAM storage 2 78 2 81 preferred domain ID 2 79 rerouting delay 2 80 switch priority 2 83 2 116 related number codes 2 84 switch priority setting 2 84 switch properties dialog box 1 38 switch replacement procedure 5 8 switches principal determining 2 83 symbols status bar table of 1 43 system events 1 14 T tabs view 1 38 technical support file center registration 2 137 threshold alert log 1 35 threshold alerts 1 33 TightVNC access management server desktop 2 30 default password 2 31 2 105 4 62 time set switch time at SANpilot interface 2 111 tools and test equipment 1 46 tools supplied by service personnel 1 48 tools supplied with switch 1 46 transmission distance 1 1 trap messages maximum recipients 1 6 trap recipient IP addresses default value 2 3 triangle yellow meaning of 1 43 trunking feature 2 69 dialog box 2 70 dialog box menu 2 72 enabling and configuring 2 70 log 2 73 U UDP port default value 2 3 unblocking a port 4 47 unresponsive switch 1 9 user name assigning 2 47 configure at SANpilot inte
72. 2 7 Task 2 Unpack Inspect and Install the Ethernet Hub Optional 2 8 Unpack and Inspect the Ethernet Hub cccccceeeeees 2 8 Desktop Installation ccccscccessesesesteneteeseeeeseseseeseneneseseanes 2 8 Rack Mount Installation 0c ccc ee ceeeee ce seeseseeeeeesseees 2 10 Task 3 Unpack Inspect and Install the Switch ccceee 2 12 Unpack and Inspect the Switch cccccscsesceceneteseseenetenees 2 13 Desktop Installation cccccccccscesessseeseseseeceesssesnsneeneseeees 2 13 Rack Mounit Installation 0 ccccecececeeeeceeeeseseseeneeeeenes 2 14 Task 4 Configure Network Information ccccccsesesseteteeeees 2 14 Task 5 LAN Connect the SWitch ccc cece seesseeseeseteeeeeeeeeees 2 21 Task 6 Unpack Inspect and Install the Management Server 2 22 Task 7 Configure Management Server Password and Network Ne Ko ii ESTS en E E E nassteentes adbooaitte 2 25 Configure PasSWOIKd csccccsesessetesceceeseseseensneseseeneneneseecenenes 2 26 Configure Private LAN Addresses cccsecsesieteseeeeee 2 27 Configure Public LAN Addresses Optional 000 2 28 Task 8 Configure Management Server Information 2 30 Access the Management Server Desktop cccccceseseenens 2 30 Configure Management Server Names cccceeseeeees 2 32 Configure Gateway and DNS Server Addresses 2 35 Task 9 Configure Windows 2000 Users ccccecesteesesteteteseeeee
73. 2 81 New Threshold Alerts Dialog Box Third Screen 10 Either select Port Type or Port List e If you select Port Type selecting either E_Ports or F_Ports will cause this alert to generate for all ports configured as E_Ports or F_Ports respectively e Ifyou select Port List you can select individual ports by clicking the check box by each port number or set all ports Selecting Set All Ports places a check mark by each port number Selecting Clear All Ports will clear the check marks by each port number 11 Click Next A final screen appears to provide a summary of your alert configuration To make any changes backwards and forwards through the configuration screens by selecting the Previous and Next buttons Task 21 Configure Fabric Operating Parameters 2 99 Installation Tasks Figure 2 82 Modify an Alert New Threshold Alert x Generate a Threshold Alert named Transmit Exceed if Transmit reaches 80 utilization for 5 or more minutes during the 100 minute notification interval The affected ports are Poto Port1 Port2 Port3 Port4 Pots Port6 Port New Threshold Alerts Dialog Box Summary Screen 12 Select Finish The Configure Threshold Alerts dialog box appears listing the name type and state of the alert that you just configured 13 At this point the alert is not active To activate the alert select the alert information that displays in the Config
74. 4 Ox3F Reserved 0x40 SBAR detected request out of range error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x41 Reserved 0x42 User egress port detected frame transmission error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x43 User ingress port dectected internal timeout HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x44 Reserved HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x45 User egress port detected frame internal integrity error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x46 User egress port detected internal protocol error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x47 User port detected internal frame length error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x48 User port detected internal buffer error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x49 User port detected internal queue protocol error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x4A OxFF McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Installation and Service Manual Event Code 604 Message SBAR module failure Severity Major Explanation A failure criteria associated with the serial crossbar hardware module has been met Action Perform the data collection procedure for the switch using the EFC Manager and return the CD to McDATA for analysis Event Data Byte 0 Slot position Byte 1 Reason code 00 Operator requested with debug command 02 Initialization failure 03 Hot plug
75. 57600 Data bits 8 Parity None Stop bits 1 Flow control Hardware When the parameters are set click OK The HyperTerminal window displays i At the C gt prompt type the user level password the default is password and press Enter The password is case sensitive The HyperTerminal window displays with software and hardware version information for the switch and a C gt prompt at the bottom of the window j At the C gt prompt type the displaylog command and press Enter The HyperTerminal window displays with the event log from switch NV RAM listed File Edit View Call Transfer Help Ole 5 3 ale XKXKXKX C gt ipconfig MAC Address 08 00 88 00 15 45 IP Address 144 49 15 45 Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Gateway Address 144 49 15 2 C gt Connected 0 00 50 Auto detect 576008 N 1 SCROLL CAPS NUM Capture Print echo Figure 3 33 Hyperterminal Window Event Log k If listed in the REAS column record the event code 433 Select Exit from the File pull down menu to close the HyperTerminal application The following message box appears 3 66 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual HyperT erminal You are currently connected Are you sure you want to disconnect now Wo Figure 3 34 Disconnect Verification Message m Click Yes The following message box appears HyperTerminal i x 2 Do you want to save s
76. A An informational message Firmware download timed out The switch did not respond in the time allowed The status of the firmware install operation is unknown Retry the operation If the problem persists contact support personnel Firmware file I O error McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Installation and Service Manual Description Action Message Description Action Message Description Action Message Description Action Message Description Firmware file input output error occurred Contact support personnel Firmware file not found Firmware file deleted from the EFC Server Add firmware to library Incompatible configuration between management style and management server The user has selected the open systems management style but has the FICON Management Server feature installed and is attempting to activate the management style User needs to install Open Systems Management Server or select the FICON management style Incorrect product type When configuring a new product through the New Product dialog box an incorrect product was selected for the network address Select the correct product type for the product with the network address Installing this feature key while online will cause an IPL operation on the switch and a momentary loss of LAN connection This operation is non disruptive to the Fibre Channel traffic Do you wish to continue installing this featur
77. Anached Members x Help C Detached Node WWN Delete AI of the mambers from Satch Binding Mambershyo List The Switch Binding Membership List Showing 1 2 of 2 Members Delete 10 00 08 00 88 01 0A 52 Delete 10 00 08 00 68 01 0A 53 Showing 1 2 of 2 Members lt lt Prev Next gt gt lt lt Prev Next gt gt Figure 2 101 Configure Panel Security Page with Switch Binding Tab Task 25 Configure the Switch from the SANpilot Interface Optional Installation Tasks 2 Select the connection policy from the Switch Binding State drop down list The switch binding state indicates the type of binding restrictions imposed on the switch Switch binding is enabled by activating Enterprise Fabric Mode refer to Enable or Disable Enterprise Fabric Mode on page 2 128 or by enforcing a connection policy at the Switch Binding State drop down list Available selections are Enable amp Restrict E_Ports Uses the switch binding membership list to restrict devices that can attach to the switch through E_Ports Enable amp Restrict F_Ports Uses the switch binding membership list to restrict devices that can attach to the switch through F_Ports Enable amp Restrict All Ports Uses the switch binding membership list to restrict devices that can attach to the switch through any port e Disable Switch Binding Sets the switch binding state to disabled and removes restrictions on devices that can atta
78. Any other data elements are used by the developers to evaluate errors Distribution Switch EFC Server Host Nonvolatile System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident System Error Event Log Indicator Vv Vv Vv B 6 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Installation and Service Manual Event Code 061 Message Fabric Controller database found to be invalid Severity Minor Explanation Following an IML CTP hot plug CTP failover or LIC load a Fabric Controller database failed its validation All Fabric Services databases are initialized to an empty state resulting in a momentary loss of inter switch communications Action Perform the data collection procedure for the switch using the EFC Manager and return the CD to McDATA for analysis Event Data No supplementary data included with this event Distribution Switch EFC Server Host Nonvolatile System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident System Error Event Log Indicator Vv Vv Vv Vv Vv Event Code 062 Message Maximum interswitch hop count exceeded Severity Informational Explanation The Fabric Controller software has detected that a path to another switch in the fabric traverses more than seven interswitch links hops This may result in frames persisting in the fabric longer than the Fibre Channel standard timeout values allow
79. Boot Sequence 4 Ignore the message After ten seconds the server performs the boot sequence from BIOS During the boot sequence the server performs additional POSTs and displays the following operational information at the LCD panel Host name e System date and time LAN 1 and LAN 2 IP addresses MAP 0800 Server Hardware Problem Determination e Fan 1 fan 2 fan 3 and fan 4 rotational speed e CPU temperature e Hard disk capacity e Virtual and physical memory capacity d After successful POST completion the LCD panel displays a Welcome message then continuously cycles through and displays server operational information Did POSTs detect a problem NO YES L A computer hardware problem exists Refer to the supporting documentation shipped with the server for instructions on resolving the problem Exit MAP 7 After rebooting the server at the LCD panel log on to the EFC Server s Windows 2000 desktop through a LAN connection to a browser capable PC Refer to Access the Management Server Desktop on page 2 30 for instructions The EFC Management Services and EFC Manager applications start and the EFC Manager Login dialog box displays Figure 3 52 X EFC Manager Login a ioj x localhost Figure 3 52 EFC Manager Login Dialog Box 3 112 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual Did the EFC Manager Login dialog box display YES NO L Go to st
80. Build fabric protocol error Go to step 15 05 No principal switch Go to step 20 06 No response from attached switch Hello Go to step 17 Timeout 11 As indicated by an event code 072 the switch E_Port is connected to an unsupported switch Advise the customer of the problem and disconnect the interswitch link to the unsupported switch 12 The switch E_Port segmented because the error detect time out value E_D_TOV or resource allocation time out value R_A_TOV is incompatible with the attached fabric element a Contact McDATA customer support or engineering personnel to determine the recommended E_D_TOV and R_A_TOV values for the switches b Notify the customer that both switches will be set offline Ensure the system administrator stops Fibre Channel frame traffic through the switches and sets attached devices offline c Set both switches offline Set Offline State on page 4 46 d At the Hardware View for the selected switch double click the Configure menu tab and select Fabric Parameters from the Operating Parameters sub menu The Configure Fabric Parameters dialog box displays MAP 0700 Fabric ISL and Segmented Port Problem Determination 3 97 Figure 3 45 Configure Fabric Parameters Dialog Box e Type the recommended E_D_TOV and R_A_TOV values then click Activate f Repeat steps d and e at the Hardware View for the switch attached to the segmented switch Use the same E_D_TOV and R_A_TOV va
81. CTP Card Events 400 through 499 ccc ce ceeeee cece B 31 Port Module Events 500 through 599 oo ecceeeeeseesseeeeeeeees B 45 MPC Module Events 600 through 699 0 sees ceeeeees B 67 CMM Module Events 800 through 899 ccceeseseeseeeeeeeens B 73 Appendix C Restore EFC Server Requirements 5 cscessisectsssesssctsnssedis cosaceesnsvdvastbnssvssiscuesnesnbedudsbersiues C 1 Restore EFC Server Procedure c ccccccsssessecessecsecessecsseeeseceeees C 2 Appendix D Consolidating EFC Servers in a Multiswitch Fabric OQVELV IEW ies sists ences E EE seses eeetsestavess D 2 Required EFC Manager Version ccccsessseteessesesesesnenenens D 5 TP Address AssignMment cccccccesesesseseseseecenstesesesneneteneeceeens D 5 Consolidating EFC Servers esiis siatesiisotiriiisr isorinis D 7 Common Steps for All Configurations ccccccceeseeeiees D 7 Private LAN Connection ceccccccsecessesessessscsseeeesseseseeeeees D 12 Private and Public LAN Connection cccccceeseeeeeeteeeees D 15 Reconfiguring a Client PC After an EFC Server Failure D 17 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual EA McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual Templates v2 1 1 1 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 6 1 7 1 9 1 10 2 2 2 3 2 5 2 6 2 8 2 9 2 10 2 11 2 12 2 13 2 14 2 15 2 16 2 17 2 18 2 19 2 20 McDATA Sphereon 3
82. Click the Windows Start button The Windows Workstation menu displays Sequentially select the Settings option and Control Panel option The Control Panel window displays Double click the Network icon The Network dialog box displays with the Identification page open Click the Bindings tab The Network dialog box displays with the Bindings tab selected At the Show Bindings For list select all protocols Double click the TCP IP Protocols selection to expand it Select 1 FE574B 3Com 10 100 LAN PCCard Fast Ethernet bottom Ethernet adapter card for the public LAN and click Enable The red circle with a slash disappears from the left of the selection Click OK When prompted to restart the computer click Yes to reboot the PC After the operating system starts the Begin Logon dialog box displays Simultaneously press Ctrl Alt and Delete The Logon Information dialog box displays Type the Windows 2000 user name and password and click OK The Windows 2000 desktop opens and the EFC Manager Login dialog box displays NOTE The default user name is Administrator and the default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive Login to the EFC Manager application as follows a Type the user name and password D 14 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Installation and Service Manual Private and Public LAN Connection Consolidating EFC Servers in a Multiswitch Fabric NOTE The default
83. Contrast with half duplex Glossary g 13 duplex connector duplex receptacle dynamic connection dynamic connectivity dynamic random access memory EAF EDI E_D TOV EE PROM EFC EFC Audit Log An optical fiber component that terminates jumper cable fibers in one housing and provides physical keying for attachment to a duplex receptacle D A fixed or stationary optical fiber component that provides a keyed attachment method for a duplex connector D A connection between two ports established or removed by the directors and that when active appears as one continuous link See connectivity attribute See also allowed connection blocked connec tion connectivity capability dynamic connectivity unblocked con nection The capability that allows connections to be established and removed at any time DRAM Random access memory that resides in a cell comprised of a capacitor and transistor DRAM data deteriorates that is is dynamic unless the capacitor is periodically recharged by the controlling microprocessor DRAM is slow but relatively inexpensive D Con trast with static random access memory See enhanced availability feature See electronic data interchange See error detect time out value See electronically erasable programmable read only memory Enterprise Fabric Connectivity The Fibre Channel protocol infra structure made up of switches and directors in an enterprise EFC is used
84. FC 2 frame construct layers of the Fibre Channel protocol D Fibre Channel American National Standards Institute ANSI standard that provides standard acommon efficient data transport system that supports multiple pro tocols The architecture integrates both channel and network technol ogies and provides active intelligent interconnection among devices All data transmission is isolated from the control protocol allowing use of point to point arbitrated loop or switched fabric topologies to meet the needs of an application Fibre Connection FICON An IBM set of products and services introduced in 1999 that is based on the Fibre Channel Standard FICON technology uses fiber optic cables as the data transmission medium and significantly improves I O performance including one Gbps bi directional data transfer FICON is designed to coexist with ESCON channels and FICON to ESCON control unit connections are supported fibre port module FPM A 1 gigabit per second module that contains four generic ports G_Ports FICON See Fibre Connection FICON Management An optional feature that can be enabled on the director or switch or Server switch through the Product Manager application When enabled host control and management of the director or switch or switch is pro vided through an 390 Parallel Enterprise or 2 Series Server attached to a director or switch or switch port Glossary g 23 field replaceable unit file s
85. Failure Analysis 3 35 MAP 0300 Console Application Problem Determination 3 36 MAP 0400 Loss of Console Communication 3 46 MAP 0500 Fan and CTP Card Failure Analysis 3 67 MAP 0500 Fan Failure Analysis 3 67 MAP 0600 Port Failure and Link Incident Analysis 3 72 MAP 0700 Fabric ISL and Segmented Port Problem Determination 3 92 MAPs 3 1 collecting data 4 36 MAP 0000 Start Map 3 6 MAP 0100 Power Distribution Analysis 3 28 MAP 0200 POST Reset or IPL Failure Analysis 3 35 MAP 0300 Console Application Problem Determination 3 36 MAP 0400 Loss of Console Communication 3 46 MAP 0500 Fan and CTP Card Failure Analysis 3 67 MAP 0500 Fan Failure Analysis 3 67 MAP 0600 Port Failure and Link Incident Analysis 3 72 MAP 0700 Fabric ISL and Segmented Port Problem Determination 3 92 quick start 3 2 McDATA fabric 1 0 2 84 menus configure 1 30 help 1 37 logs 1 34 maintenance 1 35 node list view 1 40 performance view 1 41 port 1 39 port list view 1 40 product 1 28 switch 1 38 messages Product Manager A 1 mode interop 2 84 McDATA fabric 1 0 2 84 open fabric 1 0 2 84 modem cable 1 47 multiswitch fabric 1 8 consolidating EFC Servers D 1 description of 1 8 domain ID 1 8 e_d_tov 2 83 E_Port segmentation 1 9 port segmentation 1 9 principal switch 2 83 rerouting delay 2 80 zoning 1 8 N network addresses configuring 2 14 network configurations typical 1 16 network information configure EFC Server 2 25 configure switch a
86. Fan An amber LED at the lower left corner of each fan Figure 1 7 on page 1 19 illuminates if the fan fails or rotates too slowly e Power Supply A green LED at the upper left corner of each power supply Figure 1 7 on page 1 19 illuminates if the power supply is operational and receiving AC power The rear panel provides a 9 pin RS 232 maintenance port Figure 1 7 on page 1 19 that provides a connection for a local terminal or dial in connection for a remote terminal Although the port is typically used by authorized maintenance personnel operations personnel can use the port to configure switch network addresses 1 22 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual Software Diagnostic Features The switch provides the following diagnostic software features that aid in fault isolation and repair of problems SAN Management Application FRUs provide on board diagnostic and monitoring circuits that continuously report FRU status to the SAN Management and element Manager applications These applications provide system alerts and logs that display failure and diagnostic information at the management server or a remote workstation communicating with the management server The EFC Management Services EMS application that runs as a Windows 2000 service and provides an additional user interface to display operational status The SANpilot interface that provides Internet access to isol
87. Figure 4 11 displays information about all devices attached to the switch through node ports N_Ports The information is useful to maintenance personnel for fault isolation and repair verification To open the Node List View select Node List from the View menu on the navigation control panel Node List View The Node List View contains the following columns e Port the port number 0 through 31 Only ports attached to a device are displayed e Addr the switch logical port address 05 through 43 inclusive in hexadecimal format FRU List View Repair Information Repair Information Performance View Zone Set View e Node Type the type of attached device This information is supplied by the device if supported Node types include Unknown or other Hub switch gateway or converter Host or host bus adapter HBA Proxy agent Storage device or storage subsystem Module Software driver e Port WWN the eight byte 16 digit world wide name WWN assigned to the port or Fibre Channel interface installed on the attached device Ifanickname is not assigned to the WWN the WWN is prefixed by the device manufacturer s name Ifanickname is assigned to the WWN the nickname appears in place of the WWN e BB_Credit the buffer to buffer credit BB_Credit value assigned to a port attached to a device The value normally 1 through 16 inclusive d
88. Hardware View Beaconing is disabled for the port Reset each tested port Notify the customer that a disruptive external loopback test will be performed on a port and the fiber optic cable or cables will be disconnected Ensure the customer s system administrator quiesces Fibre Channel frame traffic through the port and sets attached devices offline NOTE At the start of the loopback test the port can be online offline blocked or unblocked At the EFC Server open the EFC Manager application The Product View displays Select the icon representing the switch for which the loopback test is to be performed The Hardware View for the selected switch displays Performing Port Diagnostics 4 31 Repair Information 10 11 12 13 At the Hardware View verify the location of the port to be tested When the mouse pointer is passed over the graphical port on the front view of the switch the port highlights with a blue border and an pop up displays Switch Port Disconnect the fiber optic jumper cable from the port If name server zoning is implemented for the switch by port number ensure the fiber optic cables that are disconnected to perform the loopback test are reconnected properly A change to the cable configuration disrupts zone operation and may incorrectly include or exclude a device from a zone If the port to be tested is shortwave laser determined in step 4 insert a black multimo
89. Health Check port failed busy bit clear HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 Port Module Events 500 through 599 Event Code Tables B 57 Event Code Tables 0x34 Health Check port detected bit synchronization error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x35 Diagnostic port test failure HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x36 Embedded Port detected internal frame error invalid trailer HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x37 SBAR detected request out of range error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x38 User port internal timeout 3 HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x39 Embedded Port detected CRC Error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 Ox3A User port internal protocol error Unsolicited response HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x3B User port detected frame error Undeliverable frame HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x3C User port detected transmission rate discrepancy HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x3D User port detected transmission rate inconsistent mode HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 Ox3E User port internal protocol error Credit out of sync HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 Ox3F Reserved 0x40 SBAR detected request out of range error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x41 Reserved 0x42 User egress port detected frame transmi
90. Hyperterminal Window ccccccssescscscesescsesteneeseseeceesescenenesesesnsneneneseeees 2 19 Disconnect Confirmation Message BOX ccccscssesessseiesesceneesesnenenenens 2 20 Save Session Device Confirmation BOX cccccccseesesesteteteseseeteseseenenens 2 20 1U Management Server Connections cccccccceteneteseteseneteeteseeneeneees 2 23 LCD Panel During Boot Sequence ccesesceesesseseteseeceescsesneneteneseecsnenenees 2 24 LCD Panel Password Entry s ssssssssssssessssessseesnssssssensssonseenaussooseessons 2 26 LCD Panel New Password csssssssscesereesseeeseeeeseeeeseceeseeecseeesaeeesaeenens 2 26 LCD Panel Save Change cscscsceccsescticsetsssacgtsessseueshscetuceesssegerscustecgetecansee 2 26 LCD Panel Password Entry ccccscccscssescses cesses secesssssseesseseecseseenseeeeees 2 27 LCD Panel LAN 2 IP Address oo eeeeeseeeeeeeeceeeeneeeeneeesnceesneeesneeaeenens 2 27 LCD Panel Save Change s jcsscisccsschieclidsasscesstistssectsltiesees eere 2 27 LCD Panel LAN 2 Subnet Mask o eeeseessesseseceeseeeeseeeeneeeceeeesneeeeneenens 2 28 LCD Panel Save Change satsin n ER 2 28 2 21 2 22 2 23 2 24 2 25 2 26 2 27 2 28 2 29 2 30 2 31 2 32 2 33 2 34 2 35 2 36 2 37 2 38 2 39 2 40 2 41 2 42 2 43 2 44 2 45 2 46 2 47 2 48 2 49 2 50 2 51 2 52 2 53 2 54 2 55 2 56 2 57 2 58 2 59 2 60 2 61 2 62 LCD Panel Password Entry c ccccccscsccsssssesesescscesesescscscs
91. IPL configuration In S 390 mode information stored in a director or switch s nonvolatile memory that contains default configurations The director or switch loads the file for operation when powered on IEEE An organization of engineers and technical professionals that promotes the development and application of electronic technology and allied sciences Hardware product that is mounted in the Fabricenter cabinet For example any director or switch shipped with in the Fabricenter cabi net is an integrated product 1 A shared boundary between two functional units defined by functional signal or other characteristics The concept includes the specification of the connection of two devices having different func tions T 2 Hardware software or both that link systems pro grams or devices D IP Network layer for the transmission control protocol Internet pro tocol TCP IP protocol used on Ethernet networks IP provides packet routing fragmentation and reassembly through the data link layer D IP address Unique string of numbers in the format xxx xxx xxx xxx that identifies a device on a network Ability to communicate execute programs or transfer data between various functional units over a network 9 28 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual interoperability mode interop mode interrupt interswitch link interswitch link hop IOPS IP IP address
92. Management Application for specific tasks you should see the application online help or User Manual for detailed instructions Element Manager Description The Element Manager for your switch is a Java based graphical user interface GUI that provides in depth management configuration and monitoring functions for individual switches and their field replaceable units FRUs Although each Element Manager is accessed from your SAN Management application it is a separate application The Element Manager provides graphical views of switch hardware components and displays of component status By positioning the cursor on icons graphics panels and other visual elements in these A McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual General Information views and clicking the left or right mouse button you can quickly manage and monitor the switch on your network Access the switch Element Manager by right clicking a switch product icon in the SAN management application Physical Map topology and selecting the Element Manager from the menu that displays The server software for the SAN management and Element Manager application may be installed on a server platform computer system shipped by your supplier or it may be installed on a server platform provided by the customer You can install the SAN management and Element Manager client applications on remote computer systems For instructions
93. Management Server Optional 2 63 Installation Tasks e WWNs of switches connected to E_Ports E_Port connection policy The WWN is the WWN of the attached switch e WWNs of devices connected to F_Ports and switches connected to E_Ports all ports connection policy Notes e When the Switch Binding feature is first installed and has not been enabled the Switch Membership List is empty When you enable Switch Binding the Membership List is populated with WWNs of devices switches or both that are currently connected to the switch e If the switch is offline and you activate switch binding the Membership List is not automatically populated e Edits to the Switch Binding Membership list will be maintained when you enable or disable Switch Binding After enabling Switch Binding you prohibit devices and or switches from connecting with switch ports by removing them from the Membership List in the Switch Binding Membership List dialog box You allow connections by adding them to the Membership List You can also add detached nodes and switches as well Enable Disable Switch Binding 1 Select the State Change option from the Configure menu s Switch Binding submenu The Switch Binding State Change dialog box displays y Enable Switch Binding Connection Policy O Restrict E_Ports O Restrict F_Ports Restrict All Ports Cancel Help Figure 2 61 Switch Binding State Change Dialog Box 2 Perform one of the foll
94. Mask Community Stri Description IP Address Subnet Mask Method 17218 3184 255 255 255 0 Default Sphereon 4500 172 16 17 112 255 255 255 0 Broadcast Sphereon 4500 172 16 17 112 255 255 255 0 Default Lp Selected Individual Addresses Description IP Address Community String Sphereon 4500 172 16 17 112 Default Lej gt Add Change Remove eee Cancel Help Figure 2 51 Discover Setup Dialog Box 2 Click Add The Domain Information dialog box displays with the IP Address page open by default Figure 2 52 on page 2 52 Task 13 Configure the Switch to the Management Application 2 51 Installation Tasks Description Sphereon 4500 P Address 1721617112 Subnet Mask 255 255 2550 Domain Information g x IP Address Community Strings Device Access Data Source for Domain Use auto detection O Use the server Use a specific RDC Add Multiple C Generate a sequence of IP addresses 3 OK Cancel Help Figure 2 52 Domain Information Dialog Box IP Address Page Type a switch description Sphereon 3216 for example in the Description field Type the switch IP address determined by the customer s network administrator in the IP Address field Type the switch subnet mask determined by the customer s network administrator in the Subnet Mask field At the Data Source for Domain area
95. State field of the Status table displays Online Set the Switch Online or Offline Repair Information Repair Information Set Offline State To set the switch offline 1 Notify the customer the switch is to be set offline Ensure the customer s system administrator quiesces Fibre Channel frame traffic through the switch and sets attached devices offline At the EFC Server open the EFC Manager application The Product View displays Select the icon representing the switch to be set offline The Hardware View for the selected switch displays At the navigation control panel select Set Online State from the Maintenance menu If the switch is online the Set Online State dialog box displays indicating the state is ONLINE 5 Click Set Offline A Warning dialog box displays indicating the switch is to be set offline 6 Click OK As the switch goes offline inspect the Product Manager application The State field of the Status table displays OFFLINE Block and Unblock Ports This section describes procedures to block or unblock the switch ports When a port is blocked the port is automatically set offline When a port is unblocked the port is automatically set online NOTE When a port is blocked the operation of an attached Fibre Channel device is disrupted Do not block a port unless directed to do so by a procedural step or the next level of support Block a Port To block a port 1 Notify
96. Switch Repair Information 4 43 Repair Information As the network connection drops the Status table turns yellow the Status field displays No Link and the State field displays a reason message The alert panel at the bottom of the navigation control panel displays a grey square indicating switch status is unknown Illustrated FRUs SFPs fans and power supplies in the Hardware View disappear and appear again as the connection is re established IPL the Switch To IPL the switch 1 At the EFC Server open the EFC Manager application The Product View displays 2 Select the icon representing the switch to be IPLed The Hardware View for the selected switch displays 3 At the navigation control panel select IPL from the Maintenance menu The Information dialog box displays EEN 4 Click Yes to IPL the switch During the IPL the switch to EFC Server Ethernet link drops momentarily and the following occur at the Product Manager application As the network connection drops the Status table turns yellow the Status field displays No Link and the State field displays a reason message The alert panel at the bottom of the navigation control panel displays a grey square indicating switch status is unknown Illustrated FRUs SFPs fans and power supplies in the Hardware View disappear and appear again as the connection is re established McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fab
97. Tasks EFCM 8 Server Users i x Users Groups oa we ID Description _ Email Address Email wall E System Administrator dministrator Default Admin O Filter perea r eai gt Reine Product Administrator ma Add ct ain i Email Event Notification Setup Figure 2 49 SANavigator or EFCM 8 Server Users Dialog Box 5 Click Add The Add User dialog box displays Figure 2 50 x Name Email Address D gt Email _ Enable Filter User ID Password Retype Password LX Cancel Help Figure 2 50 Add User Dialog Box Task 12 Assign User Names and Passwords 2 49 Installation Tasks 10 11 Enter information in fields as directed by the customer e Name click in this field and type a new user name up to 16 alphanumeric characters in length Control characters and spaces are not valid The user name is case sensitive e Email Address click in this field and type one or more new user e mail addresses Separate multiple addresses with a semicolon e User ID click in this field and type a unique user ID for the new user e Password click in this field and type a password up to 16 alphanumeric characters in length Control characters and spaces are not valid The password is case sensitive e Retype Password to confirm the password is entered correctly click in this field and enter the p
98. The Call Home Notification feature may be optional depending on your purchased software package Backup amp Restore Configuration Select this option to save the product configuration stored on the switch to the Management Server hard disk or to restore the configuration data from the Management Server Only a single copy of the configuration is kept on the server This backup is primarily for single CTP systems where a backup is needed to restore the configuration data to a replacement CTP card You cannot modify the location or the file name of the saved configuration NOTE You can only restore the configuration to a switch with the same IP address CAUTION The following operation resets all configuration including any optional features that have been installed You will need to re enter your feature key to enable all optional features after resetting the configuration Reset Configuration Select this option to reset all switch configuration data back to the factory defaults A confirmation dialog box displays with a warning upon selecting the option Help Menu Click the Help menu to display the following options Contents Select this option to display the Help window The Help window contains Contents Index and Glossary buttons and hypertext linked items to help you quickly navigate through information Use the forward gt and back lt buttons to scroll forward and Using the Element Manage
99. User does not have the rights to perform this action An informational message Sphereon 3032 3232 Element Manager Messages A 33 Messages McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Installation and Service Manual Event Code Tables This appendix lists all three digit McDATA Sphereon 3032 3232 Switch event codes and provides detailed information about each code Event codes are listed in numerical order and in tabular format An event is an occurrence state change problem detection or problem correction that requires user attention or that should be reported to a system administrator or service representative An event usually indicates an Sphereon 3032 3232 operational state transition but may also indicate an impending state change threshold violation An event may also provide information only and not indicate an operational state change Event codes are grouped as follows e 000 through 199 system events e 200 through 299 power supply events e 300 through 399 fan module events e 400 through 499 CTP card events e 500 through 599 port module events e 600 through 699 SBAR module events e 700 through 799 Reserved for future use e 800 through 899 Thermal Events can be recorded in the Sphereon 3016 3216 Event Logs at the Enterprise Fabric Connectivity EFC Server or at a remote workstation if e mail and call home features are enabled An event Event Code Tables Event Code Ta
100. Windows based operating system YES NO Analysis for the server failure is not described in this MAP Contact the next level of support Exit MAP 4 At the server close the EFC Manager or EFCM Lite application a At the Products View or Fabrics View select the Exit option from the Product menu The EFC Manager or EFCM Lite application closes b Close any other applications Continue to the next step 5 Inspect the available random access memory RAM The server must have a minimum of 128 megabytes MB of memory to run the Windows based operating system and EFC Manager application a Right click anywhere on the Windows task bar at the bottom of the desktop A pop up menu appears b Select Task Manager The Windows Task Manager dialog box displays with the Applications page open by default Click the Performance tab to open the Performance page MAP 0800 Server Hardware Problem Determination Applications Processes A CPU Usage p CPU Usage History MEM Usage Memory Usage History L Totals Physical Memory K Handles 2850 Total 129136 Threads 203 Available 45716 Processes 35 File Cache 32140 r Commit Charge K Kernel Memory K Total 110620 Total 33564 Limit 257204 Paged 25392 Peak 171196 Nonpaged 8172 Processes 35 CPU Usage 1 Mem Usage 110620K 257204K_ Figure 3 49 Windows 2000 Task Manager Dialog Box Performance c At the Physical Memory
101. You are currently connected Are you sure you want to disconnect now Figure 2 9 Disconnect Confirmation Message Box 13 Click Yes The following message box appears Do you want to save session device No Cancel Figure 2 10 Save Session Device Confirmation Box 14 Click No to exit and close the HyperTerminal application 15 Power off the maintenance terminal a Click the Windows Start button and select the Shut Down option b At the Shut Down Windows dialog box select Shut down the Computer and click Yes to power off the PC 16 Disconnect the RS 232 modem cable from the switch and the maintenance terminal Replace the protective cap over the maintenance port 2 20 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual Installation Tasks Task 5 LAN Connect the Switch Connect the switch to the customer supplied Ethernet LAN segment or the Ethernet hub installed in Task 2 Unpack Inspect and Install the Ethernet Hub Optional If the switch is delivered with the Ethernet hub and management server as part of an FC 512 Fabricenter equipment cabinet this task and the following two tasks are not required Go to Task 8 Configure Management Server Information on page 2 30 To connect the desktop or rack mounted switch to the Ethernet LAN segment 1 Connect one end of the Ethernet patch cable supplied with the switch to the RJ 45 connector labeled 10 100 o
102. a FRU to display the Switch Properties dialog box Right click a hardware graphic away from a FRU to display the following options e Switch Properties McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual General Information e Enable Unit Beaconing e Clear System Error Light e IPL Switch e Set Switch Date and Time e Set Switch Online State Port Menu Double click a port to display the Port Properties dialog box Right click a port to display the following options e Node Properties e Port Technology e Block Port e Enable Beaconing e Channel Wrap FICON management style only e Swap Ports FICON management style only e Diagnostics e Clear Link Incident Alert s e Reset Port e Port Binding e Clear Threshold Alert s Note that these same options are available when you click a port on the Hardware View and select the port secondary menu from the Product menu on the menu bar NOTE For Node Properties if a node is not logged in a message box displays indicating that node information is not available Port List View Select the Port List View tab A table listing the port number port name port address FICON management style only the block unblock configuration operating state port type and alert condition displays in the view panel The Port List View displays information about all ports installed in the switch All data is dynamic and updates automatically Double cli
103. alert appears at the top of the screen Click Previous to return to the previous screen Task 21 Configure Fabric Operating Parameters 2 97 Installation Tasks New Threshold Alert A xj Generate a Threshold Alert named Transmit Exceed if Transmit reaches utilization At anytime For cumulative minutes or more during the minute notification interval Figure 2 80 New Threshold Alerts Dialog Box Second Screen 6 Enter a percentage from 1 through 100 for utilization When throughput reaches this percentage of port capacity a threshold alert will occur 7 Enter the amount of cumulative minutes in which the utilization should exist during the notification interval before an alert is generated You can also select At any time if you want an alert to occur whenever the set utilization is reached The valid range is 1to the interval set in step 8 following 8 Enter the interval in minutes in which throughput is measured and threshold notifications can occur The valid range is 5 minutes to 70 560 minutes 9 Click Next A new screen appears for selecting ports for the alerts 2 98 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual Installation Tasks New Threshold Alert x Select port s to run threshold alert on Port Type E Ports F Ports FL Ports Port List Set All Ports Clear All Ports Figure
104. an Ethernet LAN connection to a switch front panel The following out of band management access methods are provided 42 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual General Information Optional management server with the SAN Management Application and Element Manager applications installed The management server is a rack mount unit that provides a central point of control for up to 48 switches or managed McDATA products Operators at remote workstations can connect to the management server through the local SANavigator or EFCM 8 application and associated Element Manager applications to manage and monitor switches controlled by the management server A maximum of nine concurrent users including a local user can log in to the SANavigator or EFCM 8 application Management using simple network management protocol SNMP An SNMP agent is implemented through the SANavigator or EFCM 8 application that allows administrators on SNMP management workstations to access product management information using any standard network management tool Administrators can assign Internet Protocol IP addresses and corresponding community names for up to six SNMP workstations functioning as SNMP trap message recipients Management through the Internet using the SANpilot interface installed on the director or switch This interface supports configuration statistics monitoring and basic operation of the pro
105. and Element Manager applications Go to step 3 9 Did the Element Manager application display a dialog box with the message Send firmware failed YES NO L Go to step 11 MAP 0300 Console Application Problem Determination 3 41 10 An attempt to download a firmware version from the EFC Server hard drive to the switch failed Retry the operation Manage Firmware Versions on page 4 48 Did the firmware version download to the switch NO YES The EFC Server appears operational A CTP card failure is suspected Go to MAP 0000 Start MAP on page 3 6 to isolate the problem 11 Did the Element Manager application display a dialog box with the message The data collection process failed YES NO L Go to step 13 12 The data collection process failed Retry the process using a new CD Collecting Maintenance Data on page 4 36 Did the data collection process complete NO YES L Exit MAP Contact the next level of support 13 Did the EFC Server or customer supplied server lock up or crash and display a Dr Watson for Windows 2000 dialog box Figure 3 15 a McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual Dr Watson for Windows 2000 2 x Log File Path Jal Users Documents Drwatson Browse Crash Dump Wave File Number of Instructions fi 0 Number of Errors To Save fi 0 Options I Dump Symbol Table V Dump All Thread Contexts IV Append To Existing Log File
106. and disconnected from the port and a multimode singlemode or wrap plug must be inserted in the SFP receptacle Internal Loopback To perform an internal loopback test for a single port Test 1 Notify the customer that a disruptive internal loopback test is to be performed on a port Ensure the customer s system administrator quiesces Fibre Channel frame traffic through the port and sets the attached devices offline Performing Port Diagnostics 4 29 Repair Information NOTE An SFP transceiver must be installed in the port during the test A switch can remain attached during the test 2 At the EFC Server open the EFC Manager application The Product View displays 3 Select the icon representing the switch to be tested The Hardware View for the selected switch displays 4 At the Hardware View verify the location of the port to be tested When the mouse pointer is passed over the graphical port on the front view of the switch the port highlights with a blue border and an pop up displays Switch Port 5 At the navigation control panel select Port Diagnostics from the Maintenance menu The Port Diagnostics dialog box displays Figure 4 16 6 Select a port for test To select a port for test type the port number 0 through 31 in the Port Number field 7 At the Diagnostics Test list box select Internal Loopback Device applications should be terminated before starting diagnostics Press NEXT
107. and the dialog box closes 8 Atthe Zone Sets dialog box select highlight the active zone set name then select Activate from the Actions menu on the dialog box The Activate Zone Set dialog box displays 9 Click Start The status message changes to Activate zone set complete Click Close to close the dialog box 10 Click Close to close the Zone Sets dialog box and return to the Zoning Set tab view with the modified active zone set Did the zone name change solve the problem and did both switches join through the ISL to form a fabric NO YES 1 The switches associated ISL and multiswitch fabric appear operational Contact the next level of support 15 The switch E_Port segmented because a build fabric protocol error was detected a Disconnect the fiber optic jumper cable from the segmented E Port b Reconnect the cable to the same port MAP 0700 Fabric ISL and Segmented Port Problem Determination Did reconnecting the cable solve the problem and did both switches join through the ISL to form a fabric NO YES L The switches associated ISL and multiswitch fabric appear operational 16 Initial program load IPL the switch Reset or IPL the Switch on page 4 43 Did the IPL solve the problem and did both switches join through the ISL to form a fabric NO YES L The switches associated ISL and multiswitch fabric appear operational Contact the next level of support 17 The switch E_P
108. bar graph high water mark remains at the highest level the graph has reached since the Performance View was opened The indicator does not appear if the port is offline and is reset to the bottom of the graph if the port detects a loss of light When the mouse pointer is passed over a port bar graph the graph highlights with a blue border and an information pop up displays adjacent to the port as follows e Ifa device is not attached to the port the pop up displays the port s current state e Ifa device is attached to the port the pop up displays the WWN of the attached device e Ifthe port is an E_Port the pop up displays E_Port e Ifthe port is segmented the pop up displays Segmented E_Port Click a port bar graph to display statistics values for the port bottom half of the Performance View Right click a port bar graph to display statistics values for the port bottom half of the Performance View and access a menu to e Open the Port Properties Node Properties or Port Technology dialog boxes e Block or unblock the port e Enable or disable port beaconing e Perform port diagnostics e Enable or disable port channel wrapping This menu option appears only when the switch is configured for FICON management style e Swap one Fibre Channel port address with another This menu option appears only when the switch is configured for FICON management style 4 28 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches I
109. c gt X Connected 0 00 50 Auto detect 576008N 1 SCROLL CAPS NUM Capture Printecho 4 Figure 2 8 Hyperterminal Window 10 At the C gt prompt type ipconfig and press Enter The 11 HyperTerminal window displays with configuration information listed as follows MAC Address IP Address default is 10 1 1 10 factory preset is 10 1 1 10 Subnet Mask default is 255 0 0 0 Gateway Address default is 0 0 0 0 Only the IP Address Subnet Mask and Gateway Address fields are configurable Change the IP address subnet mask and gateway address as directed by the customer s network administrator To change theswitch network addresses type the following at the C gt prompt and press Enter ipconfig xXxx XXX XXX XXX YYY YYY YYY YYY ZZZ ZZZ ZZZ ZZZ The IP address is always xxx xxx xxx xxx the subnet mask is always yyy yyy yyy yyy and the gateway address is always ZZZ ZZZ ZZZ ZZZ where the octets xxx yyy and zzz are decimals from zero through 255 If a network address is to remain unchanged type the current address in the respective field Task 4 Configure Network Information Installation Tasks Installation Tasks When the new network addresses are configured at the switch the message Request completed OK displays at the bottom of the HyperTerminal window 12 Select Exit from the File menu to close the HyperTerminal application The following message box appears
110. cccccseceescesesesesteteteseeneneseseanens 2 108 2 88 View Panel Switch Page scinccicccsssssccschesssessecsadssssdeccasvarstsssnsticncsssnsesiacteass 2 108 2 89 Configure Panel Ports Page cccesseesesseseseseecenesesesesneeseseeceneseeeenens 2 109 2 90 Configure Panel Switch Page with Identification Tab 004 2 111 2 91 Configure Panel Switch Page with Date Time Tab ccccee 2 112 2 92 Configure Panel Switch Page with Parameters Tab ccceee 2 113 2 93 Configure Panel Director Page with Fabric Parameters Tab 2 115 2 94 Configure Panel Director Page with Network Tab ccccceeeeees 2 118 2 95 Network Information Message BOX cccccssseesessesesescenetesesesneeeneees 2 118 2 96 Configure Panel Management Page with SNMP Tab cce 2 120 2 97 Configure Panel Management Page with CLI Tab c ccc 2 121 2 98 Configure Panel Management Page with OSMS Tab ccce 2 122 2 99 Configure Panel Security Page with User Rights Tab 004 2 123 2 100 Configure Panel Security Page with Port Binding Tab 04 2 124 2 101 Configure Panel Security Page with Switch Binding Tab 2 125 2 102 Configure Panel Security Page with Fabric Binding Tab 2 127 2 103 Configure Panel Security Page with EFM Tab ccccsssseeseteeees 2 129 2 104 Configure Panel Performance Page with OpenTrunking Tab 2 130
111. control requires installation of a SAN management application on the OSI server Management applications include Veritas SANPoint Control version 1 0 or later or Tivoli NetView version 6 0 or later To configure the open systems management server Task 17 Configure Management Server Optional 2 59 Installation Tasks To configure the open systems management server Open Systems Management Style only 1 At the Hardware View for the selected switch click the Configure icon at the navigation control panel and select Management Server from the Configure menu The Configure Open Systems Management Server dialog box displays ea Figure 2 59 Configure Open Systems Management Server Dialog Box 2 Allow or prohibit host OSI server control by selecting clicking the Host Control Prohibited check box If a check mark displays host control is prohibited and the host management program is prohibited from changing configuration and connectivity parameters on the switch If no checkmark displays the host program is allowed to change configuration and connectivity parameters on the switch 3 Click Activate to enable a change and allow or prohibit open systems host control Configure FMS Perform this procedure to configure the FICON management server and enable FICON host control of the switch Implementing host control requires installation of System Automation for Operating System 390 SA OS 390 version
112. data If the feature is enabled through the switch s maintenance port a memory dump file that possibly includes classified Fibre Channel frames is not included as part of the data collection procedure Perform the maintenance data collection procedure after a firmware fault is corrected or a failed FRU is replaced to capture the data for analysis by support personnel Maintenance data includes the dump file hardware log audit log and an engineering log viewable only by support personnel SANpilot Interface To collect maintenance data retrieve the dump file from the CTP card at the SANpilot interface 1 When the SANpilot interface opens the View panel and Switch page appear as the default At the View panel select the Operations option at the left side of the panel The Operations panel opens with the Switch page displayed 2 Click the Maintenance and Dump Retrieval tabs The Maintenance page displays with the Dump Retrieval tab selected Figure 4 19 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual Repair Information Operations Refresh 9 30 04 at 13 15 43 Back Up Cfg Firmware Upgrade Product Info Dump File Retrieval Master CTP Dump Not Available View The dump files cannot be Configure accessed at this time Backup CTP Dump Not Available iknin Data Collection Retrieval Right click on the link then Operations select Save Target As
113. directors or switches in managed products a selection between s 390 and open systems mode See also open systems mode 5 390 mode OS Software that controls execution of applications and provides ser vices such as resource allocation scheduling I O control and data management Most operating systems are predominantly software but partial hardware implementations are possible D T OS 390 An integrated open enterprise server operating system developed by IBM that incorporates a leading edge and open com munications server distributed data and file services parallel Sys plex support object oriented programming distributed computing environment and open application interfaces D Single fiber multiple fibers or a fiber bundle in a structure built to meet optical mechanical and environmental specifications D E See also jumper cable trunk cable Synonymous with fiber optic cable A data backup system that uses rewriteable optical cartridges ROCs as the storage medium Synonymous with connector In Fibre Channel protocol four 10 bit characters a combination of data and special characters providing low level link functions such as frame demarcation and signaling between two ends of a link It provides for initialization of the link after power on and for some basic recovery functions OEM A company that has a special relationship with computer pro ducers OEMs buy components and customize them for a pa
114. each hub is connected to a separate rack power strip 7 Inspect the front panel of each hub Ensure each green Power LED illuminates Task 3 Unpack Inspect and Install the Switch The following paragraphs provide instructions to unpack and inspect the Sphereon 3032 3232 Switch and install it in a desktop or rack mount configuration If the switch is delivered with the Ethernet hub and management server as part of an FC 512 Fabricenter equipment cabinet refer to FC 512 Fabricenter Equipment Cabinet Installation and Service Manual 620 000100 for unpacking and installation instructions then go to Task 4 Configure Network Information on page 2 14 212 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual Unpack and Inspect the Switch Unpack and inspect the switch When you remove the switch from the carton do not rest it on its rear panel while examining it To do so may break the FRU handles Desktop Installation 1 Inspect the shipping container s for damage caused during transit If a container is damaged ensure a representative from the freight carrier is present when the container is opened 2 Unpack the shipping container s and inspect each item for damage Save all shipping and packing materials Ensure that all items on the enclosed shipping list are in each container 3 If any items are damaged or missing customers should contact the McDATA solution cen
115. event data are represented in hexadecimal with the least significant byte first e g event data 56 34 12 00 represents the counter value 0x00123456 Action Verify that the cable and Ethernet hub and other devices connected to the same segment are working properly Event Data Bytes 0 3 Total ethernet transmit errors Sum of all xmit errors Bytes 4 7 Loss of CRS count Count of frames sent where Ethernet adapter does not see Carrier Sense at the end of the preamble Bytes 8 11 SQE error count Count of frames where the Ethernet adapter did not see collision within 64 bit times at the end of the transmission Bytes 12 15 Out of window count Count of frames where the Ethernet adapter detects a collision more than 512 bit times after the first bit of the preamble The frame is not transmitted Bytes 16 19 Jabber count Count of frames where the transmission is more than 26 milliseconds The frame is not transmitted Bytes 20 23 16 collision count Count of frames where the Ethernet adapter encounters 16 collisions while attempting to transmit a frame The frame is not transmitted Distribution Switch EFC Server Host Nonvolatile System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident System Error Event Log Indicator Y Y McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Installation and Service Manual Event Code 431 Message Excessive Ethernet receive errors
116. features 1 23 installing 4 59 NNNNN upgrading 4 59 specifications remote workstations 1 18 square gray meaning of 1 43 statistics ports 1 42 status bar 1 43 status symbols 1 43 status bar symbols 1 43 status symbols 1 43 stored addresses 1 32 subnet mask change switch value 2 117 configuring 2 15 default 2 1 3 1 4 2 EFC Server default 2 53 subnet mask default value 2 3 swap ports dialog box 1 35 swapping ports 4 34 switch audit logs 4 7 connecting to fabric director 2 135 connectors and indicators 1 21 description 1 2 desktop installation 2 4 2 13 error detection reporting and serviceability features 1 5 event codes B 1 event log 4 7 4 9 4 10 4 12 fabric logs 4 7 fans 1 20 FRUs 1 18 FRUs front accessible 6 1 FRUs rear accessible 6 2 hardware log 4 9 illustrated parts breakdown 6 1 IML 4 43 IML procedure 4 43 IPL procedure 4 43 LAN connecting 2 21 LEDs 1 22 link incident log 4 10 4 12 maintenance port 1 22 MAPs 3 1 multiswitch fabric 1 8 network addresses 2 14 network information 2 14 operating status 1 43 power off procedure 4 42 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual power on procedure for 4 41 power supplies 1 20 setting date and time 2 74 setting offline 4 45 setting online 4 45 tools supplied 1 46 unpacking inspecting and installing 2 12 verifying communication to EFC Server 2 55 zoning feature 1 7 switch binding 2 63 configure
117. for the selected switch displays As a precaution to preserve switch configuration information perform the data collection procedure Collecting Maintenance Data on page 4 36 At the navigation control panel select Firmware Library from the Maintenance menu The Firmware Library dialog box displays 4 54 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual 7 Select the firmware version to be downloaded and click Send The send function verifies existence of certain switch conditions before the download begins If an error occurs a message displays indicating the problem must be fixed before the firmware download Conditions that terminate the process include The firmware version is being installed to the switch by another user The switch to EFC Server link fails or times out If a problem occurs and a corresponding message displays go to MAP 0000 Start MAP on page 3 6 to isolate the problem If no error occurs the Send Firmware confirmation box displays EEJ Click Yes The Send Firmware dialog box displays go As the download begins a Sending Files message displays at the top of the dialog box This message remains for a few moments as a progress bar travels across the dialog box to show percent completion of the download As the download progresses a Writing data to FLASH message displays This message remains as the progress bar continues to travel across the di
118. incorporated in SNMP trap messages to ensure against unauthorized viewing or use 2 120 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual e Click the check box in the Write Authorization column to enable or disable write authorization for the trap recipient default is disabled A check mark indicates write authorization is enabled When the feature is enabled a management workstation user can change sysContact sysName and sysLocation SNMP variables f Type the IP address or DNS host name of the trap recipient SNMP management workstation in the Trap Recipient field It is recommended the IP address be used g The default UDP port number for trap recipients is 162 Type a decimal port number in the UDP Port Number field to override the default value 3 Click Activate to save and activate the changes The message Your changes to the SNMP configuration have been successfully activated appears Enable or Disable Perform this procedure to toggle enable or disable the state of the the CLI switch s command line interface To change the CLI state 1 At the Configure panel click the CLI tab The Management page displays with the CLI tab selected Figure 2 97 Configure Refresh 9 20 04 at 13 24 32 M Enable CLI Protocol Telnet v View Configure Monitor the SSH Keys Operations Help Figure 2 97 Configure Panel Management Page with CLI Tab
119. information must be changed to conform to the customer s LAN addressing scheme e IP address e Subnet mask NOTE At some customer installations TCP IP addresses for the management server may be allocated automatically using dynamic host configuration protocol DHCP Task 7 Configure Management Server Password and Network Addresses 2 25 Installation Tasks Configure Password To configure a new LCD panel password 1 At the management server s LCD panel press ENTER The Welcome or operational information message changes to the following Figure 2 13 Figure 2 13 LCD Panel Password Entry 2 Using the A button to increment a digit the Y button to decrement a digit the lt button to move the cursor left and the button to move the cursor right input the default password 9999 and press ENTER The LAN 1 Setting message appears at the LCD panel 9 Press the W button several times until the Change Password option appears at the LCD panel then press ENTER The following message appears Figure 2 14 Figure 2 14 LCD Panel New Password 4 Use the arrow keys as described in step 2 to input a new 4 digit numeric password then press ENTER The following message appears Figure 2 15 Figure 2 15 LCD Panel Save Change 5 Press ENTER A Wait a moment message appears at the LCD panel the LCD panel returns to the LAN 1 Setting message and the password changes
120. integer from 1 through 65535 Enter a port number from 1 through 65535 Invalid value for BB_Credit BB_Credit must be an integer from 1 through 60 Enter a number from 1 through 60 Invalid value for Low BB Credit threshold 1 99 Low BB Credit Threshold text field in Configure Open Trunking dialog box must have entries in the range from 1 and 99 This message only displays if the optional Open Trunking feature is installed Note that your message and the Configure Open Trunking dialog box may display Credit Starvation Threshold instead of Low BB Credit Threshold Enter a value from 1 to 99 into the Low BB Credit Threshold of the Configure Open Trunking dialog box Invalid value for low BB credit threshold 1 99 Low BB Credit Threshold text field in Configure Open Trunking dialog box must have entries in the range from 1 and 99 This message only displays if the optional Open Trunking feature is installed Enter a value from 1 to 99 into the Low BB Credit Field of the Configure Open Trunking dialog box MCcDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Installation and Service Manual Message Description Action Message Description Action Message Description Action Message Description Action Message Description Action Message Description Action Invalid value for day 1 31 Value for day must be an integer from 1 through 31 Enter a value from 1 through 31 Invalid value for E_D_TOV
121. into the Configure Feature Key dialog box and enable the key If you require a feature key see your account representative McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Installation and Service Manual Message Description Action Message Description Action Message Description Action Message Description Action Message Description Performing this operation will change the current state to Offline This operation causes the switch to go offline N A An informational message Performing this operation will change the current state to Online This operation causes the switch to go online N A An informational message Performing this action will overwrite the date time on the switch Warning that occurs when configuring the date and time through the Configure Date and Time dialog box that the new time or date will overwrite the existing time or date set for the switch Verify that you want to overwrite the current date or time Periodic Date Time synchronization must be cleared before enabling switch clock alert Action cannot be performed because Periodic Date Time Synchronization option is active Click Periodic Date Time Synchronization check box in Configure Date and Time dialog box Configure menu to clear checkmark and disable periodic date time synchronization Port binding was removed from attached devices that are also participating in Switch Binding Informational message User has remov
122. more than one speed configuration Cannot set Fibre Channel parameters Fibre Channel parameters cannot be set The link is down or busy Retry the operation later If the condition persists contact support personnel Cannot set switch date and time Sphereon 3032 3232 Element Manager Messages A 9 Description Action Message Description Action Message Description Action Message Description Action Message Description Action Message Description Switch date and time cannot be set The link is down or busy Retry the operation later If the condition persists contact support personnel Cannot set switch state Switch state cannot be set The link is down or busy Retry the operation later If the condition persists contact support personnel Cannot set write authorization without defining a community name A community name was not defined in the Configure SNMP dialog box for the write authorization selected Provide a name in the name field where write authorization is checked Cannot start data collection Data collection cannot be started The link is down or busy Retry the operation later If the condition persists contact support personnel Cannot start port diagnostics Port diagnostics cannot be started The link is down or busy Retry the operation later If the condition persists contact support personnel Cannot swap an uninstalled port A port swap
123. network addresses are recorded for the public LAN connection LAN 1 e IP address default is 192 168 0 1 e Subnet mask default is 255 0 0 0 e Gateway address default is blank e DNS server IP address default is blank d Verify the default computer name EFCSERVER or changed computer name is recorded 2 Verify user passwords and other information are recorded The information was recorded while performing Task 9 Configure Windows 2000 Users on page 2 38 3 Verify date and time information is recorded The information was recorded while performing Task 10 Set Management Server Date and Time on page 2 44 a Verify the time zone is recorded Task 14 Record or Verify Management Server Restore Information 2 53 Installation Tasks b Verify if the management server is set to automatically adjust the clock for daylight savings time changes 4 Record the Product ID number as follows a At the Windows 2000 desktop click Start at the left side of the task bar then select Settings then Control Panel The Control Panel window displays Figure 2 30 on page 2 33 b Double click the System icon The System Properties dialog box displays with the General page open Figure 2 53 on page 2 54 Record the Product ID number listed under the Registered to heading System Properties 3 2 xI General Network Identification Hardware User Profiles Advanced System Microsoft Windows 2000 5 00 2195 Ser
124. of the dialog box select the Use auto detection Use the server or Use a specific RDC radio button determined by the customer s network administrator Click OK to save the entered information close the dialog box and define the switch to the SAN management application Repeat step 2 through step 7 for each new switch Click OK to close the Discover Setup dialog box and return to the SAN management application 2 52 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual Installation Tasks Task 14 Record or Verify Management Server Restore Information Configuration information must be recorded to restore the management server in case of hard drive failure Refer to Appendix C Restore EFC Server for instructions To record or verify management server configuration information 1 Verify network configuration information is recorded The information was recorded while performing Task 7 Configure Management Server Password and Network Addresses on page 2 25 and Task 8 Configure Management Server Information on page 2 30 a Verify the default LCD panel password 9999 or changed password is recorded b Verify default or changed network addresses are recorded for the private LAN connection LAN 2 e IP address default is 10 1 1 1 e Subnet mask default is 255 0 0 0 e Gateway address default is blank e DNS server IP address default is blank c Verify default or changed
125. on page 4 45 Was a corrective action performed YES NO uy Go to step 37 36 Monitor port operation for approximately five minutes Did the link incident recur McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual YES NO The Fibre Channel link and switch appear operational Exit MAP 37 Clean fiber optic connectors on the jumper cable a Notify the customer the port will be blocked Ensure the customer s system administrator quiesces Fibre Channel frame traffic through the port and sets the attached device offline b Block the port Refer to Block or Unblock a Port on page 4 45 c Disconnect both ends of the fiber optic cable d Clean the fiber optic connectors Refer to Clean Fiber Optic Components on page 4 48 e Reconnect the fiber optic cable f Unblock the port Refer to Block or Unblock a Port on page 4 45 g Monitor port operation for approximately five minutes Did the link incident recur YES NO i The Fibre Channel link and switch appear operational Exit MAP 38 Disconnect the fiber optic jumper cable from the switch port and connect the cable to a spare port Is a link incident reported at the new port YES NO Go to step 40 39 The attached device is causing the recurrent link incident Notify the customer of the problem and have the system administrator a Inspect and verify operation of the attached device b Repair the attached device if a failu
126. or switch configuration that is deter mined by the status of the connectivity attributes Active FRU A FRU that is currently operating as the active and not the backup FRU See also backup field replaceable unit See active field replaceable unit In S 390 mode an active port address matrix is the port address matrix that is currently active or operational on an attached director or switch See also connectivity capability A single zone set that is active in a multiswitch fabric and is created when a specific zone set is enabled This zone set is compiled by checking for undefined zones or aliases See also zone zone set 1 To refer to a device or an item of data by its address A I 2 The location in a computer where data is stored 3 In data communica tion the unique code assigned to each device or workstation con nected to a network 4 The identifier of a location source or destination D Synonym for port name Software that processes queries on behalf of an application and returns replies o2 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual alarm alert panel alias allowed connection allowed port connection alternating current American National Standard Code for Information Interchange American National Standards Institute ANSI API application application client 1 A notification of an abnormal condition within a system that pro v
127. refer to the section in your SAN management application Software User Manual that pertains to the operating system of your workstation Using the Element Manager you can e Back up and restore configuration data e Change management style between FICON and open systems e Clear the system error indicator e Configure extended distance buffering for ports e Configure Fibre Channel operating parameters for the switch such as BB_Credit R_A_TOV E_D_TOV preferred domain ID switch priority Domain RSCNs preferred and insistent domain ID and rerouting delay e Configure individual ports with a port name describing the node attached to the port e Configure keys for new features e Configure interoperability mode for open switch fabrics e Configure LIN alerts e Configure Port Binding e Configure Nickname to display instead of WWN for the switch and attached devices e Configure port address configurations FICON management style only e Configure SNMP trap recipients and community names Element Manager Description 1 25 General Information e Configure the FICON and Open Systems Management Server features if optional FICON and Open Systems Management Server is installed e Configure Switch Binding if optional SANtegrity Binding feature is installed e Configure Open Trunking if optional OpenTrunking feature is installed e Configure the management style between open systems and FICON management
128. required to perform this procedure e EFC Server Restore CD ROM this CD ROM is shipped with the EFC Server and contains the Disk operating system DOS files required to boot the PC after a hard drive failure Windows 2000 operating system QuikSync backup and restore application from Iomega Readme txt file with restore instructions Print and follow these instructions to restore the EFC Server The instructions may change as PC models and software versions change Restore EFC Server ony Restore EFC Server e EFC Management Applications CD ROM this CD ROM is shipped with the EFC Server and contains the EFC Manager Element Manager and Fabric Manager applications EFC Manager data directory backup on CD the EFC Manager data directory is automatically backed up to a removable rewritable CD when the EFC Server is rebooted or when the data directory contents change The data directory includes All EFC Manager configuration data product definitions user names passwords user rights nicknames session options SNMP trap recipients e mail recipients and Ethernet event notifications All log files EFC manager logs and individual Element Manager logs Zoning library all zone sets and zone definitions Firmware library Call home settings phone numbers and dialing options Configuration data for each managed switch stored on the EFC Server and in NV RAM on e
129. s Hardware View Turn off the power switch on the power supply Disconnect the AC power cord from the power supply Rotate the power lockout lever to the right to expose the black plastic latch lever Pull the latch lever down to the horizontal position The power supply will disengage and back out about 1 4 inch when the lever is horizontal d Use the latch lever to pull the power supply out of the chassis Support the power supply as it exits the chassis To prevent electric shock do not reach into nonvisible areas of a Sphereon 3032 3232 while the switch is connected to primary facility power Remove the replacement power supply from its shipping container Inspect the rear of the power supply for bent or broken connector pins If any pins are damaged obtain a new power supply Ensure that the power switch on the power supply is turned off the power lockout lever is rotated to the right covering the AC connector and the black plastic latch lever is completely down in the horizontal position Insert the power supply into the chassis until it stops Raise the black plastic latch lever to the vertical position The power supply cams into its seated position in the chassis Rotate the power lockout lever to the left to cover the plastic lever and expose the AC connector Verifying that the power switch is off connect the AC power cord to the power supply and to a facility power source Turn on the power switch
130. save an ASCII text file containing all current user definable configuration options in a printable format Note that this file cannot be read back into the Element Manager in order to set configuration parameters Enable Web Server Select this option to place a check mark in the check box to enable the SANpilot interface on the switch Select the option again to remove the check mark and disable the SANpilot interface When disabled users at remote computers running the client software cannot access the SANpilot interface Enable Telnet Select this option to place a check mark in the check box to enable telnet access to the switch Select the option again to remove the check mark and disable telnet access When disabled users at remote workstations cannot access the switch through telnet to use the Command Line Interface CLI or perform other tasks Logs Menu Click the Logs menu to display the following options Audit Log This log provides a record of all configuration changes made on the switch Each entry displays the date and time of the change a description of the change the source of the change such as the Management Server or SNMP management station and an identifier for the source such as the IP address of the Management Server or SNMP management station Event Log Select this option to display the switch event log This log provides a record of significant events that have occurred on the switch such as hardwar
131. select Firmware Library from the Maintenance menu The Firmware Library dialog box displays New cose 4 The firmware version displays at the lower left corner of the dialog box in XX YY ZZ format where XX is the version level YY is the release level and ZZ is the patch level 5 Click Close to return to the Hardware View Add a Firmware The firmware version shipped with the switch is provided on the Version System Version XX YY ZZ diskette Subsequent firmware versions for upgrading the switch are provided to customers through McDATA s internet home page NOTE When adding a firmware version follow all the instructions in the release notes or engineering change EC instructions that accompany the firmware version This information supplements information in this general procedure To add a switch firmware version to the library stored on the EFC Server hard drive 1 Obtain the new firmware version from McDATA s home page a At the EFC Server or other personal computer PC with internet access open the McDATA home page The uniform resource locator URL is http www mcdata com b Move the pointer over the Support button at the top of the home page to open a pair of menu selections then click the Login menu selection The Customer Support Login page displays Manage Firmware Versions Za Repair Information C Click the Login hyperlink The McDATA Central Site page displays
132. speed e Central processing unit CPU temperature e Hard disk capacity e Virtual and physical memory capacity d After successful POST completion the LCD panel displays a Welcome message then continuously cycles through and displays server operational information e After rebooting the server at the LCD panel log on to the EFC Server s Windows 2000 desktop through a LAN connection to a browser capable PC Refer to Access the Management Server Desktop on page 2 30 for instructions The EFC Management Services and EFC Manager applications start and the EFC Manager Login dialog box displays f At the EFC Manager Login dialog box type a user name password and EFC Server name all are case sensitive and click Login The application opens and the Products View displays Figure 3 3 on page 3 10 MAP 0000 Start MAP 3 Figure 3 3 EFC Manager Product View Did the Product View display and does the EFC Manager application appear operational YES NO An EFC Server hardware problem is indicated Event codes are not recorded Go to MAP 0800 Server Hardware Problem Determination on page 3 108 7 Inspect the alert panel at the lower left corner of the Product View The indicator shows the status of managed switches or the status of the link between the EFC Server and managed switches as follows e A green circle indicates all switches are operational e A yellow triangle indicates at least one swi
133. switch set to the Power On 1 position NO YES Go to step 29 27 Power on the switch Inspect the switch for indications of being powered on such as At the front panel an illuminated PWR or ERR indicator e Green LEDs illuminated on the power supplies e Audio emanations and airflow from fans Does the switch appear powered on YES NO L A power distribution problem is indicated Go to step 23 to obtain event codes If no event codes are found go to MAP 0100 Power Distribution Analysis on page 3 28 28 Is the PWR LED at the switch front panel illuminated NO YES L Go to step 30 A faulty PWR LED is indicated but Fibre Channel port operation is not disrupted a If continued operation without benefit of the PWR LED is acceptable to the customer do not perform any repair action b If continued operation without benefit of the PWR LED is not acceptable to the customer remove and replace the switch 29 Inspect the switch for indications of being powered on such as At the front panel an illuminated PWR or ERR indicator e Green LEDs illuminated on the power supplies e Audio emanations and airflow from fans Does the switch appear powered on YES NO 3 18 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual A power distribution problem is indicated Go to step 23 to obtain event codes If no event codes are found go to MAP 0100 Power Distribution Analysis o
134. that displays in the Alert column of the Port List View e An attention indicator yellow triangle that displays by the Threshold Alerts field in the Port Properties dialog box e Detailed threshold alert data is recorded in the Threshold Alert Log Use the Threshold Alerts option on the Configure menu to configure the following e Name for the alert e Type of threshold for the alert Rx Tx or either e Active or inactive state of the alert e Threshold criteria Task 21 Configure Fabric Operating Parameters 2 95 Installation Tasks Percent traffic capacity utilized This is the percent of the port s throughput capacity achieved by the measured throughput This setting constitutes the threshold value For example the value of 50 means that the port s threshold is reached when throughput is 50 of capacity Time interval during which throughput is measured and alert notification can occur The time that the percentage of throughput capacity utilization must exist during the set time interval before an alert generates e Ports for which you are configuring threshold alerts You can configure up to 16 alerts and any number of alerts can be active at one time Procedures Use the following procedures to create a new threshold alert or to modify activate deactivate or delete an alert Create New Alert 1 Select Threshold Alerts from the Configure menu The Configure Threshold Aler
135. the management server a As shown in Figure 2 11 connect one end of a customer supplied Ethernet patch cable to the left RJ 45 adapter LAN 1 at the rear of the server Task 6 Unpack Inspect and Install the Management Server 2 23 Installation Tasks b Connect the remaining end of the Ethernet cable to the corporate intranet as directed by the customer s network administrator 7 As shown in Figure 2 11 connect the 20 foot phone cord to the left RJ 11 adapter LINE at the rear of the server and to a facility telephone connection 8 As shown in Figure 2 11 connect the AC power cord to the server and to a facility power source or rack power strip that provides single phase 90 to 264 VAC current 9 When the power cord is connected the management server powers on and performs power on self tests POSTs During POSTs a The green liquid crystal display LCD panel illuminates b The green hard disk drive HDD LED blinks momentarily and processor speed and random access memory information display momentarily at the LCD panel c After a few seconds the LCD panel displays the following message pertaining to boot sequence selection Figure 2 12 Figure 2 12 LCD Panel During Boot Sequence d Ignore the message After ten seconds the server performs the boot sequence from the basic input output system BIOS During the boot sequence the server performs additional POSTs and displays the following
136. the Control Panel window to return to the Windows 2000 desktop task bar then select Settings then Control Panel The Control Panel window displays Figure 2 30 on page 2 33 Double click the Network and Dial up Connections icon The Network and Dial up Connections window displays Figure 2 33 ff Network and Dial up Connections i me x File Edit View Favorites Tools Advanced Help Ea lt Back gt ty GQsearch GyFolders 0 GE XxX A Ea Address a Network and Dial up Connections Go snes Make New Incoming Local Area Local Area Connection Connections Connection Connection 2 3 Network and Dial up Connections This folder contains network connections for this computer and a wizard to help you create a new connection xl 4 objects Figure 2 33 Network and Dial up Connections Window 3 To configure addresses for the private LAN connection LAN 2 double click the Local Area Connection 2 icon The Local Area Connection 2 Status dialog box displays Figure 2 34 on page 2 36 Task 8 Configure Management Server Information 2 35 Installation Tasks General r Connection Status Connected Duration 5 days 22 56 31 Speed 10 0 Mbps m Activity af A Sent 1 Received Ci Packets 180 832 159 685 pese Close Figure 2 34 Local Area Connection 2 Status Dialog Box 4 Click Properties The Local Area Connec
137. the operational switch and return the CD to McDATA for analysis This information may assist in fault isolating the failed switch b Go to MAP 0000 Start MAP on page 3 6 and perform fault isolation for the failed switch Exit MAP 22 As indicated by an event code 072 a switch E_Port is connected to an unsupported switch or fabric element McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual Advise the customer of the problem and disconnect the interswitch link to the unsupported switch Exit MAP 23 A 140 event code occurs only if the optional OpenTrunking feature is enabled The event code indicates OpenTrunking firmware detected an ISL with Fibre Channel traffic that exceeds the configured congestion threshold No action is required for an isolated event However if this event persists perform one of the following e Relieve the congestion by adding parallel ISLs between the switches reporting the problem e Increase the ISL link speed between the switches reporting the problem from 1 Gbps to 2 Gbps e Reroute Fibre Channel traffic by moving device connections to a less congested region of the fabric Did the corrective action solve the problem and relieve the reported ISL congestion NO YES J The ISL appears operational Exit MAP Contact the next level of support Exit MAP 24 A 142 event code occurs only if the optional OpenTrunking feature is enabled The event code indic
138. the port number Block and Unblock Ports 4 47 Repair Information Firmware Version Bome Click OK The following occur to indicate the port is unblocked and online The emulated green LED associated with the port illuminates at the Hardware View The green LED associated with the port illuminates at the switch The check box adjacent to the Block Port menu option becomes blank Manage Firmware Versions Firmware is the internal operating code stored on the switch s CTP card Up to eight versions can be stored on the EFC Server hard drive and made available for download to a switch Service personnel can perform the following firmware management tasks Determine the firmware version active on a switch Add to and maintain a library of up to eight firmware versions on the EFC Server hard drive Modify a firmware description stored on the EFC Server hard drive Delete a firmware version from the EFC Server hard drive Download a firmware version to a selected switch Determine a Switch To determine a switch firmware version 1 At the EFC Server open the EFC Manager application The Product View displays Select the icon representing the switch to be inspected for firmware version The Hardware View for the selected switch displays McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual Repair Information 3 At the navigation control panel
139. the threshold Open Trunking Log This log provides details on flow rerouting that occurs through switch ports Maintenance Menu Click the Maintenance menu to display the following options Port Diagnostics This option displays the Port Diagnostics dialog box Use this dialog box to run internal and external loopback tests on ports Swap Ports FICON management style only Select this option to display the Swap Ports dialog box Use this dialog box to swap one port address for another Data Collection This option displays the Save Data Collection dialog box Use this dialog box to collect maintenance data into a file This file is used by support personnel to diagnose system problems Using the Element Manager 1 35 General Information IPL Select this option to initiate an initial program load on the switch A dialog box displays to allow you to confirm the IPL Note that an IPL does not affect any configuration settings done through the Element Manager This operation does not disrupt port operation Set Online State Select this option to display the Set Online State dialog box Use this dialog box to change the online state of the switch to offline or online Firmware Library Select this option to display the Firmware Library dialog box This dialog box displays all firmware versions currently installed on the Management Server that can be downloaded to switches Use this dialog box to add a new firmware versi
140. through 3 specify the E_Port number 00 through 23 reporting the problem Bytes 8 through 11 specify the failure reason as specified in Table 3 6 on page 3 106 Table 3 6 Bytes 8 through 11 Failure Reasons and Actions Bytes 8 11 Failure Reason Action 01 Invalid data length Go to step 26 08 Invalid zone set format Go to step 26 09 Invalid data Go to step 27 0A Cannot merge Go to step 27 FO Retry limit reached Go to step 26 F1 Invalid response length Go to step 26 F2 Invalid response code Go to step 26 26 A zone merge process failed during ISL initialization The following list explains the reason 3 106 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual e Failure reason 01 An invalid data length condition caused an error in a zone merge frame Failure reason 08 An invalid zone set format caused an error in a zone merge frame Failure reason FO A retry limit reached condition caused an error in a zone merge frame Failure reason F1 An invalid response length condition caused an error in a zone merge frame Failure reason F2 An invalid response code caused an error in a zone merge frame Disconnect the fiber optic jumper cable from the E_Port reporting the problem then reconnect the cable to the same port Did disconnecting and reconnecting the cable solve the problem and was the resulting zone merge process
141. to describe products such as EFC Management EFC Manager application or EFC Server Enterprise Fabric Connectivity Audit Log Log displayed though the EFC Manager application that provides a history of user actions per formed at the EFC Server through the EFC Manager application This information is useful for system administrators and users See also Audit Log EFC Event Log EFC Product Status Log EFC Session Log g 14 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual EFC Event Log EFCM EFC Management Services application EFC Manager application EFCM Lite EFC Product Status Log Enterprise Fabric Connectivity Event Log Log displayed though the EFC Manager application that provides a record of events or error conditions recorded by the EFC Management Services application Entries reflect the status of the application and managed directors and switches Information associated with a call home failure is intended for use by maintenance personnel to fault isolate the prob lem modem failure no dial tone etc while information provided in all other entries is generally intended for use by third level support personnel to fault isolate more significant problems See also EFC Audit Log EFC Product Status Log EFC Session Log Event Log Enterprise Fabric Connectivity Management The management scheme for McDATA products This includes the EFC Server EFC Manager application EFC Managem
142. to the port If you enter a WWN or nickname in this field and do not place a check in the WWN Binding checkbox the WWN or nickname will be stored and all devices can connect to the port Use the vertical scroll bar as necessary to display additional port information rows up to 64 ports Click Activate to save the configuration information and close the dialog box If the switch is set to FICON mode perform this procedure to enable extended distance operation and LIN alerts for Fibre Channel ports Then continue to Configure Port Addresses FICON Mode on page 2 88 to define port names configure ports as blocked or unblocked and define the control unit port CUP To configure switch ports FICON Management Style only At the Hardware View for the selected switch click the Configure icon at the navigation control panel and select Ports from the Configure menu The Configure Ports dialog box FICON mode displays 2 86 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual Installation Tasks
143. type the old password At the New Password and Confirm New Password fields type the new password 2 40 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual NOTE The New Password and Confirm New Password fields are case sensitive 4 Click OK The default administrator password changes and the Change Password dialog box closes 5 Click Cancel at the Windows Security dialog box to return to the Users and Passwords dialog box Add a New User To set up a new Windows 2000 user 1 At the Users and Passwords dialog box click Add The first window of the Add New User wizard displays Figure 2 40 on page 2 41 Add New User x Enter the basic information for the new user User name Full name e F Description D To continue click Next Cancel Figure 2 40 Add New User Wizard First Window 2 Type the appropriate new user information in the User name Full name and Description fields then click Next The second window of the Add New User wizard displays Figure 2 41 Task 9 Configure Windows 2000 Users Installation Tasks Installation Tasks Add New User j x Type and confirm a password for this user Password Confirm password To continue click Next lt Back Cancel Figure 2 41 Add New User Wizard Second Window 3 Type the new user s password in the Password and Confirm password fields then click Next
144. with which data can be transmitted from one device to another Data rates are often measures in megabits Mbps or mega bytes MBps per second or gigabits Gbps or gigabytes per second GBps TCP The transport layer for the transmission control protocol Inter net protocol TCP IP protocol widely used on Ethernet networks McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual transmission control protocol Internet protocol trap trap host trap recipient trunk cable UDP UL ULP unblocked connection unblocked port and any network that conforms to U S Department of Defense stan dards for network protocol TCP provides reliable communication and control through full duplex connections D TCP IP A layered set of protocols network and transport that allows sharing of applications among devices on a high speed local area network LAN communication environment D See also trans mission control protocol Internet protocol Unsolicited notification of an event originating from a simple net work management protocol SNMP managed device and directed to an SNMP network management station Simple network management protocol SNMP management work station that is configured to receive traps In simple network management protocol SNMP a network man agement station that receives messages through SNMP for specific events that occur on the arbitrated loop device Cable consi
145. 0 desktop click Start at the left side of the task bar bottom of the desktop then select Shut Down The Shut Down Windows dialog box displays Figure 3 1 Shut Down Windows Ee x R What do you want the computer to do Restart Ends your session shuts down Windows and starts Windows again cot __ Shut Down Windows Dialog Box b Select the Shut Down option from the list box and click OK The EFC Server powers down c Wait approximately 30 seconds and press the power button on the liquid crystal display LCD panel to power on the server and perform power on self tests POSTs During POSTs 1 The green LCD panel illuminates 2 The green hard disk drive HDD LED blinks momentarily and processor speed and random access memory information display momentarily at the LCD panel McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual Figure 3 2 3 After a few seconds the LCD panel displays the following message pertaining to boot sequence selection Figure 3 2 LCD Panel During Boot Sequence 4 Ignore the message After ten seconds the server performs the boot sequence from the basic input output system BIOS During the boot sequence the server performs additional POSTs and displays the following operational information at the LCD panel e Host name e System date and time e LAN 1 and LAN 2 IP addresses e Fan 1 fan 2 fan 3 and fan 4 rotational
146. 032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual Out of Band Product Management ccccccccseseeseeeeseseseeeeneteseseseenenenens 1 4 Management Server v irirdisrerss isdans takeet eketia E NEEN Ea ii Eie 1 12 24 P tt Ethernet FID siener eeii cath sesccesss exes e t E ereire AEE 1 13 Typical Network Configuration One Ethernet Connection 1 16 Typical Network Configuration Two Ethernet Connections 1 17 Sphereon 3032 3232 Switch Front View cccccesesessssssseseseeeeeeeeeees 1 19 Sphereon 3032 3232 Switch Rear View cccccceseeesssessesseseteeneeeeees 1 19 Multimode and Singlemode Wrap Plugs o eccccssssesesteteteseeeeteseseenenene 1 47 Fiber Optic Protective PlUg cccccssssesestesesescecesessscstenseseseseenesssescenenens 1 47 Null Modem Cables tii ciiin iat E E Adonai nes 1 48 Stacked Ethernet Hubs ccccsccssesesesceceseseeceteneseecenescseeteneenesesneneseseeeenes 2 9 Patch Cable and MDI Selector Configuration ccsccceeeesesesceneens 2 10 Mounting Bracket Installation Ethernet Hub 0 0 ccceeeseeeeeeeeeeees 2 11 Rack Installation Ethernet Hub o 0 ee eeeeeesseecneeeceeseeeescseeecneeesneenens 2 11 Connection Description Dialog BOX ccccceesesteeseeeeeetesceseesesesnsneenens 2 17 Connect To Dialog BOX cecccscssesescseetesesestsneeseseeneescscensnenesesnsneneneeeeees 2 17 COMn COM1 or COM2 Dialog BOX ceeeeeceeseeceseseneesseseteeneeseees 2 18
147. 07 Build ID 7 hd a Connected 0 00 15 Auto detect 115200 8 N 1 SCROLL cars NUM ca 4 Figure 3 25 Hyperterminal Window Configuration Information k Record the switch IP address Select Exit from the File pull down menu to close the HyperTerminal application The following message box appears MAP 0400 Loss of Console Communication 3 59 HyperT erminal You are currently connected Are you sure you want to disconnect now Figure 3 26 Disconnect Verification Message Box m Click Yes The following message box appears HyperTerminal i x Do you want to save session Sphereon 4500 w __ Figure 3 27 Save Session Device Verification Message Box n Click No to exit and close the HyperTerminal application o Power off the maintenance terminal p Disconnect the RS 232 modem cable from the switch and the maintenance terminal Replace the protective cap over the maintenance port Continue 23 Define the switch s correct IP address to the EFC Server a At the Product View right click the icon with the grey square representing the switch reporting the problem A pop up menu displays b Select Modify The Modify Network Address dialog box displays Figure 3 28 Modify Network Address Dialog Box McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual c Type the correct IP address and click OK Did the IP address below the switch i
148. 1 Installation Tasks a Type the IP address or DNS host name of the email server in the E mail Server field Use 64 alphanumeric characters or less It is recommended the IP address be used b For the Reply field type the e mail address of the recipient who should be informed of system events Use 64 alphanumeric characters or less for each entry NOTE The enable function must also be activated for each switch through the Sphereon 4500 Element Manager application E mail notification can be active for some switches and inactive for others At the Interval field type the length of time the application should wait between notifications Choose seconds minutes or hours from the associated drop down list To specify users that are to receive e mail notification click User List To enable e mail notification for a user click the check box in the Email column To configure event types for which e mail notification is sent click the Filter link adjacent to the check box The Define Filter dialog box displays Click OK to save the information and close the dialog box Double click the Sphereon 4500 Switch icon The Hardware View for the selected switch displays At the Hardware View select Enable E Mail Notification from the Maintenance menu A check mark appears in the check box to indicate e mail notification for the switch is enabled and the menu closes Close the Hardware View and return to the Products View by
149. 17 recording and verifying restoration information 2 53 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual i 3 restoring procedure for C 2 requirements for C 1 setting date and time 2 44 unpacking inspecting and installing 2 22 verifying communication to switch 2 55 EFC server Fibre Alliance MIB 1 6 remote workstation 1 3 electrostatic discharge ESD repair procedures caution 4 2 element manager 1 38 closing 1 44 configure 1 30 FRU list view 1 43 functionality 1 25 help menu 1 37 logs menu 1 34 maintenance menu 1 35 node list view 1 40 node list view menu 1 40 performance view 1 41 performance view menu 1 41 port list view 1 39 port menu 1 39 product 1 28 switch view 1 38 view panel 1 38 view tabs 1 38 window layout and function 1 28 ELP retransmission failure timeout 1 9 email messages introduction 1 5 e mail notification configuring Product Manager 2 92 enabling 1 36 reporting 1 46 embedded web server configuring switch 2 106 enable call home support 2 94 CLI 2 121 EFM 2 128 Ethernet events 2 93 fabric binding 2 127 host control 2 122 port binding 2 124 switch binding 2 125 enable call home notification option 1 36 enable e mail notification option 1 36 enable telnet on switch 1 34 enable unit beaconing product menu 1 29 enable web server on switch 1 34 enabled ports factory default 2 15 enterprise fabric mode enable at SANpilot interface 2 128 equipment cabinet i
150. 2 2 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual Installation Tasks Configure Private To configure TCP IP network information for the private LAN LAN Addresses connection LAN 2 1 At the management server s LCD panel press ENTER The Welcome or operational information message changes to the following Figure 2 16 Figure 2 16 LCD Panel Password Entry 2 Using the A button to increment a digit the Y button to decrement a digit the lt button to move the cursor left and the button to move the cursor right input the default or changed password and press ENTER The LAN 1 Setting message appears at the LCD panel p Press the W button The LAN 2 Setting message appears at the LCD panel Press ENTER and the following message appears Figure 2 17 with the default IP address of 10 1 1 1 Figure 2 17 LCD Panel LAN 2 IP Address 4 Use the arrow keys as described in step 2 to input a new IP address then press ENTER The following message appears Figure 2 18 Figure 2 18 LCD Panel Save Change 5 Press ENTER The LAN 2 IP address changes and the following message appears Figure 2 19 with the default subnet mask of 255 0 0 0 Task 7 Configure Management Server Password and Network Addresses 2 27 Installation Tasks Figure 2 19 LCD Panel LAN 2 Subnet Mask 6 Use the arrow keys as described in step 2 to input a new subnet mask then press ENTER The f
151. 2 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual e IP address the factory preset default internet protocol IP address is 10 1 1 10 The default IP address is also 10 1 1 10 If Reset Configuration is selected from the element manager application the switch resets to the default address of 10 1 1 10 If multiple switches are installed on the same LAN each switch and the management server must have a unique IP address One switch can use the factory set address but the addresses of the remaining switches must be changed NOTE If multiple switches other managed products and the management server are delivered in a Fabricenter equipment cabinet all devices are configured with unique IP addresses that do not require change The addresses require change only if multiple equipment cabinets are LAN connected e McDATA Flexport Feature If you have enabled additional port function with the McDATA Flexport Feature since the switch shipped from the factory resetting configuration will return this feature to the factory default of only 16 ports enabled You must re enable the additional ports using the Configure Feature Key dialog box refer to Task 16 Configure PFE Key Optional on page 2 56 NOTE Until this feature is enabled the additional ports will appear as Not Installed in the Port Operational State dialog box of the Hardware View and Port List View e Subnet mask the default subnet mask is 255 0 0
152. 2000 operating system and cannot be deleted The srvacc account is for field service users and must not be modified or deleted Change Default To change the administrator password from the default password to Administrator a customer specified password Password 1 Click the Send Ctrl Alt Del button at the top of the window surrounding the Users and Passwords dialog box The Windows Security dialog box displays Figure 2 38 NOTE Do not simultaneously press the Ctrl Alt and Delete keys This action controls the browser capable PC not the rack mount management server Task 9 Configure Windows 2000 Users 2 39 Installation Tasks Disconnect Options Clipboard Send Ctr Alt Del Refresh Windows Security Logon Information You are logged on asMGMTSERVERSC1M Administrator Logon Date 4 16 2003 6 35 24 AM Use the Task Manager to close an application that is not responding ock Computer Log Off Shut Down Change Password Task Manager Cancel Figure 2 38 Windows Security Dialog Box 2 Click Change Password The Change Password dialog box displays Figure 2 39 on page 2 40 Disconnect Options Clipboard Send Ctr Alt Del Refresh Change Password User name Administrator Log on to MGMTSERVER this computer w Old Password Seas New Password Eee Confirm New Password Ca ee Figure 2 39 Change Password Dialog Box 3 At the Old Password field
153. 3 Repair Information The log displays ISL congestion events that cause Fibre Channel traffic to be routed through an alternate ISL Entries reflect the traffic re route status at the managed switch The log consists of the following columns e Date Time Date and time the re route action occurred e Receive Port The switch port number decimal used for receiving Fibre Channel traffic after the re route action e Target Domain The domain ID decimal of the target device to which Fibre Channel traffic from the switch was rerouted e Old Exit Port The switch port number decimal used for transmitting Fibre Channel traffic before the re route action e New Exit Port The switch port number decimal used for transmitting Fibre Channel traffic after the re route action SANpilot Logs To open a SANpilot log click the Logs tab at the Monitor panel The Monitor panel opens with the Logs page displayed Figure 4 8 Monitor Refresh 5 27 03 at 12 16 08 View Follow the links provided below to display log information Configure Event Log Clear Log Monitor Open Trunking Re Route Log Clear Log Operations Link Incident Log Clear Log Help All Logs Clear AIl Logs Figure 4 8 Monitor Panel Logs Page The Logs tab provides links to the following logs 4 14 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual Using Views Repair Information e E
154. 32 Switch Who Should Use this This publication is intended for trained service representatives Manual experienced with storage area network SAN and Fibre Channel technology How to Use this This publication is organized as follows Manual Chapter 1 General Information This chapter describes the maintenance approach to switch problem analysis and repair The chapter provides a description of the switches and attached Enterprise Fabric Connectivity EFC Server specifications remote workstation configurations and minimum specifications field replaceable units FRUs switches and indicators software diagnostic features and tools and test equipment Chapter 2 Installation Tasks This chapter provides instructions to install configure and verify operation of one or more switches and the associated EFC Server The switch can be installed on a desktop or mounted in an FC 512 Fabricenter equipment cabinet or in any standard equipment rack Chapter 3 Diagnostics This chapter describes maintenance analysis procedures MAPs that assist you in isolating a switch problem to an individual FRU Chapter 4 Repair Information This chapter describes supplementary diagnostic and repair procedures for a failed switch The chapter includes procedures to display and use log information perform port diagnostics save configuration data McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual collect
155. 32 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual Installation Tasks Shut Down Windows E xj R What do you want the computer to do Restart Ends your session shuts down Windows and starts Windows again cot __ Figure 2 85 Shut Down Windows Dialog Box b Select the Restart option from the list box and click OK The management server powers down and restarts During the reboot process the LAN connection between the management server and browser capable PC drops momentarily and the TightVNC viewer displays a network error as shown in Figure 2 86 on page 2 105 Network error remote side closed connection Login again Figure 2 86 TightVNC Network Error Message c After the management server reboots click Login again The VNC Authentication screen displays d Type the default password and click OK The Welcome to Windows dialog box displays NOTE The default TightVNC viewer password is password e Click the Send Ctrl Alt Del button at the top of the window to log on to the management server desktop The Log On to Windows dialog box displays Task 24 Back Up Configuration Data 2 105 Installation Tasks Optional h NOTE Do not simultaneously press the Ctrl Alt and Delete keys This action logs the user on to the browser capable PC not the rack mount management server Type the default Windows 2000 user name and password and click OK
156. 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual Repair Information Figure 4 18 Swap Ports Dialog Box 5 At the First address and Second address fields type the logical port addresses in hexadecimal format of the pair of ports to be swapped The ports are automatically blocked during the procedure Select the Unblock after swap check boxes to unblock the ports when the procedure completes 6 Click Next At the Swap Ports dialog box the message Continuing this procedure requires varying the selected ports offline Ask the system operator to vary the link s offline then press Next appears 7 Click Next At the Swap Ports dialog box the message Move the port cable s Then press Next appears 8 Swap the fiber optic jumper cables between the selected ports then click Next 9 At the Swap Ports dialog box the message Ports swapped successfully appears Click Next to close the dialog box and return to the Hardware View Swapping Ports 4 35 Repair Information Collecting Maintenance Data When the switch operational firmware detects a critical error the switch automatically copies the contents of dynamic random access memory DRAM to a dump area in FLASH memory on the CTP card then transfers through the Ethernet connection the captured dump file from FLASH memory to the EFC Server hard drive NOTE An optional full volatility feature is often required at military sites that process classified
157. 6 02 00 9 4 02 2 38 41 PM 24 Could not contact remote notify server EFC Services PCNEFO911 1 DE Pa A Figure 4 1 EFC Event Log The event log contains the following columns e Date Time the date and time the event was reported to the EFC Server e Event an event number and brief description of the event Include both the event number and description when reporting an event to third level customer support e Product the product associated with the event Some events are associated with the EFC Management Services application while others are associated with a specific instance of the Product Manager application In the latter case the product Sphereon 3032 or Sphereon 3232 and configured name or internet protocol IP address associated with the instance are displayed e Qualifier this column provides an event qualifier for use by engineering personnel Include this number when reporting an event to third level customer support e Data additional event data for fault isolating a problem Use the information when fault isolating a call home problem or include the information when reporting an event to third level customer support Using Log Information 4 5 Repair Information EFC Session Log The Session Log displays a session login and logout history for the EFC Server including the date and time user name and network address of each session This information is useful for system admin
158. 6 Configure Ports Dialog Box b Use the vertical scroll bar as necessary to display the information row for the port indicating an invalid attachment c Select click the Type field and configure the port from the list box as follows e Select fabric port F_Port if the port is cabled to a device node e Select expansion port E_Port if the port is cabled to a fabric element director or switch to form an ISL d Click the Activate button to save the configuration information and close the dialog box MAP 0600 Port Failure and Link Incident Analysis 3 81 Did reconfiguring the port type solve the problem NO YES The switch appears operational Exit MAP Contact the next level of support Exit MAP 24 One of the following mode mismatch conditions was detected and an ISL connection is not allowed e The switch is configured for operation in Open Fabric 1 0 mode and is connected to a fabric element not configured to Open Fabric 1 0 mode e The switch is configured for operation in Open Fabric 1 0 mode and is connected to a legacy McDATA switch at the incorrect Exchange Link Parameter ELP revision level e The switch is configured for operation in Open Fabric 1 0 mode and is connected to a non McDATA switch at the incorrect ELP revision level e The switch is configured for operation in McDATA Fabric 1 0 mode and is connected to a non McDATA switch Configure the switch interop mode a Select Fabric Par
159. 83E 4 100000E02411D9BC 4 100000E02411DFFB 1000080088602088 100008008860C032 9 10000800884010ED 9 1000080088402443 4 100008008840723E GHEE EE EEE ee Switch Count 2 Qlogic Host Group ED 5000 Switch Group Switch Group w a PCNEF0911 1 Clients 1 admin Figure 2 48 Main Window SANavigator 4 0 or EFCM 8 0 EFCM 8 Server Users dialog box displays Figure 2 49 on page 2 49 2 48 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual 1000080088409C05 ES 4500 ED 5000 4 1000080088 40E010 03016 Isolated Devices ARIA iS ay T Master Log Fiter None All devices Devicesin view Define p Legend Bo Minimap fj ll Level Source Type Description Time IP meses 6010 100 E 8 Vixel_7100 Product State E OutofBand Offline 2003 08 21 15 40 48 172 3118 60to80 8 ES 1000 Product State E OutofBand Offline 2003 08 21 15 40 40 172 31 1 34 40 to 60 8 sanbox_16c Product State E OutofBand Offline 200308 21 15 40 32 172 31 1 10 201040 admin Session Event SAN opened by admin fr 2003 08 21 15 40 11 17218 3184 Oto 20 8 McDATA Product State E OutofBand Offline 2003 08 21 15 39 58 o 8 3016 Product State E OutofBand cime 2003 08 21 15 39 58 172 31 1 3 Legend utilization lel 4 Select Users from the SAN menu The SANavigator Server Users or Installation
160. AMcDATA 10 00 08 00 98 20 80 43 E EMC 50 06 04 82 8F D1 00 13 E McDATA 10 00 08 00 88 60 00 66 E McDATA 10 00 08 00 88 60 80 33 E McDATA 10 00 08 00 88 A0 70 67 Figure 3 47 Active Zone Set View e Inspect zone names in the active zone set to determine the incompatible name f Modify the incompatible zone name as directed by the customer 1 At the navigation control panel select Zone Sets from the Configure menu The Zone Sets dialog box displays 2 Select highlight the active zone set name then select Modify from the Actions menu on the dialog box The Modify Zone Set dialog box displays McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual 3 Select highlight the zone name to be modified and later deleted at the Zone Library list then select Copy Zone from the Actions menu on the dialog box The Copy Zone dialog box displays 4 Type the new zone name specified by the customer and click OK The new zone name appears in the Zone Library list The new zone contains the same members as the copied zone 5 Select highlight the new zone name and drag holding the left mouse button the name to the Zones in Set list 6 At the Zones in Setlist select highlight the zone name to be deleted then drag holding the left mouse button the name off the Modify Zone Set dialog box 7 At the Modify Zone Set dialog box click Save Zone Set The zone set with the new zone name is saved
161. Action Message Description Action Message Description Action R_A_TOV must be greater than E_D_TOV R_A_TOV must be greater than E_D_TOV Change one of the values so that R_A_TOV is greater than E_D_TOV Resource is unavailable The specified operation cannot be performed because the product is unavailable Verify that the EFC Server to product link is up If the link is up the EFC Server may be busy Try the operation again later Preferred Paths can not be enabled until the Domain ID is set to Insistent Disable Preferred Paths then configure Switch Parameters If the switch s domain ID has not been set to Insistent the user is not allowed to activate the Preferred Path configuration with the Enable Preferred Paths check box selected Close the Configure Preferred Paths dialog box and select the Configure menu then Operating Parameters then Switch Parameters On the Configure Switch Parameters dialog box select the Insistent check box Send firmware failed Send firmware operation has failed Retry the operation If the condition persists contact support personnel Sphereon 3032 3232 Element Manager Messages A 27 Message Description Action Message Description Action Message Description Action Message Description Action SNMP trap address not defined An SNMP trap address must be defined if a community name is defined Define an SNMP address Switc
162. Actions SANpilot Operational State Action Offline Go to step 19 Not Operational Go to step 19 Port Failure Go to step 6 Testing Internal or external loopback test in process Exit MAP Invalid Attachment Go to step 22 Link Reset Go to step 33 Not Installed Go to step 12 12 Install an SFP optical transceiver in the port receptacle Refer to RRP SFP Transceiver on page 5 2 e This procedure is concurrent and can be performed while the switch is powered on and operational e Verify location of the failed port Perform an external loopback test for the port as part of FRU removal and replacement Refer to Performing Port Diagnostics on page 4 22 Exit MAP 13 At the EFC Server does a blinking red and yellow diamond failed FRU indicator appear adjacent to a Fibre Channel port graphic at the Hardware View NO YES L A port failure is indicated Go to step 6 14 Did a Fibre Channel port fail a loopback test NO YES L Go to step 18 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual 15 Does a yellow triangle attention indicator appear adjacent to a port graphic at the Hardware View YES NO Go to step 17 16 Inspect the port state and LED status for all ports with an attention indicator a At the Hardware View double click the port graphic with the attention indicator The Port Properties dialog box displays b
163. Additional Data 0x00 Utility bus error to SBAR HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x01 Utility bus error to Port Module HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x02 Reserved HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 CTP Card Events 400 through 499 Event Code Tables 0x03 SBAR module detected utility bus parity error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x04 Port module detected utility bus parity error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x05 SBAR module detected clock frequency error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x06 Port module detected clock frequency error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x07 SBAR module detected CTP interface signal error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x08 Port module detected CTP interface signal error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x09 SBAR Module detected external parity error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x0A Port Module detected external parity error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x0B SBAR Module detected lost of system clock HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x0C Port Module detected lost of system clock HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x0D SBAR detected invalid request from port HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 Ox0E Internal SBAR time out HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 Ox0F Internal SBAR parity error HA Error Cal
164. BOX c ccecsceessesetescscesescsestenenesesseneeneeeees 4 39 4 23 Data Collection Dialog BOX sristi ie cerier resi irsin E rE E a EE 4 40 4 24 Clean Fiber Optic Components cccccesesesteteeseetesesceteneneseseenesesestananeneaes 4 41 6 1 Front Accessible FRUS Seri hipi ier aieea r Ere E e EFES 6 2 6 2 Rear Accessible FRUS ccscescccsescsssseseescecesescssetsnseseseeeeesescecessesesnsnanenenees 6 3 6 3 Power Plugs and Receptacles ccccceccccsesssestsnsteseseseeneseseecenenesesssnanenenees 6 4 D 1 EFC Server Consolidation Private LAN Connection Only D 3 D 2 EFC Server Consolidation Private and Public LAN Connections D 4 D 3 IP Addresses in a Multiswitch Environment cccccceseseseeseeteseseenenes D 6 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual EA joe McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual Templates v2 1 Tables 1 1 SHALUS SYMADOIS E EE E E EA 1 27 1 2 Operating Bar and Switch Status cccsseseeseseseecesesescenenesesesesneneseecees 1 43 2 1 Factory Set Defaults Switch csc iccscsecescessssvereseesdstieageesosesangveseauentzeseetstoscens 2 1 2 2 Factory Set Defaults management server cccceecceeteecseetesesteteteeeeeenes 2 2 P e eis T Defaults for Reset Configuration Switch 2 2 2 4 Installation Task Summary csccseecesesceceseseseeteesesesneneteseececesesssesaneeeeeenes 2 5 2 5 Switc
165. BS 546 Type right angle 250 volts 15 amps 2 8 meters Receptacle BS 546 9 806 000037 000 Power cord AC Switzerland and Liechtenstein 1026 SEV 1011 straight 250 volts 10 amps 2 8 meters Receptacle SEV 1011 10 806 000038 000 Power cord AC United States Chicago 1027 NEMA 6 15P straight non locking 250 volts 10 amps 1 8 meters Receptacle NEMA 6 15R 11 806 000040 000 Power cord AC United States Chicago 1028 NEMA L6 15P straight twist lock 250 volts 10 amps 1 8 meters Receptacle NEMA L6 15R Power Plugs and Receptacles Illustrated Parts Breakdown Table 6 3 Power Cord and Receptacle List continued Ref Part Number Description Feature 12 806 000042 000 Power cord AC North America 1016 NEMA L6 15P straight twist lock 250 volts 10 amps 2 8 meters Receptacle NEMA L6 15R 13 806 000042 000 Power cord AC North America 1029 NEMA L6 15P straight twist lock 250 volts 10 amps 2 8 meters Receptacle NEMA L6 15R 14 806 000043 000 Power cord AC Japan None NEMA 6 15P straight 250 volts 10 amps 2 8 meters Receptacle NEMA 6 15R 6 6 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual Messages This appendix lists information and error messages that appear in pop up message boxes at the Sphereon 3032 3232 Element Manager The text of each message is followed by a description and recommended c
166. Byte 1 3 Reserved Distribution Switch EFC Server Host Nonvolatile System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident System Error Event Log Indicator Vv Vv B 16 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Installation and Service Manual Event Code 150 Message Zone Merge Failure Severity Informational Explanation There was a failure in the Zone Merge process during ISL initialization Either a noncompatible Zone Set was detected or there was a problem with delivery of the Zone Merge frame This event is always preceded by an ISL segmentation event event code 70 This code s purpose is to explain the cause of the failure and segmentation It represents the reply from the neighboring switch in response to a Zone Merge frame that was sent to it Action The action depends on the reason for failure Event Data See following table Event Data for Event Code 150 Distribution Switch EFC Server Host Nonvolatile System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident System Error Event Log Indicator Vv Vv System Events 000 through 199 Event Code Tables B 17 Event Code Tables Event Data for Event Code 150 Byte 0 3 Number of the port with the Zone Merge failure Byte 4 7 Response Code 01 Fabric Busy 02 Failed Expected response code for a zone merge failure 03 EF Reserved FO FF Vendor Un
167. Call Home Feature Optional The management server has an optional call home feature that provides automatic dial out through the internal modem to a service support facility to report switch problems The problem is logged into the support facility s tracking system for resolution To configure the call home feature 1 There are two jacks on the management server s internal modem one for the call home connection LINE and the other for a telephone PHONE Ensure a telephone cable is routed and connected to the LINE jack at the rear of the management server connected while performing Task 7 Configure Management Server Password and Network Addresses on page 2 25 ra McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual Installation Tasks 2 At the Windows 2000 desktop double click the CallHome Configuration icon The Call Home Configuration dialog box displays Figure 2 47 Call Home Configuration a x Call Center Phone Number 1720 566 3912 Local Phone Number 720 123 4567 OK Cancel Help Figure 2 47 Call Home Configuration Dialog Box 3 At the Call Center Phone Number field enter the telephone number for the McDATA Solution Center 720 566 3912 Include necessary information such as the country code area code or any prefix required to access a telephone line outside the facility 4 At the Local Phone Number field enter the telephone number for access to the local
168. Code Tables Event Code 208 Message Power supply false shutdown Severity Major Explanation The power supply indicated that it was about to shutdown as a result of a power loss but never did The operational firmware prepared for the shutdown Action If subsequent power events occur perform the data collection procedure for this unit using the EFC Manager and return the CD and the faulty power supply to McDATA for analysis and repair Event Data No supplementary data included with this event Distribution Switch EFC Server Host Nonvolatile System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident System Error Event Log Indicator Vv Vv Vv Vv Vv Vv B 24 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Installation and Service Manual Fan Module Events 300 through 399 Event Code Tables Event Code 300 Message First cooling fan propeller has failed Severity Major Explanation Indicates that a fan is no longer operational The fan has stopped or was removed The remainder of the fans in the system are installed and operational If present the LED on the associated fan module is turned off The fan has either stopped or was removed Action Replace the fan module Event Data Byte 0 Failed fan number 1 6 Distribution Switch EFC Server Host Nonvolatile System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident
169. Configure menu on the menu bar The Configure Open Trunking dialog box displays v Enable Open Trunking Congestion Threshold Port Use Algorithmic Threshold Threshold 0 iv 75 1 Jj 65 2 J 65 3 E 65 4 J 65 5 J 65 6 E 65 7 L 65 i 8 E 65 X Event Notification v Unresolved Congestion v Back Pressure Low BB Credit Threshold Vi Default Threshold 45 1 99 Figure 2 63 Configure Open Trunking Dialog Box 2 Enable Open Trunking by clicking the Enable Open Trunking check box to display a check mark 3 Set the Congestion Thresholds for ports as percentages of link bandwidths in the range of 1 through 99 These thresholds are used only when a port becomes an ISL When the link s traffic load becomes greater than this percentage the link is seen as McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual Installation Tasks congested and traffic is rerouted if possible to an uncongested link Note that rerouting may not be possible if there are no alternate links available or if alternate links are congested or credit starved NOTE Using default settings for port congestion thresholds should work well in most cases This step is not required Set the Congestion Threshold using one of these methods e Click the check box under the Use Algorithmic Threshold column to display a value under the Threshold column This value is computed by the fea
170. Console Communication on page 3 46 b If MAP 400 does not isolate the problem fault isolate the CTP card problem Go to MAP 0200 POST Reset or IPL Failure Analysis on page 3 35 MAP 0000 Start MAP an 10 Does a red diamond with yellow background failure indicator appear at the alert panel and as the background to the icon representing the switch reporting the problem YES NO L Go to step 14 11 Double click the icon representing the switch reporting the problem The Hardware View displays At the Hardware View e Observe whether the Sphereon 3032 3232 Status table is yellow and switch status is NOT OPERATIONAL e Inspect FRUs for a blinking red and yellow diamond failed FRU indicator that overlays a FRU graphic Does a blinking red and yellow diamond overlay a Fibre Channel port graphic NO YES A port SFP failure is indicated Go to step 23 to obtain event codes If no event codes are found go to MAP 0600 Port Failure and Link Incident Analysis on page 3 72 12 Does a blinking red and yellow diamond overlay a fan graphic NO YES A fan failure is indicated Go to step 23 to obtain event codes If no event codes are found go to MAP 0500 Fan and CTP Card Failure Analysis on page 3 67 13 A blinking red and yellow diamond overlays a power supply graphic A power supply failure is indicated Go to step 23 to obtain event codes If no event codes are found go to MAP 0100 Power Distribution Ana
171. D blinks momentarily and processor speed and random access memory information display momentarily at the LCD panel 3 After a few seconds the LCD panel displays the following message pertaining to boot sequence selection Figure 3 53 Figure 3 53 LCD Panel During Boot Sequence 4 Ignore the message After ten seconds the server performs the boot sequence from BIOS During the boot sequence the server performs additional POSTs and displays the following operational information at the LCD panel e Host name e System date and time e LAN 1 and LAN 2 IP addresses e Fan 1 fan 2 fan 3 and fan 4 rotational speed e CPU temperature e Hard disk capacity e Virtual and physical memory capacity d After successful POST completion the LCD panel displays a Welcome message then continuously cycles through and displays server operational information e After rebooting the server at the LCD panel log on to the EFC Server s Windows 2000 desktop through a LAN connection to a browser capable PC Refer to Access the Management Server Desktop on page 2 30 for instructions The EFC Management Services and EFC Manager applications start and the EFC Manager Login dialog box displays Figure 3 52 on page 3 112 f At the EFC Manager Login dialog box type a user name password and EFC Server name obtained in MAP 0000 Start MAP on page 3 6 and case sensitive and click Login The EFC Manager application opens and the Produc
172. DATA 20 15 08 00 88 00 21 00 McDATA 20 16 08 00 88 00 21 00 McDATA 20 17 08 00 88 00 21 00 McDATA 20 1 9 08 00 88 00 21 00 McDATA 20 14 08 00 88 00 21 00 McDATA 20 1 B 08 00 88 00 21 00 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual b At the Switch Binding Membership List dialog box ensure the Switch Membership List is updated and correct for each switch then click Activate for each switch The switch binding feature is consistently enabled for both switches Did updating the switch membership lists solve the problem NO YES L The switch appears operational Exit MAP Contact the next level of support Exit MAP 32 A port connection is not allowed because of a Computer Network Technologies CNT wide area network WAN extension mode mismatch Based on switch to switch differences between the ELP maximum frame sizes allowed a connection was not allowed to a switch set to CNT WAN extension mode Contact McDATA support personnel to obtain software maintenance release 4 02 00 This release is required to correct the problem and allow McDATA switches to communicate with CNT UltraEdge WAN Gateways Exit MAP 33 The switch and attached device are performing a Fibre Channel link reset This is a transient state Wait approximately 30 seconds and inspect port state and LED behavior Did the link recover and resume operation NO YES 4 The Fibre Channel link and switch appear operational
173. Date Time Synchronization through the Configure Date and Time dialog box Disable clock alert mode through the Configure FICON Management Server dialog box System diagnostics cannot run The Operational Status is invalid System diagnostics cannot run on switches with failed ports Replace failed ports The add firmware process has been aborted User has ended the add firmware process N A An informational message The data collection process failed An error occurred in the data collection process Contact support personnel The data collection process has been aborted User has ended the data collection process N A An informational message Sphereon 3032 3232 Element Manager Messages A 29 Message Description Action Message Description Action Message Description Action Message Description Action Message Description Action The default zone must be disabled to configure The message displays when the user attempts to change the manage ment style to the open fabric management style and the default zone is enabled Disable the default zone and repeat the operation The EFC Server is busy processing a request from another Element Manager The EFC Server could not process the current request because it is busy handling a request from another Element Manager Retry the operation later If the condition persists contact support personnel The firmware file is corrupte
174. Director Page with Fabric Parameters Tab a At the R_A_TOV field type a value between 10 through 1200 tenths of a second one through 120 seconds Ten seconds 100 is the recommended value NOTE If the switch is attached to a fabric element the switch and element must be set to the same R_A_TOV value If the values are not identical the E_Port connection to the element segments and the switch cannot communicate with the fabric In addition the R_A_TOV value must be greater than the E_D_TOV value b At the E_D_TOV field type a value between 2 through 600 tenths of a second 0 2 through 60 seconds Two seconds 20 is the recommended value Task 25 Configure the Switch from the SANpilot Interface Optional Installation Tasks Installation Tasks NOTE If the switch is attached to a fabric element the switch and element must be set to the same E_D_TOV value If the values are not identical the E_Port connection to the element segments and the switch cannot communicate with the fabric In addition the E_D_TOV value must be less than the R_A_TOV value c Select from the Switch Priority drop down list to set the switch priority Available selections are Default Principal and Never Principal The default setting is Default This value designates the fabric s principal switch The principal switch is assigned a priority of 1 and controls the allocation and distribution of domain IDs for all fabric elemen
175. Ds illuminated Is a hub failure indicated YES NO Go to step 15 14 Replace the Ethernet hub Refer to the supporting documentation shipped with the hub for instructions Did hub replacement solve the problem NO YES AP The switch to EFC Server connection is restored and appears operational A switch Ethernet port failure is indicated Go to step 30 15 A problem with another LAN attached device is indicated MAP 0400 Loss of Console Communication 3 53 e Ifthe problem is associated with another switch or EFC Server go to MAP 0000 Start MAP on page 3 6 to isolate the problem for that device e Ifthe problem is associated with an unrelated device notify the customer and have the system administrator correct the problem Did repair of an unrelated LAN attached device solve the problem NO YES A The switch to EFC Server connection is restored and appears operational A switch Ethernet port failure is indicated Go to step 30 16 The EFC Manager application running on the EFC Server and the firmware running on the switch are not at compatible release levels Recommend to the customer that the downlevel version software or firmware be upgraded Does the EFC Manager application require upgrade YES NO Go to step 18 17 At the EFC Server upgrade the EFC Manager application nstall or Upgrade Software on page 4 59 Did the switch to EFC Server Ethernet connection recover NO YES
176. FE Key Optional 2 57 Installation Tasks 4 Type the PFE key case sensitive xxxx xxxx xxxx xx format and click OK The Enable Feature Key dialog box displays Activating this feature key will replace all Current Features installed with the features under New Features Current Features will be disabled and replaced with New Features listed This will also deactivate the Link between the Director and the Element Manager New Features Open Systems Management Server 16 FlexParts Open Trunking SANtegrity TM SANtegrity Authentication Preferred Path Element Manager Current Features Open Systems Management Server 16 FlexPorts Open Trunking SANtegrity TM SANtegrity Authentication Preferred Path Element Manager Figure 2 57 Enable Feature Key Dialog Box 5 Click Activate Because the switch performs an IPL when the PFE key is enabled a Warning dialog box displays Open Systems Management Server SANtegrity TM Figure 2 58 Warning Dialog Box 6 Click Yes to enable the PFE key When the key is enabled the switch performs an IPL 2 58 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual Task 17 Configure Management Server Optional Configure OSMS Installation Configuring the Open Systems Management Server Installation Tasks NOTE PFE keys are encoded to work with the serial number of the installed switch only Record the key t
177. FRUs CTP control processor CTP card The chassis slot is 0 The CTP card is not a FRU THM thermal sensor The chassis slot is 0 The thermal sensor is not a FRU Position a number representing the FRU chassis position Chassis slots for power supplies are 0 and 1 Chassis slots for fans are 0 through 3 inclusive Chassis slots for SFPs are 0 through 31 Action the action performed Inserted or Removed Part Number the part number of the inserted or removed FRU Serial Number the serial number of the inserted or removed FRU The Link Incident Log Figure 4 5 displays a history of Fibre Channel link incidents and associated port numbers for the switch The information is useful to maintenance personnel for isolating port problems and repair verification To open the Link Incident Log select Link Incident Log from the Logs menu on the navigation control panel 4 10 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual Repair Information 3 22 02 4 09 12 PM Loss of Signal or Lass of Synchronization 3 22 02 3 06 10 PM 7 Loss of Signal or Loss of Synchronization 3 21 02 4 30 11 PM 10 Loss ofSignal or Loss of Synchronization 3 21 02 4 29 13 PM 10 Not Operational primitive sequence NOS received 3 21 02 4 19 41 PM 10 Loss of Signal or Loss of Synchronization 3 21 02 4 07 20 PM 8 Loss of Signal or Lass of Synchronization 3 21 02 3 47 51 PM 10 Loss
178. Failure A failure occurred which has decreased the switch operational ability Normal switching operations are not affected One or more ports failed but at least one port is still operational e A fan has failed or is not rotating sufficiently Red NOT OPERATIONAL A critical failure prevents the switch from y Diamond performing fundamental switching with Yellow operations Background e All fans failed All installed ports failed Both power supplies failed Gray Square Never Connected Switch status is unknown This occurs if Link Timeout the Ethernet network connection between Protocol Mismatch the Management Server and the switch cannot be established or if the CTP fails Duplicate Session Unknown Network Address Incorrect Product Type Messages display to the right of the status symbol as you move the cursor over options under the menu bar menus These messages provide additional details about tasks that you can perform through the menu option FRU List View Select the FRU List view tab A table with information about each of the FRUs installed in the switch displays in the view panel All data is dynamic and updates automatically Using the Element Manager 1 43 General Information Closing the Element Manager SANpilot Diagnostics To close the Element Manager do one of the following e Select Close from the Product menu on the menu bar e Click th
179. Fibre Channel frame traffic through the switch and sets attached devices offline 2 Set the switch offline Set Offline State on page 4 46 3 At the EFC Server open the EFC Manager application The Product View displays 4 Select the icon representing the switch for which a configuration file is to be reset to factory default settings The Hardware View for the selected switch displays 5 At the navigation control panel select Reset Configuration from the Maintenance menu The Reset Configuration dialog box displays 6 Click Reset When the reset process finishes the dialog box closes and the application returns to the Hardware View This section describes the procedure to install or upgrade the EFC Manager application to the EFC Server The EFC Manager application includes the Sphereon 3032 3232Product Manager and EFC Management Services applications The EFC Manager application shipped with the switch is provided on the EFC Management Applications CD ROM Subsequent software versions for upgrading the switch are provided to customers through the EFC Management Applications CD ROM or through McDATA s Internet home page Install or Upgrade Software 4 59 Repair Information NOTE When installing or upgrading a software version follow all procedural information in the release notes or EC instructions that accompany the software version This information supplements information in this general procedure
180. ID domain and create a local user click Network ID _ Network iD To rename this computer or join a domain click _ Properties Properties jia Figure 2 31 System Properties Dialog Box Network Identification Tab 4 Click Properties The Identification Changes dialog box displays Figure 2 32 Identification Changes E 2 x You can change the name and the membership of this computer Changes may affect access to network resources Computer name MGMTSERVER Full computer name MGMTSERVER More Member of Domain Workgroup WORKGROUP OK Cancel Figure 2 32 Identification Changes Dialog Box McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual Configure Gateway and DNS Server Addresses To configure gateway addresses and DNS server IP addresses for the private LAN connection LAN 2 and optional public LAN connection LAN 1 1 At the Windows 2000 desktop click Start at the left side of the Installation Tasks At the Computer Name field change the name to MGMTSERVER at the Workgroup field change the name to WORKGROUP then click OK The dialog box closes Record the computer and workgroup names for reference if the management server hard drive fails and must be restored At the System Properties dialog box click OK to close the dialog box and return to the Control Panel window Click close X at the upper right corner of
181. Inspect the Operational State field at the Port Properties dialog box and the emulated green and amber LEDs adjacent to the port at the Hardware View c Table 3 5 lists LED and port operational state combinations and associated MAP 0600 or other steps that describe fault isolation procedures Table 3 5 Port Operational and LED States EFC Server Operational State Green LED Amber LED Action Offline Off Off Go to step 19 Not Operational Off Off Go to step 19 Testing Off Blinking Internal loopback test in process Exit MAP Testing On Blinking External loopback test in process Exit MAP Beaconing Off or On Blinking Go to step 20 Invalid Attachment On Off Go to step 22 Link Reset Off Off Go to step 33 Link Incident Off Off Go to step 34 Segmented E_Port On Off Go to MAP 0700 MAP 0600 Port Failure and Link Incident Analysis 3 77 17 A link incident may have occurred but the LIN alerts option is not enabled for the port and the attention indicator does not appear At the Hardware View click Logs and select Link Incident Log The Link Incident Log displays If a link incident occurred the affected port number is listed with one of the following messages Link interface incident implicit incident Link interface incident bit error threshold exceeded Link failure loss of signal or loss of synchronization Link failure not operational primitive sequ
182. Installation Tasks b At the Insistent Domain ID field select Enabled or Disabled Configure Fabric Parameters When this parameter is enabled the domain ID configured in the Preferred Domain ID field becomes the active domain identification when the fabric initializes At the Rerouting Delay field select Enabled or Disabled When this parameter is enabled traffic is delayed through the fabric by the specified error detect time out value E_D_TOV This delay ensures Fibre Channel frames are delivered to their destination in order even if a change to the fabric topology creates a new shorter transmission path At the Domain RSCNs field select Enabled or Disabled When this parameter is enabled attached devices can register to receive notification when another attached device changes state 4 Click Activate to save and activate the changes The message Your changes to the operating parameters configuration have been successfully activated appears If fabric parameters require configuration go to Configure Fabric Parameters below If the configuration is complete set the switch online as follows a At the Configure panel select the Operations option at the left side of the panel The Operations panel opens and the Switch page displays with the Beacon tab selected b Click the Online State tab then click Set Online The message Your operations changes have been successfully activated appears Per
183. Installation and Service Manual Required EFC Manager Version IP Address Assignment Consolidating EFC Servers in a Multiswitch Fabric Before consolidating EFC Servers ensure each notebook PC is running Version 3 0 or later of the EFC Manager application and each switch is running firmware Version 3 0 or later If the EFC Manager application requires upgrade see Install or Upgrade Software on page 4 59 for instructions If switch firmware requires upgrade see Manage Firmware Versions on page 4 48 for instructions The EFC Manager application supports management of up to 48 switches or up to 48 McDATA managed products per EFC Server and supports a multiswitch fabric of eight switches All Sphereon 3032 3232 switches or other McDATA managed products and all EFC Server PCs participating in a multiswitch fabric must have unique IP addresses Figure D 3 shows IP addresses without leading zeros in a multiswitch environment IP addresses are structured to represent a location and product type The address format is 010 rrr ppp xxx where e rrr is the location number 001 002 003 or 004 which specifies either the location of a single switch or the location of a switch in an FC 512 Fabricenter equipment cabinet The numbers have no hierarchical significance and do not have to reflect physical order along a LAN However you must assign a different number to each switch NOTE Procedures in this appendix assume
184. J The switch to EFC Server connection is restored and appears operational Contact the next level of support 18 A switch firmware upgrade is required Download the firmware Download a Firmware Version to a Switch on page 4 53 After the download perform the data collection procedure and return the CD to McDATA for analysis 3 54 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual Did the switch to EFC Server Ethernet connection recover NO YES The switch to EFC Server connection is restored and appears operational Contact the next level of support 19 An instance of the EFC Manager application is open at another EFC Server and communicating with the switch Notify the customer and either Power off the EFC Server running the second instance of the application or e Configure the EFC Server running the second instance of the application as a client workstation Does the customer want the second EFC Server configured as a client YES NO 4 Power off the EFC Server reporting the Duplicate Session communication problem 20 Determine the internet protocol IP address of the EFC Server or customer supplied server running the first instance of the EFC Manager application a After the EFC Server powers on and successfully completes POSTs the LCD panel displays a Welcome message then continuously cycles through and displays the following operational information
185. JV Visual Notification J Sound Notification IV Create Crash Dump File Application Errors OK Cancel Help Figure 3 15 Dr Watson for Windows 2000 Dialog Box YES NO Go to step 14 An EFC Manager application error occurred and transmitted a handling exception event to the operating system a Click Cancel to close the Dr Watson for Windows 2000 dialog box and EFC Manager application b Using the My Computer function at the Windows 2000 desktop copy the crash dump file user dmp from the local disk C to the CD RW drive D c At the EFC Server press the left edge PUSH label of the LCD panel to disengage the panel and expose the CD RW drive d Remove the CD and return it to McDATA customer support personnel for analysis Go to step 3 MAP 0300 Console Application Problem Determination 3 43 14 Did the EFC Server crash and display a blue screen with the system dump file in hexadecimal format blue screen of death YES NO The EFC Server appears operational 15 Attempt to clear the problem by power cycling the EFC Server or customer supplied server PC If the customer supplied server does not use the Windows 2000 operating system refer to the supporting documentation to reboot the server a At the rack mount EFC Server press the power button on the LCD panel to power off the server b Wait approximately 30 seconds and press the power button to power on the ser
186. LAN to provide communication with the management server or an SNMP management workstation Two green LEDs are associated with the LAN connector When illuminated the left LED indicates LAN operation at 10 Mbps and the right LED indicates LAN operation at 100 Mbps Connectors and Indicators ia General Information Power and System Error LEDs FRU Status LEDs Maintenance Port The PWR LED Figure 1 6 on page 1 19 illuminates when the switch is connected to facility AC power and powered on If the LED extinguishes a facility power source power cord or power distribution failure is indicated The ERR LED Figure 1 6 on page 1 19 illuminates when the switch detects an event requiring immediate operator attention such as a FRU failure The LED remains illuminated as long as an event is active The LED extinguishes when the Clear System Error Light function is selected from the Element Manager application The LED blinks if unit beaconing is enabled An illuminated ERR LED indicating a failure takes precedence over unit beaconing Amber and green LEDs associated with switch FRUs provide status information as follows e Port SFP Amber and green LEDs to the left of the port Figure 1 6 on page 1 19 illuminate extinguish or blink to indicate various port states operational with active Fibre Channel traffic operational but not communicating beaconing blocked failed inactive or running diagnostics e
187. Manual Port segmentation When an ISL activates the switches exchange operating parameters to determine if they are compatible and can join to form a single fabric If incompatible the connecting E_Port at each switch segments to prevent the creation of a single fabric A segmented link transmits only Class F traffic the link does not transmit Class 2 or Class 3 traffic The following conditions cause ports to segment Incompatible operating parameters Either the resource allocation time out value R_A_TOV or error detect time out value E_D_TOV is inconsistent between switches To prevent port segmentation the same E_D_TOV and R_A_TOV must be specified for each switch Duplicate domain IDs One or more domain ID conflicts are detected Incompatible zoning configurations zoning configurations for the switches are not compatible Build fabric protocol error A protocol error is detected during the process of forming the fabric No principal switch No switch in the fabric is capable of becoming the principal switch NOTE At least one director or switch in a multiswitch fabric must be set to either principal or default making it capable of becoming principal switch If all directors and switches are set to never principal all ISLs will segment Reason code 05 Unresponsive switch Each switch in a fabric periodically verifies operation of all attached switches An ISL segments if the
188. Procedures cccccceseseseststetesesseteteseeeens 3 1 Factory Defatilts ic cccsceecsessssscecssteceonttictssescessecaestsersnescdetorere case 3 1 Quick Start 2cic6 adie dae inten See 3 2 MAP 0000 SIE IVA P cists teccvtdecrdeceraetsracctrasimrescenateeiescceatecmstcenccesinies 3 6 MAP 0100 Power Distribution Analysis cccccseeseeteeeeees 3 28 MAP 0200 POST Reset or IPL Failure Analysis 000 3 35 MAP 0300 Console Application Problem Determination 3 36 MAP 0400 Loss of Console Communication cccceseeeeecees 3 46 MAP 0500 Fan and CTP Card Failure Analysis ccsccce 3 67 MAP 0600 Port Failure and Link Incident Analysis 3 72 MAP 0700 Fabric ISL and Segmented Port Problem Determinations cscs scccsscerssevincssesccencsesesteestacesssssseveveussbecseatesvessenssarsnses 3 92 MAP 0800 Server Hardware Problem Determination 3 108 Repair Information Factory Defaullts cccccccccsessesesteneteesceesssesneesescseesesesssnanenes 4 2 Procedural IN OFES sivas sccaseseaisersssocescvnsesssnecesnesopnesenensivesessncvesnenssesoentaess 4 2 Using Log Information ccccccccccssesessesesescecenesesesesneseseeceeseseaes 4 3 EFC Audit Lie cibcsssetsscactecosecstad essdenchessestesesserscecesersede sees ctetsbees 4 4 EFG Event L g castsscsscecssdsssscscasassvsssceseseesessesactossasisnsevasessssvecses 4 4 EFC Session LOG sccstsescccnenossseecnsecasnescscestsnedctess
189. Properties tab The View panel Port Properties tab displays b Inspect the Beaconing and Operational State fields Refresh 2 10 03 at 15 14 33 View Port Number 0 Get Port Properties Configure lt lt Back Fwd gt gt Port Number 0 Port Name Monitor Type G Port Operations Operating Speed 1 Gb sec Fibre Channel Address Unknown Help Port WWN 20 04 08 00 88 00 01 C3 Attached Port WWN 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 Block Configuration Unblocked 10 100 km Configuration Off Beaconing Off Operational State Offline Reason NA Technology Connector Type Le SANpilot Port Properties Tab McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual Does the Operational State field display a Beaconing message and the Beaconing field display an On message YES NO L Go to step 47 46 Port beaconing is enabled a Consult the customer and next level of support to determine the reason port beaconing is enabled b Disable port beaconing 1 At the View panel select Operations at the left side of the panel The Operations panel opens with the Port Beaconing page displayed 2 Click the Beaconing State check box for the port The check mark disappears from the box and port beaconing is disabled 3 Return to the View panel Port Properties tab Continue 47 At the V
190. RUs are visible for the switch 3 50 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual e The Sphereon 3032 3232 Status table is yellow the Status field displays No Link and the Reason field displays an error message The following table lists the error messages and associated steps that describe fault isolation procedures Error Message Action Never connected Go to step 10 Link timeout Go to step 10 Protocol mismatch Go to step 16 Duplicate session Go to step 19 Unknown network address Go to step 22 Incorrect product type Go to step 24 10 Errors for the switch Ethernet adapter exceeded a threshold the switch to EFC Server link was not connected or the switch to EFC Server link timed out A problem with the Ethernet cable hub or hubs or other LAN attached device is indicated Verify the switch is connected to the EFC Server through one or more Ethernet hubs a Ensure an RJ 45 Ethernet cable connects the switch front panel to an Ethernet hub If not connect the cable as directed by the customer b Ensure an RJ 45 Ethernet cable connects the EFC Server adapter card to an Ethernet hub If not connect the cable as directed by the customer c Ensure both Ethernet cables are not damaged If damaged replace the cables Was a corrective action performed NO YES Go to step 1 MAP 0400 Loss of Console Communication 3 51 11 Do
191. S server a ee al Advanced Cancel Figure 2 36 Internet Protocol TCP IP Properties Dialog Box 6 The Use the following IP address radio button is enabled and the IP address and Subnet mask fields display network information configured while performing Task 7 Configure Management Server Password and Network Addresses on page 2 25 7 At the Default gateway field enter the gateway address obtained from the customer s network administrator 8 Select enable the Use the following DNS server addresses radio button At the Preferred DNS server field enter the DNS server IP address obtained from the customer s network administrator then click OK to apply the changes and close the dialog box 9 Click OK to close the Local Area Connection 2 Properties dialog box 10 Record the changed gateway and DNS server addresses for reference if the management server hard drive fails and must be restored Task 8 Configure Management Server Information 2 37 Installation Tasks 11 To optionally configure addresses for the public LAN connection LAN 1 double click the Local Area Connection 1 icon and repeat step 3 through step 10 of this procedure 12 Click close X at the upper right corner of the Network and Dial up Connections window to return to the Windows 2000 desktop 13 Reboot the management server a At the Windows 2000 desktop click Start at the left side of the task bar bottom of the desktop
192. SWappi g POLS s3h5 cesces sts innen Eea E E IEE 4 34 Collecting Maintenance Data s se ssesssstsssserttsrtsesttssneentesnterstns 4 36 SAN pilot Interface pesn ene E A 4 36 BEC SOP EE 4 39 Clean Fiber Optic COMpONENS cccccececeeseeteteteseseetetesteneeneees 4 40 Power On Procedure swivsisccisecciaics sites cies ssnssseasssavesinnaveanevsueeseeieines 4 41 Power Off Procedure sisisi aiad ianes spo nirani iE 4 42 Reset or IPL the Switch csissscseccasesssseecsasssssccevecssnseserncseacesestesseeescines 4 43 Reset the Switch sissisodan ssai u 4 43 IPE the Switch iiics yasen aseisiin iaia 4 44 Set the Switch Online or Offline eee cece te eeeeeees 4 45 Set Online State ssis ssnstinin sinasina 4 45 Set Offline State siciiscccsicestsescss decessa theese tests ad Erat EE ESEE Enit 4 46 Block arid Unblock Ports cs cccissscescassessssssssssaveststssseisssstesietacnsnes 4 46 Block a Portiernia ni on erii aiikoran 4 46 Unblock a Port csssecsusscavtsecesescvcsacusescadsessteasssctasvecn eteessedscvanes 4 47 Manage Firmware Versions cccccsesessscessssesescecesssseeeseecesanens 4 48 Determine a Switch Firmware Version c cccseeeeeeees 4 48 Add a Firmware Version cccccccccsssesesecsssesesesescseeeneeesees 4 49 Modify a Firmware Version Description cccsccseeee 4 52 Delete a Firmware Version sesessseeseeessesees 4 53 Download a Firmware Version to a SWitch cceeeee 4 53 Manage Configuration Data cccccc
193. Set Defaults Switch Item Default Customer password password Maintenance password level 2 IP address 10 1 1 10 Subnet mask 255 0 0 0 Gateway address 0 0 0 0 Installation Tasks Installation Tasks Table 2 2 Factory Set Defaults management server Item Default Liquid crystal display LCD front panel 9999 Windows 2000 operating system user name case sensitive Administrator Windows 2000 operating system password case sensitive password SAN management application user name case Administrator sensitive SAN management application password case sensitive password LAN 1 public interface IP Address 192 168 0 1 Subnet mask 255 0 0 0 Gateway address 0 0 0 0 LAN 2 private interface IP Address 10 1 1 1 Subnet mask 255 0 0 0 Gateway address 0 0 0 0 Table 2 3 Defaults for Reset Configuration Switch Configuration Description Default Identification Switch Name NULL string Switch Description Fibre Channel Switch Switch Contact End User Contact please configure Switch Location End User Contact please configure Ports Port Names NULL strings Port Blocked States Unblocked Extended Distance Disabled 10 100km LIN Alerts Disabled Port Address Port number plus 4 Ports enabled 16 Ea McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Se
194. System Error Event Log Indicator Vv Vv Event Code 011 Event Code Tables Message Login Server database found to be invalid Severity Minor Explanation Following an IML CTP hot plug CTP card failover or LIC load the Login Server database failed its validation All Fabric Services databases are initialized to an empty state resulting in an implicit Fabric logout of all attached devices Action Perform the data collection procedure for the switch using the EFC Manager and return the CD to McDATA for analysis Event Data No supplementary data included with this event Distribution Switch EFC Server Host Nonvolatile System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident System Error Event Log Indicator Y Y Y Y Y System Events 000 through 199 Event Code Tables Event Code 021 Message Name Server database found to be invalid Severity Minor Explanation Following an IML CTP hot plug CTP card failover or LIC load a Name Server database failed its validation All Fabric Services databases are initialized to an empty state resulting in an implicit Fabric logout of all attached devices Action Perform the data collection procedure for this switch using the EFC Manager and return the CD to McDATA for analysis Event Data No supplementary data included with this event Distribution Switch EFC Server Host Nonvol
195. The Logs page also provides a Clear All Logs button Click the button to delete all entries in all logs The EFC Manager and Product Manager provide access to a series of views windows that provide information for administrators users and maintenance personnel These views are accessed through the Hardware View and include the Using Views ga Repair Information e Port List View e FRU List View e Node List View e Performance View e Topology View e Zoning View Port List View The Port List View Figure 4 9 lists and provides status information for all switch ports The information is useful to maintenance personnel for isolating port problems To open the Port List View select Port List from the View menu on the navigation control panel Figure 4 9 Port List View The port row provides status information in the following columns e Port the port number 0 through 31 e Addr the switch logical port address in hexadecimal format FICON management style only e Name the port name configured through the Configure Ports dialog box e Blocked Config the status Blocked or Unblocked of the port e State the state of the port Valid states are ga McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual Online offline or testing Beaconing Invalid Attachment Link incident or link reset No light not operational or port failure
196. The configuration is shown in Figure 2 2 on page 2 10 Task 2 Unpack Inspect and Install the Ethernet Hub Optional 29 Installation Tasks Figure 2 2 Patch Cable and MDI Selector Configuration 5 Connect the U S power cord to the receptacle at the rear of each hub and to an AC power strip a power strip is provided with the optional management server Use an 18 inch electrical extension cord provided if required 6 Connect the AC power strip to a facility power outlet Power for each hub switches on when the strip is connected to facility AC power 7 Inspect the front panel of each hub Ensure each green Power light emitting diode LED illuminates Rack Mount Perform the following steps to install and configure up to three Installation Ethernet hubs in a Fabricenter equipment cabinet or a customer supplied 19 inch equipment rack A pointed instrument pencil tip or bent paper clip 2 Phillips screwdriver and 1 8 inch Allen wrench are required 1 Secure one mounting bracket to each side of the first hub as shown in Figure 2 3 on page 2 11 Use the two brackets and four pan head Phillips screws 8 32 x 0 5 inch provided 2 10 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual Installation Tasks Figure 2 3 Mounting Bracket Installation Ethernet Hub 2 Position the first hub in the equipment rack as directed by the customer Align scr
197. The management server s Windows 2000 desktop opens and the SAN management Login dialog box displays NOTE The default Windows 2000 user name is Administrator and the default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive Type the SAN management default user name and password and select an management server from the management server drop down list NOTE The default SAN management user name is Administrator and the default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive Click Login The SAN management application opens and the Products View appears Remove the base EfcData restore CD from the CD RW drive and store the CD in a safe location Insert a blank rewritable CD into the CD RW drive and format the CD Refer to step 1 of this procedure for formatting instructions 7 Go to Task 26 Cable Fibre Channel Ports on page 2 134 Task 25 Configure the Switch from the SANpilot Interface If an management server is not available use the SANpilot interface to configure the Sphereon 3032 3232 Switch Selectively perform the following configuration tasks according to the customer s installation requirements Configure switch ports Configure the switch identification date and time operating parameters fabric parameters and network addresses 2 106 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual e Configure SNMP trap message recip
198. This refers the reader to another keyword or phrase for the same term See also This refers the reader to definite additional information contained in another entry NUMERICS 8B 10B A data encoding scheme developed by IBM translating byte wide data to an encoded 10 bit format 10BaseT An implementation of the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engi neers IEEE Ethernet standard on 24 gauge unshielded twisted pair wiring a baseband medium at 10 Mbps 100BaseT An implementation of the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engi neers IEEE Ethernet standard on 24 gauge unshielded twisted pair wiring a baseband medium at 100 Mbps Glossary ot A AC access access control access time active configuration active field replaceable unit active FRU active port address matrix active zone set address address name agent See alternating current The ability and means necessary to store data in to retrieve data from to transfer data into to communicate with or to make use of any resource of a storage device a system or area such as random access memory RAM or a register A list of all devices that can access other devices across the network and the permissions associated with that access See also persistent binding zoning The amount of time including seek time latency and controller time necessary for a storage device to retrieve information In S 390 mode the director
199. Value for E D_TOV must be an integer from 2 through 600 measured in tenths of a second Enter a value from 2 through 600 Invalid value for hour 0 23 Value for hour must be an integer from 0 through 23 Enter a value from 0 through 23 Invalid value for minute 0 59 Value for minute must be an integer from 0 through 59 Enter a value from 0 through 59 Invalid value for month 1 12 Value for month must be an integer from 1 through 12 Enter a value from 1 through 12 Invalid value for R_A_TOV Value for R_A_TOV must be an integer from 10 through 1200 Measured in tenths of a second Enter a value from 10 to 1200 Sphereon 3032 3232 Element Manager Messages A 21 Message Description Action Message Description Action Message Description Action Message Description Action Message Description Action Message Invalid value for second 0 59 Value for second must be an integer from 0 through 59 Enter a value from 0 through 59 Invalid value for threshold 1 99 Value entered for each port in the Configure Open Trunking dialog box must be in the range from 1 to 99 This message only displays if the optional Open Trunking feature is installed Enter a number from 1 to 99 into the Threshold column of the Configure Open Trunking dialog box Invalid value for year Value for year must be a four digit year after 1980 Enter a correct four digit value fo
200. Verify the following requirements are met prior to switch and management server installation Ensure e A site plan is prepared configuration planning tasks are complete planning considerations are evaluated and related planning checklists are complete Refer to the McDATA Products in a SAN Environment Planning Manual 620 000124 for information e Fabric and device connectivity are evaluated and the related planning worksheet is complete Refer to the McDATA Products in a SAN Environment Planning Manual 620 000124 for information e Support is available for one of the following switch management methods A browser capable PC and Internet connectivity to support switch management through the SANpilot interface or A browser capable PC and LAN segment connectivity to the rack mount management server to support switch management through the SAN management application and element manager applications e Support equipment and personnel are available for the installation e The required number and type of fiber optic jumper cables are delivered and available Ensure the cables are the correct length with the required connectors e Acustomer supplied equipment rack and associated hardware are available optional e Remote workstations or simple network management protocol SNMP workstations are available optional Workstations are customer supplied and connected through a corporate or dedicated LAN Task 1 Veri
201. WNs according to options set in the Switch Binding State Change dialog box 2 Ifnicknames are configured for WWNs through the SAN management application and you want these to display instead of WWNs in this dialog box click the Display Options button at the bottom of the dialog box When the Display Options dialog box displays click Nickname then OK 3 To prohibit connection to a switch port from a WWN currently in the Membership List click the WWN or nickname in the Membership List then click the Remove button The WWN or nickname will move to the Node List panel WWNs can only be removed from the fabric if any of the following is true e The switch is offline e Switch Binding is disabled e The switch or device with the WWN is not connected to the switch 2 66 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual Installation Tasks e Switch Binding is not enabled for the same port type as enabled for the Connection Policy in the Switch Binding State Change dialog box For example a WWN for a switch attached to an E_Port can be removed if the Switch Binding Connection Policy was enabled to Restrict F_Ports e The switch or device with the WWN is connected to a port that is blocked e The switch or device with the WWN is not currently connected to the switch detached node 4 WWNs can be added to the Switch Membership List and thereby allowed connection when Switch Binding is e
202. Words 2 amp 4 0x0A Port Module detected external parity error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x0B SBAR Module detected lost of system clock HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x0C Port Module detected lost of system clock HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x0D SBAR detected invalid request from port HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x0E Internal SBAR time out HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 Ox0F Internal SBAR parity error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x10 User port internal protocol error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x11 User port internal parity error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x12 User port internal buffer range error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x13 User port internal time out 1 HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x14 User port internal time out 2 HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x15 User port internal frame error bad delimiter HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x16 User port internal frame error CRC HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x17 User port internal frame error invalid size HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x18 User port internal frame error long frame HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x19 User port internal frame error short frame HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 Ox1A User port internal parity error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x1B Buffer error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 Port Module Events 500 through 599 Event Code Tab
203. aai anassa eds 2 109 Configure Switch Identification cccccccccseseseeseteteeees 2 110 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual Chapter 3 Chapter 4 Configure Date and Time 0 0 csesneteteseeeeneeeeeeenes 2 111 Configure Operating Parameters ccceeceteteeeeeees 2 112 Configure Fabric Parameters cccccccesesteteeseeseteseseenes 2 114 Configure Network Information cccesececeeeeteseeeees 2 117 Configure SNMP oscscecdctsecssssetisscsasserssecesseceseraescseessnetsenesiate 2 119 Enable or Disable the CLI ccccssesesssesseeseseeeneeeneees 2 121 Enable or Disable Host Control c cccccecesseseesteneteeeees 2 122 Configure User Rights siisi isss issisrrssesereekentisreeneestsnirsss 2 123 Configure Port Binding c cece cesses cststeteteseeeeteteeeeeenes 2 124 Configure Switch Binding uu esneteteseeeeteteeeeeenes 2 125 Configure Fabric Binding c ccccesceseseseeteteseeeeteteseeeenes 2 127 Enable or Disable Enterprise Fabric Mode cccc0 2 128 Configure Open Trunking cccccccceccecesneteteseeeeneneseeeenes 2 129 Install PFE Keys Optional cccccccceseeeteteeseeneteeeeeenes 2 132 Task 26 Cable Fibre Channel Ports ccccesccessceeeeeeneneeees 2 134 Task 27 Connect Switch to a Fabric Director Optional 2 135 Task 28 Register with the McDATA File Center ccc00 2 137 Diagnostics Maintenance Analysis
204. able SCSI segment segmented E_Port segmented expansion port serial port server SFP transceivers shortwave simple mail transfer protocol Refers to how well a system can adapt to increased demands For example a scalable network system could start with just a few nodes but easily expands to thousands of nodes Scalability is important because it allows the user to invest in a system with confidence that a business will not outgrow it Refers to anything whose size can be changed See small computer system interface A fabric segments when one or more switches cannot join the fabric because of various reasons The switch or switches remain as separate fabrics See segmented expansion port Segmented E_Port E_Port that has ceased to function as an E_Port within a multiswitch fabric due to an incompatibility between the fabrics that it joins See also bridge port fabric port generic port node port A full duplex channel that sends and receives data at the same time It consists of three wires two that move data one bit at a time in opposite directions and a third wire that is a common signal ground wire A computer that provides shared resources such as files and printers to the network Used primarily to store data providing access to shared resources Usually contains a network operating system See small form factor pluggable transceivers Lasers or light emitting diodes LEDs that emit ligh
205. abric Perform this procedure to toggle enable or disable the use of Enterprise Fabric Mode EFM The SANtegrity feature must be installed to access this control Refer to Install PFE Keys Optional on page 2 132 for instructions If the feature is not installed the message This Feature Not Installed appears To enable or disable EFM At the Configure panel click the EFM tab The Security page displays with the EFM tab selected Figure 2 103 on page 2 129 2 128 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual Installation Tasks Configure Refresh 9 22 04 at 12 295 SwitchiP ACL Auth Ports RADIUS View Enterprise Fabric Mode is DISABLED Configure Monitor Operations Help Figure 2 103 Configure Panel Security Page with EFM Tab 2 Perform one of the following steps as required e Click Enable to activate EFM The message Your changes to enterprise fabric mode have been successfully activated appears e Click Disable to deactivate EFM The message Your changes to enterprise fabric mode have been successfully activated appears Configure Perform this procedure to configure OpenTrunking parameters The Opentrunking OpenTrunking feature must be installed to access this control Refer to Install PFE Keys Optional on page 2 132 for instructions If the feature is not installed the message OpenTrunking Feature Not Installed appears To configure OpenTrunking
206. ach switch e Windows 2000 configuration information Windows 2000 network addresses date and time information user information and the product identification are recorded during installation of the EFC Server Task 14 Record or Verify Management Server Restore Information on page 2 53 Restore EFC Server Procedure To restore the EFC Server 1 Print the readme txt instructions provided on the EFC Server Restore CD ROM a Insert the EFC Server Restore CD ROM in the CD ROM drive of an operational PC or laptop running the Windows 2000 4 0 operating system b Click the Windows Start button The Windows 2000 Workstation menu displays c Select Programs The Programs menu appears d Select Accessories The Accessories menu appears McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Installation and Service Manual e Select Notepad The Notepad window appears f At the Notepad window select Open from the File menu The Open dialog box appears g Select the system CD ROM drive from the Look in drop down menu at the top of the dialog box By default all txt files on the CD ROM are listed h Select highlight the readme txt file and click Open The file appears in the Notepad window i To print the file click Print from the File menu j To close the file click Close X at the upper right corner of the Notepad window Ensure the EFC Server PC is powered off The following steps delete all data from all hard dr
207. act the next level of support Exit MAP 30 A port connection is not allowed because of a fabric binding mismatch Fabric membership lists must be compatible for both fabric elements a At the Fabrics View for each switch click Fabrics and select Fabric Binding The first Fabric Binding dialog box displays b Ensure the Enable Fabric Binding checkbox is enabled checked for both switches c At the first Fabric Binding dialog box click Next The second Fabric Binding dialog box displays 3 86 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual W EFC Fabric Binding Fabrics ain 1 McDATA 10 00 08 00 88 00 2 1 0 McDATA 10 00 08 00 88 00 21 02 Domain 3 McDATA 10 00 08 00 88 00 2 1 02 McDATA 10 00 08 00 88 00 2 1 00 Domain 1 McDATA 10 00 08 00 88 00 2 1 00 Figure 3 40 Fabric Binding Dialog Box Second d Update the Fabric Membership List for both elements to ensure interswitch compatibility then click Next The third Fabric Binding dialog box displays W EFC Fabric Binding Domain 1 McDATA 10 00 08 00 88 00 21 00 Figure 3 41 Fabric Binding Dialog Box Third MAP 0600 Port Failure and Link Incident Analysis 3 87 e At the third Fabric Binding dialog box ensure the Fabric Membership List is updated and correct for each switch then click Activate for each switch The fabric binding feature is consistently enabled for both switches Di
208. action required 312 Third cooling fan recovered No action required 313 Fourth cooling fan recovered No action required 400 Power up diagnostic failure Go to MAP 0200 410 CTP card reset No action required 411 Firmware fault occurred Go to MAP 0200 421 Firmware download complete No action required 423 CTP firmware download initiated No action required 430 Excessive Ethernet transmit errors Go to MAP 0400 431 Excessive Ethernet receive errors Go to MAP 0400 432 Ethernet adapter reset Go to MAP 0400 433 Non recoverable Ethernet fault Go to MAP 0400 440 Embedded port hardware failure Go to MAP 0600 442 Port module anomaly detected No action required 504 Port module failure error threshold exceeded Go to MAP 0600 3 4 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual Table 3 3 Event Codes versus Maintenance Action continued els Explanation Action 505 Port module revision not supported No action required 506 Fibre Channel port failure Go to MAP 0600 507 Loopback diagnostics port failure Go to MAP 0600 508 Fibre Channel port anomaly detected Go to MAP 0600 510 SFP hot insertion initiated No action required 512 SFP nonfatal error Go to MAP 0600 513 SFP hot removal completed No action required 514 SFP failure Go to MAP 0600 581 Implicit incident G
209. age watt window plished by sharing the resources of a real data processing system 2 A functional simulation of a computer system and its associated devices multiples of which can be controlled concurrently by one operating system D T VS 1 Storage space that may be regarded as addressable main stor age by the user of a computer system in which virtual addresses are mapped to real addresses The size of virtual storage is limited by the addressing scheme of the computer system and by the amount of auxiliary storage available not by the number of main storage loca tions 2 Addressable space that is apparent to the user as processor storage space from which the instructions and the data are mapped to the processor storage locations A D I A measure of the difference in electrical potential between two points in a conductor equal to one ohm resistance carrying a constant cur rent of one ampere with a power dissipation of one watt D See volts alternating current volts direct current VAC A term for classifying the system in which volts exist VAC means that the volts exist in a circuit where the electricity can travel in either direction Contrast with volts direct current See volt VDC A term for classifying the system in which volts exist VDC means that the electricity has a specific path it must follow Contrast with volts alternating current See volt A message that indicates a possible error has been det
210. ailed All other ports on the module remain operational if their respective Service Required LEDs are off Action Perform a data collection procedure for this switch using the EFC Manager save the data file to the EFC Server Zip drive and return the CD to McDATA for analysis Perform a system power on reset If the problem persists replace the switch A failed port may also be recovered by performing a port reset using the EFC Manager or the Web interface however newly detected errors may result in the port failing again Event Code Tables Port Module Events 500 through 599 Event Code Tables Event Data Byte 00 Port number 00 3F Byte 01 Reason code 00 Operator requested with debug command 01 Hot plug power up or online diagnostics failure acknowledgment 02 Initialization failure 03 High availability error threshold reached Bytes 04 07 Elapsed millisecond tick count Bytes 08 11 Reason code specific internally defined Byte 12 Connector type 00 Unknown 01 06 Reserved 07 LC connector 08 MT RJ connector 09 MU connector Bytes 13 14 Transmitter technology 0200 Longwave laser LC 0040 Shortwave laser 0020 Shortwave laser with OFC 0010 Longwave laser LL 0008 Long distance Byte 15 Distance capabilities 80 Very long 40 Short 20 Intermediate 10 Long Byte 16 Supported transmission media 08 Multi mode 62 5 04 Multi mode 50 01 Single mode Byte 17 S
211. all Home Sense Info Link Incident System Error Event Log Indicator Vv Vv Vv Vv Vv Y B 20 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Installation and Service Manual Event Code 201 Event Code Tables Message Power supply DC voltage failure Severity Major Explanation The DC voltage has failed on the indicated power supply This event can only occur when dual power supplies are installed The second supply automatically assumes the full load to continue providing uninterrupted system power Action Replace the faulty power supply Perform the data collection procedure for this unit using the EFC Manager and return the CD and the faulty power supply to McDATA for analysis and repair Event Data No supplementary data included with this event Distribution Switch EFC Server Host Nonvolatile System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident System Error Event Log Indicator Vv Vv Vv Vv Vv Vv Event Code 202 Message Power supply thermal failure Severity Major Explanation The thermal sensor has been triggered on the indicated power supply This event can only occur when dual power supplies are installed The second supply automatically assumes the full load to continue providing uninterrupted system power Action Replace the faulty power supply Perform the data collection procedure for this unit using the EFC Ma
212. all SANtegrity Binding before changing to FICON mode then E_Ports will remain as E_Ports when you change to FICON mode If SANtegrity Binding is not installed setting a switch to FICON mode will change all E_ports to G_Ports Cannot have spaces in field Spaces are not allowed in this field Remove the spaces or retype the field without spaces Cannot install firmware to a switch with a failed CTP card Firmware cannot be installed on a switch with a defective CTP card Replace the failed CTP card and retry the firmware install to the switch Cannot perform this operation while the switch is offline This operation cannot take place while the switch is offline Sphereon 3032 3232 Element Manager Messages A 5 Action Message Description Action Message Description Action Message Description Action Message Description Action Message Description Action Configure the switch offline through the Set Online State dialog box then retry the operation Cannot remove all slot assignments from Partition 0 The user has attempted to remove all slots from Partition 0 which would leave the partition disabled The director firmware requires that Partition 0 be enabled Do not attempt to remove slots from Partition 0 Cannot retrieve current SNMP configuration The current SNMP configuration cannot be retrieved The link is down or busy Retry the operation later If the condition persist
213. alog box The bar progresses to 100 when the last file is transmitted to the CTP Manage Firmware Versions Repair Information Repair Information card The switch then performs an IPL during which the switch to EFC Server link drops momentarily and the following occur at the Product Manager application As the network connection drops the Status table turns yellow the Status field displays No Link and the State field displays a reason message The alert panel at the bottom of the navigation control panel displays a grey square indicating switch status is unknown Illustrated FRUs in the Hardware View disappear and appear again as the connection is re established After the IPL a Send firmware complete message displays as shown below A 9 Click Close to close the dialog box 10 Click Close to close the Firmware Library dialog box and return to the Hardware View Manage Configuration Data The Product Manager application provides maintenance options to back up restore or reset the configuration file stored in nonvolatile random access memory NV RAM on the switch CTP card Configuration data in the file include e Identification data switch name description and location e Port configuration data port names blocked states and port validation auto LIP and LIN alert configurations e Operating parameters loop mode error detect time out value E_D_TOV resource allocation t
214. ameters and network addresses SNMP trap message recipients User passwords e Monitor panel inspect and monitor Fibre Channel ports and port performance statistics The active zone set McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual SNMP Trap Message Support Event log entries and clear the IML LED at the front panel Information about attached devices nodes e Operations panel perform the following operations and maintenance tasks Enable port beaconing and perform port diagnostics internal and external loopback tests Reset Fibre Channel ports Set the switch online state Upgrade switch firmware General tasks performed through the SANpilot interface are similar in form and function to tasks performed through the EFC Manager and Element Manager applications and are therefore not documented in this publication For task information and descriptions open the online user documentation Help selection that supports the interface This publication provides instructions for switch installation and fault isolation using the SANpilot interface Refer to Chapter 2 Installation Tasks for installation and configuration tasks Refer to Chapter 3 Diagnostics for fault isolation tasks Unsolicited SNMP trap messages that indicate switch operational state changes or failure conditions can be customer configured to be transmitted to up to 12 m
215. ameters from the Operating Parameters sub menu The Configure Fabric Parameters dialog box displays Figure 3 37 Configure Fabric Parameters Dialog Box b Select McDATA Fabric 1 0 or Open Fabric 1 0 from the Interop Mode list box McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual Select the McDATA Fabric 1 0 option if the switch is fabric attached only to other McDATA switches that are also operating in McDATA Fabric 1 0 mode Select the Open Fabric 1 0 option if the fabric contains OEM switches that are open fabric compliant c Click the Activate button to save the selection and close the dialog box Did configuring the management style solve the problem NO YES The switch appears operational Exit MAP Contact the next level of support Exit MAP 25 A loopback wrap plug is connected to the port and there is no diagnostic test running Is a loopback plug in the port receptacle YES NO Contact the next level of support Exit MAP 26 Remove the wrap plug from the port receptacle If directed by the customer connect a fiber optic jumper cable attaching a device to the switch e If the port is operational and a device is not attached both LEDs adjacent to the port extinguish and the port state is No Light e Ifthe port is operational and a device is attached the green LED illuminates the amber LED extinguishes and the port state is Online Did removing the wrap plug s
216. amond If a problem is indicated go to MAP 0000 Start MAP on page 3 6 to isolate the problem 9 Perform the data collection procedure Collecting Maintenance Data on page 4 36 10 Clear the switch system error ERR LED a At the EFC Server s Hardware View right click the front panel bezel graphic away from a FRU to open a pop up menu b Click Clear System Error Light RRP Cooling Fan FRU FRU Removal and Replacement RRP CTP Card Switch Replacement Some event codes indicate a CTP card failure as do some diagnostic paths through MAPs The CTP card is not a FRU and cannot be replaced CTP card failure requires replacement of the entire switch If the failed switch provides a critical singular link in the fabric and that link is still operating it may be necessary to schedule down time for this replacement Replacing a Failed NOTE This procedure assumes that the new switch will be installed in the Switch same location as the failed switch and will be configured the same as the failed switch Replacing a failed switch in an existing fabric requires the following tasks be done in order 1 Remove the failed switch Ensure the failed switch is no longer carrying traffic Set the switch offline Using EFCM remove the switch from the fabric Delete the switch from the fabric using the EFCM product view Physically disconnect and remove the switch from the mounting location 2
217. anagement workstations If installed on a dedicated Ethernet LAN the workstations communicate directly with each switch If installed on a customer intranet the workstations communicate with switches through the management server SNMP data and trap messages are defined in the Fibre Channel FE MIB definition a subset of the TCP IP MIB II definition RFC 1213 and a custom switch specific MIB Customers can install these MIBs in standard ASN 1 format on any SNMP management workstation Although SNMP trap messages are typically transmitted to customer personnel only the messages may be provided to service personnel as initial notification of a switch problem or as information included in the fault isolation process Generic SNMP traps include e coldStart reports that the SNMP agent is reinitializing due to a switch reset Using the Element Manager General Information General Information E Mail and Call Home Support Tools Supplied with the Switch e warmStart reports that the SNMP agent is reinitializing due to a switch IPL e authorizationFailure reports access by an unauthorized SNMP manager This trap is configurable and is disabled by default Switch specific SNMP traps specified in the custom MIB include Fibre Channel port operational state changes and FRU operational state changes If authorized through the Configure SNMP dialog box in the Element Manager application users at SNMP manag
218. and 3232 Installation and Service Manual Event Code 312 Message Third cooling fan propeller has recovered Severity Informational Explanation Another fan started spinning It either spontaneously recovered or its FRU was replaced Three fans are now operational Action No action required Event Data Byte 0 Recovered fan number 1 6 Distribution Switch EFC Server Host Nonvolatile System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident System Error Event Log Indicator Vv Vv Event Code 313 Event Code Tables Message Fourth cooling fan propeller has recovered Severity Informational Explanation Another fan started spinning It either spontaneously recovered or its FRU was replaced Four fans are now operational Action No action required Event Data Byte 0 Recovered fan number 1 6 Distribution Switch EFC Server Host Nonvolatile System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident System Error Event Log Indicator Y Y Fan Module Events 3800 through 399 Event Code Tables Event Code 314 Message Fifth cooling fan propeller has recovered Severity Informational Explanation Another fan started spinning It either spontaneously recovered or its FRU was replaced Five fans are now operational Action No action required Event Data Byte 0 Re
219. and often amplifies signals to extend trans mission distance An option that ensures that frames are delivered in order through the fabric to their destination R_A_TOV R_A_TOV is a value used to time out operations that depend on the maximum possible time that a frame could be delayed in a fabric and still be delivered See radio frequency interference See read only memory Contrast with random access memory An attaching device that connects two local area network LAN seg ments which use similar or different architectures at the reference model network layer D Contrast with bridge The Electronic Industry Association EIA recommended specifica tion for asynchronous serial interfaces between computers and com munications equipment It specifies both the number of pins and type of connection but does not specify the electrical signals D The mode that is most useful when attaching to IBM S 390 Enterprise Servers See also open systems mode operating mode See System Automation for Operating System 390 See storage area network system area network SANavigator management software provides easy centralized man agement of a SAN and quick access to all device configuration appli cations The computer that is hosting the SANavigator application Multiple client systems can log in to the Server to utilize the application See also EFC Server See System Automation for Operating System 390 Glossary scal
220. and repair verification 2114 02 9 09 18 AM GSF2 1 Inserted 470 000396 201 121234561 2 14 02 9 09 18 AM GSF2 0 Inserted 470 000396 201 121234560 2 14 02 9 09 18 AM GXXL 13 Removed 470 000396 222 1012345613 2 14 02 9 09 18 AM GSML 12 Removed 470 000396 201 912345612 2 14 02 9 09 18 AM GLSL 11 Removed 470 000396 201 812345611 2 14 02 9 09 18 AM GXXR 10 Removed 470 000396 201 1512345610 2 14 02 9 09 18 AM GSMR 9 Removed 470 000396 201 141234569 2 14 02 9 09 18 AM GLSR 8 Removed 470 000396 201 131234568 2 14 02 9 09 18 AM GLSR 7 Removed 470 000396 222 131234567 2 14 02 9 09 18 AM GLSR_ 6 Removed 470 000396 222 131234566 es ee ee ee Figure 4 4 Hardware Log To open the Hardware Log select Hardware Log from the Logs menu on the navigation control panel The log contains the following columns e Date Time the date and time the FRU was inserted or removed e FRU Position an acronym representing the FRU or non FRU elements followed by a number representing the FRU or chassis position The acronyms are SFP Small form factor pluggable SFP optical transceiver Chassis slots for SFPs inserted in a port are 0 through 31 SFPs are FRUs Using Log Information 4 9 Repair Information Product Manager Link Incident Log PWR power supply Chassis slots for redundant power supplies are 0 and 1 Power supplies are FRUs FAN cooling fan Chassis slots for redundant fans are 0 through 3 Fans are
221. and switches are managed prod ucts See also device MIB Related set of software objects variables containing informa tion about a managed device and accessed via simple network man agement protocol SNMP from a network management station A session that exists when a user logs on to the EFC Manager applica tion EFC can support multiple concurrent management sessions The user must specify the network address of the EFC Manager applica tion s server at logon time See maintenance analysis procedure See active port address matrix Megabit See megabyte Megabits per second Megabytes per second MAC address Hardware address of a node device connected to a network MB A unit of measure for data storage equal to 1 048 576 bytes Gen erally approximated as one million bytes Glossary memory menu menu bar MIB mirroring modem ms multimedia multimode optical fiber multiplexer multiswitch fabric N name server A device or storage system capable of storing and retrieving data A list of items displayed on a monitor from which a user can make a selection The menu bar is located across the top of a monitor window Pull down menus are displayed by clicking on the menu bar option with the mouse or by pressing Alt with the underlined letter of the name for the menu bar option D See management information base The writing of data to pairs of drives in an array cre
222. ansceiver optical shortwave laser 2 125 Gbps 850 nm LC 3216 803 000056 313 803 000065 313 Transceiver optical longwave laser 1 0625 Gbps 0 to 32 1300 nm LC 3016 Transceiver optical longwave laser 2 125 Gbps 1300 nm LC 3216 Rear Accessible FRUs The FRUs and their part numbers differ between the two packaging systems for the Sphereon 3032 3232 Use care when selecting a part number to order for replacement purposes to ensure that the part number matches the Sphereon 3032 3232 for which it is intended The rear accessible Sphereon 3032 3232 FRUs are illustrated and described in Figure 6 2 and Table 6 2 The table includes reference numbers to the figure part numbers descriptions and quantities 6 2 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual Table 6 2 Power Supplies Illustrated Parts Breakdown Fans Figure 6 2 Rear Accessible FRUs Rear Accessible FRU Parts List Ref Part Number Description Qty 1 002 002470 200 Base assembly Sphereon 3232 Switch without optics Reference 2 002 002342 300 Power supply assembly includes one cooling fan P N 2 002 002343 400 3 002 002343 400 Fan cooling 4 Rear Accessible FRUs Illustrated Parts Breakdown Power Plugs and Receptacles Figure 6 3 illustrates optional power plugs and receptacles Table 6 3 is the associated parts list The table inc
223. apping 4 17 port channel wrapping enabling and disabling 4 28 swapping fibre channel port address 4 28 swapping port addresses 4 17 swapping ports 4 34 safety ESD repair procedures 4 2 general precautions 1 9 i 10 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual SAN management application main window 2 48 SANpilot interface server hardware fault isolation 3 108 SANpilot interface management by 1 3 SANtegrity Binding feature 2 62 SANtegrity Binding features switch binding 2 63 SANtegrity binding feture 2 62 SANtegrity binding PFE key 2 57 2 132 SANtegrity feature fabric binding 2 62 save data collection dialog box 1 35 segmented E_Port description 2 113 serviceability features 1 5 session log 4 6 set online state dialog box 1 36 SFP transceivers illustrations 6 1 LEDs 1 22 part numbers 6 1 removal 5 2 replacement 5 3 simple network management protocol See SNMP small form factor transceivers See SFF transceivers SNMP configure at SANpilot interface 2 119 configuring trap message recipients 2 91 configuring trap recipients Product Manager 2 91 default values 2 3 introduction 1 3 1 6 trap message support 1 45 NMP agent option 1 32 NMP authorization trap states default value 2 3 NMP communities default value 2 3 INMP management introduction to 1 6 NMP trap messages maximum recipients 1 6 SNMP write authorizations default value 2 3 SNTP server address 1 36 software diagnostic
224. are components used to perform specific types of work on a computer D The source object of the small computer system interface SCSI com mands and destination for the command responses Glossary 9 3 application program application program interface application specific integrated circuit archive area ASCII ASIC attribute Audit Log 1 A program that is specific to the solution of an application prob lem Synonymous with application software 2 A program written for or by a user that applies to the user s work such as a program that does inventory control or payroll 3 A program used to connect and communicate with stations in a network enabling users to perform application oriented activities I API A set of programming functions and routines that provides access between protocol layers such as between an application and network services ASIC An asynchronous transfer mode ATM local area network wide area network LAN WAN circuit using cell relay transport technology ASICs are designed for a specific application or purpose such as implementing the lower layer Fibre Channel protocol FC 0 They are particularly suited to sending video and audio information as well as text ASICs differ from general purpose devices such as memory chips or microprocessors 1 To copy files to a long term storage medium for backup 2 Removing data usually old or inactive files from a system a
225. are version Confirmation to send a firmware version to the switch Click Yes to confirm sending the firmware version to the switch or no to cancel the operation Cannot change Port Type while in FICON mode without SANtegrity feature Please contact your sales representative User attempted to change a port type in the Configure Ports dialog box while in FICON mode but the optional SANtegrity Binding feature is not installed Sphereon 3032 3232 Element Manager Messages A 3 Action Message Description Action Message Description Action Message Description Action Message Description Action Informational message Install SANtegrity Binding before changing port types in the Configure Ports dialog box while in FICON management style Cannot disable Switch Binding while Enterprise Fabric Mode is active and the switch is Online User attempted to disable switch binding through the Switch Binding Change State dialog box but Enterprise Fabric Mode is enabled You must either disable Enterprise Fabric Mode using the Enterprise Fabric Mode dialog box in the EFC Manager application or set the switch offline before you can disable Switch Binding Cannot enable beaconing on a failed FRU Occurs when selecting Enable Beaconing option for a failed FRU Replace FRU and enable beaconing again or enable beaconing on operating FRU Cannot enable beaconing while the system error light is on Beaconing cann
226. ark in the box enables transmission Click Activate to save the information and close the dialog box Perform this procedure to configure and enable e mail addresses and simple mail transfer protocol SMTP server addresses to receive e mail notification of switch and other managed product events The addresses must be configured at the SAN management application then enabled through the Element Manager application Refer to Task 23 Test Remote Notification Optional on page 2 102 for instructions on testing this notification feature To configure and enable e mail and SMTP server addresses 1 Close the Hardware View and return to the Products View by clicking close X at the upper right corner of the window Select Configure E Mail from the Maintenance menu The Configure E Mail dialog box displays Figure 2 75 Email Event Notification Setup i xj _ Enable Email Event Notification E mail Server Reply unknown unknown com Test Email Interval 0 minutes v User List OK Cancel Help Figure 2 75 Configure E Mail Dialog Box 2 92 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual Configure and Enable Ethernet Events Perform this procedure to configure and enable Ethernet events An Ethernet event is recorded after a user specified time interval when the switch to management server communication link drops To configure and enable Ethernet events
227. as follows Phone 800 752 4572 or 720 566 3910 Fax 720 566 3851 E mail support mcdata com Desktop Installation To install and configure up to three Ethernet hubs on a desktop 1 Remove the backing from the four adhesive rubber pads and apply the pads to the underside of each hub Ensure the pads are aligned with the scribed circles at each corner 28 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual Installation Tasks 2 Position the first hub on a table or desktop as directed by the customer 3 Stack the remaining hubs on top of the first hub as shown in Figure 2 1 Ensure the adhesive rubber pads on the underside of a hub align with the recesses on the top of the hub below Figure 2 1 Stacked Ethernet Hubs 4 To interconnect three hubs NOTE To connect two hubs use step a and step c top and middle hub instructions only a To connect the top and middle hubs in the stack connect an RJ 45 patch cable to port 24 of the top hub then connect the cable to port 12 of the middle hub b To connect the bottom and middle hubs in the stack connect a second RJ 45 patch cable to port 24 of the middle hub then connect the cable to port 12 of the bottom hub c Using a pencil or other pointed instrument set the medium dependent interface MDI switch on the top and middle hubs to MDI in Set the MDI switch on the bottom hub to MDIX out
228. assword exactly as in the Password field If an incorrect keystroke is entered use the Backspace key to delete individual letters or select the entire entry and use the Delete key To enable e mail notification for the new user select click the Enable check box An unchecked box indicates e mail notification is not enabled To configure event types for which e mail notification is sent select click the Filter link The Define Filter dialog box displays For instructions on defining event filters refer to the SANavigator Software Release 4 0 User Manual 621 000013 Click OK to accept the information and close the dialog box Repeat step 5 through step 9 as required to assign multiple user names and passwords When finished click OK at the SANavigator Server Users or EFCM 8 Server Users dialog box to return to the SANavigator or EFCM main window 2 50 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual Installation Tasks Task 13 Configure the Switch to the Management Application To manage a new switch it must be identified to and discovered by the SAN management application To identify the new switch 1 At the SAN management application SANavigator or EFCM main window select the Setup option from the Discover menu The Discover Setup dialog box displays Figure 2 51 Discover Setup E x Out of Band Available Addresses Selected Subnets Description IP Address Subnet
229. at you want to dial Country region United States of America 1 Area code w Phone number Connect using bs Cancel Figure 3 23 Connect To Dialog Box g Ensure the Connect using field displays COM1 or COM2 depending on the serial communication port connection to the switch and click OK The COMn dialog box displays where n is 1or2 Port Settings Bits per second Data bits epo n Parity None o Stop bits fi Elow control Hardware y Restore Defaults Cancel Figure 3 24 COMn Dialog Box COM1 or COM2 h Configure the Port Settings parameters as follows McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual Bits per second 57600 Data bits 8 Parity None Stop bits 1 Flow control Hardware When the parameters are set click OK The HyperTerminal window displays i At the gt prompt type the user level password the default is password and press Enter The password is case sensitive The HyperTerminal window displays with software and hardware version information for the switch and an C gt prompt at the bottom of the window j At the C gt prompt type the ipconfig command and press Enter The HyperTerminal window displays with configuration information listed including the IP address File Edit View Call Transfer Help nlaj 13 ala DXXXXXX OEM mcdata 4500 Version 04 01 0
230. ate problems for a single switch Unsolicited SNMP trap messages that indicate operational state changes or failures can be transmitted to up to 12 authorized management workstations E mail messages or call home reports provide automatic notification of significant system events to designated support personnel or administrators Access Element Managers for director and switch products through SAN management application Right click the product icon on the application Physical Map topology and select Element Manager from the pop up menu NOTE In the following figure the Model XXXX under the product icon will be replaced with an actual switch or director model number in your SAN management application Physical Map topology Software Diagnostic Features General Information General Information SAN Edt View Plan Discover Configure Monitor Tools Help FOQREd HKA e Po Sere View Ally Policy Model XXXX Switch Group Model XXXX Eijs Model XXXX Model XXXX Switch Group Switch Group Model XXXX Model XXXX j SMM Discovery fimmina Besides access to director and switch Element Managers you may configure some features through both your SAN management application and through the Element Manager You must also enable Element Manager feature permissions for Administrative Operator and Maintenance user levels through your SAN management application When this refers to your
231. ated procedures for the Sphereon 3032 3232 Switch and associated field replaceable units FRUs These procedures are described e Obtain log information e Display and use EFC Server views e Obtain and interpret port diagnostic and performance data and perform port diagnostic loopback tests e Swap ports FICON Management Style only e Collect maintenance data e Clean fiber optic components e Power the switch on and off e Perform an initial program load IPL e Set the switch online or offline e Block or unblock Fibre Channel ports e Manage firmware versions e Manage configuration data e Install or upgrade software Do not perform repairs until a failure is isolated to a FRU If fault isolation was not performed refer to MAP 0000 Start MAP on page 3 6 Repair Information at Repair Information Factory Defaults Table 4 1 lists the defaults for the passwords and IP subnet and gateway addresses Table 4 1 Factory Set Defaults Item Default Customer password password Maintenance password level 2 IP address 10 1 1 10 IP address factory preset 10 1 1 10 Subnet mask 255 0 0 0 Gateway address 0 0 0 0 Procedural Notes NOTE EFCM and Product Manager screens in this manual may not match the screens on your server and workstation The title bars have been removed and the fields may contain data that does not match the data seen on your system The
232. ates OpenTrunking firmware detected an ISL with no transmission BB_Credit for a period of time that exceeded the configured low BB_Credit threshold This results in downstream fabric congestion No action is required for an isolated event or if the reporting ISL approaches 100 throughput However if this event persists perform one of the following e Relieve the congestion by adding parallel ISLs between the switches reporting the problem e Increase the ISL link speed between the switches reporting the problem from 1 Gbps to 2 Gbps e Reroute Fibre Channel traffic by moving device connections to a less congested region of the fabric MAP 0700 Fabric ISL and Segmented Port Problem Determination Did the corrective action solve the problem and relieve the reported low BB_Credit condition NO YES L The ISL appears operational Exit MAP Contact the next level of support Exit MAP 25 A 150 event code indicates a zone merge process failed during ISL initialization Either an incompatible zone set was detected or a problem occurred during delivery of a zone merge frame This event code always precedes a 070 event code and represents the reply of an adjacent fabric element in response to a zone merge frame Obtain supplementary event data for each 150 event code a At the Hardware View click Logs and select Event Log The Event Log displays b Examine the first 12 bytes 0 through 11 of event data c Bytes 0
233. atic and nondisruptive transition of functions from an active field replaceable unit FRU that has failed to a backup FRU See Fibre Channel The Fibre Channel layer that describes the physical link between two ports including the transmission media transmitter and receiver cir cuitry and interfaces D This consists of a pair of either optical fiber or electrical cables link media along with transceiver circuitry which work together to convert a stream of bits at one end of the link to a stream of bits at the other end Middle layer of the Fibre Channel physical and signaling interface FC PH standard defining the 8B 10B encoding decoding and transmission protocol The Fibre Channel layer that specifies the signaling protocol rules and mechanisms required to transfer data blocks The FC 2 layer is very complex and provides different classes of service packetization McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual FC 3 FC 4 FCA FC adapter FCC FCC IOC FCFE FCFE MIB FCIA FC IP FCMGMT FC PH feature key fiber fiber optic cable sequencing error detection segmentation and reassembly of trans mitted data D The Fibre Channel layer that provides a set of services common across multiple node ports N_Ports of a Fibre Channel node The services are not commonly used and are essentially reserved for Fibre Channel architecture expansion D The Fibre Channel layer tha
234. atile System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident System Error Event Log Indicator Vv Vv Vv Vv Vv Event Code 031 Message SNMP request received from unauthorized community Severity Informational Explanation An SNMP request containing an unauthorized community name was received and rejected with an error Only requests containing authorized SNMP community names as configured through the EFC Manager are allowed Action Add the community name to the SNMP configuration using the EFC Project Manager for this switch Event Data No supplementary data included with this event Distribution Switch EFC Server Host Nonvolatile System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident System Error Event Log Indicator Vv Vv B a McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Installation and Service Manual Event Code 051 Message Management Server database found to be invalid Severity Minor Explanation Following an IML CTP hot plug CTP failover or LIC load a Management Server database failed its validation All Management Services databases are initialized to an empty state resulting in an implicit logout of all attached devices logged in with the Management Server Action Perform the data collection procedure for the switch using the EFC Manager and return the CD to McDATA for analysis Event Data No suppleme
235. ating two exact copies of the drive contents This procedure provides a backup of data in case of a failure Modem is an abbreviation for modulator demodulator A communi cation device that converts digital computer data to signals and sig nals to computer data These signals can be received or transmitted by the modem via a phone line or other method of telecommunica tion Millisecond A simultaneous presentation of data in more than one form such as by means of both visual and audio A graded index or step index optical fiber that allows more than one mode light path to propagate Contrast with singlemode optical fiber A device that allows two or more signals to be transmitted simulta neously on a single channel Fibre Channel fabric created by linking more than one director or fab ric switching device within a fabric 1 In TCP IP see domain name server 2 In Fibre Channel protocol a server that allows node ports N_Ports to register information McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual name server zoning NAS navigation control panel navigation panel network network address network attached storage network interface card network management never principal about themselves This information allows N_Ports to discover and learn about each other by sending queries to the name server Node port N_Port access management that allows N_Ports to com
236. ation Date Time Parameters Fabric Parameters igi IP Address fio t 1 10 Subnet Mask 255 0 0 0 Configure Gateway Address 0 0 0 0 Monitor Activate Cancel Operations Help Figure 2 94 Configure Panel Director Page with Network Tab a At the IP Address field type the new value as specified by the customer s network administrator default is 10 1 1 10 b At the Subnet Mask field type the new value as specified by the customer s network administrator default is 255 0 0 0 c At the Gateway Address field type the new value as specified by the customer s network administrator default is 0 0 0 0 3 Click Activate to save and activate the changes The following message box displays Figure 2 95 Your changes to the Network configuration have been successfully activated The following Network information has been configured to the switch IP Address 10 1 1 10 Gateway Address 0 0 0 0 Subnet Mask 255 0 0 0 In order to re establish your browser management connection you must update local ARP tables on your operating system and direct your web browser to the new IP Address displayed above Please consult the Installation and Service Manual provided with this product for more information Figure 2 95 Network Information Message Box 2 118 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual Configure SNMP Perform this procedure to configure c
237. attached switch does not respond to a verification request ELP retransmission failure timeout A switch that exhibits a hardware failure or connectivity problem cannot transmit or receive Class F frames The director did not receive a response to multiple exchange link protocol ELP frames did not receive a fabric login FLOGI frame and cannot join an operational fabric Switch Description General Information General Information Switch Specifications This section lists the physical characteristics storage and shipping environment operating environment and service clearances for the Sphereon 3032 and Sphereon 3232Switches Physical Dimensions C norgetangnes Height 6 5 centimeters 2 6inches Width 44 5 centimeters 17 5 inches Depth 64 1 centimeters 25 2 inches Weight 16 8 kilograms 37 pounds Power Requirements Input voltage 100 to 240 VAC Input Frequency 47 to 63 Hz Input Current 3032 1 0 amps at 208 VAC 3232 1 3 amp at 208 VAC Plan for single phase or phase to phase connections and 5 ampere dedicated service Airflow Clearance in Rack Sides None Top and Bottom None Front and Rear 7 6 centimeters 3 0 inches Heat Dissipation 3032 682 BTU Hr 200 watts 3232 836 BTU Hr 245 watts Shock and Vibration Tolerance 60 Gs for 10 milliseconds without nonrecoverable errors 10 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual Stora
238. ault Port Stats Log and Node List task selection tabs appear Operations At the Operations panel the Switch default Port Maintenance and Feature Installation task selection tabs appear Help The Help selection opens online user documentation that supports the SANpilot interface Maintenance Approach Whenever possible the maintenance approach instructs service personnel to perform fault isolation and repair procedures without degrading or interrupting operation of the switch attached devices or associated applications Switch fault isolation begins when one or more of the following occur System event information displays at the attached management server a remote workstation communicating with the management server or the SANpilot interface LEDs on the switch front panel or FRUs illuminate to indicate a hardware malfunction An unsolicited SNMP trap message is received at a management workstation indicating an operational state change or failure Notification of a significant system event is received at a designated support center through an e mail message or the call home feature System events can be related to a Switch or management server failure hardware or software EA McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual General Information e Ethernet LAN communication failure between the switch and management server e Link failure between a port and attached de
239. ave been successfully activated appears ga McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual Installation Tasks Configure User Perform this procedure to configure the administrator level and Rights operator level passwords used to access the SANpilot interface through the Enter Network Password dialog box To configure passwords 1 At the Configure panel click the Security tab The Security page displays with the User Rights tab selected Figure 2 99 on page 2 123 Configure Refresh 5 28 03 at 10 41 24 View User Confirm Access Level New UserName New Password New Password Configure Administrator Administrator i pa _ Operator Operator pa p Monitor Operations Activate Cancel Help Figure 2 99 Configure Panel Security Page with User Rights Tab 2 For the Administrator set of data fields a Type the administrator user name as specified by the customer s network administrator in the New User Name field Use 16 alphanumeric characters or less b Type the administrator password as specified by the customer s network administrator in the New Password field Use 16 alphanumeric characters or less c Type the administrator password again in the Confirm New Password field 3 For the Operator set of data fields a Type the operator user name as specified by the customer s network administrator in the New User Name field Use 16
240. ay values for all categories Click Refresh to update the data with current data from the port The Clear button clears all counters to zero Selecting this button displays a Clear Port Statistcs dialog box Select the appropriate radio button and click OK to clear all counters to zero on the selected port only or counters on all ports on the switch NOTE Clearing the counters clears the statistics for all users The status bar is located along the bottom of the Element Manager window This includes a symbol that displays at the left side of the bar and messages that display in the panel to the right of the symbol The symbol indicates the current operating status of the switch and the messages display to provide more description of menu options as you move the cursor over the options under menu bar menus If a gray square displays in the status bar no Ethernet connection a reason for the status displays in the Status table at the top of the Hardware View a McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual General Information Table 1 2 Operating Bar and Switch Status Symbol Status Bar Switch Status Table Text Meaning Green Circle Fully Operational All components and installed ports are operational no failures Yellow Redundant Failure A redundant component has failed such Triangle as a power supply and the backup component has taken over operation ce Minor
241. ble for a port that is not installed Ensure the optical transceiver is installed and fully seated This feature has not been installed Please contact your sales representative Indicator that the feature has not been installed on this director Contact your sales representative to obtain the desired feature This feature key does not include all of the features currently installed and cannot be activated while the switch is online Sphereon 3032 3232 Element Manager Messages A 31 Description Action Message Description Action Message Description Action Message Description Action Message Description Action The feature set currently installed for this system contains features that are not being installed with the new feature key To activate the new feature key you must set the switch offline Activating the new feature set however will remove current features not in the new feature set Set the switch offline through the Set Online State dialog box then activate the new feature key using the Configure Feature Key dialog box The switch did not accept the request The switch did not handle the action Try action again If problem persists contact your support representative The switch did not respond in the time allowed A time out was reached waiting for the switch to respond to the action Try action again The switch is busy saving maintenance information Switch is bu
242. bles 0x48 User port detected internal buffer error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x49 User port detected internal queue protocol error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x4A 0xFF Event Code 504 Message Port module failure Severity Major Explanation A failure associated with a four port hardware module has been detected The amber Service Required LED is illuminated on each of the module s four contiguous ports Action Perform data collection procedure for the switch using the EFC Manager save the data file to the EFC Server Zip drive Return the CD to McDATA for analysis Perform a system power on reset If the problem persists replace the switch Event Data Byte 0 Slot position Byte 1 Reason code 00 Operator requested with debug command 02 Initialization failure 03 Hot plug power up diagnostics failure acknowledgment 04 Board ready timeout 05 Read of module ID failed 06 Statistical error threshold reached 07 Communication with hardware is irregular or non existent Bytes 4 7 Elapsed millisecond tick count Bytes 8 11 Reason code specific data 1 Internally defined Distribution Switch EFC Server Host Nonvolatile System Event Log System Error Indicator Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident Vv Vv Port Module Events 500 through 599 Event C
243. bles may also illuminate the system error ERR light emitting diode LED on the front panel In addition to numerical event codes the tables in this appendix also provide a e Message a brief text string that describes the event e Severity a severity level that indicates event criticality as follows 0 informational 2 minor 3 major 4 severe not operational e Explanation a complete explanation of what caused the event e Action the recommended course of action if any to resolve the problem e Event Data supplementary event data if any that appears in the event log in hexadecimal format e Distribution check marks in associated fields indicate where the event code is reported front panel EFC Server or host B 2 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Installation and Service Manual System Events 000 through 199 Event Code 001 Message System power down Severity Informational Explanation Power to the switch was shut down either with the main power switch or through loss of the ac source This event is distributed the next time the switch powers on but the date and time of the event reflect the time the shutdown occurred Action No action required Event Data No supplementary data included with this event Distribution Switch EFC Server Host Nonvolatile System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident
244. bric directors and switches The switch can be installed on a table or desk top mounted in an FC 512 Fabricenter equipment cabinet or in any standard equipment rack Multiple switches and the management server communicate on a local area network LAN through one or more 10 100 Base T Ethernet hubs One or more 24 port Ethernet hubs are optional and can be ordered with the switch Up to three hubs are daisy chained as required to provide additional Ethernet connections as more switches or other McDATA managed products are installed on a customer network The switches provide dynamically switched connections for servers and devices supports mainframe and open systems interconnection OSI computing environments and provides data transmission and flow control between device node ports N_Ports as dictated by the Fibre Channel Physical and Signaling Interface FC PH 4 3 Through interswitch links ISLs the switch can connect additional switches to form a Fibre Channel multiswitch fabric The switch provides connectivity for devices manufactured by multiple original equipment manufacturers OEMs To determine if an OEM product can communicate through connections provided by the switch or if communication restrictions apply refer to the supporting publications for the product or contact your McDATA marketing representative Switch Out of band non Fibre Channel management access to McDATA Management products is provided through
245. cannot be performed when the port is not installed McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Installation and Service Manual Action Message Description Action Message Description Action Message Description Action Message Description Action Message Description Action Perform a swap only on a port that is installed Click OK to remove all contents from log Requesting confirmation that you want all contents removed from the log Click OK to continue or Cancel to cancel the operation Continuing may overwrite host programming Continue Configurations sent from the host may be overwritten by EFCM Continuing will activate the current configuration which may have been configured by an S 390 host Could not export log to file A file I O error occurred The log file could not be saved to the specified destination Ensure filename and drive are correct Could not find firmware file Firmware file selected was not found in the FTP directory Ensure file name and directory are correct Could not find firmware file The selected file is not a firmware file Obtain a valid firmware file from your service representative Sphereon 3032 3232 Element Manager Messages A 11 Message Description Action Message Description Action Message Description Action Message Description Action Message Description Action Could not remove dump files from server
246. cator Vv Vv MCcDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Installation and Service Manual CMM Module Events 800 through 899 Event Code 800 Event Code Tables Message High temperature warning Port module thermal sensor Severity Major Explanation The thermal sensor associated with the port module has detected that the warm temperature threshold level has been surpassed Action Perform the data collection procedure for the switch using the EFC Manager and return the CD to McDATA for analysis Perform a system power on reset If the problem persists replace the switch Event Data No supplementary data included with this event Distribution Switch EFC Server Host Nonvolatile System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident System Error Event Log Indicator Vv Vv Vv Vv Vv Vv Event Code 801 Message Critically hot temperature warning Port module thermal sensor Severity Major Explanation The thermal sensor associated with the port module has detected that the hot temperature threshold level has been surpassed Action Perform the data collection procedure for this switch using the EFC Manager and return the CD to McDATA for analysis Perform a system power on reset If the problem persists replace the switch Event Data No supplementary data included with this event Dis
247. ce WWN from the Switch Membership List SANtegrity Binding feature while Switch Binding is enabled Remove the device from the switch by blocking the port setting the switch offline or disabling Switch Binding through the Switch Binding Change State dialog box before removing devices form the Switch Membership List Disabling Insistent Domain ID will disable Fabric Binding Do you want to continue Fabric Binding is enabled through the EFC Manager and user attempted to disable Insistent Domain ID in the Configure Switch Parameters dialog box Click Yes if you want to continue and disable Fabric Binding Disabling Insistent Domain ID will disable Fabric Binding Do you want to continue Fabric Binding is enabled through the EFC Manager and user attempted to disable Insistent Domain ID in the Configure Switch Parameters dialog box Click Yes if you want to continue and disable Fabric Binding Sphereon 3032 3232 Element Manager Messages A 13 Message Description Action Message Description Action Message Description Action Message Description Action Do you want to continue with IPL Requesting confirmation to proceed with an IPL Click Yes to confirm the IPL or Cancel to cancel the operation Duplicate community names require identical write authorizations Duplicate community names exist that have conflicting or different write authorizations Verify community names and whether a
248. ce exceeds an error threshold which results in a subsequent port module failure Event Data Byte 0 Slot position Byte 1 Anomaly reason code See following chart 0x00 Common logic error 0x01 ASIC common error Bytes 4 7 Elapsed millisecond tick count Bytes 8 9 High availability error callout 1 Bytes 10 11 High availability error callout 2 Byte 12 Detecting port Byte 13 Connected port Byte 14 Participating SBAR Bytes 16 17 High availability error callout 3 Bytes 18 19 High availability error callout 4 Distribution Switch EFC Server Host Nonvolatile System Event Log E Mail Call Home System Error Event Log Indicator Sense Info Link Incident Y Y Port Module Events 500 through 599 Event Code Tables Event 502 Anomaly Reason Codes Reason Code Description Additional Data 0x00 Utility bus error to SBAR HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x01 Utility bus error to Port Module HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x02 Reserved HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x03 SBAR module detected utility bus parity error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x04 Port module detected utility bus parity error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x05 SBAR module detected clock frequency error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x06 Port module detected clock frequency erro
249. ch to the switch 3 Click Submit A confirmation dialog box appears Click OK to close the confirmation dialog box activate the selected connection policy and change the switch binding state NOTE The Disable Switch Binding selection cannot be activated while Enterprise Fabric Mode is enabled and the switch is online 4 The Attached Nodes drop down list contains the world wide names of attached Fibre Channel devices To add a member node or device to the switch binding membership list displayed at the bottom of the page perform one of the following e Select a WWN from the Attached Nodes drop down list and click the adjacent Add Member button e Type anew WWN in the Detached Node WWN field and click the adjacent Add Member button 5 To delete a device from the switch binding membership list click the Delete button adjacent to the device WWN A confirmation dialog box appears Click OK to close the dialog box and delete the device 2 126 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual Configure Fabric Binding View Configure Monitor Operations Help Perform this procedure to configure fabric binding by attached fabric member domain ID and WWN The SANtegrity feature must be installed to access this control Refer to Install PFE Keys Optional on page 2 132 for instructions If the feature is not installed the message This Feature Not Installed appear
250. ches that are operating in McDATA Fabric 1 0 mode e Open Fabric 1 0 Default Select this mode if the fabric contains McDATA directors and switches as well as other open fabric compliant switches Select this mode for managing heterogeneous fabrics Configure Ports If the switch is set to open systems mode perform this procedure to Open Systems define Fibre Channel port names configure ports as blocked or Mode unblocked enable extended distance operation and link incident LIN alerts configure port binding and define port types To configure switch ports Open Systems Management Style only 1 At the Hardware View for the selected switch click the Configure icon at the navigation control panel and select Ports from the Configure menu The Configure Ports dialog box open systems mode displays a Select a blank Name field and type a descriptive port name of 24 or fewer alphanumeric characters Use a name that reflects the device connected to the port 2 84 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual Installation Tasks b Click the Blocked check box to block or unblock a port A check mark in the box indicates the port is blocked Blocking the port prevents the attached device from communicating with the switch A blocked port continuously transmits the offline
251. chieve lengths greater than 2 Km Ina fiber optic environment a type of duplex connector used to wrap the optical output signal of a device directly to the optical input Con trast with protective plug Synonymous with wrap plug Test that checks attachment or control unit circuitry without checking the mechanism itself by returning the output of the mechanism as input See logical partition See logical switch number See logical unit number See media access control address McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual main panel maintenance analysis procedure maintenance port managed product management information base management session MAP matrix Mb MB Mbps MBps media access control address megabyte 1 The rightmost frame of the windows in EFC Management applica tions 2 The rightmost frame of the embedded web server interface window See also navigation panel MAP A written or online set of procedures that guide maintenance personnel through step by step instructions for hardware fault isola tion repair and verification D Connector on the director or switch where a PC running an American National Standard Code for Information Interchange ASCII termi nal emulator can be attached or dial up connection made for special ized maintenance support Hardware product that can be managed with the EFC Product Man ager application McDATA directors
252. cipating in the fabric To change the values refer to Task 19 Configure the Sphereon 3032 3232 Element Manager Applications on page 2 76 4 Route a multimode or singlemode fiber optic cable depending on the type of SFP transceiver installed from a customer specified E_Port of the switch to the director 5 Connect the switch attached fiber optic cable to the port SFP transceiver 6 Ifthe switch is managed by an attached management server go to step 7 If the switch is managed by the SANpilot interface a At the Configure panel select View at the left side of the panel The View panel opens with the Unit page displayed b At the View panel click the Port Properties tab The Port Properties page displays with a port number selected highlighted red and port information listed Task 27 Connect Switch to a Fabric Director Optional Installation Tasks c Ensure the Operational State field displays Online and the Reason field displays N A or is blank If an ISL segmentation or other problem is indicated go to MAP 0000 Start MAP on page 3 6 to isolate the problem If no problems are indicated installation tasks are complete 7 At the management server s Product View click the switch icon The Hardware View for the selected switch displays 8 Click the port connector leftmost port to open the Port Properties dialog box x Port Number 2 Port Name Type F_Port Operat
253. ck Using the Element Manager 1 39 General Information any row in this view to display the Port Properties dialog box for the port Right click a port row to display the same menu options that display when you right click a port in the Hardware View or a port bar graph in the Performance View These include e Port Properties e Node Properties e Port Technology e Block Port e Enable Beaconing e Diagnostics e Channel Wrap FICON management style only e Swap Ports FICON management style only e Clear Link Incident Alert s e Reset Port e Port Binding e Clear Threshold Alert s Note that these options are also available when you click a port row and select the Port secondary menu from the Product menu on the menu bar Node List View Select Node List from view tabs This view displays a table with information about all node attachments or N_Ports that have logged into existing F_Ports on the switch Only N_Ports display in the Node List View after nodes have logged in to the fabric The columns that display in the table include port number where the node is attached the port address unit type WWN of the attached node device and BB_Credit used by the attached node Double click a port row to highlight it and display the Node Properties dialog box for that port Right click a port row to display the following menu options e Node Properties Displays the Node Properties dialog box e Port Properties Di
254. community name is duplicated with different write authorizations Exclusive management server connection to the director required for this command You attempted to execute a command that is not valid when more than one management server is connected to the director Exit the additional management servers to that only one is connected to the director Enterprise Fabric Mode will be disabled if any of the following parameters are disabled Insistent Domain ID Rerouting Delay Domain RSCNs Do you want to continue User attempted to disable these parameters in the Configure Switch Parameters dialog box while the switch was online but Enterprise Fabric Mode SANtegrity Binding feature is enabled Click Yes if you want to continue and disable Enterprise Fabric Mode MCcDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Installation and Service Manual Message Description Action Message Description Action Message Description Action Message Description Action Message Description Action Error retrieving port information An error occurred while retrieving port information The link is down or busy Retry the operation later If the condition persists contact support personnel Error retrieving port statistics An error occurred while retrieving port statistics The link is down or busy Retry the operation later If the condition persists contact support personnel Error stopping port diagnostics
255. con change to the new entry and did the Ethernet connection recover NO YES L The switch to EFC Server connection is restored and appears operational Contact the next level of support 24 An incorrect product type is defined to the EFC Server a At the Product View right click the icon with the grey square representing the product reporting the problem A pop up menu displays b Select Delete A Warning dialog box displays asking if the product is to be deleted c Click Yes to delete the product d At the Product View select New Product from the Configure menu on the navigation control panel The New Product dialog box displays Figure 3 29 New Product Dialog Box e Type the configured IP address in the Network Address field f Select Sphereon 3032 or Sphereon 3232 from the Product Type list box and click OK Did the IP address below the switch icon change to the new entry and did the Ethernet connection recover NO YES MAP 0400 Loss of Console Communication 3 61 4 The switch to EFC Server connection is restored and appears operational 25 The product at the configured IP address is not a McDATA managed product Notify the customer of the problem a At the Product View right click the icon with the grey square representing the product reporting the problem A pop up menu displays b Select Delete A Warning dialog box displays asking if the product is to be deleted c Click Yes
256. corresponding MAPs It is a quick start if an event code is readily available Table 3 2 MAP Summary MAP Page MAP 0000 Start MAP 3 6 MAP 0100 Power Distribution Analysis 3 28 MAP 0200 POST Reset or IPL Failure Analysis 3 35 MAP 0300 Console Application Problem Determination 3 36 MAP 0400 Loss of Console Communication 3 46 MAP 0500 Fan and CTP Card Failure Analysis 3 67 MAP 0600 Port Failure and Link Incident Analysis 3 72 MAP 0700 Fabric ISL and Segmented Port Problem Determination 3 92 MAP 0800 Server Hardware Problem Determination 3 108 3 2 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual Table 3 3 Event Codes versus Maintenance Action Sak Explanation Action 001 System power down Power on switch 011 Login server database invalid Go to MAP 0700 021 Name server database invalid Go to MAP 0700 031 SNMP request received from unauthorized community Add community name 051 Management server database invalid Go to MAP 0700 052 Management server internal error Go to MAP 0700 061 Fabric controller database invalid Go to MAP 0700 062 Maximum interswitch hop count exceeded Go to MAP 0700 063 Remote switch has too many ISLs Reduce no of ISLs 070 E_Portis segmented Go to MAP 0700 071 Switch is isolated Go to MAP 0700 072 E_Port connected to an u
257. covered fan number 1 6 Distribution Switch EFC Server Host Nonvolatile System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident System Error Event Log Indicator Vv Vv Event Code 315 Message Sixth cooling fan propeller has recovered Severity Informational Explanation Another fan started spinning It either spontaneously recovered or its FRU was replaced Six fans are now operational Action No action required Event Data Byte 0 Recovered fan number 1 6 Distribution Switch EFC Server Host Nonvolatile System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident System Error Event Log Indicator Vv Vv McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Installation and Service Manual Event Code Tables CTP Card Events 400 through 499 Event Code 400 Message Power up diagnostics failure Severity Major Explanation The CTP power on self test diagnostics detected a faulty FRU as indicated in the event data Action Replace the faulty FRU with a functional FRU Perform the data collection procedure for the switch using the EFC Manager and return the CD and the faulty FRU to McDATA for analysis and repair Event Data Byte 0 FRU code 01 LBA 02 CTP 03 SBAR 05 Fan module 06 Power supply 08 0F Port module Byte 1 Slot position Byte 2 Device ID Byte 3 Power up error code Internally defined stored
258. cription of the Audit Log and an explanation of button functions at the bottom of the log window refer to the McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Switch Product Manager User Manual 620 000152 The Sphereon 3032 3232 Event Log Figure 4 3 displays a history of events for the switch such as system events degraded operation FRU failures FRU removals and replacements port problems Fibre Channel link incidents and EFC Server to switch communication problems All detected software and hardware failures are recorded in the Event Log The information is useful to maintenance personnel for fault isolation and repair verification To open the Event Log select Event Log from the Logs menu on the navigation control panel Using Log Information Repair Information Repair Information P A Figure 4 3 Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Event Log The log contains the following columns e Date Time the date and time the switch event occurred e Event the three digit event code associated with the event Refer to Appendix B Event Code Tables for an explanation of event codes e Description a brief description of the event e Severity the severity of the event Informational Minor Major or Severe e FRU Position an acronym representing the FRU or non FRU elements followed by a number representing the FRU or chassis position The acronyms are SFP Small form factor pluggable SFP optical transceiver Chassis s
259. ct of managing computer networks There exists a wide variety of software and hardware products that help network system administrators manage a network Network management covers a wide area including security performance and reliability The setting that prevents the product from becoming the principal switch for a fabric Glossary 9 35 NIC nickname node node port node port identifier nondisruptive maintenance nonvolatile random access memory N_ Port N_Port ID NV RAM octet OEM offline See network interface card Alternate name assigned to a world wide name for a node director or switch in the fabric In Fibre Channel protocol an end device server or storage device that is or can be connected to a switched fabric See also device N_Port Physical interface within an end device that can connect to an fabric port F_Port on a switched fabric or directly to another N_Port in point to point communications See also bridge port expansion port fabric port generic port segmented expansion port N_Port ID In Fibre Channel protocol a unique address identifier by which an N_Port is uniquely known It consists of a domain most significant byte an area and a port each 1 byte long The N_Port ID is used in the source identifier S_ID and destination identifier D_ID fields of a Fibre Channel frame See concurrent maintenance NV RAM RAM that retains its content when the devic
260. ction D 12 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Installation and Service Manual Consolidating EFC Servers in a Multiswitch Fabric 8 Click OK When prompted to restart the computer click Yes to reboot the PC After the operating system starts the Begin Logon dialog box displays 9 Simultaneously press Ctrl Alt and Delete The Logon Information dialog box displays 10 Type the Windows 2000 user name and password and click OK The Windows 2000 desktop opens and the EFC Manager Login dialog box displays NOTE The default user name is Administrator and the default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive EFC Manager Login pams ih town ext 11 Login to the EFC Manager application as follows a Type the user name and password NOTE The default user name is Administrator and the default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive Consolidating EFC Servers D 13 Consolidating EFC Servers in a Multiswitch Fabric 1 10 11 b At the EFC Server field select localhost from the list box when logging into the EFC Server Type 10 1 1 1 IP address of the EFC Server when logging into a client backup PC c Click Login The Product View displays Enabling the Ethernet If requested by the customer enable the second Ethernet media Media Adapter adapter as follows Repeat this step for the EFC Server and all client backup PCs
261. customer set the circuit breakers on c Ensure the AC power cords are not damaged If damaged replace the cords Was a corrective action performed YES NO L Go to step 15 14 Verify operation of both power supplies a Inspect the power supplies and ensure the green LEDs illuminate b At the Hardware View observe the graphics representing the power supplies and ensure a failure symbol blinking red and yellow diamond does not appear Is a failure indicated YES NO The switch appears operational 15 Ensure both power supplies are correctly installed and seated in the CTP card If required partially remove and reseat the power supplies Was a corrective action performed YES NO Go to step 17 16 Verify operation of both power supplies a Inspect the power supplies and ensure the green LEDs illuminate Ea McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual b At the Hardware View observe the graphics representing the power supplies and ensure a failure symbol blinking red and yellow diamond does not appear Is a failure indicated YES NO J The switch appears operational 17 Inspect the switch for indications the power supplies are operational but the switch is not receiving DC power Indications include Green LEDs illuminated on one or both power supplies PWR and ERR LEDS extinguished at the switch front panel All green and amber port LEDs exti
262. cxess ELP reject with invalid revision level 05 Loopback indication 06 Non F_Port mode 07 When in legacy mode detect connection over E_Port of a non McDATA switch based on the WWN 08 Not used 09 Not used OA Unauthorized port binding WWN 0B G_Port ELP timeout 0C ESA security mismatch OD Fabric binding mismatch OE Authorization failure reject OF Unauthorized switch binding 10 Authentication Failure ISL Authentication check failed 11 Fabric Mode Mismatch 12 CNT WAN Extension Mode Mismatch Bytes 8 16 WWN of device attached Distribution Switch EFC Server Host Nonvolatile System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident System Error Event Log Indicator Vv Vv System Events 000 through 199 Event Code Tables Event Code 120 Message Error detected while processing system management command Severity Informational Explanation This event occurrs when the switch receives a command from the management tool EFCM that does not meet specified boundary conditions This may occurr as a result of a network communication error The switch rejects the command then disconnects from the management tool to force error recovery processing The management tool should immediately reconnect and the operation can be retried Action No actoin required if this is an isolated event If this event is persistent perform a data collection ope
263. d A firmware file has corrupt data Contact support personnel The firmware version already exists Firmware version already exists in the database N A An informational message The following parameters cannot be disabled while Enterprise Fabric Mode is active Insistent Domain ID Rerouting Delay Domain RSCNs User attempted to disable these parameters in the Configure Switch Parameters dialog box with the switch online and Enterprise Fabric Mode SANtegrity binding feature enabled Disable Enterprise Fabric Mode through the Enterprise Fabric Mode dialog box in the EFC Manager then disable the parameters McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Installation and Service Manual Message Description Action Message Description Action Message Description Action Message Description Action Message Description Action Message The IPL configuration cannot be deleted A user attempted attempted to delete the IPL address configuration This operation was not allowed Cancel the operation The link to the switch is not available The link from the EFC Server to the switch is not available Check Ethernet connection The maximum number of address configurations has been reached The maximum number of saved address configurations has been reached Delete configurations no longer needed to allow new configuration to be saved The optical transceiver is not installed No information availa
264. d Internet Explorer type http XXX XXX XXX XXX where XXX XXX XXX XXX is the IP address of the switch obtained in MAP 0000 Start MAP on page 3 6 The Username and Password Required dialog box appears c Type the user name and password obtained in MAP 0000 Start MAP on page 3 6 and click OK If the View panel does not display wait another five minutes and perform this step again Does the SANpilot interface appear operational with the View panel displayed NO YES 1 The switch to SANpilot PC connection is restored and appears operational 30 An unrecoverable Ethernet fault reported as event code 433 is indicated The event code is not reported to the Sphereon 3032 3232 Event Log or the SANpilot event log and must be verified through the switch maintenance port A maintenance terminal desktop or notebook PC and asynchronous RS 232 modem cable are required to verify the reporting of event code 433 Both tools are provided by installation or service personnel To verify the event code a Remove the protective cap from the 9 pin maintenance port at the rear of the switch a flat tip screwdriver may be required Connect one end of the RS 232 modem cable to the port MAP 0400 Loss of Console Communication 3 63 b Connect the other cable end to a 9 pin communication port COM1 or COM2 at the rear of the maintenance terminal PC c Power on the maintenance terminal After the PC powers on the Windows desktop di
265. d and click Register The registration is complete and File Center login information is transmitted to the e mail address specified on the New User Registration page 2 138 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual Installation Tasks Registration New File Center Below are a few fields we need you to fill in so that we can better fulfill your request for information You will only have to do this once and the information will not be released to any other companies Information requested below will assist us in routing your request to the appropriate SAN Professional There are some mandatory fields that have not been filled in yet or are invalid Please correct them and click the Register button Field specific errors are shown to the right of the fields Basic User Information Tn this section we need to collect some basic information about you and how we can contact you Password Password is required Venfy Password Venfy Password is required First Name SSS First Name is required Middle Name oo Last Name A Last Name is required E mail Address e E mail Address is required Company e Company is required Title R Title is required Phone Number E Fax Number as Figure 2 108 McDATA File Center New User Registration Page 4 At the browser PC close the Internet session If no switch problems are indicated installation tasks are complete
266. d at a discount without all Fibre Channel ports enabled The optional Flexport feature is a hardware port expansion kit that allows customers to upgrade switch capacity on demand in eight port increments Flexport kits are 2 68 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual Open Trunking Installation Tasks available to upgrade the Sphereon 3232 Switch from 16 to 24 ports or from 24 to 32 ports Each port expansion kit includes eight SFP optical transceivers and upgrade instructions To enable the added port capacity through the element manager application a feature key must be purchased and installed through the Configure Feature Key dialog box There are no other configuration options in the SAN management application or element manager for this feature Interswitch links ISLs connect ports between E_Ports on Fibre Channel switches and link these switches into a multiswitch fabric Multiple ISLs may be connected between the switches in the fabric Data from an attached end device server or storage flows through these ISLs to a target end device connected to a switch somewhere in the fabric A data flow is data received from a specified receive port that is destined for a port in a specified target domain switch The list of ISLs that are candidates for being rerouted to or from is derived from the fibre shortest path first FSPF algorithm The Open Trunking feature monitors the ave
267. d at the Save as dialog box and the correct file is specified in the File name field Click Save Za McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual Repair Information h When the process completes click Close to close the dialog box The new software version executable file is downloaded and saved to the EFC Server or PC hard drive i If the executable file was downloaded to a PC not the EFC Server transfer the firmware version file to the EFC Server by diskette or other electronic means j Go to step 5 4 Insert the EFC Management Applications CD ROM into the CD ROM drive of the service processor 5 At the EFC Server click the Windows Start button The Windows 2000 Workstation menu displays 6 At the Windows 2000 Workstation menu select Run The Run dialog box appears Type the name of a program folder or document and Windows will open it for you Open M Bunn Seperate Memon Space Cancel Browse 7 At the Run dialog box type D mcdataServerInsta11 in the Open field 8 Click OK A series of message boxes appear as the InstallAnywhere third party application prepares to install the EFC Manager software followed by the McDATA EFC Management Applications dialog box Install or Upgrade Software 4 61 Repair Information Introduction This program will guide you through the installation of the McDATA EFC Manager remote client application
268. d click Properties The EFCSERVER srvacc Properties dialog box displays with the General tab selected Figure 2 43 on page 2 43 General Group Membership User name svae Full name Service User Account Description Buit in account for feild service usage Figure 2 43 EFCSERVER srvacc Properties Dialog Box General Tab 2 Type the appropriate new user information in the User name Full name and Description fields then click the Group Membership tab The EFCSERVER srvacc Properties dialog box displays with the Group Membership tab selected Figure 2 44 Task 9 Configure Windows 2000 Users 2 43 Installation Tasks MGMTSERYER srvacc Properties 2 x General Group Membership What level of access do you want to grant this user C Standard user Power Users Group Users can modify the computer and install programs but cannot read files that belong to other users Restricted user Users Group Users can operate the computer and save documents but cannot install programs or make potentially damaging changes to the system files and settings Figure 2 44 EFCSERVER srvacc Properties Dialog Box Group Membership Tab 3 Based on the level of access to be changed select the Standard user Restricted user or Other radio button If the Other radio button is selected choose the type of access from the adjacent list box 4 Click OK The new user information is added and the EFCSERVER srvacc Properties dial
269. d return the CD to McDATA for analysis Event Data Byte 0 Port number 00 8F Bytes 4 7 Elapsed millisecond tick count Bytes 8 11 Port state indicators 0x00 Active 0x01 OLIB 0x05 LR1 0x06 LR2 0x07 LR3 0x09 LF2 Ox0A LF1 Ox0C OL1A 0x0D OL1C Ox0E OL2 0x0F OL3 Distribution Switch EFC Server Host Nonvolatile System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident System Error Event Log Indicator Port Module Events 500 through 599 B 65 Event Code Tables Event Code 586 Message Invalid primitive sequence received for current link state Severity Major Explanation The incident node has recognized either a Link Reset LR or a Link Reset_Response LRR Primitive Sequence while in the Wait for OLS state see FC PH clauses 16 5 4 3 Action A Link incident Record LIR is generated and sent to the host using the Link Incident reporting procedure defined in the T11 99 017v0 document If after fault isolation is performed by the host it is determined that the incident is because of a port failure perform a data collection procedure for this switch using the EFC Manager and return the CD to McDATA for analysis Event Data Byte 0 Port number 00 3F Bytes 4 7 Elapsed millisecond tick count Bytes 8 11 Port state indicators 0x00 Active 0x01 OLIB 0x05 LR1 0x06 LR2 0x07 LR3 0x09
270. d updating the fabric membership lists solve the problem NO YES 4 The switch appears operational Exit MAP Contact the next level of support Exit MAP 31 A port connection is not allowed because of a switch binding mismatch Switch membership lists must be compatible for both fabric elements a Atthe Hardware View for each switch click Configure and select Switch Binding and Edit Membership List The Switch Binding Membership List dialog box displays Sphereon 4500 Switch Binding Membership List Emulex 20 02 00 00 C9 00 00 00 Emulex 20 03 00 00 C9 00 00 00 Sun 20 05 08 00 20 00 00 00 Emc 20 06 00 60 48 00 00 00 Sun 20 07 08 00 20 00 00 00 Emulex 20 09 00 00 C9 00 00 00 Sun 20 04 08 00 20 00 00 00 JNI 20 08 00 E0 69 00 00 00 EMC 20 0D 00 60 48 00 00 00 EMcC 20 0E 00 60 48 00 00 00 EMC 20 0F 00 60 48 00 00 00 Sun 20 11 08 00 20 00 00 00 Sun 20 1 2 08 00 20 00 00 00 Emulex 20 13 00 00 C9 00 00 00 Emc 20 16 00 60 48 00 00 00 Emulex 20 16 00 00 C9 00 00 00 Emc 20 17 00 60 48 00 00 00 Figure 3 42 Switch Binding Membership List Dialog Box McDATA 20 05 08 00 88 00 21 00 McDATA 20 06 08 00 88 00 21 00 McDATA 20 07 08 00 88 00 21 00 McDATA 20 09 08 00 88 00 21 00 McDATA 20 04 08 00 88 00 21 00 McDATA 20 08 08 00 88 00 21 00 McDATA 20 0D 08 00 88 00 21 00 McDATA 20 0E 08 00 88 00 21 00 McDATA 20 0F 08 00 88 00 21 00 McDATA 20 11 08 00 88 00 21 00 McDATA 20 1 2 08 00 88 00 21 00 McDATA 20 13 08 00 88 00 21 00 Mc
271. de wrap plug into the port receptacle If the port to be tested is longwave laser also determined in step 4 insert a blue singlemode wrap plug into the port receptacle At the navigation control panel select Port Diagnostics from the Maintenance menu The Port Diagnostics dialog box displays Figure 4 16 Select a port for test To select a port for test type the port number 0 through 31 in the Port Number field At the Diagnostics Test list box select External Loopback Click Next Beaconing initiates for the port selected for test At the Hardware View a yellow triangle appears at the top of the port At the Port Diagnostics dialog box the message Loopback plug s must be installed on ports being diagnosed appears Verify loopback plug s are installed and click Next The message Verify selected ports are beaconing appears Verify beaconing is enabled then click Next The message Press START TEST to begin diagnostics appears and the Next button changes to a Start Test button Click Start Test The test begins and The Start Test button changes to a Stop Test button The message Port xx TEST RUNNING appears where xx is the port number Ared progress bar indicating percent completion travels from left to right across the Completion Status field 4 32 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual Perform Channel Wrap Test 14 15 16 17 18 A c
272. defined Byte 12 Detecting port Byte 13 Connected port Byte 14 Participating SBAR Bytes 16 17 High Availability error callout 3 Internally defined Bytes 18 19 High Availability error callout 4 Internally defined Distribution Switch EFC Server Host Nonvolatile System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident System Error Event Log Indicator Y Y Event 508 Anomaly Reason Codes Reason Code Description Additional Data 0x00 Utility bus error to SBAR HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x01 Utility bus error to Port Module HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 B 54 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Installation and Service Manual Event Code Tables 0x02 Reserved HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x03 SBAR module detected utility bus parity error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x04 Port module detected utility bus parity error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x05 SBAR module detected clock frequency error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x06 Port module detected clock frequency error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x07 SBAR module detected CTP interface signal HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 error 0x08 Port module detected CTP interface signal error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x09 SBAR Module detected external parity error HA Error Callouts
273. dentification from the Configure menu The Configure Identification dialog box displays Figure 2 67 Configure Identification Dialog Box a Type a switch name of 24 alphanumeric characters or less in the Name field Each switch should be configured with a unique name If the switch is installed on a public LAN the name should reflect the switch s Ethernet network DNS host name For example if the DNS host name is es3232 mcdata com the name entered in this dialog box should be es3232 b Click Set Name as Nickname and add a check mark if you want to use the name in the name field as the nickname for the switch s WWN The nickname will display instead of the WWN in element manager views c Type a switch description of 255 alphanumeric characters or less in the Description field d Type the switch s physical location 255 alphanumeric characters or less in the Location field e Type the name of a contact person 255 alphanumeric characters or less in the Contact field 2 Click Activate to configure the switch identification and close the dialog box Task 19 Configure the Sphereon 3032 3232 Element Manager Applications 2 77 Installation Tasks Task 20 Configure Switch Operating Parameters Use the procedures in this section to set parameters on the switch for fabric operation through the Configure Switch Parameters dialog box These operating parameters are stored in NV RAM on the switch 1 The swi
274. detected an ISL that has Fibre Channel traffic that exceeds the configured offload threshold Action Review the fabric topology using McDATA s switch topology guidelines This condition may be corrected by adding parallel ISLs increasing the link speed of he ISL or by moving devices to different locations in the fabric Event Data Byte 0 Number of the congested port Byte 1 3 Reserved Distribution Switch EFC Server Host Nonvolatile System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident System Error Event Log Indicator Vv Vv Event Code 141 Event Code Tables Message End of congestion has been detected on an ISL Severity Informational Explanation Open Trunking firmware previously detected an ISL that had Fibre Channel traffic that exceeds the configured offload threshold This congestion has been relieved Action None Event Data Byte 0 Number of the port that is no longer congested Byte 1 3 Reserved Distribution Switch EFC Server Host Nonvolatile System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident System Error Event Log Indicator Vv Vv System Events 000 through 199 Event Code Tables Event Code 142 Message Low BB Credit has been detected on an ISL Severity Informational Explanation Open Trunking firmware has detected a transmit ISL that has no credits for data transmissio
275. duct but does not offer all the capabilities of the corresponding Element Manager application Administrators launch the SANpilot interface from a remote PC by entering the product s IP address as the Internet uniform resource locator URL then entering a user name and password at a login screen The PC browser then becomes a management console Management through a customer supplied remote workstation communicating with the management server through a corporate intranet Management through the command line interface CLI The CLI allows you to access many SANavigator or EFCM 8 and Element Manager applications while entering commands during a telnet session with the director The primary purpose of the CLI is to automate management of a large number of directors using scripts The CLI is not an interactive interface no checking is done for pre existing conditions and no prompts display to guide users through tasks Refer to the McDATA Command Line Interface User Manual 620 000124 Switch Description General Information Figure 1 1 illustrates out of band product management In the figure the managed product is a Sphereon fabric switch Remote Computer Running Client Software SNMP Management Workstation s Switch ts SANpilot or CLI Figure 1 1 Out of Band Product Management The following inband management access methods are provided as options e Management through the product s open system managemen
276. ducting circuit connected to the earth D A generic port G_Port module card containing shortwave laser ports for multimode fiber optic cables See graphical user interface Glossary H half duplex hardware Hardware Log HBA Heriz heterogeneous fabric hexadecimal high availability homogeneous fabric hop hop count host bus adapter The capacity to transmit in two directions but not simultaneously Physical equipment director switch or personal computer as opposed to computer programs or software Director or switch Hardware Log Log displayed through the Product Manager application that provides a history of FRU removals and replacements insertions for an individual director or switch The information is useful to maintenance personnel for fault isolation and repair verification See also Audit Log Event Log Link Incident Log Threshold Alert Log See host bus adapter Hz A unit of frequency equal to one cycle per second A fabric containing open fabric compliant products from various vendors Contrast with homogeneous fabric A numbering system with base of sixteen valid numbers use the dig its 0 through 9 and characters A through F where A represents 10 and F represents 15 D A performance feature characterized by hardware component redun dancy and concurrent maintenance High availability systems maxi mize system uptime while providing superior reliability availability
277. e Configuration To restore the switch configuration file from the EFC Server 1 Notify the customer that the switch is to be set offline Ensure the customer s system administrator quiesces Fibre Channel frame traffic through the switch and sets attached devices offline Set the switch offline Set Offline State on page 4 46 N At the EFC Server open the EFC Manager application The Product View displays A Select the icon representing the switch for which a configuration file is to be restored The Hardware View for the selected switch displays g At the navigation control panel select Backup amp Restore Configuration from the Maintenance menu The Backup and Restore Configuration dialog box displays ceee Click Restore A Warning message box displays a i Enea 7 Click Yes When the restore process finishes the Restore Complete dialog box displays 8 Click OK to close the dialog box and return to the Hardware View McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual Reset Configuration Data Install or Upgrade Software Repair Information NOTE This procedure resets the switch IP address to the default of 10 1 1 10 and may disrupt server to switch communication To reset the switch data to the factory default settings 1 Notify the customer the switch is to be set offline Ensure the customer s system administrator quiesces
278. e Product Manager application s Performance View Performing internal or external port loopback tests Performing channel wrap tests The tests apply only to a switch configured for FICON management style To obtain port operational information at the switch inspect the port LEDs Amber and green LEDs adjacent to each port indicate operational status as follows The green LED illuminates or blinks if there is active traffic and the amber LED extinguishes to indicate normal port operation The amber LED illuminates and the green LED extinguishes to indicate a port failure Both LEDs extinguish to indicate a port is operational but not communicating no SFP installed no cable attached loss of light port blocked or link recovery in process The amber LED flashes and the green LED illuminates or blinks if there is active traffic to indicate a beaconing is set for the port The amber LED flashes and the green LED extinguishes to indicate a port is running online diagnostics or beaconing is set and the port is not communicating no SFP installed no cable attached loss of light port blocked or link recovery in process 4 22 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual Repair Information Hardware View The Hardware View Figure 4 13 displays a representation of and associated information about a specified switch This information is useful to maintenance personnel for p
279. e and return the CD to McDATA for analysis Perform a system power on reset If the problem persists replace the switch Event Data No supplementary data included with this event Distribution Switch EFC Server Host Nonvolatile System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident System Error Event Log Indicator Vv Vv Vv Vv Vv Vv McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Installation and Service Manual Event Code 806 Event Code Tables Message Critically hot temperature warning SBAR module thermal sensor Severity Major Explanation The thermal sensor associated with the SBAR module has detected that the hot temperature threshold level has been surpassed Action Perform the data collection procedure for this switch using the EFC Manager save the data file to the EFC Zip drive and return the CD to McDATA for analysis Perform a system power on reset If the problem persists replace the switch Event Data No supplementary data included with this event Distribution Switch EFC Server Host Nonvolatile System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident System Error Event Log Indicator Vv Vv Vv Vv Vv Vv Event Code 807 Message SBAR module shutdown due to thermal violation Severity Major Explanation The SBAR Module has been marked failed and power has been removed from the module due to exces
280. e Ethernet Hub Optional install only if ordered and Ethernet 2 8 Optional segment does not exist to connect switches and the management server Task 3 Unpack Inspect and Install the Switch Required 2 12 Task 4 Configure Network Information Optional configure if connecting multiple switches 2 14 not in a Fabricenter cabinet or if connecting a switch and management server to a public LAN Task 5 LAN Connect the Switch Required 2 21 Task 6 Unpack Inspect and Install the Management Required 2 22 Server Task 7 Configure Management Server Password and Required 2 25 Network Addresses Task 8 Configure Management Server Information Required 2 30 Task 9 Configure Windows 2000 Users Required 2 38 Task 10 Set Management Server Date and Time Required 2 44 Task 11 Configure the Call Home Feature Optional Optional configure if specified by the customer anda 2 46 telephone connection is provided Task 12 Assign User Names and Passwords Required 2 47 Task 13 Configure the Switch to the Management Required 2 51 Application Task 14 Record or Verify Management Server Restore Required 2 53 Information Summary of Installation Tasks 25 Installation Tasks Table 2 4 Installation Task Summary continued Task Number and Description Required or Optional Page Task 15 Verify Switch to Management Server O
281. e X button at the top right corner of the Element Manager window e Double click the icon at the top left corner of the Element Manager window or right click the icon and select Close from the menu that displays If management server or customer supplied server platform access is not available the SANpilot interface provides a GUI accessed through the Internet locally or remotely to manage monitor and isolate problems for a single switch This interface is available with switch firmware Version 1 2 or later installed and does not replace nor offer the full management capability of the EFC Manager and Sphereon 3032 3232 Element Manager applications The SANpilot interface can be opened from a standard web browser running Netscape Navigator 4 6 or higher or Microsoft Internet Explorer 4 0 or higher At the browser enter the IP address of the switch as the Internet uniform resource locator URL When prompted at a login screen enter a user name and password When the interface opens the default display is the View panel Service personnel can perform the monitoring configuration maintenance and diagnostic functions as follows e View panel quickly inspect and determine the operational status of the switch and inspect switch properties and operating parameters FRU properties and Fibre Channel port properties e Configure panel configure or change Switch ports Switch identification date and time operating par
282. e failures degraded operation and port problems Each entry includes the date and time of the event a reason code for the event the severity level a brief description and up to 32 bytes of supplementary event data For more information refer to Appendix B McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual General Information Hardware Log This log displays information on FRUs inserted and removed from the switch Each log entry includes the name of the FRU inserted or removed the slot position relative to identical FRUs installed whether the FRU was inserted or removed the FRU part number and serial number and the date and time the FRU was inserted or removed Link Incident Log The link incident LIN log displays the most recent incidents with their date and time port number and description of the incident A link incident can be one of several conditions detected on a fiber optic link Threshold Alert Log This log provides notifications of threshold alerts Besides the date and time that the alert occurred it also displays information that was configured through the Configure Threshold Alert s option under the Configure menu This includes the alert name port for which the alert is configured the type of alert transmit throughput receive throughput or both threshold utilization of traffic capacity minutes the threshold was configured for and the configured time interval for
283. e key If the switch is online installing the new feature key will cause an internal program load IPL The LAN connection to the EFC server will be lost momentarily but Fibre Channel traffic will not be affected Sphereon 3032 3232 Element Manager Messages A 17 Action Message Description Action Message Description Action Message Description Action Message Description Action Message Description Action Message Select Yes to install the feature key or No to not install Internal file transfer error received from switch Switch detected an internal file transfer error Contact support personnel Invalid character in field Invalid character in the input field Re enter the field information Invalid configuration name Attempted to save an address configuration name with an invalid name Use up to 24 alphanumeric characters including spaces hyphens and underscores Invalid feature key The feature key was not recognized Re enter the feature key noting the key is case sensitive and to include the dashes Invalid firmware file Selected file is not a firmware file Select the correct firmware file Invalid network address McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Installation and Service Manual Description Action Message Description Action Message Description Action Message Description Action Message Description Action Message Descri
284. e panel select the Operations option at the left side of the panel The Operations panel opens and the Switch page displays with the Beacon tab selected b Click the Online State tab then click Set Offline The message Your operations changes have been successfully activated appears 2 At the Operations panel select the Configure option at the left side of the panel The Configure panel opens with the Ports page displayed 3 At the Configure panel click the Switch tab then click the Parameters tab The Switch page displays with the Parameters tab selected Figure 2 92 Configure Refresh 8 22 02 at 12 52 57 identification Date f Time Fabric Parameters Network Preferred Domain ID fi Insistent Domain ID Disabled x Rerouting Delay Disabled gt Domain RSCN s Disabled gt Monitor Activate Cancel Operations View Configure Help Figure 2 92 Configure Panel Switch Page with Parameters Tab a At the Preferred Domain ID field type a value between 1 through 31 The domain ID uniquely identifies each switch in a fabric NOTE If the switch is attached to a fabric element the switch and element must have unique domain IDs If the values are not unique the E_Port connection to the element segments and the switch cannot communicate with the fabric Task 25 Configure the Switch from the SANpilot Interface Optional Installation Tasks 2 113
285. e past the port A device attached to the port cannot communicate with other devices in the loop Abbreviated as B A byte generally equals eight bits although a byte can equal from four to ten bits A byte can also be called an octet See also octet Product feature which enables the EFC Server to automatically con tact a support center and report system problems The support center server accepts calls from the EFC Server logs reported events and can notify one or more support center representatives Linking two or more Fibre Channel switches to form a larger switch or fabric The switched link through fiber cables attached between one or more expansion ports E_Ports See also expansion port Channel operations running in byte mode This occurs when a chan nel is attached to a converter and specifies the 1 O operation mode for the channel path under the I O configuration program IOCP channel path identifier CHPID statement Type parameter Contrast with CVC In S 390 mode in a port address matrix a cell is the intersection point between a horizontal port address and a vertical port address A selected cell is indicated by the cell cursor Two directors or switches that are physically attached 1 A system element that controls one channel path and whose mode of operation depends on the type of hardware attached Each channel controls an I O interface between the channel control ele ment and the attached control unit
286. e power is turned off See node port See node port identifier See nonvolatile random access memory An 8 bit quantity often called a byte or word An octet can equal a byte as long as the byte equals eight bits See also byte See original equipment manufacturer Referring to data stored on a medium such as tape or even paper that is not available immediately to the user McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual offline diagnostics offline sequence offline state ohm OLS online online diagnostics online state Open Systems Architecture open systems management server Diagnostics that only operate in stand alone mode User operations cannot take place with offline diagnostics running OLS 1 Sequence sent by the transmitting port to indicate that it is attempting to initialize a link and has detected a problem in doing so 2 Sequence sent by the transmitting port to indicate that it is offline When the switch or director is in the offline state all the installed ports are offline The ports transmit an offline sequence OLS and they cannot accept a login got connection from an attached device Contrast with online state A unit of electrical resistance equal to that of a conductor in which a current of one ampere is produced by a potential of one volt across the conductor terminals D See offline sequence Referring to data stored on the system
287. e switch address 2 117 configuring 2 15 default 2 1 3 1 4 2 EFC Server default 2 53 gateway address default value 2 3 H hardware log 1 35 4 9 Hardware View 4 23 hardware view 1 38 alert symbol function 1 38 displayed 1 38 status conditions 1 38 using 1 38 help about option 1 38 contents option 1 37 help menu 1 37 hop counts 2 80 l icon view 1 38 identification configure at SANpilot interface 2 110 default values 2 2 illustrated parts breakdown 6 1 IML button 1 19 IML button description of operation 1 21 IML procedure 4 43 inband management access methods 1 4 inband switch management FICON management style 1 29 open systems management style 1 29 Incompatible operating parameters 1 9 Incompatible zoning configurations 1 9 indicators on the switch 1 21 initial microcode load See IML initial program load See IPL initial program load IPL 1 36 insistent domain ID 2 79 2 80 2 114 installation options 2 4 installation tasks assigning user names and passwords 2 47 backing up configuration data 2 103 backing up configuration data 2 103 cabling fibre channel ports 2 134 configuring network addresses 2 14 network information 2 14 switch from the embedded web server 2 106 the Product Manager Application 2 76 the switch from the embedded web serv er 2 106 connecting switch to fabric director 2 135 LAN connecting the switch 2 21 recording and verifying EFC Server restoration information 2 53 recording EFC Server r
288. e verified A maintenance terminal desktop or notebook PC and asynchronous RS 232 modem cable are required to verify the switch IP address Both tools are provided by installation or service personnel To verify the switch IP address McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual a Remove the protective cap from the 9 pin maintenance port at the rear of the switch a flat tip screwdriver may be required Connect one end of the RS 232 modem cable to the port b Connect the other cable end to a 9 pin communication port COM1 or COM2 at the rear of the maintenance terminal PC c Power on the maintenance terminal After the PC powers on the Windows desktop displays d At the Windows desktop click Click the Windows Start button The Windows Workstation menu displays The following steps describe inspecting the IP address using HyperTerminal serial communication software e Atthe Windows Workstation menu sequentially selectPrograms Accessories and HyperTerminalHyperTerminal The Connection Description dialog box displays Ri a5 New Connection Enter a name and choose an icon for the connection Name o con Figure 3 22 Connection Description Dialog Box f Type Sphereon 3032 or Sphereon 3232 in the Name field and click OK The Connect To dialog box displays MAP 0400 Loss of Console Communication 3 57 at 3 device Enter details for the phone number th
289. e zone sets cannot merge the connecting E_Port at each switch segments to prevent the creation of an ISL and the switches do not form a multiswitch fabric The unique 16 digit WWN identifying the device attached to the port If a nickname is configured the nickname appears instead For example 10 00 0206 77 43 B0 1C A unique domain ID 1 through 31 inclusive and port number 0 through 31 For example Domain 1 Port 7 JF Atech_pubs Default Zone Repair Information Ant4_emc 4E EMC 50 06 04 92 8F D1 00 03 E Emulex 10 00 00 00 C9 23 24 34 ME McDATA 10 00 08 00 88 A9 50 4F I McDATA 10 00 08 00 88 20 80 A3 4E EMC 50 06 04 82 BF D1 00 13 ME McDATA 10 00 08 00 88 60 00 66 ME McDATA 10 00 08 00 88 60 80 83 ME McDATA 10 00 08 00 88 A0 70 67 FRU List View Repair Information Port LEDs For a description of how to expand or collapse the active zone set list and an explanation of button functions at the bottom of the Zoning View refer to the McDATA Enterprise Fabric Connectivity Manager User Manual 620 005001 Performing Port Diagnostics Port diagnostics are performed at the switch and Sphereon 3032 3232 Product Manager application These diagnostics include Inspecting port light emitting diodes LEDs at the switch Obtaining port degradation or failure information at the Product Manager application s Hardware View Obtaining statistical performance information for ports at th
290. eature SANtegrity 2 62 features flexport 2 68 SANtegrity binding 2 62 fiber optic cleaning kit 1 48 components cleaning 4 40 fiber optic components cleaning 4 40 Fiber optic protective plug 1 47 Fiber optic wrap plug 1 47 Fibre Alliance MIB 1 6 fibre channel addresses 2 79 Fibre Connection management server see FMS Fibre Connection see FICON FICON product management 1 4 FICON management server 1 29 FICON management style 1 28 1 29 FICON management server 1 29 swap ports 1 35 FICON mode swap ports 1 35 field replaceable units See FRUs file center registration 2 137 firmware adding a version 4 49 deleting a version 4 53 determining version 4 48 downloading 4 53 managing versions 4 48 managing versions of 4 48 modifying description 4 52 firmware library dialog box 1 36 firmware versions 1 36 FL_Port configuring 2 109 flexport feature 2 68 flexport feature McDATA re enabling 2 15 Flexport PFE key 2 57 Flexport Technology PFE key 2 132 FMS product management 1 4 frames routing of 2 80 FRU description 1 29 product menu 1 29 FRU list view 1 43 FRUs 1 18 fans 1 20 6 2 front accessible 6 1 illustrations 6 1 part numbers 6 1 power supplies 1 20 6 2 rear accessible 6 2 RRPs 5 1 SFP transceivers 6 1 status LEDs 1 22 FRUs backup checking status of 1 6 McDATA Sphereon 38032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual full volatility feature 4 36 PFE key 2 132 G gateway address chang
291. eceeceecceceseseeceneesesesneteesescesesesnsnenenees 1 10 Management Server cccccscesssesesescseseseeescscsesssesescscsesssesceesees 1 12 Ethernet Hub Optional cecceessesesscessssseseseeseeeeesees 1 13 SAN pilot Interface ccccccesessesesescscesescsesneeececeeesesssesneneneneees 1 13 Maintenance Approach cecccccesessescsceseseeceneesesesneeesescecesssesnaenens 1 14 Remote Workstation Configurations cccccceeeseeseseseseenenens 1 15 Minimum Remote Console Hardware Specifications 1 18 Field Replaceable Units c ccccccssesesseseseesesneneteseecenesssesnanenens 1 18 SEP Transerv ets cecsscscessssescssiscetsssesesetadasicsicsssessesbdtaenctededeaontees 1 19 Cooling FANS 5 Accesses sasesccen cxeresgenetontossuen stare snesersevestuctorsteceese eves 1 20 POWER Supplies ssiri ieser es ceedh cts eeteeviesetess teeseeelse 1 20 Connectors and IndicatOrs cccccecceccceceeesestsneteeseeeeseseeesneenens 1 21 Initial Machine Load Button cccccccesesesteteseeeeeeseeeeteeneees 1 21 Ethernet LAN Connectol cccccccesecsesseneteeseeeesssesneneneseees 1 21 Power and System Error LEDS c cseseeseesseteteseeeeteeseseeeens 1 22 FRU Status TIS ss conscestsccoicunsbasesnegnsvasiivepien creteirentinvtctlescentaccias 1 22 Maintenance Port sssiserisssicsrsisresisrrissiriursniirenieinsssrsdsnrnisvsnisar 1 22 Software Diagnostic Features cccccseesescscesesescsneneesesesneenees 1 23 SAN Management Ap
292. ecked you can set the date and time in the dialog box fields manually Threshold Alert s Select this option to configure threshold alerts for ports A threshold alert notifies users when the transmit Tx or receive Rx throughput reaches specified values for specific switch ports or port types E_Ports or F_Ports Using this option you can configure Aname for the alert A threshold type for the alert Rx Tx or both Active or inactive state of the alert Threshold criteria This includes configuring the threshold as the percent of port traffic capacity utilized utilization You must also configure the time interval during which the throughput is measured and the maximum cumulative time that the throughput percentage threshold can be exceeded during this time interval before an alert is generated Open Trunking Select this option to enable the optional OpenTrunking feature This feature monitors the average data rates of all traffic flows on ISLs from a receive port to a target domain and periodically adjusts routing tables to reroute data flows from congested links to lightly loaded links and optimize bandwidth use The feature can be installed through the Configure Feature Key dialog box Using the Element Manager 1 33 General Information Export Configuration Report Select this option to display the Export Configuration Report dialog box which enables you to specify a file name in which to
293. ected See also error message A unit of power in the International System equal to one joule New ton meter per second D The main window for the EFC Manager application or Product Man ager applications Each application has a unique window that is divided into separate panels for the title navigation control alerts and the main or Product View The user performs all management and Glossary 9 51 workstation world wide names wrap plug wrap test write authorization WWN Z zip drive zone zone member monitoring functions for these Fibre Channel products through the application window A terminal or microcomputer usually connected to a network or mainframe at which a user can perform applications WWN Eight byte string that uniquely identifies a Fibre Channel entity that is a port a node a switch a fabric even on global net works Synonym for loopback plug A test that checks attachment or control unit circuitry without check ing the mechanism itself by returning the output of the mechanism as input A wrap test can transmit a specific character pattern through a system and compare the pattern received with the pattern transmitted D Permission for an simple network management protocol SNMP management station with the proper community name to modify writable management information base MIB variables See world wide names A high capacity floppy disk and disk drive d
294. ected frame error non parity HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 Ox2A Embedded port detected frame error parity HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x2B Embedded port detected invalid SBAR response HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x2C Embedded port detected receive frame parity HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 error 0x2D Embedded port detected connection time out HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 Ox2E Embedded port detected receive fame overrun HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 error Ox2F Embedded port detected frame transmit error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x30 Embedded port detected request time out HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 Port Module Events 500 through 599 Event Code Tables B 47 Event Code Tables 0x31 Embedded port internal parity error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x32 Reserved Engineering use only HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x33 Health Check port failed busy bit clear HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x34 Health Check port detected bit synchronization error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x35 Diagnostic port test failure HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x36 Embedded Port detected internal frame error invalid trailer HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x37 SBAR detected request out of range error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x38 User port internal time
295. ed or Unknown An Unknown status indicates the EFC Manager application cannot communicate with the switch 4 6 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual EFC Fabric Log EFC Product Manager Audit Log Product Manager Event Log e New Status the status of the switch after to the reported status change Operational Degraded Failed or Unknown The log reflects the time and nature of changes made to a managed fabric switch added or removed ISL added or removed fabric renamed or persisted or zone set activated To display the Fabric Log choose Fabric Log from the Logs menu e The Date Time column displays the date and time of the change in the fabric e The Fabric Status Changed column displays the type of change in the fabric for example a switch was added or removed an ISL was added or removed the fabric was renamed or persisted or a zone set became active e The Description column displays a description of the change in the fabric The Sphereon 3032 3232 Audit Log displays a history of all configuration changes made to a switch from the Product Manager application or a simple network management protocol SNMP management workstation This information is useful for system administrators and users To open the Audit Log from the Hardware View Port List View or Performance View select Audit Log from the Logs menu on the navigation control panel For a des
296. ed Port Binding from attached devices but one or more of these devices is still controlled by Fabric Binding Sphereon 3032 3232 Element Manager Messages A 25 Action Message Description Action Message Description Action Message Description Action Message Description Action Message Description Action Review the Switch Binding Membership List to determine if the devices should be members Port cannot swap to itself Port addresses entered in the Swap Ports dialog box are the same Make sure that address in the first and second port address fields are different Port diagnostics cannot be performed on an inactive port This displays when port diagnostics is run on a port in an inactive state Run the diagnostics on an active port Port speeds cannot be configured at a higher rate than the director switch speed This displays when you configure a port to 2 GB sec and the switch speed is set to 1 Gb sec Set the port speed to 1 Gb sec in the Configure Ports dialog box Element Manager error lt number gt The switch Element Manager encountered an internal error and cannot continue Report the problem to support personnel Element Manager instance is currently open A Element Manager window is currently open Informational message only McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Installation and Service Manual Message Description Action Message Description
297. ed by the host it is determined that the incident is because of a port failure perform a data collection procedure for this switch using the EFC Manager and return CD to McDATA for analysis Event Data Byte 0 Port number 00 8F Bytes 4 7 Elapsed millisecond tick count Bytes 8 11 Port state indicators 0x00 Active 0x01 OLIB 0x05 LR1 0x06 LR2 0x07 LR3 0x09 LF2 Ox0A LF1 0x0C OL1A 0x0D OL1C 0x0E OL2 0x0F OL3 Distribution Switch EFC Server Host Nonvolatile System Event Log E Mail Call Home System Error Event Log Indicator Sense Info Link Incident McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Installation and Service Manual Event Code Tables Event Code 585 Message Primitive sequence timeout Severity Major Explanation The incident node has recognized either a Link Reset Protocol LR timeout see FC PH clauses 16 5 2 1 and 16 5 2 3 or a timeout when timing for the appropriate response while in NOS Receive state and after NOS is no longer recognized see FC PH clause 16 5 3 2 Action A link incident record LIR is generated and sent to the host using the link incident reporting procedure defined in the T11 99 017v0 document If after fault isolation is performed by the host it is determined that the incident is because of a port failure perform a data collection procedure for this switch using the EFC Manager an
298. ed port GX_Port Use this selection to configure a port as a generic loop port GL_Port This is the default selection e Fabric mixed port FX_Port Use this selection to configure a port as a fabric loop port FL_Port e Generic port G_Port e Fabric port F_Port e Expansion port E_Port e Select from the drop down list in the Speed column to configure the port transmission rate Available selections are e Auto negotiate between 1 0625 and 2 125 gigabit per second Gbps operation Negotiate This is the default selection 1 0625 Gbps operation 1 Gb sec e 2 125 Gbps operation 2 Gb sec 2 Click Activate to save and activate the changes The message Your changes to the port configuration have been successfully activated appears Configure Switch Perform this procedure to configure the switch name description Identification location and contact person The Name Location and Contact variables configured here correspond respectively to the SNMP variables sysName sysLocation and sysContact These variables are used by SNMP management workstations when obtaining data from managed switches To configure the switch identification 1 At the Configure panel click the Switch tab The Switch page displays with the Identification tab selected Figure 2 90 on page 2 111 a Type a switch name of 24 alphanumeric characters or less in the Name field Each switch should be configured with a unique name
299. ed port detected request time out HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x31 Embedded port internal parity error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x32 Reserved Engineering use only HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x33 Health Check port failed busy bit clear HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x34 Health Check port detected bit synchronization HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 error 0x35 Diagnostic port test failure HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x36 Embedded Port detected internal frame error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 invalid trailer MPC Module Events 600 through 699 Event Code Tables B 69 Event Code Tables 0x37 SBAR detected request out of range error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x38 User port internal timeout 3 HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x39 Embedded Port detected CRC Error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x3A User port internal protocol error Unsolicited response HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x3B User port detected frame error Undeliverable frame HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x3C User port detected transmission rate discrepancy HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x3D User port detected transmission rate inconsistent mode HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 Ox3E User port internal protocol error Credit out of sync HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp
300. ed to provide reasonable protection against such interference in a commercial environment Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to cause interference in which case the user at his or her own expense will take whatever McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual measures are required to correct the interference Any modifications or changes made to the switches without explicit approval from McDATA by means of a written endorsement or through published literature will invalidate the service contract and void the warranty agreement with McDATA Chinese Class A Telecommunication Product Statement D SHEA BEPERA Em EER he RF WSIS HATE AEF FAS RRA BEE European Union The Sphereon 3016 and 3216 Switches meet the following regulatory Conformity requirements as set forth by European Norms ENs and Declarations for International Electrotechnical Commission IEC standards for Information commercial and light industrial information technology equipment Technology ITE Equipment i e EN55022 1994 A 1995 A2 1997 Class A ITE generic radio frequency interference RFI emission standard for domestic commercial and light industrial environments equivalent to CISPR 22 Class A e EN50082 1 IEC61000 4x ITE generic electromagnetic compatibility and immunity standard for domestic commercial and light industrial environments e EN61000 3 2 Generic standard fo
301. eesesseteteeceeeseseeestenetesesesneenesceeenenes 2 40 Change Password Dialog BOX ccccccecssetsesesteteneescecesesssnsnenenesesssnanenenes 2 40 Add New User Wizard First Window 0 essseseseseeseeeeseeeeseeecneeeeneens 2 41 Add New User Wizard Second Window ceesecseescseeecneeeeeeeeneeneees 2 42 Add New User Wizard Third Window csescseeseescseesenseeeneeeeneeeeees 2 42 EFCSERVER srvacc Properties Dialog Box General Tab 04 2 43 EFCSERVER srvacc Properties Dialog Box Group Membership Tab 2 44 Date Time Properties Dialog BOX ccecesessseteeseeseteseeceesesesesneneneseesees 2 45 Date Time Properties Dialog Box Time Zone c cccccececseeteeestetenes 2 45 Call Home Configuration Dialog BOX cccesecseeessseseeceneesesesneescecenens 2 47 Main Window SANavigator 4 0 or EFCM 8 0 cccccccssesecceseseeeees 2 48 SANavigator or EFCM 8 Server Users Dialog BOX ccccccsssesesseteseeeees 2 49 Add User Dialog Box sssciccssscscsssssesseesivcericscessoatesestecietarssebedeneeassenssoastcietes 2 49 Discover Setup Dialog BOX c ccccccesesesssteesessenetescecesesescsnenseseseeneeseseeeenens 2 51 Domain Information Dialog Box IP Address Page cccccseceeees 2 52 System Properties Dialog Box General Tab cccccccessesssesteteteseeeees 2 54 Switch Hardware View sci cicscsciissscensssescncaccissesteveesdselutsinssnesisesstsesssbertaeteeie 2 56 Configure Feature Key Dialog BOX s
302. eferred domain ID 2 79 2 113 default value 2 3 multiswitch fabric 2 79 2 82 preferred path feature PFE key 2 132 preventive maintenance cleaning fiber optic components 4 40 principal switch determining 2 83 product management FICON 1 4 FMS 1 4 inband access 1 4 OSMS 1 4 Product Manager configuring 2 76 configuring e mail notification 2 92 configuring SNMP trap message recipients 2 91 configuring switch identification 2 76 Hardware View 4 23 messages A 1 Node List View 4 19 Performance View 4 20 4 27 Port List View 4 16 using views 4 15 product menu 1 28 clear system error light 1 29 close 1 30 enable unit beaconing 1 29 FRU 1 29 management style 1 28 port 1 29 ports 1 29 properties 1 30 product status log 4 6 properties product menu 1 30 PWR LED 1 19 Q quick start MAPs 3 2 R R_A_TOV 2 115 r_a_tov 2 82 default value 2 3 greater than e_d_tov 2 83 rack installation 2 4 rack mount installation hub 2 10 remote notification testing 2 102 remote offline control states default value 2 3 remote user workstations 1 25 remote workstation configurations 1 15 minimum specifications 1 18 remove and replace procedures See RRPs repair event codes B 1 replacing a switch 5 8 rerouting delay 2 80 2 114 reset configuration option 1 37 RRPs 5 1 fans 5 6 FRUs 5 1 power supplies 5 4 SFF transceivers 5 2 SFP transceivers 5 2 S S 390 mode channel wrap tests 4 22 procedure 4 33 enabling or disabling port channel wr
303. eing the lowest priority Glossary small form factor pluggable transceivers SMTP SNMP SNMP community SNMP community name SNMP management station SNMP v1 SNMP v2 SRAM SSP state static random access memory storage area network stored addresses subnet SFP transceivers Laser based optical transceivers for a wide range of networking applications requiring high data rates The transceivers which are designed for increased densities performance and reduced power are well suited for Fibre Channel applications See simple mail transfer protocol See simple network management protocol See simple network management protocol community See simple network management protocol community name See simple network management protocol management station See simple network management protocol version 1 See simple network management protocol version 2 See static random access memory See system services processor The state of the switch or director Possible values include online offline testing and faulty See offline state online state SRAM SRAM is microprocessor cache random access memory It is built internal to the microprocessor or on external chips SRAM is fast but relatively expensive D Contrast with dynamic random access memory SAN A high performance data communications environment that interconnects computing and storage resources so that the resources can be effectively sha
304. ement workstations can modify MIB variables Switch modifications performed through SNMP management work stations are recorded in the associated Sphereon 3032 3232 Audit Log and are available through the Element Manager application For additional information refer to the McDATA OPENconnectors SNMP Support Manual 620 000131 If e mail notification and call home support are configured for the switch as part of the customer support process service personnel may be e Notified of a switch problem by e mail message either directly or through a system administrator at the customer site or call center e Assigned a service call from call center personnel upon receipt and confirmation of a switch call home event NOTE The call home feature may not be supported on customer supplied server platforms Tools and Test Equipment This section describes tools and test equipment that may be required to install test service and verify operation of the switch and attached management server These tools are supplied with the switch or must be supplied by service personnel The following tools are supplied with the switch Use of the tools may be required to perform one or more installation test service or verification tasks 1 46 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual General Information e Fiber optic wrap plug An SFP multimode shortwave laser or singlemode longwave laser wra
305. en the alert occurred 4 12 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual Open Trunking Log Figure 4 7 Repair Information e Name Name for the alert as configured through the Configure Threshold Alerts dialog box e Port Port number where the alert occurred e Type The type of alert transmit TX or receive RX e Utilization Percent usage of traffic capacity This is the percent of the port s throughput capacity achieved by the measured throughput This setting constitutes the threshold value and is configured through the Configure Threshold Alerts dialog box For example a value of 25 means that threshold occurs when throughput reaches 25 percent of the port s capacity e Alert Time The time that the utilization must exist before an alert is generated This is set through the Configure Threshold Alerts dialog box e Interval The time interval during which the throughput is measured and an alert can generate This is set through the Configure Threshold Alerts dialog box To open the Open Trunking Log select the Open Trunking Log option from the Logs menu at the Hardware View The log displays Figure 4 7 The log can also be opened from the Port List View Node List View Performance View or FRU List View 6 3 03 1 32 21 PM 6 3 03 1 32 21 PM 6 3 03 1 32 21 PM 6 3 03 1 32 21 PM 6 3 03 1 32 21 PM Open Trunking Log Using Log Information 4 1
306. ence NOS received Link failure primitive sequence timeout Link failure invalid primitive sequence received for the current link state Did one of the listed messages appear in the Link Incident Log YES NO L The switch appears operational Exit MAP Go to step 34 18 As indicated by a message or event code 507 a Fibre Channel port failed an internal or external loopback test a Reset each port that failed the loopback test 1 At the Hardware View right click the port A pop up menu appears 2 Select Reset Port A This operation will cause a link reset to be sent to the attached device message displays 3 Click OK The port resets b Perform an external loopback test for all ports that were reset Refer to Performing Port Diagnostics on page 4 22 Did resetting ports solve the problem NO YES L The switch appears operational Exit MAP McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual 19 A switch port is unblocked and receiving the offline sequence OLS or not operational sequence NOS from an attached device Inform the customer that the attached device failed or is set offline and to take the appropriate corrective action Exit MAP 20 Beaconing is enabled for the port a Consult the customer and next level of support to determine the reason port beaconing is enabled b Disable port beaconing 1 At the Hardware View right click the port graphic
307. ent Services application and all Product Manager applications and their associated services EMS Application Enterprise Fabric Connectivity Management Ser vices Application Software application that provides back end prod uct independent services to the EFC Manager application EFC Management Services application runs only on the EFC Server and cannot be downloaded to remote workstations Enterprise Fabric Connectivity Manager application 1 Software application that is the system management framework providing the user interface for managing McDATA Fibre Channel connectivity products 2 The software application that implements the manage ment user interface for all managed hardware products The EFC Manager application can run both locally on the EFC Server and remotely on a user workstation Enterprise Fabric Connectivity Manager Lite version EFCM Lite bun dles the Product Manager application for a specific switch or director the Enterprise Fabric Connectivity EFC Manager application and the Fabric Manager application for installation on a customer sup plied server platform Functionally EFCM Lite and the standard EFCM applications installed on an EFC server are identical except that EFCM Lite does not support the Call Home and the automated Zip drive back up feature In addition EFCM Lite requires installa tion of the remote client application to a remote user workstation from the EFCM Lite CD Enterprise Fabric Connecti
308. ent Style 2 85 2 71 Configure Ports Dialog Box FICON Management Style 0 64 2 87 2 72 Configure Addresses Active Dialog BOX ccceeesscesssesseeeseneneeseees 2 89 2 73 Save Address Configuration As Dialog BOX ccccccsceseestetesesteteteteseees 2 90 2 74 Configure SNMP Dialog BOX uo eseseseeeeeecesseseesesessesseeeeseneeseeeees 2 91 2 75 Configure E Mail Dialog BOX ue eeeseeeeeecesssseeeesensssssseeeseneeseeeee 2 92 2 76 Configure Ethernet Events Dialog BOX c ccsccssssseseetetesceeeeesesesteneeneees 2 94 2 77 Configure Call Home Event Notification Dialog BOX cccceeee 2 94 2 78 Configure Threshold Alerts Dialog BOX s s ssnssssssstsssserrtsssserstssssesteessees 2 96 2 79 New Threshold Alerts Dialog Box First Screen cecesesssteeeeseeeteseens 2 97 2 80 New Threshold Alerts Dialog Box Second Screen ccccecceeeenenees 2 98 2 81 New Threshold Alerts Dialog Box Third Screen s ssssssssssssssss11sss1es 2 99 2 82 New Threshold Alerts Dialog Box Summary Screen ccccceceseees 2 100 2 83 Test Remote Notification Dialog BOX ccececcecesseeseststeteteseeeeseseseenens 2 102 2 84 Call Home Information Dialog BOX cccccccsceseseeseseseeceneesesesneeneneees 2 103 2 85 Shut Down Windows Dialog BOX cccceescsesescseeteseseseeteteeseeneeseeeenens 2 105 2 86 TightVNC Network Error Message cccccscssessesesteteescetesesnsneneeneees 2 105 2 87 Enter Network Password Dialog BOX
309. ents appear in the Link Incident Incident Log Log periodically refresh the log display To refresh the log click Refresh at the bottom of the log window Clear the Link Incident To ensure the Link Incident Log is up to date and not filled with Log archived incidents periodically clear the log display To clear the log click Clear at the bottom of the log window Product Manager This log provides details of threshold alert notifications Besides the Threshold Alert Log date and time that the alert occurred the log also displays details about the alert as configured through the Configure Threshold Alert s option under the Configure menu a 10 24 01 2 19 38 PM Rx Throughput 10 24 01 2 19 37 PM Rx Throughput 10 24 01 2 14 38 PM Rx Throughput 10 24 01 2 14 36 PM Rx Throughput Rx Throughput Rx Throughput Rx Throughput Rx Throughput Rx Throughput 10 24 01 1 59 36 PM Rx Throughput 10 24 01 1 54 37 PM Rx Throughput 10 24 01 1 54 36 PM Rx Throughput 10 24 01 1 49 37 PM Rx Throughput 10 24 01 1 49 36 PM Rx Throughput 10 24 01 1 44 37 PM Rx Throughput 10 24 01 1 44 36 PM Rx Throughput Rx Throughput Rx Throughput Rx Throughput Rx Throughput Rx Throughput Rx Throughput Rx Throughput Rx Throughput Rx Throughput Rx Throughput Ora 401 1 14 34 PM Rx Throughput e e Figure 4 6 Threshold Alert Log E E Z E Z 2 P E E P Z 2 E F E K E E E E E E E na nAn AAAA NAAA AAAA AAAA AAAA NAAA e Date Time Date and time stamp for wh
310. enuraii ada en anaia sidene 4 9 4 5 Link Incident Log isteirean mo rae eE a EE ARE EAE En EEE SE E E RES 4 11 4 6 Threshold Alert Log isiesiserie it e e eanes ra eienen iiaeiai 4 12 4 7 Open Trunking LO erimit ER E EEES 4 13 4 8 Monitor Panel Logs Page cscscssessescecesesescsneneeseseenetesescecenesssesnanenenees 4 14 4 9 Port List VIEW cumieira E E E E A ER 4 16 ALO ERU LIST VIEWsgiirisat nnne oE canta tigabesvesseeita edasdraateeds 4 18 Al Node List VIEW stipriais urens aeee eE a E taste not ete aie 4 19 AV2 Zone Sets View sosedovi ar E EEEE S SEEE 4 21 4 19 Hardware VIEW scdsrscssecessassshssestcastncesseceneousscasesinesetvbs etiseatcarstee E E 4 23 4 14 Port Properties Dialog BOX isiiisusciisreseiistetsiee isois iniedi 4 24 4 15 Performance View scscssssessssesesescsssseseecenessesesnsneneseeceeesesescenensneseseeeneneesees 4 27 4 16 Port Diagnostics Dialog BOX ccceecccescseeesestetetescesesesescsneeneseseeeneneecees 4 30 4 17 Channel Wrap On for Port n Dialog BOX o cesecscccessetetescseeeeseseeteneeneees 4 34 4 18 Swap Ports Dialog BOX occccececssesssesesssteteseececeseseecenssesesesnenesesesceeesesssneees 4 35 4 19 Operations Panel Maintenance Page with Dump Retrieval Tab 4 37 4 20 Save AS Dialogs BOX scevisiivsescsecscevescsesssavcveceseseveseaipscseeeasasa ssetsssecn eaasdeccaseaie 4 37 4 21 Download Complete Dialog BOX cccccccccecseststeesestetetescecesesssesnaneneneaes 4 38 4 22 Save Data Collection Dialog
311. ep 9 8 At the EFC Manager Login dialog box type a user name password and EFC Server name obtained in MAP 0000 Start MAP on page 3 6 and case sensitive and click Login The EFC Manager application opens and the Products View displays Did the Products View display and does the EFC Manager application appear operational NO YES J The server appears operational Exit MAP 9 Perform one of the following e Ifthe server has standalone diagnostic test programs resident on the hard drive perform the diagnostics Refer to supporting documentation shipped with the server for instructions Ifthe server does not have standalone diagnostic test programs resident on hard drive go to step 10 Did diagnostic test programs detect a problem NO YES Refer to the supporting documentation shipped with the server for instructions to resolve the problem Exit MAP 10 Reboot the server a At the Windows 2000 desktop click Start at the left side of the task bar bottom of the desktop then select Shut Down The Shut Down Windows dialog box displays Figure 3 50 on page 3 111 b Select the Shut Down option from the list box and click OK The EFC Server powers down c Wait approximately 30 seconds and press the power button on the LCD panel to power on the server and perform POSTs During POSTs MAP 0800 Server Hardware Problem Determination 1 The green LCD panel illuminates 2 The green HDD LE
312. eplacement Did power supply replacement solve the problem NO YES J The switch appears operational Contact the next level of support 11 At the Product View does a grey square appear at the alert panel and as the background to the icon representing the switch reporting the problem The grey square indicates the EFC Server cannot communicate with the switch because The switch to EFC Server Ethernet link failed e AC power distribution in the switch failed or AC power was disconnected The switch s CTP card failed YES NO 4 The switch appears operational 12 Ensure the power switch is set to the Power On 1 position Inspect the switch for indications of being powered on such as At the front panel an illuminated PWR or ERR indicator e Green LEDs illuminated on the power supplies e Audio emanations and airflow from fans Does the switch appear powered on NO YES L Analysis for an Ethernet link or CTP card failure is not described in this MAP Go to MAP 0000 Start MAP on page 3 6 If this is the second time at this step contact the next level of support MAP 0100 Power Distribution Analysis 3 31 13 Verify facility AC power connections a Ensure both AC power cords PSO and PS1 are connected to the rear of the switch and to facility power receptacles If not connect the cords as directed by the customer b Ensure associated facility circuit breakers are on If not ask the
313. er Type the default Windows 2000 user name and password and click OK The EFC Server s Windows 2000 desktop opens and the EFC Manager Login dialog box displays NOTE The default Windows 2000 user name is Administrator and the default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive Type the EFC Manager default user name and password and select an EFC Server from the EFC Server drop down list NOTE The default EFC Manager user name is Administrator and the default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive Click Login The EFC Manager application opens and the Products View appears Install or Upgrade Software Repair Information Repair Information 4 64 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual 5 FRU Removal and Replacement This chapter describes the removal and replacement procedures RRPs for the Sphereon 3032 3232 field replaceable units FRUs Do not remove a FRU until a failure is isolated to that FRU If fault isolation was not performed refer to MAP 0000 Start MAP on page 3 6 Remove and Replace FRUs This section describes procedures to remove and replace RRP concurrent Sphereon 3032 3232 FRUs A flat blade screwdriver is required to remove and replace the fan FRUs No tools are required to remove and replace the other FRUs All FRUs are removed and replaced while the switch
314. er Host Nonvolatile System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident System Error Event Log Indicator Event Code Tables Port Module Events 500 through 599 Event Code Tables Event Code 582 Message Bit error threshold exceeded Severity Major Explanation The number of code violation errors recognized by the incident node has exceeded a threshold see FC PH clause 5 1 Action A Link incident Record LIR is generated and sent to the host using the Link Incident reporting procedure defined in the T11 99 017v0 document If after fault isolation is performed by the host it is determined that the incident is because of a port failure perform a data collection procedure for this switch using the EFC manager and return the CD to McDATA for analysis Event Data Byte 0 Port number 00 8F Bytes 4 7 Elapsed millisecond tick count Distribution Switch EFC Server Host Nonvolatile System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident System Error Event Log Indicator Vv B 62 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Installation and Service Manual Event Code Tables Event Code 583 Message Loss of signal or loss of synchronization Severity Major Explanation A loss of synchronization condition has been recognized by the incident node and it has persisted for more than the R_T_TOV timeou
315. er and click Yes The Begin Logon dialog box displays 8 Simultaneously press Ctrl Alt and Delete The Logon Information dialog box displays 9 Type the Windows 2000 user name and password and click OK The Windows 2000 desktop opens and the EFC Manager Login dialog box displays NOTE The default user name is Administrator and the default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive Reconfiguring a Client PC After an EFC Server Failure D 17 Consolidating EFC Servers in a Multiswitch Fabric EFC Manager Login C 2 EFC Manager 10 Login to the EFC Manager application as follows a Type the user name and password NOTE The default user name is Administrator and the default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive b At the EFC Server field select localhost from the list box c Click Login The Product View displays NOTE When services restart on the new EFC Server PC expect to see a number of event messages pertaining to corrupted log files Mark these events as viewed and disregard them The messages are caused by the change in server names due to the reconfiguration Ca McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Installation and Service Manual Templates v3 0 Glossary The following cross references are used in this glossary Contrast with This refers to a term that has an opposite or substantively different meaning See
316. er port LED illuminated but not blinking beaconing YES NO L The switch appears operational however a link incident or other problem may have occurred Perform fault isolation at the EFC Server or customer supplied server Go to step 13 6 As indicated by a message or event code 506 512 or 514 a Fibre Channel port failed and the SFP optical transceiver must be removed and replaced Refer to RRP SFP Transceiver on page 5 2 e This procedure is concurrent and can be performed while the switch is powered on and operational e Verify location of the failed port e Replace the optical transceiver with a transceiver of the same type shortwave or longwave e Perform an external loopback test for the port as part of FRU removal and replacement Refer to Performing Port Diagnostics on page 4 22 Did optical transceiver replacement solve the problem NO YES L The switch appears operational Exit MAP Contact the next level of support Exit MAP 7 Is fault isolation being performed at the SANpilot interface YES NO 4 Fault isolation is being performed at the EFC Server or customer supplied server Go to step 13 8 Does the SANpilot interface appear operational NO YES L Go to step 11 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual 9 A Page cannot be found Unable to locate the server HTTP 404 file not found or other similar message appears The message indicates the PC can
317. er supply failure is indicated Go to step 52 to obtain event codes If no event codes are found go to MAP 0100 Power Distribution Analysis on page 3 28 51 Inspect the State fields for Fan 0 and Fan 1 through Fan 3 Does the State field display a Failed or Not Installed message for any of the fans McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual YES NO 4 The switch appears operational A fan failure is indicated Continue to the next step to obtain event codes If no event codes are found go to MAP 0500 Fan and CTP Card Failure Analysis on page 3 67 52 Obtain event codes from the SANpilot event log If multiple event codes are found note all codes and associated severity levels Record the date time and listed sequence and determine if the codes are related to the reported problem Begin fault isolation with the most recent event code with the highest severity level Other codes may accompany this event code or may indicate a normal indication after a problem is recovered a At the View panel select Monitor at the left side of the panel The Monitor panel opens with the Port List page displayed b At the Monitor panel click the Log tab The Monitor panel Log tab displays c Record the event code date time and severity nformational Minor Major or Severe d Record all event codes that may relate to the reported problem Were one or more event codes fo
318. er through fibers of transparent materials such as glass fused silica or plastic E Telecommunication applications of fiber optics use optical fibers A single fiber or a nonspatially aligned fiber bundle is used for each information channel Such fibers are often called optical fibers to differentiate them from fibers that are used in noncommunication applications D A generic Fibre Channel term used to cover all transmission media types specified in the Fibre Channel Physical Layer FC PH standard such as optical fiber copper twisted pair and copper coaxial cable FC Integrated set of standards recognized by American National Standards Institute ANSI which defines specific protocols for flexi ble information transfer Logically a point to point serial data chan nel structured for high performance FC adapter See host bus adapter A 3 byte node port N_Port identifier which is unique within the address domain of a fabric Each port may choose its own identifier or the identifier may be assigned automatically during fabric login FCA The FCA is a non profit corporation consisting of over 150 members throughout the world Its mission is to nurture and help develop the broadest market for Fibre Channel products through market development education standards monitoring and fostering interoperability among members products FCFE Any device linked to a fabric FCFE MIB A table of variables available to network manage
319. erver file transfer protocol firewall firewall zoning firmware FLASH memory FLOGI FPM F_Port frame FRU FTP full duplex FRU Assembly removed and replaced in its entirety when any one of its components fails D See active field replaceable unit A computer that stores data centrally for network users and manages access to that data FTP A transmission control protocol Internet protocol TCP IP based client server protocol used to transfer files to and from a remote host Does not perform any conversion or translation A networking device that blocks unauthorized access to all or parts of a network Hardware enforced access between F_Ports enforced at the source port The hardware verifies the destination port against the zone defined for the source port Embedded program code that resides and runs on for example directors switches and hubs Reusable nonvolatile memory that is organized as segments for writ ing and as bytes or words for reading FLASH memory is faster than read only memory but slower than random access memory D See fabric login command See fibre port module See fabric port A variable length packet of data that is transmitted in frame relay technology See field replaceable unit See file transfer protocol The capability to transmit in two directions simultaneously 9 24 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual
320. es from 1 through 31 A domain ID of 0 is invalid If two operational fabrics join they determine if any domain ID conflicts exist between the fabrics If one or more conflicts exist the E_Ports that form the interswitch link ISL segment to prevent the fabrics from joining e Zoning In a multiswitch fabric zoning is configured on a fabric wide basis and any change to the zoning configuration is applied to all switches in the fabric To ensure zoning is consistent across a fabric the following rules are enforced when two fabrics zoned or unzoned join Fabric A unzoned and Fabric B unzoned The fabrics join successfully and the resulting fabric remains unzoned Fabric A zoned and Fabric B unzoned The fabrics join successfully and fabric B automatically inherits the zoning configuration from fabric A Fabric A unzoned and Fabric B zoned The fabrics join successfully and fabric A automatically inherits the zoning configuration from fabric B Fabric A zoned and Fabric B zoned The fabrics join successfully only if the zone configurations can be merged If the fabrics cannot join the connecting ports segment and the fabrics remain independent Zone configurations for two fabrics are compatible the zones can join if the active zone set name is identical for each fabric and if zones with the same name have identical elements 1 8 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service
321. es the LAN configuration use multiple Ethernet hubs that are daisy chained YES NO Go to step 13 12 Verify the hubs are correctly interconnected refer to next figure a At the first top Ethernet hub verify 1 An RJ 45 Ethernet patch cable connects to port 24 2 The medium dependent interface MDI switch is set to MDI in If not set the switch using a pencil or other pointed instrument b At the second Ethernet hub verify Figure 3 20 Interconnecting Multiple Hubs 1 The patch cable from the first hub connects to port 12 3 62 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual 2 An RJ 45 Ethernet patch cable connects to port 24 3 The MDI switch is set to MDI in If not set the switch using a pencil or other pointed instrument c At the last bottom Ethernet hub verify 1 The patch cable from the second hub connects to port 12 2 The MDI switch is set to MDIX out If not set the switch using a pencil or other pointed instrument If two hubs are installed the MDI switch is set to MDIX out on the second hub If three hubs are installed the MDI switch is set to MDIX out on the third hub Was a corrective action performed NO YES Go to step 1 13 Verify operation of the Ethernet hub or hubs Inspect each hub for indications of being powered on such as Green Power LED illuminated e Green Status LE
322. esesescseseseseneeees 2 28 LCD Panel LANI IP Address ecstnctxesces ties rontsr dicen ontsraccateceantectteccabstcerccesss 2 29 LED Panel Save Change mitens ennuis en ERE arn 2 29 LCD Panel LAN ISubnet Mask seccicciecccstccconcceateinissertingranssiestennessiateciog 2 29 ECD Panel Save Change sivccistiisiecsccstcstiesetsete tices ss codedtesalesdesioecceneo statis 2 29 VNC Authentication Screen ccccceccccsesesteneeeceeesescseeneneesesnsneenesceeeneees 2 30 Welcome to Windows Dialog BOX cccsesesesceeseseseetenetesesesneneeeceneneees 2 31 Log On to Windows Dialog BOX ccccccsceesesesteteseseecetessenseseseeneteeseeeenens 2 31 SANavigator Log In or EFCM 8 Log In Dialog BOX ccccsseseseteeeeeee 2 32 Control Panel Window cccccsesessesescsceeesesesesnenesesssneeneseecenesessseaneneneseesees 2 33 System Properties Dialog Box Network Identification Tab 2 34 Identification Changes Dialog BOX ss ssnsensssssssstsrtsrstestisssttsnsenntsnteestesntens 2 34 Network and Dial up Connections Window ss sssssssssssrssssesstsrterstesneens 2 35 Local Area Connection 2 Status Dialog BOX ccccccescseseetenetesesesneenes 2 36 Local Area Connection 2 Properties Dialog BOX ccceccsesseseseststeteeeeees 2 36 Internet Protocol TCP IP Properties Dialog BOX cccceeseeeeeees 2 37 Users and Passwords Dialog BOX c ccccscscssseseeseteteececesescstsneneeseseenenesenes 2 39 Windows Security Dialog BOX c c ccsccsc
323. eset after the fault and IPL Attached devices must re login to the switch to resume operations The dump file is automatically transferred from the switch to the EFC Server over the Ethernet LAN connection where it is stored for later retrieval during the data collection operation Action Perform the data collection procedure for this switch using the EFC Manager and return the CD to McDATA for analysis Event Data Bytes 0 3 Fault identifier least significant byte first e g event data 33 22 11 00 Bytes 4 7 Fault identifier specific data Bytes 8 11 Fault identifier specific data Distribution Switch EFC Server Host Nonvolatile System Event Log System Error Indicator Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident Y Vv CIP Card Events 400 through 499 Event Code Tables B 33 Event Code Tables Event Code 421 Message Firmware download complete Severity Informational Explanation A new version of the switch firmware was successfully downloaded from the EFC Server or from the SANpilot Action No action required Event Data New firmware release level ASCII in the format FF MM II BBBB FF Bytes 0 1 Function release level MM Bytes 3 4 Maintenance release level Il Bytes 6 7 Interim release level BBBBB Bytes 9 12 Build ID Example 30 31 2E 30 32 2E 30 30 20 30 30 34 38 Re
324. esponse code received from the managed switch Bytes 24 27 Reason code received from the managed switch Bytes 28 31 Error code received from the managed switch Distribution Switch EFC Server Host SANpilot Event Log System Error LED Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident Vv Vv Vv System Events 000 through 199 Event Code Tables Power Supply Events 200 through 299 Event Code 200 Message Power supply ac voltage failure Severity Major Explanation Either the ac input to the indicated power supply has been lost or the ac voltage has failed in the power supply module This event can only occur when dual power supplies are installed The second supply automatically assumes the full load to continue providing uninterrupted system power Action Ensure that the power cord is securely connected to the receptacles at both ends and verify the ac source is live If the ac voltage does not recover recovery is indicated by event 203 replace the faulty power supply Perform the data collection procedure for this unit using the EFC Manager save the data file to the EFC Manager Zip drive and return the CD and the faulty power supply to McDATA for analysis and repair Event Data No supplementary data included with this event Distribution Switch EFC Server Host Nonvolatile System Event Log E Mail C
325. esponsibility for any failure to satisfy the protection requirements of any of these directives resulting from a non recommended or non authorized modification to the switch The following WARNING statements apply to certain information in this publication and describe safety practices that must be observed while servicing the switch DANGER To prevent electric shock do not reach into nonvisible areas of a switch connected to primary facility power DANGER A McDATA supplied power cord is provided for each switch power supply To prevent electric shock when connecting the switch to primary facility power use only the supplied power cords and ensure the facility power receptacle is the correct type supplies the required voltage and is properly grounded The following CAUTION statements apply to certain information in this publication and describe safety practices that must be observed while servicing the switch ea McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual CAUTION Do not press the IML button unless directed by a procedural step or the next level of support CAUTION Prior to servicing a switch or EFC Server determine the Ethernet LAN configuration Installation of switches and the EFC Server on a public customer intranet can complicate problem determination and fault isolation CAUTION Three person lift the director weighs approximately 115 lbs Do no
326. ession Sphereon 4500 e o Figure 3 35 Save Session Device Verification Message n Click No to exit and close the HyperTerminal application o Power off the maintenance terminal p Disconnect the RS 232 modem cable from the switch and the maintenance terminal Replace the protective cap over the maintenance port Was event code 433 reported NO YES An unrecoverable Ethernet fault CTP card failure occurred Because the CTP card is not a FRU replace the switch Contact the next level of support MAP 0500 Fan and CTP Card Failure Analysis This MAP describes fault isolation for the CTP card which is not a FRU and fans Failure indicators include e The amber LED on a fan illuminates e The amber emulated LED on a fan graphic at the Hardware View illuminates MAP 0500 Fan and CTP Card Failure Analysis 3 67 e A blinking red and yellow diamond failed FRU indicator appears at the Product View or Hardware View e Anevent code recorded at the Sphereon 3032 3232 Event Log or the SANpilot event log e A Failed or Not Installed message associated with a fan at the SANpilot interface 1 Was an event code 300 301 302 303 304 305 or 604 or 800 801 802 806 807 810 811 812 or 850 observed at the Sphereon 3032 3232 Event Log EFC Server or at the SANpilot event log YES NO L Go to step 3 2 The following table lists event codes brief explanations of the codes and associated s
327. estoration information 2 53 setting EFC Server date and time 2 44 setting switch date and time 2 74 summary 2 5 Task 11 Configure the call home feature 2 46 Task 13 Configure the switch to the Management application 2 51 Task 25 Register with the McDATA file center 2 137 Task 7 Configure EFC Server password and network addresses 2 25 Task 8 Configure Management Server information 2 30 Task 9 Configure Windows 2000 users 2 38 testing remote notification 2 102 unpacking inspecting and installing the EFC Server 2 22 the switch 2 12 verify installation requirements 2 7 verifying switch to EFC Server communication 2 55 internal loopback tests 4 29 interop mode 2 84 2 116 interswitch link i McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual description 1 2 IP address change switch address 2 117 configuring 2 14 consolidating EFC Servers D 5 default 2 1 3 1 4 2 default value 2 3 DNS server default 2 53 EFC Server default 2 53 IP addresses 2 15 IPL 1 36 IPL procedure 4 43 ISL load balancing 2 69 K keyboard navigation in dialog boxes 1 28 L LAN connecting the switch 2 21 connector 1 21 LEDs ERR 1 19 fan 1 22 FRU status 1 22 port 4 22 port SFPs 1 22 power supply 1 22 PWR 1 19 LIN alerts default values 2 2 link incident log 1 35 4 10 4 12 load balancing ISLs 2 69 local area network See LAN logs audit 1 34 4 7 EFC Audit 4 4 EFC Event 4 4 event 1 34 4 7 4 9
328. etermines the frame buffers available for the port Ports configured for extended distance operation are assigned a BB_Credit value of 60 The Performance View displays statistical information about the performance of the ports The information is useful to maintenance personnel for isolating port problems For information about the Performance View refer to Performing Port Diagnostics on page 4 22 The Zone Set view Figure 4 12 displays a list of the active zone set including all zones and zone members The active zone set name appears at the top of the list followed by zone names followed by zone members for each name The table at the top of the view indicates if the default zone is enabled or disabled To open the Zone Set view click the Zone Set tab at the bottom of the Fabrics view on the EFC Manager main window 420 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual Figure 4 12 Fabrics Nd Fabric 1 McDATA 10 00 08 00 88 20 00 EA Zone Sets View Zone members appear as The information is also useful for fault isolating E_Port segmentation problems caused by incompatible zone sets When forming a multiswitch fabric by connecting switches with active zone sets zone names within the active zone sets should not be duplicated Names can be duplicated only if the member WWNs of each zone are identical If two switches have a zone name conflict duplicate zone names exist th
329. eveloped by the Iomega Corporation Zip disks are slightly larger than conventional floppy disks The storage capacity for zip disks is between 100 and 250 MB of data The zip drive and disk is used for backing up the EFC Server and is located on the communications tray behind the EFC Server Set of devices that can access one another All connected devices may be configured into one or more zones Devices in the same zone can see each other Those devices that occupy different zones cannot See also active zone set zone set zoning Specification of a device to be included in a zone A zone member can be identified by the port number of the director or switch to which it is attached or by its port world wide name WWN In multiswitch fabrics identification of end devices or nodes by WWN is preferable 9 52 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual zone set A collection of zones that may be activated as a unit See also active zone set zone zoning Grouping of several devices by function or by location All devices connected to a connectivity product such as the director or switch may be configured into one or more zones See also access control zone Glossary 9 53 9 54 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual Templates v2 1 A active addresses 1 32 active zone set state default value 2 4 additional port function 2 15
330. ew holes in the mounting brackets with screw holes in the rack mount standards NOTE The hub is 1 75 inches or one rack unit 1U high 3 Secure both sides of the hub to the rack mount standards as shown in Figure 2 4 Use the 1 8 inch Allen wrench and four Allen head mounting screws 10 32 x 0 5 inch provided Figure 2 4 Rack Installation Ethernet Hub 4 Repeat step 1 through step 3 for the second and third hubs Task 2 Unpack Inspect and Install the Ethernet Hub Optional 2n Installation Tasks 5 To interconnect three hubs NOTE To connect two hubs use step a and step c top and middle hub instructions only a To connect the top and middle hubs in the stack connect an RJ 45 patch cable to port 24 of the top hub then connect the cable to port 12 of the middle hub b To connect the bottom and middle hubs in the stack connect a second RJ 45 patch cable to port 24 of the middle hub then connect the cable to port 12 of the bottom hub c Using a pencil or other pointed instrument set the medium dependent interface MDI switch on the top and middle hubs to MDI in Set the MDI switch on the bottom hub to MDIX out The configuration is shown in Figure 2 2 on page 2 10 6 Connect an AC power cord to the receptacle at the rear of each hub and to a rack power strip Power for each hub switches on when the hub and equipment rack are connected to facility AC power NOTE Ensure
331. f 16 maximum and secure them in the cable management area at the front left side of the cabinet Set the switch online Set the Switch Online or Offline on page 4 45 2 134 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual Installation Tasks Task 27 Connect Switch to a Fabric Director Optional To provide Fibre channel connectivity between public devices and fabric attached devices connect the switch to an expansion port E_Port of a McDATA Director The switch port to director port connection is called an interswitch link ISL In addition e If interop mode is set to McDATA Fabric the switch can be fabric attached only to another McDATA switch or director e Ifinterop mode is set to Open Fabric the switch can be fabric attached to McDATA switches or directors and to switches or directors produced by other OEMs To fabric attach the switch and create an ISL 1 Ensure the switch is defined to the SAN management application defined while performing Task 13 Configure the Switch to the Management Application on page 2 51 2 Ensure the preferred domain ID for the switch is unique and does not conflict with the ID of another switch participating in the fabric To change the domain ID refer to Task 19 Configure the Sphereon 3032 3232 Element Manager Applications on page 2 76 3 Ensure the RLA_TOV and E_D_TOV values for the switch are identical to the values for all switches parti
332. ffer range error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x13 User port internal time out 1 HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x14 User port internal time out 2 HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x15 User port internal frame error bad delimiter HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x16 User port internal frame error CRC HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x17 User port internal frame error invalid size HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x18 User port internal frame error long frame HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x19 User port internal frame error short frame HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 Ox1A User port internal parity error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x1B Buffer error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 B 56 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Installation and Service Manual 0x1C User port detected unexpected frame HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 transmission 0x1D User port internal frame error invalid trailer HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 Ox1E User port detected frame internal integrity error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 Ox1F Internal connection time out HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x20 User port detected elastic store error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x21 User port de
333. file New User Registration Login Help McDATA File Center Brief Overview Need more information McDATA recognizes that the more data you have the better able you are to make full use of your SAN technologies The File Center offers convenient detailed support materials on all McDATA products New users must first register to enter the center by clicking on the New User Registration icon and filling out the short registration form If you are already registered simply click on Login to enter Registered users may also login from the Support home page on the right side by clicking Support Login Please note that some documents are secured and require prior approval to download When selecting a document you will be informed if it is secured and guided through the steps of submitting a request for access with easy to follow prompts You will be notified by email once your request has been reviewed Figure 2 107 McDATA File Center Home Page 2 Select click the New User Registration option at the top of the home page The File Center s New User Registration page displays Figure 2 108 on page 2 139 Use the registration page to input required and optional user information The following information is required e Password e Verify password e First name Task 28 Register with the McDATA File Center Installation Tasks e Last name e E mail address e Company e Title 3 Complete the information fields as require
334. flexibility for the enterprise and is primarily based upon Fibre Channel architecture The Sphereon 3032 and Sphereon 3232 switches implement Fibre Channel technology that provides a bandwidth of either 1 0625 gigabits per second Sphereon 3032 or 2 125 gigabits per second Sphereon 3232 redundant switched data paths a scalable number of active ports and long transmission distances up to 20 kilometers This chapter describes the switch and switch management tdhrough the attached Enterprise Fabric Connectivity EFC Server The chapter specifically discusses e Switch management error detection and reporting features serviceability features zoning multiswitch fabrics and specifications e The management server and minimum hardware specifications e Remote workstation configurations and hardware specifications e Maintenance approach e Field replaceable units FRUs e Connectors and indicators e Software diagnostic features e Tools and test equipment General Information at General Information Switch Description The Sphereon 3032 3232 Switches provide Fibre Channel connectivity through 32 ports Switch ports operate at either 1 0625 Sphereon 3032 or 2 125 Sphereon 3232 gigabits per second Gbps and can be configured as e Fabric ports F_Ports to provide direct connectivity for up to 24 switched fabric devices e Expansion ports E_Ports to provide interswitch link ISL connectivity to fa
335. following procedural notes are referenced in applicable repair procedures The notes do not necessarily apply to all procedures in the chapter 1 Before performing a repair procedure read the procedure carefully and thoroughly to familiarize yourself with the information and reduce the possibility of problems or customer down time 2 When performing procedures described in this chapter heed all WARNING and CAUTION statements and other statements listed in the preface of this manual 3 After completing steps of a detailed procedure that is referenced from another procedure return to the initial referencing procedure and continue to the next step of that procedure 4 After replacing a FRU extinguish the System Error light emitting diode LED on the front of the switch 42 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual Repair Information Using Log Information The Enterprise Fabric Connectivity EFC Manager and Sphereon 3032 3232 Product Manager applicationprovide access to ten logs that provide information for administration operation and maintenance personnel Each log stores up to 1 000 entries The most recent entry appears at the top of a log If a log is full a new entry overwrites the oldest entry Five logs are accessed through the EFC Manager e EFC Audit Log e EFC Event Log e EFC Session Log e EFC Product Status Log e EFC Fabric Log Six logs are accessed
336. for the Sphereon 3032 3232 Switch Fault isolation begins at the Enterprise Fabric Connectivity EFC Server failed switch or Internet connected personal computer PC running the SANpilot interface 1 Prior to fault isolation acquire the following information from the customer e A system configuration drawing or planning worksheet that includes the EFC Server customer supplied server accessing the SANpilot interface or running the EFCM Lite application switches other McDATA products and device connections e The location of the EFC Server or customer supplied server and all switches The internet protocol IP address gateway address and subnet mask for the switch reporting the problem e f performing fault isolation using the EFC Server The Windows user name and password These are required when prompted during any MAP or repair procedure that directs the EFC Server to be rebooted The user name maintenance password and EFC Server name All are case sensitive and required when prompted at the EFC Manager Login dialog box 3 6 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual e f performing fault isolation using the SANpilot interface the administrator user name and password Both are case sensitive and required when prompted at the Username and Password Required dialog box e If performing fault isolation using a customer supplied server running the EFCM Li
337. form this procedure to configure the fabric operating parameters including resource allocation time out value R_A_TOV E_D_TOV switch priority and interop mode The switch must be set offline To configure parameters If required set the switch offline as follows a At the Configure panel select the Operations option at the left side of the panel The Operations panel opens and the Switch page displays with the Beacon tab selected Click the Online State tab then click Set Offline The message Your operations changes have been successfully activated appears 2 114 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual 2 At the Operations panel select the Configure option at the left side of the panel The Configure panel opens with the Ports page displayed 3 At the Configure panel click the Switch tab then click the Fabric Parameters tab The Switch page displays with the Fabric Parameters tab selected Figure 2 93 Configure Refresh 8 22 02 at 12 56 00 identification Date Time Parameters Network Fabric Parameters ieee BB_Credit fie R_A_TOV 100 tenths of a second E_D_Tov feo tenths of a second Switch Priority Defaut x P Interop Mode McDATA Fabric 1 0 gt Monitor Configure Operations Online State Online Note The device must be offline to activate any changes Hele Activate Cancel Figure 2 93 Configure Panel
338. frames are delivered in order through the fabric to their destination If there is a change to the fabric topology that creates a new path for example a new switch is added to the fabric frames may be routed over this new path if its hop count is less than a previous path with a minimum hop count This may result in frames being delivered to a destination out of order since frames sent over the new shorter path may arrive ahead of older frames still in route over the older path If rerouting delay is enabled traffic ceases in the fabric for the time specified in the E_D_TOV field of the Configure Fabric Parameters dialog box This delay allows frames sent on the old path to exit to their destination before new frames begin traversing the new path Note that this option is required if Enterprise Fabric Mode optional SANtegrity feature is enabled Refer to Rerouting Delay on page 2 80 for details Fabric format domain register for state change notifications RSCNs are sent to ports on the switch following any change to the fabric s 2 80 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual Installation Tasks active zone set These changes include activating and deactivating the zone set or enabling and disabling the default zone Suppress RSCNson When the Suppress RSCNs on Zone Set Activations checkbox Zone Set Activations contains a checkmark fabric format RSCNs are not sent for zone changes to t
339. from the menu to save Data Collection file Data Collection zip Help Figure 4 19 Operations Panel Maintenance Page with Dump Retrieval Tab 3 Right click the CTP Dump link to open a list of menu options 4 Select the Save Target As menu option The Save As dialog box displays Figure 4 20 on page 4 37 A ain 3 Floppy A H fa img EJ History E Desktop aN k My Documents a My Computer File name MASTER DMP Save as type DMP Document X Cancel My Network R3 Figure 4 20 Save As Dialog Box 5 Inserta blank diskette in the floppy drive of the browser PC Collecting Maintenance Data 4 37 Repair Information 6 At the Save As dialog box select the floppy drive A from the Save in drop down menu type a descriptive name for the dump file in the File name field and click Save 7 The Download complete dialog box displays Figure 4 21 with a progress bar that shows percent completion of the dump file download process Download complete 0 x 3 Download Complete Saved MASTER DMP from 1 2 1 24 LITT ITT TTT TTT Downloaded 85 8 KB in 5 sec Download to AMASTER DMP Transter rate 17 1 KB Sec J Close this dialog box when download completes Open Open Folder Figure 4 21 Download Complete Dialog Box McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual Repair Information 8 When the p
340. fy Installation Requirements Installation Tasks Task 2 Unpack Inspect and Install the Ethernet Hub Optional The Sphereon 3032 Switch or Sphereon 3232 Switch is managed through either e An Internet connection to a browser capable PC SANpilot interface Connection of a LAN segment with multiple switches to the Internet may require installation of the McDATA supplied 24 port Ethernet hub e A10 100 megabit per second Mbps LAN connection to both the rack mount management server and a browser capable PC Connectivity may require installation of the McDATA supplied 24 port Ethernet hub A combination of up to 48 McDATA products can be configured and managed on one network therefore multiple daisy chained hubs may be required to provide sufficient port connections The following paragraphs provide instructions to unpack and inspect one or more Ethernet hubs and install the hubs in a desktop or rack mount configuration Unpack and Inspect Unpack and inspect the Ethernet hub s as follows the Ethernet Hub 1 Inspect shipping container s for damage caused during transit If a container is damaged ensure a representative from the freight carrier is present when the container is opened 2 Unpack shipping container s and inspect each item for damage Ensure the packaged items correspond to the items listed on the enclosed bill of materials 3 If any items are damaged or missing contact the McDATA solution center
341. gator or Internet Explorer 2 Atthe PC browser enter the LAN 2 IP address of the management server followed by 5800 as the Internet uniform resource locator URL Enter the URL in the following format http xxx xxx xxx xxx 5800 Where xxx xxx xxx xxx is the default IP address of 10 1 1 1 or the IP address configured while performing Task 7 Configure Management Server Password and Network Addresses on page 2 25 The VNC Authentication screen displays Figure 2 26 Options Clipboard Send CtlAltDe VNC Authentication Password OK Figure 2 26 VNC Authentication Screen McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual Installation Tasks 3 Type the default password and click OK The Welcome to Windows dialog box displays Figure 2 27 NOTE The default TightVNC viewer password is password Disconnect Options Clipboard Send Ctri Alt Del Refresh Welcome to Windows ia Built on NT Technology Press Ctrl Alt Delete to begin Ctrl Alt Del helps keep your password secure Click Help for more information Help Figure 2 27 Welcome to Windows Dialog Box 4 Click the Send Ctrl Alt Del button at the top of the window to log on to the management server desktop The Log On to Windows dialog box displays Figure 2 28 NOTE Do not simultaneously press the Ctrl Alt and Delete keys This action logs the user on to the browser capable PC not the rack
342. ge and Shipping Environment Operating Environment General Information Acoustical Noise 70 dB A scale Inclination 10 maximum Protective packaging must be provided to protect the switch under all shipping methods domestic and international Shipping temperature 40 C to 60 C 40 F to 140 F Storage temperature 1 C to 60 C 34 F to 140 F Shipping relative humidity 5 to 100 Storage relative humidity 5 to 80 Maximum wet bulb temperature 29 C 84 F Altitude 40 000 feet 12 192 meters Temperature 4 C to 40 C 40 F to 104 F Relative humidity 8 to 80 Maximum wet bulb temperature 27 C 81 F Altitude 3 048 meters 10 000 feet Switch Specifications in General Information Management The management server is a one rack unit 1U high LAN accessed Server rack mount unit that provides a central point of control for up to 48 connected switches or other McDATA managed products The server desktop is accessed through a LAN attached PC and standard web browser Figure 1 2 illustrates the management server with attached liquid crystal display LCD panel Public LAN oo E Private LAN Interface g Modem Adapter LAN LAN 2 LINE AC Power Cord Figure 1 2 Management Server The server is rack mounted in the McDATA supplied FC 512 Fabricenter equipment cabinet The SANpilot interface or management server is required to install configure a
343. ges have been successfully activated appears NOTE PFE keys are encoded to work with the serial number of the installed switch only Record the key to re install the feature if required If the switch fails and must be replaced obtain new PFE keys from the McDATA Solution Center 800 752 4572 or support mcdata com Please have the serial numbers of the failed and replacement switches and the old PFE key number or transaction code Go to Task 26 Cable Fibre Channel Ports on page 2 134 Task 26 Cable Fibre Channel Ports Perform this task to connect devices to the switch To cable Fibre Channel ports 1 Route singlemode or multimode fiber optic cables depending on the type of SFP pluggable optic transceivers installed from customer specified devices to ports at the front of the switch Connect device cables to small form factor pluggable SFP transceivers Start with port 0 and continue sequentially to the left through port 31 Perform one of the following a Ifthe switch is installed on a table or desk top bundle and secure the Fibre Channel cables as directed by the customer b If the switch is installed in a customer supplied equipment rack bundle Fibre Channel cables from the switch and other equipment groups of 16 maximum and secure them as directed by the customer c Ifthe switch is installed in a Fabricenter equipment cabinet bundle Fibre Channel cables from the switch and other equipment groups o
344. gs of and sequencing rules for requests and responses for managing the network transferring data and synchro nizing network component states 3 A specification for the format and relative timing of data exchanged between communicating devices D I public device A loop device that can transmit a fabric login command FLOGI to a switch receive acknowledgement from the switch s login server reg ister with the switch s name server and communicate with fab ric attached devices Public devices communicate with fabric attached devices through the switch s bridge port B_Port con nection to a director or switch Contrast with private device pull down menu See drop down menu Glossary oa PWA R radio frequency interference RAM random access memory R_A_TOV read only memory redundancy remote notification remote user workstation See printed wiring assembly RFI Electromagnetic radiation which is emitted by electrical circuits carrying rapidly changing signals as a by product of the normal operation and which causes unwanted signals interference or noise to be induced in other circuits See random access memory RAM A group of computer memory locations that is numerically identified to allow high speed access by the controlling microproces sor A memory location is randomly accessed by referring to its numerical identifier D Contrast with read only memory See also dynamic ra
345. h and the domain ID of the destination switch OpenTrunking This feature provides dynamic load balancing of Fibre Channel traffic across multiple ISLs Full volatility This feature ensures that no Fibre Channel frames are stored after the switch is powered off and a memory dump file that possibly includes classified frames is not included as part of the data collection procedure CNT WAN support This feature is included only in software maintenance release 4 02 00 and is required to allow the switch to communicate with Computer Network Technologies CNT UltraEdge wide area network WAN Gateways After purchasing a feature obtain the required PFE key by following the enclosed instructions A PFE key is an alphanumeric string consisting of both uppercase and lowercase characters The total number of characters may vary The key is case sensitive and must be entered exactly including dashes The following is an example of a PFE key format XxXx XXxX xxXX xX After obtaining the PFE key install the feature as follows 1 Set the switch offline as follows a At the Configure panel select the Operations option at the left side of the panel The Operations panel opens and the Switch page displays with the Beacon tab selected ga McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual b Click the Online State tab then click Set Offline The message Your operations changes have been successful
346. h in the Performance View The menu contains options which are identical to those that display when you right click the port port row or port bar graph in those views FRU Click a power supply module or cooling fan module in the Hardware View only and select FRU from the Product menu to display the FRU Properties menu option This option displays the FRU Properties dialog box for the FRU The FRU Properties dialog box can also be displayed when you double click the FRU in the Hardware View Clear System Error Light Select this to turn off the amber system error LED located below the green power LED on the switch front bezel Enable Unit Beaconing Click the check box to toggle unit beaconing on or off When the check box has a check mark unit beaconing is on and the amber system error light on the switch front bezel blinks to help users locate the actual unit in an equipment room When you click the check box to remove the check mark unit beaconing is disabled Using the Element Manager General Information General Information and the amber LED goes out You can only enable beaconing if there are no system errors the system error light is off or if the FRU has failed Properties Click to display the Switch Properties dialog box This dialog box contains the switch name description location and contact person configured through the Configure Identification dialog box Also included is other product information a
347. h Binding was removed from attached devices that are also participating in Port Binding Please review the Port Binding Configuration The device WWNs were removed from the director s Switch Membership List SANtegrity Switch Binding feature but you should note that one or more of these devices still has security control in port binding Verify that the security level for each device is as required by reviewing the Bound WWN list in the Configure Ports dialog box Stop diagnostics failed The test is already running Diagnostics for the port was not running and the Stop was selected on the Port Diagnostics dialog box Diagnostics quit for the port for some reason but the Stop button remains enabled Verify port operation Retry diagnostics for port and select Stop from the dialog box If problem persists contact your service representative Stop diagnostics failed The test was not running The action to stop diagnostics failed because the test was not running Informational message McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Installation and Service Manual Message Description Action Message Description Action Message Description Action Message Description Action Message Description Action Switch clock alert mode must be cleared before enabling period synchronization Clock alert mode is enabled through the Configure FICON Management Server dialog box and user is attempting to enable Periodic
348. h Operational States and Symbols ccccccceeseeteteteesesteneeeeeees 2 55 3 1 Factory Set Defaults scisdvcsssssccnesstiesseersiacesrssesdsaiseadiecnrsbenesatatacrctecnitecensecis 3 1 3 2 MAP SUMMARY ccucrssncasesnseseescsecsssuesiea cseng iene soelasecntnedecsntseehessbeesentadesescestondseeg 3 2 3 3 Event Codes versus Maintenance Action cccccccecesceneneeseseeneteeeeeenes 3 3 3 4 Port Operational States and Actions GANPpilot cece 3 76 3 5 Port Operational and LED States EFC Server cccessseseesseesseeeeeees 3 77 3 6 Bytes 8 through 11 Failure Reasons and Actions ccccsceeeeeeees 3 106 4 1 Factory Set Deka ules sis scccstcciessveceseeteastctecn ceive cebeaasseecseeces banda sataticeneseension oes 4 2 5 1 ESD Requirements cccesssscvssersseexensessasasvensas tees susentupnedeecssentcgestesstacisencnesdaseer esis 5 1 6 1 Front Accessible FRU Parts List ssi ss issisrsssrssrsnisisscrnsseinisseriusnsoniniensrsseiis 6 2 6 2 Rear Accessible FRU Parts List ccscccseeeseseeeesssseseseesesseessnesesesesenenes 6 3 6 3 Power Cord and Receptacle List cccccccessseseststeeseseeneneseeceneesesnsnenenenees 6 5 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual RA Ea McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual Preface This publication is part of a documentation suite that supports the McDATA Sphereon 3032 and Shereon 32
349. hannel wrap test is a diagnostic procedure that checks 5 390 host to switch connectivity by returning the output of the host as input The test is host initiated and transmits Fibre Channel frames to a switch port A port enabled for channel wrapping echoes the frame back to the host To perform a channel wrap test for a single port FICON Management Style only 1 Repair Information As a port is tested the amber LED flashes beacons and the green LED illuminates indicating loopback traffic through the port NOTE Click Stop Test at any time to abort the loopback test When the test completes test results appear for each port tested as Port xx Passed or Port xx Failed in the message area of the dialog box If a port fails the test the amber LED for the port remains illuminated When finished click Cancel to close the Port Diagnostics dialog box and return to the Hardware View Beaconing is disabled for the port Reset each tested port Remove loopback plug s from the tested ports Reconnect fiber optic jumper cables from devices to tested ports Notify the customer that a disruptive channel wrap test will be performed on a host attached port At the EFC Server open the EFC Manager application The Product View displays Select the icon representing the switch for which the channel wrap test will be performed The Hardware View for the selected switch displays At the Hardware View verify the locati
350. he Preferred Domain ID Change this value if the switch will participate in a multiswitch fabric 4 Use information under Fabric Parameters to change settings as required for parameters in this dialog box 5 After you change settings click the Activate button 6 Back up the configuration data when you are finished configuring the switch Fabric Parameters Configure the following parameters as required by your fabric BB_Credit Configure the switch to support buffer to buffer credit BB_Credit from 1 through 60 This is the value used for all ports except those configured for extended distance buffering 10 100 km The default value is 16 For a description of the buffer to buffer credit refer to industry specification Fibre Channel Physical and Signaling Interface R_A_TOV Configure resource allocation time out value R_A_TOV in tenth of a second increments This variable works with the error detect time out value E_D_TOV variable to control the switch s behavior when an error condition occurs Resources are allocated to a 2 82 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual E_D TOV Switch Priority Installation Tasks circuit when errors are detected and are not released for reuse until the time set by the R_A_TOV value expires The default value is 100 tenths 10 seconds Set a value between 10 tenths and 1200 tenths 1 through 120 seconds NOTE Set the same va
351. he Principal Switch If the preferred value is already in use the Principal Switch will assign a different value PSP bucket Collected problems after early ship of an IBM product In a multiswitch fabric the switch that allocates domain IDs to itself and to all other switches in the fabric There is always one principal switch in a fabric If a switch is not connected to any other switches it acts as its own principal switch PWA A thin board on which integrated circuits and other electronic components are placed and connected to each other via thin copper traces A loop device that cannot transmit a fabric login command FLOGI command to a switch or director nor communicate with fab ric attached devices Contrast with public device A system configuration that consists of all the machines required for operation for example a processor unit a processor controller a sys tem display a service support display and a power and coolant dis tribution unit Application that implements the management user interface for a director or switch There are two Product Manager applications director or switch Product Manager and EFC Product Manager 1 In the EFC Management Services application the software component that provides a graphical user interface for managing and monitoring EFC products When a product instance is opened from the EFC Man 9 40 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manua
352. he associated fan module is turned off The fan has either stopped or was removed Action Replace the fan module immediately Event Data Byte 0 Failing fan number 1 6 Distribution Switch EFC Server Host Nonvolatile System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident System Error Event Log Indicator Y Y Y Y Vv Vv Fan Module Events 800 through 399 Event Code Tables Event Code 310 Message First cooling fan propeller has recovered Severity Informational Explanation A fan started spinning It either spontaneously recovered or its FRU was replaced One fan is now operational Action No action required Event Data Byte 0 Recovered fan number 1 6 Distribution Switch EFC Server Host Nonvolatile System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident System Error Event Log Indicator Vv Vv Event Code 311 Message Second cooling fan propeller has recovered Severity Informational Explanation Another fan started spinning It either spontaneously recovered or its FRU was replaced Two fans are now operational Action No action required Event Data Byte 0 Recovered fan number 1 6 Distribution Switch EFC Server Host Nonvolatile System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident System Error Event Log Indicator Vv Vv McDATA Sphereon 3032
353. he attached devices on the switch Click the check box to remove or add a checkmark Task 21 Configure Fabric Operating Parameters Use procedures in this section to set parameters on the switch for fabric operation through the Configure Fabric Parameters dialog box These operating parameters are stored in NV RAM on the switch 1 The switch must be offline to change parameters in this dialog box If it is not and you activate values a dialog box displays prompting you to set the unit offline Setting the switch offline terminates all Fibre Channel connections To set the unit offline a Select Set Online State from the Maintenance menu on the menu bar along the top of the element manager window b When the Set Online State dialog box displays click Set Offline c When the warning box displays asking you to confirm the offline state click OK 2 Select Fabric Parameters from the Operating Parameters submenu Configure menu tab 3 The Configure Fabric Parameters dialog box displays Task 21 Configure Fabric Operating Parameters 2 81 Installation Tasks R_A_TOV 20 tenths of a second E_D_TOY a tenths of a second Switch Priority Default v Interop Mode McDATA Fabric 1 0 v Activate Cancel l Help Figure 2 69 Configure Fabric Parameters Dialog Box NOTE Ordinarily you do not need to change values in this dialog box from their defaults The only exception is t
354. he lower left corner of a fan illuminated NO YES A fan failure is indicated Go to step 23 to obtain event codes If no event codes are found go to MAP 0500 Fan and CTP Card Failure Analysis on page 3 67 35 Is the green LED on a power supply extinguished NO YES A power supply failure is indicated Go to step 23 to obtain event codes If no event codes are found go to MAP 0100 Power Distribution Analysis on page 3 28 The switch appears operational 36 Are you at a PC with a web browser such as Netscape Navigator or Microsoft Internet Explorer and an Internet connection to the switch reporting the problem YES NO L Go to step 53 37 Is the web browser PC powered on and communicating with the switch through the Internet connection NO YES L Go to step 39 3 20 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual 38 Boot the web browser PC a Power on the PC in accordance with the instructions delivered with the PC The Windows desktop appears b Launch the PC browser application by double clicking the appropriate icon at the Windows desktop c At the Netsite field Netscape Navigator or Address field Internet Explorer type http xxx xxx xxx xxx where XXX XXX XXX XXX is the IP address of the switch obtained in step 1 The Username and Password Required dialog box appears Enter Network Password 2 x ee Please type your user name and password Si
355. her switch as part of an ISL Fibre Channel Address the Fibre Channel address identifier for the port Port WWN the Fibre Channel WWN for the port Attached Port WWN the Fibre Channel WWN for the device attached to the port Block Configuration a user configured state for the port Blocked or Unblocked 4 24 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual Repair Information 10 100 km Configuration a user specified state for the port On or Off configured through the Configure Ports dialog box LIN Alerts Configuration a user specified state for the port On or Off configured through the Configure Ports dialog box Beaconing user specified for the port On or Off When beaconing is enabled a yellow triangle appears adjacent to the status field Link Incident If no link incidents are recorded None appears in the status field If a link incident is recorded a summary appears describing the incident and a yellow triangle appears adjacent to the status field Valid summaries are Implicit incident Bit error threshold exceeded Link failure loss of signal or loss of synchronization Link failure not operational primitive sequence received Link failure primitive sequence timeout Link failure invalid primitive sequence received for the current link state Operational State the state of the port Online Offline Beaconing In
356. his feature allows FICON host control of the switch Only one of the above features can be installed at a time 2 56 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual Installation Tasks e Flexport Technology A Flexport Technology switch is delivered at a discount with only eight ports enabled When additional port capacity is required the remaining ports are enabled in eight port increments through purchase of this feature e SANtegrity binding This feature enhances security in SANs with a large and mixed group of fabrics and attached devices e OpenTrunking This feature provides dynamic load balancing of Fibre Channel traffic across multiple ISLs Features are enabled through a PFE key that is encoded to work with the serial number of a unique switch A key is a case sensitive alphanumeric string with dashes every four characters To configure the PFE key 1 Set the switch offline Set the Switch Online or Offline on page 4 45 2 At the Hardware View for the selected switch click the Configure icon at the top of the view and select Features from the pop up menu The Configure Feature Key dialog box displays Configure Feature Key x Features Open Trunking Figure 2 55 Configure Feature Key Dialog Box 3 Click New The New Feature Key dialog box displays New Feature Key x Key Figure 2 56 New Feature Key Dialog Box Task 16 Configure P
357. home support 2 94 EFC Server IP address 2 25 EFC Server password 2 25 EFC Server subnet mask 2 25 Ethernet events 2 93 fabric binding 2 127 fabric parameters 2 114 management server DNS domain name 2 30 management server name 2 30 OpenTrunking 2 129 OSMS 2 122 passwords 2 123 PFE key 2 132 port binding 2 124 ports 2 109 SNMP 2 119 switch binding 2 125 switch date and time 2 111 switch identification 2 110 switch network information 2 117 switch operating parameters 2 112 switch to SAN management application 2 51 user names 2 123 Windows 2000 users 2 38 configure date and time dialog box 1 33 configure fabric parameters dialog box 2 6 2 81 configure feature key dialog box 1 33 configure identification dialog box 1 30 configure menu 1 30 date and time 1 33 date time 1 33 enable telnet 1 34 enable web server 1 34 export configuration report 1 34 fabric parameters 1 31 features 1 33 identification 1 30 open trunking 1 33 ports 1 31 SNMP agent 1 32 switch binding 1 31 2 65 switch parameters 1 31 threshold alert s 1 33 configure open trunking pop up menu 2 72 configure open trunking dialog box 1 33 2 70 configure open trunking dialog box menu 2 72 configure ports dialog box 1 31 configure SNMP dialog box 1 32 configure switch parameters dialog box 2 6 2 78 5 9 configuring date and time 1 33 fabric operating parameters 2 6 2 81 configuring date and time menu option 1 33 configur
358. ialog box displays with the Time Zone page open Date amp Time Time Zone GMT 07 00 Mountain Time US amp Canada IV Automatically adjust clock for daylight saving changes cot J e Figure 2 46 Date Time Properties Dialog Box Time Zone 4 To change the time zone Task 10 Set Management Server Date and Time 2 45 Installation Tasks 5 a Select the appropriate time zone from the drop down list at the top of the dialog box b If instructed by the customer s system administrator select the Automatically adjust clock for daylight saving changes check box c Click Apply Record time zone and daylight savings information for reference if the EFC server hard drive fails and must be restored At the Date Time Properties dialog box click the Date amp Time tab The dialog box displays with the Date amp Time page open To change the date and time a Select the month from the drop down list under Date b Click the up or down arrow adjacent to the year field and select the year c Click the day on the calendar to select the date d Click in the time field and enter the time e Click the up or down arrow adjacent to the time field and select AM or PM f Click Apply Click OK to close the Date Time Properties dialog box Click close X at the upper right corner of the Control Panel window to close the window and return to the Windows 2000 desktop Task 11 Configure the
359. ides an indication of the location or nature of the abnormality to either a local or remote alarm indicator 2 A simple network man agement protocol SNMP message notifying an operator of a net work or device problem This panel located below the navigation control panel displays an alert symbol that indicates the current state of the switch A nickname representing a world wide name In S 390 mode in a director or switch the attribute that when set establishes dynamic connectivity capability Contrast with blocked connection See connectivity attribute See also dynamic connectivity unblocked connection In 390 mode this attribute establishes dynamic connectivity capa bility AC Electric current that reverses direction at regular sinusoidal inter vals D Contrast with direct current ASCII A standard character set consisting of 7 bit coded characters 8 bit including parity check used for information exchange between systems and equipment D ANSI A national organization consisting of producers consumers and general interest groups that establishes procedures by which accredited organizations create and maintain industry standards in the United States A See American National Standards Institute See application program interface 1 The use to which a data processing system is put for example a payroll application an airline reservation application or a network application 2 A collection of softw
360. ients enable the command line interface CLI and configure the open systems management server OSMS feature e Configure administrator and operator passwords e Install switch product feature enablement PFE keys Perform procedures under this task to configure the switch from the SANpilot interface A PC platform with Internet access and standard web browser running Netscape Navigator 4 6 or higher or Microsoft Internet Explorer 4 0 or higher is required 1 Connect the switch to the Internet or Ethernet LAN segment as follows a Connect one end of the Ethernet patch cable supplied with the switch to the RJ 45 connector labelled 10 100 on the left front of the switch chassis b Connect the remaining end of the Ethernet cable as follows e Connect the cable to an Internet port or Internet connected LAN segment as directed by the customer s network administrator or e Ifthe McDATA supplied Ethernet hub installed in Task 2 Unpack Inspect and Install the Ethernet Hub Optional on page 2 8 provides Internet connectivity connect the cable to any available hub port 2 Open the SANpilot interface as follows a Ensure the browser capable PC and the Ethernet LAN segment with the Sphereon 4500 Switch attached are connected through the Internet At the PC launch the browser application Netscape Navigator or Internet Explorer b At the browser enter the Internet Protocol IP address of the switch as the Internet
361. iew panel does the Operational State field display a Segmented message NO YES L Port segmentation is indicated Go to step 52 to obtain event codes If no event codes are found go to MAP 0700 Fabric ISL and Segmented Port Problem Determination on page 3 92 48 At the Viewpanel does the Operational State field display a message indicating a link incident or port problem NO YES L A port problem is indicated Go to step 52 to obtain event codes If no event codes are found go to MAP 0600 Port Failure and Link Incident Analysis on page 3 72 49 Repeat step 45 through step 48 for each remaining port MAP 0000 Start MAP 3 25 Is a link incident or port problem indicated for any of the ports NO YES L A link incident problem or port SFP failure is indicated Go to step 52 to obtain event codes If no event codes are found go to MAP 0600 Port Failure and Link Incident Analysis on page 3 72 50 Inspect the power supply operational states a At the View panel click the Component Properties tab The View panel Component Properties tab displays b Inspect the State fields for both power supplies Status Active Active Active Active Not Installed Not Installed Not Installed Position Part Numbe View Configure Monitor wjinj o 09 o Operations Help Does the State field display a Failed message for either power supply NO YES A pow
362. il address listed below Please have the product serial number printed on the service label attached to the bottom of the switch available The serial number is printed on the service label attached to the bottom of the switches and on a label attached to the rear panel of the switches Phone 800 752 4572 or 720 558 3910 Fax 720 558 3851 E mail support mcdata com For technical support for the SANavigator application contact the SANavigator Solution Center at the phone number or e mail address listed below Phone 877 948 4448 E mail support sanavigator com We sincerely appreciate comments about this publication Please send comments to McDATA s solution center by telephone fax or e mail The numbers and e mail address are listed above Identify the manual and provide page numbers and specific detail Thank you McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual Ordering Printed Manuals Trademarks Laser Compliance Statement Federal Communications Commission FCC Statement To order a paper copy of this manual submit a purchase order as described in Ordering McDATA Documentation Instructions which is found on McDATA s web site http www mcdata com To obtain documentation CD ROMs contact your sales representative The following terms indicated by a registered trademark symbol or trademark symbol on first use in this publication are trademark
363. ime out value R_A_TOV and preferred domain ID 4 56 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual Repair Information e Simple network management protocol SNMP configuration information including trap recipients community names and write authorizations e Zoning configuration information including the active zone set and default zone state NOTE The switch must be set offline prior to restoring or resetting the configuration file Back Up the NOTE The figures in the following procedures are examples The product Configu ration names shown in the figures may not be the same as the product names you see on your screen The product names on your screen are correct To back up the switch configuration file to the EFC Server 1 At the EFC Server open the EFC Manager application The Product View displays 2 Select the icon representing the switch for which a configuration file is to be backed up The Hardware View for the selected switch displays 3 At the navigation control panel select Backup amp Restore Configuration from the Maintenance menu The Backup and Restore Configuration dialog box displays pan ee ea 4 Click Backup When the backup process finishes the Backup Complete dialog box displays 5 Click OK to close the dialog box and return to the Hardware View Manage Configuration Data 4 57 Repair Information Restore th
364. ime the ISL has a low BB credit condition exceeds the low BB credit threshold A separate event also occurs when the backpressure condition ends Set the Low BB Credit Threshold NOTE Earlier versions of this dialog box may display Credit Starvation Threshold instead of Low BB Credit Threshold They are the same threshold value NOTE Using default settings for low BB credit threshold should work well in most cases This step is not required This is the percentage of time that the transmitting link cannot transmit because BB_Credit is unavailable In other words it is the percent of time that the link can be starved and is treated as back pressured by the rerouting algorithm This value is also used when determining routes for a transmit link A back pressured ISL cannot be the recipient of traffic rerouted from other ISLs and traffic on a back pressured ISL may be rerouted even if the ISL is not congested e Click Default Threshold and a default value 1 to 99 will appear in the threshold field If the default is enabled you cannot enter values into the field e Click in the threshold field and enter a value from 1 to 99 Click Activate to enable these values on the switch and close the dialog box Right click on columns in the Configuration Threshold table to display menu options that globally change values in the column cells Use Algorithmic Threshold Right click in the column to display these o
365. in the faulty FRU EEPROM for analysis Bytes 4 7 Power up data code Internally defined stored in the faulty FRU EEPROM Distribution Switch EFC Server Host Nonvolatile System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident System Error Event Log Indicator Vv Vv Vv Vv Vv Vv CTP Card Events 400 through 499 B 31 Event Code Tables Event Code 410 Message CTP card reset Severity Informational Explanation The CTP card was reset due to a system power up a CTP card hot insert an IML or a software IPL An IPL can be caused by an EFC Manager user or automatically after a firmware fault see Event Code 411 The event data indicates the type of reset that occurred Action No action required Event Data Byte 0 Reset type 00 Power on hot insert 02 IML 04 IPL 40 Partition switch Distribution Switch EFC Server Host Nonvolatile System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident System Error Event Log Indicator Vv Vv McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Installation and Service Manual Event Code 411 Message Firmware fault occurred Severity Major Explanation The firmware executing on the indicated CTP card encountered an unexpected operating condition and dumped its current operating state to FLASH memory for retrieval and analysis All Fibre Channel connections to the switch are r
366. information at the LCD panel Host name System date and time LAN 1 and LAN 2 IP addresses Fan 1 fan 2 fan 3 and fan 4 rotational speed Central processing unit CPU temperature Hard disk capacity Virtual and physical memory capacity 2 24 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual Task 7 Configure Management Server Password and Network Addresses Installation Tasks 10 After successful POST completion the LCD panel displays a Welcome message and all front panel LEDs extinguish 11 Ifa POST error or other malfunction occurs go to MAP 0000 Start MAP on page 3 6 to isolate the problem 12 Press the left edge PUSH label of the LCD panel to disengage the panel and expose the CD RW drive 13 Insert a blank rewritable CD into the CD RW drive and close the LCD panel Verify the type of LAN installation with the customer s network administrator If the management server or Fabricenter equipment cabinet is installed on a dedicated LAN network information does not require change Change the default password for the server s LCD panel if required by the customer then go to Task 8 Configure Management Server Information on page 2 30 If the management server or Fabricenter equipment cabinet is installed on a public LAN segment the default password for the server s LCD panel and the following transmission control protocol internet protocol TCP IP network
367. ing Speed 1 Gig Port WAAN McDATA 20 06 08 00 88 00 21 00 Block Configuration Unblocked LIN Alerts Configuration On FAN Configuration off Beaconing Off Link Incident None Operational State Online Reason Threshold Alert Figure 2 106 Port Properties Dialog Box NOTE If the Open Trunking feature is installed and additional item will appear in the Port Properties dialog box called Congested Threshold This field displays the active congested threshold percentage currently configured in the Configure Open Trunking dialog box 9 Ensure the Link Incident field displays None and the Reason field is blank If an ISL segmentation or other problem is indicated go to MAP 0000 Start MAP on page 3 6 to isolate the problem If no problems are indicated installation tasks are complete 2 136 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual Installation Tasks Task 28 Register with the McDATA File Center To complete the installation register with the McDATA File Center web site to receive e mail updates and access the following e Technical publications e Firmware and software upgrades e Technical newsletters e Release notes To register with the McDATA File Center 1 Ata PC with Internet access open the McDATA File Center home page Figure 2 107 The uniform resource locator URL is http central mcdata com PICDATA File Center Home Documents My Requests My Pro
368. ing a unit number See also access control PC A portable computer that consists of a system unit display key board mouse one or more diskette drives and internal fixed disk storage D A Fibre Channel protocol topology that provides a single direct con nection between two communication ports The director or switch supports only point to point topology Receptacle on a device to which a cable leading to another device can be attached Ports provide Fibre Channel connections D A user defined symbolic name of 24 characters or less that identifies a particular port address Feature of the password definition function that allows an adminis trator to extend operator level passwords to specific port addresses Glossary port name POST power on self test preferred domain ID preventive service planning bucket principal switch printed wiring assembly private device processor complex Product Manager application for each director or switch definition managed by a personal com puter PC Port authorization affects only operator level actions for active and saved matrices D Name that the user assigns to a particular port through the Product Manager application See also identifier Synonymous with address name See power on self test POST Series of diagnostic tests that are run automatically by a device when the power is turned on Configured value that a switch will request from t
369. ing features menu option 1 33 configuring open trunking menu option 1 33 congested threshold port properties dialog box 4 27 connectors and indicators 1 21 CTP card CMM module event codes B 73 event codes B 31 MPC module event codes B 67 port module event codes B 45 D data collection 1 6 data collection option 1 35 data collection procedure EFC Server 4 39 SANpilot interface 4 36 date set switch date at SANpilot interface 2 111 default DNS server IP address 2 53 EFC Manager password 2 47 2 106 4 63 EFC Manager user name 2 47 2 106 4 63 EFC Server gateway address 2 53 EFC Server IP address 2 53 EFC Server subnet mask 2 53 SANpilot interface password 2 108 SANpilot interface user name 2 108 TightVNC password 2 31 2 105 4 62 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual Windows 2000 password 2 32 2 106 4 63 Windows 2000 user name 2 32 2 106 4 63 defaults call home notification 1 36 enable e mail notification 1 36 switch priority setting 2 84 defaults factory set 2 1 desktop installation hub 2 8 switch 2 4 2 13 diagnostic software introduction 1 5 diagnostics EFC Manager 1 23 port 4 22 software 1 23 dialog boxes 2 72 configure date and time 1 33 configure fabric parameters 2 6 2 81 configure feature key 1 33 configure identification 1 30 configure open trunking 1 33 2 70 configure ports 1 31 configure SNMP 1 32 configure switch parameters 2 6 2 78 5 9 exp
370. inistrator to reconfigure the fabric so that no director or switch elements have more than the proscribed number of ISLs Did fabric reconfiguration solve the problem NO YES The switch and multiswitch fabric appear operational Exit MAP Contact the next level of support Exit MAP 10 A 070 event code indicates the E_Port detected an incompatibility with an attached switch and prevented the switches from forming a multiswitch fabric A segmented E_port cannot transmit Class 2 or Class 3 Fibre Channel traffic A 071 event code indicates the switch is isolated from all switches in a multiswitch fabric and is accompanied by a 070 event code for the segmented E_Port The 071 event code is resolved when all 070 events are corrected Obtain supplementary event data for the 070 event code a At the Sphereon 3032 3232 Event Log or the SANpilot event log record the first four bytes 0 through 3 of event data b Examine the first five bytes 0 through 4 of event data c Byte 0 specifies the port number 00 through 31 of the segmented E_port Byte 4 specifies the segmentation reason as listed in the following table 3 96 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual Byte 3 Segmentation Reason Action 01 Incompatible operating parameters Go to step 12 02 Duplicate domain IDs Go to step 13 03 Incompatible zoning configurations Go to step 14 04
371. int or location such as a processor director or switch or server to which data is transmitted D 1 Mechanical electrical or electronic hardware with a specific pur pose D See also managed product 2 See node 1 The process of investigating the cause or nature of a problem ina product or system 2 Procedures or tests used by computer users and service personnel to diagnose hardware or software problems D A pop up window in the user interface with informational messages or fields to be modified or completed with desired options DC Electric current that continuously flows in one direction D Con trast with alternating current Ca McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual director An intelligent highly available Fibre Channel switch providing any to any port connectivity between nodes end devices on a switched fabric The director sends data transmissions data frames between nodes in accordance with the address information present in the frame headers of those transmissions diskette A thin magnetic disk enclosed in a plastic jacket which is removable from a computer and is used to store and transport data D diskette drive The hardware mechanism by which a computer reads data from and writes data to removable diskettes D DNS name Domain name system or domain name service Host or node name for a device or managed product that is translated to an Internet pro
372. ion 1 2 7 client server software control package that provides remote network access through a standard web browser to the server desktop For information about the TightVNC Viewer refer to www tightvnc com NOTE The management server and related applications provide a GUI to monitor and manage McDATA products and are a dedicated hardware and software solution that should not be used for other tasks McDATA tests the SAN management application installed on the management server but does not compatibility test other third party software Modifications to the management server hardware or installation of additional software including patches or service packs may interfere with normal operation Unpack inspect and install the management server as follows 1 Inspect the shipping container for damage caused during transit If a container is damaged ensure a representative from the freight carrier is present when the container is opened 2 Unpack the shipping container and inspect each item for damage Ensure the packaged items correspond to the items listed on the enclosed bill of materials 3 If any items are damaged or missing customers should call the toll free telephone number printed on the service label attached to the bottom of the server 4 Perform one of the following e Fora desktop installation position the management server on a table or desktop as directed by the customer Ensure a grounded AC electrical out
373. ion and Service Manual Event Code Explanation Action 011 Login server database invalid Go to step 7 021 Name server database invalid Go to step 7 051 Management server database invalid Go to step 7 052 Management server internal error Go to step 7 061 Fabric controller database invalid Go to step 7 062 Maximum interswitch hop count exceeded Go to step 8 063 Remote switch has too many ISLs 070 E_Port is segmented Go to step 10 071 Switch is isolated Go to step 10 072 E_Port connected to an unsupported switch Go to step 11 140 Congestion detected on an ISL 142 Low BB_Credit detected on an ISL 150 Zone merge failure 3 Is fault isolation being performed at the EFC Server YES NO Fault isolation is being performed through the SANpilot interface Go to step 18 4 Does a yellow triangle attention indicator appear to overlay the port graphic at the Hardware View YES NO L The problem is transient and the switch to fabric device connection appears operational 5 Inspect the port state and LED status for the port MAP 0700 Fabric ISL and Segmented Port Problem Determination 3 93 a At the Hardware View click the port graphic The Port Properties dialog box displays b Inspect the Operational State field McDATA 20 00 08 00 88 A0 50 EA Not logged in Unblocked Figure 3 44 Port Pro
374. ique Byte 8 11 Reason Code 00 No reason code 01 Invalid Data Length Logical error with the zone merge frame 02 Unsupported Command 03 Reserved 04 Not Authorized 05 Invalid Request 06 Fabric Changing 07 Update not Staged 08 Invalid Zone Set Format Logical error with the zone merge frame See Error Codes 09 Invalid Data See Error Codes 0A Cannot Merge See Error Codes OB EF Reserved FO Retry Limit reached Problem sending or receiving responses to Merge Frame F1 Invalid Response Length Logical error with the zone merge response frame F2 Invalid Response Code Logical error with the zone merge response frame F3 FF Vendor Unique Byte 8 11 Error Code 01 Completion Fail 02 Not Used 03 Zone Merge Error too many zones 04 Zone Merge Error Incompatible zones 05 Zone Merge Error Too long if Reason is 0A 06 Zone Set Definition too Long 07 Zone Set either too short or not authorized 08 Invalid Number of Zones 09 Zone Merge Error Default zone states incompatible if Reason Code 0A OA Invalid Protocol OB Invalid Number of Zone Members 0C Invalid Flags OD Invalid Zone Member Information Length OE Invalid Zone Member Information Format OF Invalid Zone Member Information Port 10 Invalid Zone Set Name Length 11 Invalid Zone Name Length 12 36 Not used 37 Invalid Zone Name 38 Not Used 39 D
375. irmation window 7 To interconnect the hubs in a star topology a To connect the top hub to the middle hub in the stack connect an RJ 45 patch cable from port 24 of the top hub to port 12 of the middle hub D 10 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Installation and Service Manual Consolidating EFC Servers in a Multiswitch Fabric b To connect the bottom hub to the middle hub in the stack connect a second RJ 45 patch cable from port 24 of the middle hub to port 12 of the bottom hub c Using a pencil or other pointed instrument set the medium dependent interface MDI switch on the top and middle hubs to MDI Set the MDI switch on the bottom hub to MDIX 8 Wait approximately five minutes for the Ethernet link to establish then inspect the Product View at the EFC Server Ensure all switch icons appear with a green circle as the background indicating the switches are defined and communicating with the EFC Manager application If a problem is indicated contact McDATA customer support 9 Ifthe EFC Server is connected to a private LAN no connection to the customer s corporate intranet go to Private LAN Connection on page D 12 If the EFC Server is connected to a private LAN and the customer s corporate intranet two connections go to Private and Public LAN Connection on page D 15 Consolidating EFC Servers D n Consolidating EFC Servers in a Multiswitch Fabric Priva
376. is powered on and operational concurrent FRUs Refer to Chapter 6 Illustrated Parts Breakdown for FRU locations and part numbers FRUs Table 5 1 lists the FRUs and electrostatic discharge ESD precaution requirements yes or no for each FRU Table 5 1 ESD Requirements FRU Name ESD Precaution Requirement SFP LC transceiver No Power supply No Cooling fan No FRU Removal and Replacement sa FRU Removal and Replacement Procedural Notes Note the following 1 Read the removal and replacement procedures RRPs for that FRU before removing the FRU 2 Follow all WARNING and CAUTION statements and statements in the preface of this manual 3 After completing a FRU replacement clear the event code reporting the failure and the event code reporting the recovery from the Sphereon 3032 3232 Event Log at the Enterprise Fabric Connectivity EFC Server Extinguish the amber system error ERR light emitting diode LED at the switch front panel RRP SFP Transceiver Use the following procedures to remove and replace an SFP transceiver from a port No tools are required Removal To remove an SFP 1 Identify the defective port from the illuminated amber LED at the switch or failure information at the EFC Server s Hardware View 2 Notify the customer the port will be blocked Ensure the customer s system administrator quiesces Fibre Channel frame traffic through the port and set
377. isable Enterprise Fabric Mode e Unsaved amp Inactive Information displayed may be different than the active configuration saved for the fabric Click Save and Activate to save and activate the displayed fabric binding configuration A confirmation dialog box appears Click OK to close the confirmation dialog box activate the fabric binding configuration and change the status to Saved amp Active Click Deactivate to deactivate fabric binding while Enterprise Fabric Mode is also deactivated A confirmation dialog box appears Click OK to close the confirmation dialog box deactivate fabric binding and change the status to Unsaved amp Inactive NOTE The Deactivate selection cannot be used while Enterprise Fabric Mode is enabled Click Discard Unsaved Changes to discard unsaved changes to the fabric binding configuration A confirmation dialog box appears Click OK to close the confirmation dialog box then refresh and display the current fabric binding configuration To add a member new fabric to the fabric binding membership list displayed at the bottom of the page type a new domain ID range is 1 through 31 in the Domain ID field type anew WWN in the WWN field and click the adjacent Add Member button To delete a fabric from the fabric binding membership list click the Delete button adjacent to the fabric domain ID and WWN A confirmation dialog box appears Click OK to close the dialog box and delete the f
378. isolate more significant problems To open the EFC Event Log select Event Log from the Logs menu at the Products View 4 4 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual Repair Information 9 23 02 10 01 43 AM 53 Failed to start HTTP Server EFC Services Address in use JVI 9 23 02 10 01 40 AM 52 Services started EFC Services 06 02 00 9 19 02 1 55 18 PM 52 Services started EFC Services 06 02 00 9 11 02 2 23 32 PM 27 Failed sending event via E mail EFC Services Sending failed O ng 9 11 02 2 23 10 PM 24 Could not contact remote notify server EFC Services PCNEF0911 1 9 11 02 10 23 10 AM_52 Services started EFC Services 06 02 9 10 02 1 35 21 PM 27 Failed sending event via E mail EFC Services Sendi 9 10 02 1 34 59 PM 24 Could not contact remote notify server EFC Services 9 10 02 9 34 59 AM 2 Services started EFC Services 06 02 9 9 02 2 31 49 PM 2 Services started EFC Services 06 02 9 4102 7 07 24 PM 27 Failed sending event via E mail EFC Services Sendi 9 4 02 7 07 02 PM 24 Could not contact remote notify server EFC Services PCNEF0911 1 9 4 02 3 07 02 PM 52 Services started EFC Services 06 02 00 9 4102 2 42 13 PM 27 Failed sending event via E mail EFC Services Sending failed O ne 9 4 02 2 41 53 PM 24 Could not contact remote notify server EFC Services PCNEFO911 1 9 4102 2 41 52 PM 22 Could not create RMI registry EFC Services Connection refused 9 4 02 2 41 47 PM 52 Services started EFC Services 0
379. istrators and users To open the Session Log select Session Log from the Logs menu at the Products View For a description of the Session Log and an explanation of button functions at the bottom of the log window refer to the McDATA Enterprise Fabric Connectivity Manager User Manual 620 005001 EFC Product Status The Product Status Log Figure 4 2 records an entry when the status Log of a switch changes The log reflects the previous status and current status of the switch and indicates the instance of a Sphereon 3032 3232 Product Manager application that should be opened to investigate a problem The information is useful to maintenance personnel for fault isolation and repair verification To open the Product Status Log select Product Status Log from the Logs menu at the Products View 3 11 02 11 29 41 AM 144 49 29 81 Unknown Operational 3 11 02 11 29 34 AM 10 1 3 11 Unknown Operational 3 11 02 11 29 31 AM 10 1 3 10 Unknown Operational 3 11 02 11 13 48 AM 10 1 6 2 Degraded Operational ae ee ee ee Figure 4 2 Product Status Log The log contains the following columns e Date Time the date and time the switch status change occurred e Network Address the IP address or configured name of the switch This address or name corresponds to the address or name displayed under the switch icon at the Product View e Previous Status the status of the switch prior to the reported status change Operational Degraded Fail
380. itch A blocked port continuously transmits the offline sequence OLS 2 The yellow shaded area of the dialog box matrix represents a rectangular array of port addresses used to configure connections The default state is an empty cell representing an allowed connection between two port addresses a Click a blank matrix cell to prohibit the connection of the two intersecting ports A prohibited connection is indicated by a red circle with a slash in the cell b Click a prohibited matrix cell to clear the restriction and allow the connection of the two intersecting ports c Right click a matrix cell to display a menu that provides the following port configuration selections Task 21 Configure Fabric Operating Parameters 2 89 Installation Tasks Prohibit or allow connections for an entire row row OC is prohibited in the Configure Addresses Active dialog box example Prohibit or allow connections for all switch ports Block or unblock all switch ports Clear connectivity restrictions for all switch ports 3 At the CUP Name field type a control unit port description of 24 or fewer alphanumeric characters optional The CUP is an internal switch port that communicates with channels to report errors and link initialization 4 Perform one of the following to activate the configuration without saving it or save the configuration for later activation Activate the Configuration click Activate to ac
381. itch configurations shown in All Configurations Figure D 1 and Figure D 2 1 Designate one notebook PC as the EFC Server as directed by the customer s network administrator and the remaining notebook PCs as client backups 2 Ensure each PC has a unique computer name Repeat this step for the EFC Server and all client PCs a Click the Windows Start button The Windows Workstation menu displays b Sequentially select Settings and Control Panel The Control Panel window displays c Double click the Network icon The Network dialog box displays with the Identification page open Consolidating EFC Servers Consolidating EFC Servers in a Multiswitch Fabric Network x Identification Services Protocols Adapters Bindings ll Windows uses the following information to identify your a computer on the network You may change the name for this computer and the workgroup or domain that it will appear in Computer Name EFCSERVER Workgroup d At the Computer Name field type a unique entry for each notebook PC For example EFC Server EFCSERVER First client backup PC EFCCLIENT1 Second client backup PC EFCCLIENT2 Third client backup PC EFCCLIENT3 If including numbers in the names of client backup PCs follow the same numbering sequence used during IP addresses assignment e Click OK When prompted to restart the computer click No The PC will be rebooted later 3 Ensure each PC has a uni
382. ither enabled or disabled To allow connection to a switch port from a WWN in the Node List Panel select the WWN or nickname in the Node List panel click the Add button The WWN or nickname will move to the Membership List panel 5 To add a WWN for a device or switch not currently connected to the switch click the Detached Node button When the Add Detached Node dialog box appears enter the appropriate WWN or nickname if configured through the SAN management application and click OK The WWN or nickname appears in the Switch Membership List 6 Click Activate to enable the changes and close the dialog box Enable Disable and Online State Functions In order for Switch Binding to function specific operating parameters and optional features must be enabled Also there are specific requirements for disabling these parameters and features when the switch is offline or online Be aware of the following e Switch Binding can be enabled or disabled whether the switch is offline or online e Enabling Enterprise Fabric Mode automatically enables Switch Binding e You cannot disable Switch Binding if Enterprise Fabric Mode is enabled e If Enterprise Fabric Mode is enabled and the switch is online you cannot disable Switch Binding However if Enterprise Fabric Mode is disabled you can disable Fabric Binding Switch Binding or both Task 17 Configure Management Server Optional 2 67 Installation Tasks Flexport
383. ive partitions Insert the EFC Server Restore CD ROM in the CD ROM drive and power on the PC Insert the rewritable CD with the EFC Manager data directory backup when prompted Restore EFC Server Procedure Restore EFC Server C 3 Restore EFC Server MCcDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Installation and Service Manual D Consolidating EFC Servers in a Multiswitch Fabri This appendix provides instructions to consolidate multiple Enterprise Fabric Connectivity EFC Servers by configuring one notebook personal computer PC as the server and configuring the remaining PCs as both clients backups The appendix provides the following sections e Overview e Consolidating EFC Servers e Reconfiguring a client after an EFC Server failure Consolidating EFC Servers in a Multiswitch Fabric ERM Consolidating EFC Servers in a Multiswitch Fabric Overview For maximum control and efficiency all switches in a multiswitch fabric should be managed by a single EFC Server When multiple EFC Servers communicate with switches the PC environment should be consolidated to one notebook PC server The remaining PCs should be configured as client backups Although there can be multiple notebook PC configurations the two configurations described as follows are the most probable and are addressed in this appendix e Multiple EFC Server PCs Figure D 1 each with one Ethernet media adapter connected to
384. k the Activate button Configure the following parameters as required by your fabric The domain identification is a value between 1 and 31 that provides a unique identification for the switch in a fabric A fabric switch cannot contain the same domain ID as another switch or their E_Ports will segment when they try to join In the Configure Switch Parameters dialog box a field is provided to enter a preferred domain ID and a check box is provided to enable this ID as an insistent domain ID Preferred NOTE To change this value you must first set the switch offline Select Set Online State from the Maintenance menu to display the Set Online State dialog box then click the Set Offline button Be sure to set the switch back online after you change this value Use this field to set the a unique domain ID for the switch The default value is 1 Set a value between 1 and 31 When a switch comes online with a preferred ID it requests an ID from the fabric s principal switch indicating its preferred value as part of the request If the requested domain ID is not allocated to the fabric the domain ID is assigned to the requesting switch If the requested domain ID is already allocated an unused domain ID is assigned Note that you must set the switch offline before you can change to the preferred domain ID The preferred domain ID must be unique for each director and switch in a fabric If two switches or directors have the same p
385. k together In S 390 mode the characteristic that determines port address status for the director or switch See allowed connection blocked connec tion connectivity capability connectivity control dynamic connec tion dynamic connectivity unblocked connection 9 10 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual connectivity capability connectivity control connector console control processor card credit CTP card customer support CVC D database data directory 1 The capability that allows attachment of a device to a system with out requiring physical reconfiguration of either the device or the interconnections 2 The director or switch capability that allows log ical manipulation of link connections to provide physical device attachment D See also active port address matrix connectivity attribute connectivity control In S 390 mode in a director or switch the method used to change port address connectivity attributes and determine the communica tion capability of the link attached to the port D See also active port address matrix connectivity attribute connectivity capability Synonym for optical fiber connector See personal computer server CTP card Circuit card that contains the director or switch micropro cessor The CTP card also initializes hardware components of the sys tem after power on The card may contain an RJ 45 twisted pair connec
386. l ager application Product View or Fabric Manager Topology View the corresponding EFC Product Manager application is invoked product name User configurable identifier assigned to a managed product Typi cally this name is stored on the product itself A director or switch product name can also be accessed by a simple network management protocol SNMP manager as the system name Product View The top level display in the EFC software user interface that displays icons of managed products prohibited port In a director or switch in S 390 operating mode an attribute that connection removes dynamic connectivity capability proprietary Privately owned and controlled In the computer industry propri etary is the opposite of open A proprietary design or technique is one that is owned by a company It also implies that the company has not divulged specifications that would allow other companies to dupli cate the product Increasingly proprietary architectures are seen as a disadvantage Consumers prefer open and standardized architec tures which allow them to mix and match products from different manufacturers protective plug In a fiber optic environment a type of duplex connector or cover that provides physical protection D Contrast with loopback plug protocol 1 Set of semantic and syntactic rules that determines the behavior of functional units in achieving communication 2 In systems network architechture the meanin
387. l Call Home Sense Info Link Incident System Error Event Log Indicator Y Y B 22 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Installation and Service Manual Event Code 206 Message Power supply removed Severity Informational Explanation The indicated supply has been removed from the switch while system power was on This event can only occur when dual power supplies are installed The other power supply automatically adjusts to assume the system full load providing uninterrupted system power Action Re install an operational power supply Event Data No supplementary data included with this event Distribution Switch EFC Server Host Nonvolatile System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident System Error Event Log Indicator Vv Vv Event Code 207 Message Power supply installed Severity Informational Explanation A redundant power supply has been installed while system power was on and the switch was operational Both supplies automatically adjust to share the system load Action No action required Event Data No supplementary data included with this event Distribution Switch EFC Server Host Nonvolatile System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident System Error Event Log Indicator Vv Vv Event Code Tables Power Supply Events 200 through 299 Event
388. laced RAP Cooling Fan FRU on page 5 6 Does the fan appear to function NO YES J The switch appears operational Contact the next level of support 10 Have the customer inspect and verify that facility power is within specifications These specifications are McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual e One single phase connection for each power supply Input power between 120 and 230 Vac Input current between 2 and 4 amps e Input frequency between 47 and 63 Hz Is facility power within specifications YES NO Ask the customer to correct the facility power problem When facility power is corrected verify switch temperature cools to within the operational limit 11 Inspect the fans Do one or more fans appear to rotate at insufficient angular velocity failure pending NO YES Remove and replace the affected fan RRP Cooling Fan FRU on page 5 6 After fan replacement verify switch temperature cools to within the operational limit A power supply problem is indicated Go to MAP 0100 Power Distribution Analysis on page 3 28 12 An SBAR module is not recognized by switch firmware because the firmware version is not supported or the SBAR module failed Advise the customer of the problem and determine the correct firmware version to download from the EFC Server Download the firmware Download a Firmware Version to a Switch on page 4 53 Perform the data c
389. le unit FRU power on hours update and data read write control and LMA code licensed internal code LIC download functions D Synonym for channel attached Glossary 9 31 logical partition logical port address logical switch number logical unit number login server longwave loopback plug loopback test LPAR LSN LUN M MAC address LPAR A processor hardware subset defined to support the operation of asystem control program and can be used without affecting any of the applications in another partition D In a director or switch the address used to specify port connectivity parameters and to assign link addresses for the attached channels and control units LSN A two digit number used by the I O configuration program IOCP to identify a director or switch D LUN In Fibre Channel addressing a logical unit number is a number assigned to a storage device which in combination with the storage device s node port s world wide name represents a unique identifier for a logical device on a storage area network Peripherals use LUNs to represent addresses A small computer system interface SCSI device s address can have up to eight LUNs Entity within the Fibre Channel fabric that receives and responds to login requests Lasers or light emitting diodes LEDs that emit light with wave lengths around 1300 nm When using single mode 9 nm fiber long wave lasers can be used to a
390. lease 10 02 00 Build 0048 Notes Release format punctuation is incorporated in data and formatted in ASCII Only the first byte of word 3 is used Data is an array of bytes eliminating any LSB MSB considerations Distribution Switch EFC Server Host Nonvolatile System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident System Error Event Log Indicator Vv Vv McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Installation and Service Manual Event Code Tables Event Code 423 Message CTP firmware download initiated Severity Informational Explanation The EFC Server or SANpilot has initiated the download of a new version of the switch firmware Action No action required Event Data No supplementary data included with this event Distribution Switch EFC Server Host Nonvolatile System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident System Error Event Log Indicator Vv Vv CTP Card Events 400 through 499 B 35 Event Code Tables Event Code 430 Message Excessive Ethernet transmit errors Severity Informational Explanation The transmit error counters for the Ethernet adapter on the active CTP card sum of all counters exceeded a threshold This does not indicate a CTP card failure but indicates a possible problem with either the Ethernet cable or hub or another device on the same Ethernet segment All counters in the
391. les 0x02 Reserved HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x03 SBAR module detected utility bus parity error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x04 Port module detected utility bus parity error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x05 SBAR module detected clock frequency error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x06 Port module detected clock frequency error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x07 SBAR module detected CTP interface signal error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x08 Port module detected CTP interface signal error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x09 SBAR Module detected external parity error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x0A Port Module detected external parity error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x0B SBAR Module detected lost of system clock HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x0C Port Module detected lost of system clock HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x0D SBAR detected invalid request from port HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 Ox0E Internal SBAR time out HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 Ox0F Internal SBAR parity error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x10 User port internal protocol error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x11 User port internal parity error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x12 User port internal bu
392. let is available e Fora cabinet installation open the rack mount kit and inspect the contents Refer to the enclosed bill of materials and verify all parts are delivered 2 22 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual Installation Tasks Install the management server in the equipment cabinet Refer to the 1U Server Rack Mount Kit Installation Instructions 958 000310 for guidance 5 Connect the management server to the customer supplied Ethernet LAN segment or McDATA supplied Ethernet hub private LAN interface To connect the management server a As shown in Figure 2 11 on page 2 23 connect one end of the Ethernet patch cable supplied with the management server to the right RJ 45 adapter LAN 2 at the rear of the server ra r i f a z i Private LAN Interface 4 a Figure 2 11 1U Management Server Connections Public LAN Interface LAN 1 Modem Adapter LINE AC Power Cord b Connect the remaining end of the Ethernet cable to the LAN as follows e Ifthe management server is installed on a customer supplied LAN segment connect the cable to the LAN as directed by the customer s network administrator e Ifthe management server is installed on the McDATA supplied Ethernet hub connect the cable to any available hub port 6 If required connect the management server to the customer s corporate intranet public LAN interface To connect
393. lots for SFPs inserted in a port are 0 through 31 SFPs are FRUs PWR power supply Chassis slots for redundant power supplies are 0 and 1 Power supplies are FRUs FAN cooling fan Chassis slots for redundant fans are 0 through 3 Fans are FRUs CTP control processor CTP card The chassis slot is 0 The CTP card is not a FRU THM thermal sensor The chassis slot is 0 The thermal sensor is not a FRU e Event Data up to 32 bytes of supplementary event data if available for the event in hexadecimal format Refer to Appendix B Event Code Tables for an explanation of the supplementary event data 48 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual Repair Information Refresh the Event Log To ensure recently created events appear in the Event Log periodically refresh the log display This is particularly important when inspecting the log for informational event codes to verify a repair procedure To refresh the log click Refresh at the bottom of the log window Clear the Event Log To ensure the Event Log is up to date and not filled with archived events periodically clear the log display To clear the log click Clear at the bottom of the log window Product Manager The Hardware Log Figure 4 4 displays a history of FRU removals and Hardware Log replacements insertions for the switch The information is useful to maintenance personnel for fault isolation
394. louts Words 2 amp 4 0x10 User port internal protocol error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x11 User port internal parity error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x12 User port internal buffer range error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x13 User port internal time out 1 HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x14 User port internal time out 2 HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x15 User port internal frame error bad delimiter HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x16 User port internal frame error CRC HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x17 User port internal frame error invalid size HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x18 User port internal frame error long frame HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x19 User port internal frame error short frame HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 Ox1A User port internal parity error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x1B Buffer error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x1C User port detected unexpected frame transmission HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 Ea McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Installation and Service Manual Event Code Tables 0x1D User port internal frame error invalid trailer HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0
395. lso expansion port fabric port generic port node port segmented expansion port British thermal unit Btu The quantity of heat required to raise the temperature of one pound of water by one degree Fahrenheit D broadband Large bandwidth communications channel capable of multiple par allel high speed transmissions broadcast In Fibre Channel protocol to send a transmission to all node ports N_Ports on a fabric See also broadcast frame broadcast frame In Fibre Channel protocol a frame whose destination address speci fies all node ports N_Ports in the fabric See also broadcast Btu See British thermal unit buffer Storage area for data in transit Buffers compensate for differences in processing speeds between devices See buffer to buffer credit buffer to buffer credit BB_Credit 1 The maximum number of receive buffers allocated to a transmitting node port N_Port or fabric port F_Port Credit repre Glossary g 7 bypassed port byte C call home cascade CBY cell chained channel sents the maximum number of outstanding frames that can be trans mitted by that N_Port or F_Port without causing a buffer overrun condition at the receiver 2 The maximum number of frames a port can transmit without receiving a receive ready signal from the receiv ing device BB_Credit can be adjustable to provide different levels of compensation If a port is bypassed all serial channel signals rout
396. ludes reference numbers to the figure feature numbers and descriptions Figure 6 3 Power Plugs and Receptacles 1 6 10 14 Q Ne No o 3 AS 8 a a 5 P 11 12 13 T O 6a McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual Illustrated Parts Breakdown Table 6 3 Power Cord and Receptacle List Ref Part Number Description Feature 1 806 000004 001 Power cord AC United Kingdom 1012 BS 1363 right angle 250 volts 10 amps 2 8 meters Receptacle BS 1363 2 806 000005 001 Power cord AC European Community 1013 CEE 7 7 straight 250 volts 10 amps 2 5 meters Receptacle CEE 7 3 806 000006 001 Power cord AC Australia 1014 AS 3112 straight 250 volts 10 amps 2 8 meters Receptacle AS 3112 4 806 000027 000 Power cord AC Italy Chile Libya and Ethiopia 1021 CEI 23 16 VII straight 250 volts 10 amps 2 8 meters Receptacle CEI 23 16 VII 5 806 000029 000 Power cord AC Israel 1022 SI 32 right angle 250 volts 15 amps 2 8 meters Receptacle SI 32 6 806 000030 000 Power cord AC Thailand Philippines Taiwan Bolivia and Peru 1023 NEMA 6 15P straight 250 volts 15 amps 2 8 meters Receptacle NEMA 6 15R 7 806 000033 000 Power cord AC Denmark 1024 Afsnit 107 2 D1 straight 250 volts 10 amps 2 8 meters Receptacle Afsnit 107 2 D1 8 806 000034 000 Power cord AC South Africa Burma Pakistan India and Bangladesh 1025
397. lue for R_A_TOV on all directors and switches in a multiswitch fabric If the value is not the same on all units the fabric segments Also the value for RLA_TOV must be greater than the value configured for E_D_TOV Adjust the E_D_TOV in tenth of a second increments An error condition occurs when an expected response is not received within the time limit set by this value The default value is 20 tenths 2 seconds Set a value between 2 tenths through 600 tenths 2 through 60 seconds NOTE Set the same value for E_D_TOV on all switches and directors in a multiswitch fabric If the value is not the same the fabric segments Setting this value determines the principal switch for the multiswitch fabric Select Principal highest priority Default or Never Principal lowest priority from the Switch Priority drop down list Setting these priority values determines the principal switch selected for the multiswitch fabric For example if you have three switches in the fabric and set one as Principal one as Default and one as Never Principal the unit set to Principal becomes the principal switch in the fabric If all switches are set to Principal or Default the switch with the highest priority and the lowest WWN becomes the principal switch Following are some examples of principal switch selection when switches have these settings e If you have three switches and set all to Default the switch with the lowest WWN becomes
398. lues g Set both switches online Set Online State on page 4 45 Did the operating parameter change solve the problem and did both switches join through the ISL to form a fabric NO YES 4 The switches associated ISL and multiswitch fabric appear operational Contact the next level of support 13 The switch E_Port segmented because two fabric elements have duplicate domain IDs a Work with the system administrator to determine the desired domain ID 1 through 31 inclusive for both switches b Notify the customer that both switches will be set offline Ensure the system administrator quiesces Fibre Channel frame traffic through the switches and sets attached devices offline c Set both switches offline Set Offline State on page 4 46 At the Hardware View for the selected switch click the Configure menu tab and select Switch Parameters from the Operating McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual Parameters sub menu The Configure Switch Parameters dialog box displays Figure 3 46 Configure Switch Parameters Dialog Box d Type the customer determined preferred domain ID value then click Activate e Repeat steps d and e at the Hardware View for the switch attached to the segmented E Port second switch Use a different preferred domain ID value f Set both switches online Set Online State on page 4 45 Did the domain ID change solve the problem and did both
399. ly activated appears 2 At the Configure panel select the Operations option at the left side of the panel The Operations panel opens with the Switch page displayed 3 Click the Feature Installation tab The Operations panel opens with the Feature Installation page displayed Figure 2 105 Refrash 5 20 03 at 17 03 31 Operations View Feature Key Activate Cancel Features No Features Installed Configure Online State Online Monitor Note When attempting to remove any currently installed features the switch must be Offline Operations Help Figure 2 105 Operations Panel Feature Installation Tab 4 Type the PFE key and click Activate The interface displays a confirmation page with a warning stating this action overrides the current set of switch features 5 Click Activate to activate the new PFE key The switch performs an IPL when the key is activated NOTE When Activate is selected all current features are replaced with new features 6 Set the switch online as follows a At the Configure panel select the Operations option at the left side of the panel The Operations panel opens and the Switch page displays with the Beacon tab selected Task 25 Configure the Switch from the SANpilot Interface Optional Installation Tasks 2 133 Installation Tasks b Click the Online State tab then click Set Online The message Your operations chan
400. lysis on page 3 28 14 Does a yellow triangle attention indicator appear at the alert panel and as the background to the icon representing the switch reporting the problem 3 12 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual YES NO 1 Go to step 18 15 Click the icon representing the switch reporting the problem The Hardware View displays At the Hardware View e Observe whether the Sphereon 3032 3232 Status table is yellow and switch status is Minor Failure or Not Installed Inspect FRUs for a blinking red and yellow diamond failed FRU indicator that overlays the FRU graphic Does a blinking red and yellow diamond overlay a Fibre Channel port graphic NO YES L A port SFP failure is indicated Go to step 23 to obtain event codes If no event codes are found go to MAP 0600 Port Failure and Link Incident Analysis on page 3 72 16 Does a blinking red and yellow diamond overlay a fan graphic NO YES A fan failure is indicated Go to step 23 to obtain event codes If no event codes are found go to MAP 0500 Fan and CTP Card Failure Analysis on page 3 67 17 A blinking red and yellow diamond overlays a power supply graphic A power supply failure is indicated Go to step 23 to obtain event codes If no event codes are found go to MAP 0100 Power Distribution Analysis on page 3 28 18 A green circle appears at the alert panel and as the background to the icon
401. m joining Segmented E_Ports will not carry Class 2 or Class 3 traffic traffic from attached devices but will carry Class F traffic traffic originating from the switch for management and control See the Event Data for the Segmentation Reason Code Action Action depends on the segmentation reason code in the Event Data Event Data Byte 0 The port number of the E_Port Byte 4 The Segmentation Reason Code 01 Incompatible operating parameters Either the R_A_TOV or E_D_TOV values are inconsistent between the two fabrics Modify the operating parameters to make the R_A_TOV and E_D_TOV values the same for both fabrics 02 Duplicate domain ID s One or more Domain ID conflicts have been detected Modify the operating parameters and set the Preferred Domain ID to a value that is unique in the fabric 03 Incompatible zoning configurations The same zone name has been recognized in each fabric but the two zones contain different members Modify the active zone set in one of the fabrics to make certain all of the zone names are unique between the fabrics to be joined 04 Build fabric protocol error A protocol error was detected during formation of a fabric Investigate the state of the neighboring E_Port Optionally disconnect then reconnect the link connecting the two switches An IML or IPL will not correct the problem If the condition persists perform the data collection procedure for the switch using the EFC Manager and
402. maintenance data power on power off and IPL the switch set the switch online or offline block ports manage firmware clean fiber optics and install or upgrade software Chapter 5 FRU Removal and Replacement This chapter describes procedures to remove and replace the switch FRUs and the entire switch when required Chapter 6 Illustrated Parts Breakdown This chapter illustrates describes and shows the location of all switch FRUs In addition FRUs are cross referenced to corresponding part numbers Appendix A Messages This appendix lists user and error messages that appear in the EFC Manager and Sphereon Product Manager applications at the EFC Server A description of each message and recommended action in response to the message are also provided Appendix B Event Code Tables This appendix provides an explanation of event codes that appear at the Product Manager application The event severity and a recommended action in response to each event are also provided Appendix C Restore EFC Server This appendix provides the instructions to restore all required switch applications to the EFC Server in case of a hard drive failure Appendix D Consolidating EFC Servers in a Multiswitch Fabric This appendix provides the instructions for consolidating operation and network addressing of multiple EFC Servers The Glossary defines terms abbreviations and acronyms used in the manual An Index is also provided Related Publica
403. mation ccceee 3 59 Disconnect Verification Message BOX c csccsescceseesestsnsteeseeeetsteseecenens 3 60 Save Session Device Verification Message BOX ccsccessesesesesteteseecees 3 60 Modify Network Address Dialog BOX c csescsesseseseecsteesssesneneeseeeens 3 60 New Product Dialog BOX ccccscsesssescscscesesssesteneseseseeceescecenesesssesneneneseesees 3 61 Connection Description Dialog BOX cccccssesseceseeseteseeceneessseetetenesesees 3 64 Connect To Dialog BOX sissersseccotsensesasnesisvesenetsretesethacetessencsseebuscenons ntsanense 3 65 COMn Dialog Box COM1 or COM2 n ss ssssssssssssssstssissstentiesneentesteestesntens 3 65 Hyperterminal Window Event Log cccccscessseeseteseeceneeseseanseneseeees 3 66 Disconnect Verification Message ccscessssssesceceessscsnsnsteeseeeeteesescenens 3 67 Save Session Device Verification Message cccccscssecnetesesestsneteseeeees 3 67 Configure Ports Dialog BOX c cccccceccceesesesnsteeseseenesescecenesesssnaneneneseeeees 3 81 Configure Fabric Parameters Dialog BOX cccsescsessescenetesesesteneteneeees 3 82 Fabric Binding Dialog Box First cccccccseeeesssteeseseeteteseeceenessseanenenes 3 85 Switch Binding State Change Dialog BOX cccccceecesetesesesteteeseeees 3 85 Fabric Binding Dialog Box Second c ccsesessssescscesesesestensteseseeneteseseeeenens 3 87 4 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Man
404. mation refer to the McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Switch element manager User Manual 620 000152 e Identify the switch to the SAN management application Configure switch management style open systems or FICON e Configure switch management style open systems or FICON e Configure switch operating parameters e Configure switch and fabric operating parameters e Configure switch binding e Configure switch ports e Configure logical port addresses FICON Management Style only e Configure SNMP trap message recipients e Configure threshold alerts e Configure OpenTrunking e Configure and enable e mail notification e Configure and enable call home event notification Perform this procedure to configure the switch name description location and contact person for the SAN management application The information appears in multiple dialog boxes throughout the application In addition the Name Location and Contact variables configured at the Configure Identification dialog box correspond respectively to the SNMP variables sysName sysLocation and sysContact These variables are used by SNMP management workstations when obtaining data from managed switches To configure the switch identification McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual Installation Tasks 1 At the Hardware View for the selected switch click the Configure icon at the navigation control panel and select I
405. me as the failed switch Configure switch and fabric parameters 1 Set the switch offline 2 Select Switch Parameters from the Operating Parameters submenu Configure menu tab 3 On the Configure Switch Parameters dialog box set Domain ID Management Style Rerouting Delay and RSCNs the same as the failed switch and click Activate 4 Select Fabric Parameters from the Operating Parameters submenu Configure menu tab 5 Set BB_Credit R_A_TOV E_D_TOV Switch Priority and Interop Mode the same as the failed switch and click Activate Verify the firmware version RRP CTP Card Switch Replacement 5 9 FRU Removal and Replacement 1 At the hardware view select firmware library from the maintenance icon and verify that the firmware version is the same as that running on the existing fabric The active version is displayed at the bottom of the display To upgrade download the active version select the correct version and select SEND The firmware will load perhaps taking up to 10 minutes Configure the ports the same as the failed switch select ports from the configure menu Configure SNMP traps CLI EWS the same as the failed switch Set the date and time Set zoning configuration 1 At the EFCM product view select fabric Select the new switch icon then zone set tab 2 Verify that the active zoneset is the same active zoneset that is running on the fabric and that
406. me tab selected Figure 2 91 on page 2 112 Task 25 Configure the Switch from the SANpilot Interface Optiona EAI Installation Tasks Configure Refresh 8 22 02 at 12 51 38 User Rights identification Date Time Parameters Fabric Parameters Network Date MM DD YYYY j2 afe sfeoon View Configure Time Monitor HH MM SS fo fo fo Operations ENE Cancel Help Figure 2 91 Configure Panel Switch Page with Date Time Tab a Click the Date fields that require change and type numbers in the following ranges e Month MM 1 through 12 e Day DD 1 through 31 e Year YYYY greater than 1980 b Click the Time fields that require change and type numbers in the following ranges e Hour HH 0 through 23 e Minute MM 0 through 59 e Second SS 0 through 59 2 Click Activate to save and activate the changes The message Your changes to the date time configuration have been successfully activated appears Configure Perform this procedure to configure the switch s preferred domain Operating ID insistent domain ID rerouting delay and domain registered state Parameters change notifications RSCNs The switch must be set offline to configure the preferred domain ID To configure parameters 2 112 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual 1 Set the switch offline as follows a At the Configur
407. ment stations and resident on a switch or director Through the simple net work management protocol SNMP these pointers can be manipu lates to monitor control and configure the switch or director FCIA A corporation consisting of over 100 computer indus try related companies Its goal is to provide marketing support exhibits and tradeshows for its member companies The FCIA com plements activities of the various standards committees 9 22 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual Fibre Channel I O FCC IOC In a director the integrated controller on the control pro controller cessor CTP card dedicated to the task of managing the embedded Fibre Channel port In a director or switch the FCC IOC controls the embedded Fibre Channel port and configures the ports applica tion specific integrated circuits ASICs Fibre Channel IP FC IP The default FC IP on a new switch is a temporary number address divided by the switch s world wide name WWN The system administrator needs to enter a valid IP address Fibre Channel FCMGMT A standard defined by the Fibre Alliance to provide easy management management for Fibre Channel based devices such as switches hubs framework integration and host bus adapters Fibre Channel FC PH The American National Standards Institute ANSI document physical and signaling that specifies the FC 0 physical signaling FC 1 data encoding and interface
408. ment server provide auto detecting 10 100 Mbps connections The dedicated LAN segment that connects the management server to managed switches and the optional customer intranet operate at either ten or 100 Mbps If only one management server connection is used and this connection is provided through the customer intranet functions provided by the management server are available to all users The purpose for dual LAN connections is to provide a dedicated LAN segment that isolates the management server and managed switches from unauthorized users An CAUTION Prior to servicing a switch or management server determine the Ethernet LAN configuration Installation of switches and the management server on a public customer intranet can complicate problem determination and fault isolation Remote Workstation Configurations 1 17 General Information Minimum Remote Console Hardware Specifications Client EFC Manager and Product Manager applications download and install to remote workstations from the EFC Server using a standard web browser The applications operate on platforms that meet the following minimum system requirements Desktop or notebook PC with color monitor keyboard and mouse using an Intel Pentium processor with a 400 MHz or greater clock speed and using the Microsoft Windows 95 Windows 98 Windows 2000 Windows XP Windows NT 4 0 or Linux 2 2 operating system Unix workstation with color monitor
409. mount management server Disconnect Options Clipboard Send Ctr Alt Del Refresh Log On to Windows Built on NT Technology User name Administrator Password Cancel Options gt gt Figure 2 28 Log On to Windows Dialog Box Task 8 Configure Management Server Information 2 31 Installation Tasks 5 Type the default Windows 2000 user name and password and click OK The management server s Windows 2000 desktop opens and the SANavigator Log In or EFCM 8 Log In dialog box displays Figure 2 29 NOTE The default Windows 2000 user name is Administrator and the default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive SANavigator Log In 5 xj Connect to SANavigator server to open a SAN Network Address localhost x Delete Server Name PCNEF0911 1 User ID Password Forget password Save password Q Server Available Figure 2 2 SANavigator Log In or EFCM 8 Log In Dialog Box Configure To configure the management server name and workgroup name ih eaten 1 At the Windows 2000 desktop click Start at the left side of the task bar bottom of the desktop then select Settings then Control Panel The Control Panel window displays Figure 2 30 on page 2 33 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual E Control Panel File Edit view Favorites Tools Help Back Qsea
410. ms the boot sequence from the BIOS During the boot sequence the server performs additional POSTs and displays the following operational information at the LCD panel e Host name e System date and time e LAN 1 and LAN 2 IP addresses e Fan 1 fan 2 fan 3 and fan 4 rotational speed e CPU temperature e Hard disk capacity e Virtual and physical memory capacity d After successful POST completion the LCD panel displays a Welcome message then continuously cycles through and displays server operational information e After rebooting the server at the LCD panel log on to the EFC Server s Windows 2000 desktop through a LAN connection to a browser capable PC Refer to Access the Management Server Desktop on page 2 30 for instructions The EFC Management Services and EFC Manager applications start and the EFC Manager Login dialog box displays Figure 3 14 f At the EFC Manager Login dialog box type a user name password and EFC Server name obtained in MAP 0000 Start MAP on page 3 6 and all are case sensitive and click Login The application opens and the Products View displays MAP 0300 Console Application Problem Determination 3 39 X EFC Manager Login __ E IOl x ll EFC Manager Figure 3 14 EFC Manager Login Dialog Box Did the Product View display and does the EFC Manager application appear operational NO YES L The problem is transient and the EFC Server appears operational
411. n arrow associated with the InCD icon changes to a green up arrow 5 At the Save Data Collection dialog box select the compact disc drive D from the Look in drop down menu then type a descriptive name for the collected maintenance data in the File name field 6 The Data Collection dialog box Figure 4 23 displays with a progress bar that shows percent completion of the data collection process When the process reaches 100 the Cancel button changes to a Close Button Ee Figure 4 23 Data Collection Dialog Box 7 Click Close to close the dialog box 8 Remove the CD with the newly collected maintenance data from the EFC Server s CD RW drive Return the CD with the failed FRU to McDATA for failure analysis 9 To ensure the backup application operates normally replace the original backup CD in the EFC Server s CD RW drive Clean Fiber Optic Components Perform this procedure as directed in this publication and when connecting or disconnecting fiber optic cables from switch SFP optical transceivers if necessary To clean fiber optic components 1 Obtain the appropriate tools portable can of oil free compressed air and alcohol pads from the fiber optic cleaning kit 4 40 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual Disconnect the fiber optic cable from the SFP Use compressed air to blow any contaminants from the connector as shown in part A of Figure 4 24
412. n for a portion of time greater than the low transmit BB Credit threshold This is an indication of congestion in the fabric downstream from the exit port Action Review the fabric topology using McDATA s switch topology guidelines This condition may be corrected by adding parallel ISLs increasing the link speed of he ISL or by moving devices to different locations in the fabric If this condition is brief and rare or if the reporting ISL has nearly 100 throughput this condition can be ignored Event Data Byte 0 Number of the port on which the low BB credit condition was detected Byte 1 3 Reserved Distribution Switch EFC Server Host Nonvolatile System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident System Error Event Log Indicator Vv Vv Event Code 143 Message End of a low BB Credit condition has been detected on an ISL Severity Informational Explanation Open Trunking firmware has detected that the low BB credit condition on an ISL has been relieved Credits allowing data transmission are now available for a greater portion of the time Action A rare brief episode of low BB credit can sometimes be ignored but if a low BB credit condition is common or long lasting without a very high loading on the reporting ISL the condition should be handled as described in Event Code 142 Event Data Byte 0 Number of the port that no longer has a low BB credit condition
413. n one port this is the World Wide Name of the specific port on the node When a port is functioning as an expansion port E_Port the message is E_Port When a port is not logged into an end device not functioning as an F_Port or to another switch not functioning as an E_Port the message is the port current online state Right click a bar graph to display a menu of port related actions The options available on this menu are the same as those that are available when you right click a port in the Hardware View or right click a row in the Port List View These include e Port Properties e Node Properties e Port Technology e Block Port e Enable Beaconing Using the Element Manager ia General Information e Diagnostics e Channel Wrap FICON management style only e Swap Ports FICON management style only e Clear Link Incident Alert s e Reset Port e Port Binding e Clear Threshold Alert s Note that these same options are also available when you click a port graph then select the Port secondary menu from the Product menu on the menu bar The bottom portion of the Performance View displays cumulative statistical information for the port selected in the bar graph Values are displayed for transmit and receive traffic class 2 and 3 statistics operational statistics and error categories Click a category in the left frame of the statistics area to display only statistics in that category or click All to displ
414. n page 3 28 A faulty PWR LED is indicated but Fibre Channel port operation is not disrupted a If continued operation without benefit of the PWR LED is acceptable to the customer do not perform any repair action b If continued operation without benefit of the PWR LED is not acceptable to the customer remove and replace the switch Exit MAP 30 Is the ERR LED blinking YES NO a Go to step 32 31 Unit beaconing is enabled for the switch a Consult the customer and next level of support to determine the reason unit beaconing is enabled b Disable unit beaconing 1 At the Hardware View right click the front bezel graphic away from a FRU A pop up menu appears 2 Click Enable Unit Beaconing The check mark disappears from the box adjacent to the option and unit beaconing is disabled Was unit beaconing enabled because an switch failure or degradation was suspected YES NO y The switch appears operational Go to step 25 32 Is the ERR LED illuminated YES NO a The switch appears operational Verify operation at the EFC Server Go to step 3 MAP 0000 Start MAP 3 19 33 Check FRUs port SFPs fans power supplies for failure symptoms Is the amber LED adjacent to a port SFP illuminated NO YES L A port SFP failure is indicated Go to step 23 to obtain event codes If no event codes are found go to MAP 0600 Port Failure and Link Incident Analysis on page 3 72 34 Is the amber LED at t
415. n the left front of the chassis 2 Connect the remaining end of the Ethernet cable to the LAN as follows a If the switch is installed on a customer supplied LAN segment connect the cable to the LAN as directed by the customer s network administrator b Ifthe switch is installed on the Ethernet hub connect the cable to any available port 1x through 11x or 13x through 23x on the hub 3 Perform one of the following steps If an management server or customer supplied server platform is delivered and available the Ethernet LAN segment does not require connection to the internet Go to Task 6 Unpack Inspect and Install the Management Server on page 2 22 If an management server or customer supplied server platform is not available and the switch is managed through the SANpilot interface attach the Ethernet LAN segment to an internet connection and go to Task 25 Configure the Switch from the SANpilot Interface Optional on page 2 106 Task 5 LAN Connect the Switch 2 21 Installation Tasks Task 6 Unpack Inspect and Install the Management Server The management server is alU high rack mount unit with the SAN management application and Sphereon 3032 Switch or Sphereon 3232 Switch element manager applications installed The applications provide a graphical user interface GUI for operating and managing the switch and other McDATA products The management server also includes a TightVNC Viewer Vers
416. nager and return the CD and the faulty power supply to McDATA for analysis and repair Event Data No supplementary data included with this event Distribution Switch EFC Server Host Nonvolatile System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident System Error Event Log Indicator Vv Vv Vv Vv Vv Vv Power Supply Events 200 through 299 Event Code Tables Event Code 203 Message Power supply ac voltage recovery Severity Informational Explanation The ac voltage on the indicated power supply has been restored This event can only occur when dual power supplies are installed Both supplies automatically adjust to share the system load Action No action required Event Data No supplementary data included with this event Distribution Switch EFC Server Host Nonvolatile System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident System Error Event Log Indicator Y Y Event Code 204 Message Power supply DC voltage recovery Severity Informational Explanation The DC voltage on the indicated power supply has been restored This event can only occur when dual power supplies are installed Both supplies automatically adjust to share the system load Action No action required Event Data No supplementary data included with this event Distribution Switch EFC Server Host Nonvolatile System Event Log E Mai
417. nal Features in element manager user manual Task 23 Test Remote Notification Optional If the call home and e mail notification features are enabled set up the SAN management application to test these remote notification features Because the features are configured at the SAN management application call home and e mail notification are enabled for multiple switches or McDATA managed products To test remote notification 1 Close the Hardware View for the switch and return to the Product View by clicking the Close icon at the navigation control panel 2 At the Product View click Maintenance at the navigation control panel and select Test Remote Notification from the Maintenance menu The Test Remote Notification dialog box displays Figure 2 83 Test Remote Notification Dialog Box 3 Select the Call Home and E Mail check boxes to perform applicable tests The call home test dials the telephone number configured while performing Task 11 Configure the Call Home Feature Optional The e mail test sends a test message to e mail recipients configured while performing Task 19 Configure the Sphereon 3032 3232 Element Manager Applications 2 102 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual Installation Tasks 4 Click Send Test Call home and e mail test messages are transmitted and an Information dialog box displays Click OK to close the dialog box 5 Verify with recipients tha
418. nce view option 1 41 PFE keys CNT WAN support 2 132 configure at SANpilot interface 2 132 Flexport feature 2 57 Flexport Technology feature 2 132 full volatility feature 2 132 open systems management server 2 132 OpenTrunking 2 57 2 132 preferred path feature 2 132 SANtegrity binding 2 57 2 132 port blocking 4 46 cabling 2 134 description 1 29 diagnostics 4 22 LEDs 4 22 loopback tests external 4 31 loopback tests internal 4 29 module event codes B 45 segmentation 1 9 swapping 4 34 unblocking 4 47 port addresses default value 2 2 port bandwidth 1 1 port binding 2 85 2 87 configure 2 124 description 2 124 port blocked states default value 2 2 port diagnostics dialog box 1 35 Port List View 4 16 port list view menu 1 40 port menu 1 39 port properties dialog box 1 39 ports binding 2 85 2 87 configurable types 1 2 configure at SANpilot interface 2 109 configuring 1 31 default configuration 1 32 default values 2 2 diagnostics 1 35 displaying statistics 1 42 FICON management style 1 32 open systems management style 1 32 product menu 1 29 swapping 1 35 UDP default value 2 3 ports list view 1 39 power off procedure 4 42 power plugs illustrations 6 4 McDATA Sphereon 38032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual power receptacles illustrations 6 4 power supplies 1 20 event codes B 20 illustrations 6 2 LEDs 1 22 part numbers 6 2 removal 5 4 replacement 5 5 power on procedure 4 41 pr
419. ncorrectly include or exclude a device from a zone CAUTION If zoning is implemented by WWN removal and replacement of a device HBA or Fibre Channel interface thereby changing the device WWN disrupts zone operation and may incorrectly include or exclude a device from a zone CAUTION In Open Fabric mode only zoning by WWN is supported Zoning by port numbers is not Zones are grouped into zone sets A zone set is a group of zones that is enabled activated or disabled across all switches in a multiswitch fabric Only one zone set can be enabled at one time Switch Description General Information Multiswitch Fabrics A Fibre Channel topology that consists of one or more interconnected switches or switch elements is called a fabric Operational software provides the ability to interconnect switches through expansion port E_Port connections to form a multiswitch fabric The data transmission path through the fabric is typically determined by fabric elements and is user transparent Subject to zoning restrictions devices attached to any interconnected switch can communicate with each other through the fabric Because a multiswitch fabric is typically complex maintenance personnel should be aware that several factors can degrade fabric performance or cause connectivity failures These factors include e Domain ID assignment Each switch in a fabric is identified by a unique domain ID that rang
420. nd manage the switch The management server provides two auto detecting 10 100 Mbps Ethernet LAN connectors RJ 45 adapters The first adapter LAN 1 attaches optionally to a public customer intranet to allow access from remote user workstations The second adapter LAN 2 attaches to a private LAN segment containing switches or managed McDATA products Management Server The following list summarizes hardware specifications for the EFC Specifications Server rack mount platform Current platforms may ship with more enhanced hardware such as a faster processor additional random access memory RAM or a higher capacity hard drive e 1U rack mount server running the Intel Pentium 4 processor with an 1 800 megahertz MHz or greater clock speed Microsoft Windows 2000 Professional operating system and power cord 1 12 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual Ethernet Hub Optional Figure 1 3 SANpilot Interface General Information e TightVNC Viewer Version 1 2 7 client server software control package that provides remote network access through a standard web browser to the EFC Server desktop e 1 024 megabyte MB or greater RAM e 40 gigabyte GB or greater internal hard drive e 1 44 MB 3 5 inch slim type disk drive and slim type compact disk rewritable CD RW drive e 56K internal modem e Two 10 100 Mbps Ethernet adapters with RJ 45 connectors
421. nd per manently storing the data on removable media to reclaim system hard disk space The second byte of the node port N_Port identifier See American National Standard Code for Information Interchange See application specific integrated circuit In S 390 mode the connection status of the address on a configura tion matrix allowed blocked or prohibited Log summarizing actions audit trail made by the user There are two types of Audit Logs the director or switch Audit Log and the EFC Audit Log 1 Director or switch Audit Log Log displayed through the Product Manager application that provides a history of all configuration changes made to an individual director or switch from the respective Product Manager application a simple network management proto col SNMP management workstation a Fibre Connection FICON or open systems host or the maintenance port This information is useful for administrators and users Contrast with EFC Audit Log See o4 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual availability backbone backplane backup field replaceable unit backup FRU bandwidth baud BB_Credit beaconing also Event Log Hardware Log Link Incident Log Threshold Alert Log 2 See EFC Audit Log The accessibility of a computer system or network resource See bit See byte Cable on which two or more stations or networks may be attached typically used
422. ndom access memory nonvolatile random access mem ory static random access memory See resource allocation time out value ROM An information storage chip with permanent memory Stored information cannot be changed or deleted except under special cir cumstances D Contrast with random access memory Performance characteristic of a system or product whose integral components are backed up by identical components to which opera tions will automatically failover in the event of a component failure Redundancy is a vital characteristic of virtually all high availability 24 hours 7 days per week computer systems and networks A process by which a system is able to inform remote users and workstations of certain classes of events that occur on the system E mail notification and the configuration of simple network manage ment protocol SNMP trap recipients are two examples of remote notification programs that can be implemented on director class switches Workstation such as a personal computer PC using EFC Manager application and Product Manager application software that can access the EFC Server over a local area network LAN connection a McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual repeater rerouting delay resource allocation time out value RFI ROM router RS 232 S 390 mode SA MVS SAN SANavigator SANavigator Server SA OS 390 A device that generates
423. ndows 2000 desktop click the Send Ctrl Alt Del button at the top of the window The Windows Security dialog box displays Figure 3 10 NOTE Do not simultaneously press the Ctrl Alt and Delete keys This action controls the browser capable PC not the rack mount EFC Server 3 36 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual Disconnect Options Clipboard Send Ctr Alt Del Refresh Windows Security Logon Information You are logged on as EFCSERVERSC1M Administrator Logon Date 4 16 2003 8 35 24 AM Use the Task Manager to close an application that is not responding D i Log Off Shut Down Change Password Task Manager Cancel Figure 3 10 Windows Security Dialog Box b Click Task Manager The Windows Task Manager dialog box displays with the Applications page open by default Figure 3 11 E windows Task Manager j 0 x File Options View Windows Help Applications Processes Performance Task Status D EFC Services Running amp HyperSnap Dx Running McDATA Enterprise Fabric Connectivity Manager RUNNING 4 End Task Switch To New Task Processes 28 CPU Usage 0 Mem Usage 129116K 2522644k 7 Figure 3 11 Windows Task Manager Dialog Box Applications Page MAP 03800 Console Application Problem Determination 3 37 c Select highlight the McDATA Enterprise Fabric Connectivity Manager en
424. net hub are delivered and installed at the customer facility on a desk or table top Ethernet cabling distance and local area network LAN addressing issues must be considered Fabricenter equipment cabinet one or more switches a rack mount management server and an Ethernet hub are delivered cabled and installed in a McDATA supplied equipment cabinet Ethernet cabling distance and LAN addressing issues must be considered only if multiple cabinets are daisy chained Customer supplied equipment rack one or more switches an optional management server and an optional Ethernet hub are delivered to the customer facility for installation in a customer supplied equipment rack Rack mount hardware is provided in the shipping container Ethernet cabling distance and LAN addressing issues must be considered 2 4 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual Installation Tasks Summary of Installation Tasks Table 2 4 summarizes installation tasks for the switch management server and Ethernet hub The table numbers and describes each task states if the task is required or optional and lists the page reference for the task If a task is optional decision related information is included Table 2 4 Installation Task Summary Task Number and Description Required or Optional Page Task 1 Verify Installation Requirements Required 2 7 Task 2 Unpack Inspect and Install th
425. nfigure Ports dialog box This dialog has different functions in FICON versus Open Systems management style Using the Element Manager General Information General Information In FICON management style use the dialog box to enable extended distance buffering for 10 to 100 km link incident LIN alerts and port binding for each port In Open Systems management style for each port you can provide a name block or unblock operation configure extended distance buffering for 10 to 100 km enable LIN alerts for each port define a type G F and E and enable port binding NOTE Ports are automatically configured as G_Ports if no device is connected F_Ports if a device is connected and E_Ports if a switch is connected In both styles you can enable the rerouting delay feature Addresses FICON management style only Select from two suboptions for active and stored addresses Active Addresses Displays the Configure Addresses Active dialog box Use this dialog box to configure a name blocked or unblocked state and prohibited and allowed connection attributes for a port Stored Addresses Displays the Address Configuration Library Use this dialog box to activate modify delete and modify existing address configurations created through the Active Addresses dialog box SNMP Agent Select this option to display the Configure SNMP dialog box Use this dialog box to configure network addresses and comm
426. ngle will appear by the Threshold Alert field and the configured name for the last alert received will appear in the field e Congested Threshold This field only displays if the optional Open Trunking feature is installed It displays the active congested threshold percentage currently configured in the Configure Open Trunking dialog box The Performance View Figure 4 15 displays statistical information about the performance of the ports The information is useful for isolating port problems To open the Performance View from the Hardware View select Performance from the View menu on the navigation control panel i Performance View When the Performance View opens no port statistics or errors appear The message Click on gauge above to display statistics for that port appears beneath the port bar graphs Performing Port Diagnostics 4 27 Repair Information Each port bar graph in the upper portion of the view displays the instantaneous transmit or receive activity level for the port and is updated every five seconds The relative value displayed is the greater of either the transmit or receive activity whichever value is greatest when sampled Each port s graph has multiple green bar level indicators that correspond to a percentage of the maximum Fibre Channel throughput for the port either transmit or receive If any activity is detected for a port at least one green bar appears A red indicator on each port
427. nguished Does the switch appear powered off while the power supplies appear operational one or both power supply LEDs illuminated NO YES Go to step 19 18 Both power supplies failed and must be removed and replaced RRP Power Supply on page 5 4 Perform the data collection procedure after FRU removal and replacement Did replacement of both power supplies solve the problem NO YES a The switch appears operational Contact the next level of support 19 One or both power supplies appear operational but the CTP card is not receiving DC power An in card circuit breaker may have tripped due to a power surge or the CTP card failed Reset the switch Reset the Switch on page 4 43 MAP 0100 Power Distribution Analysis 3 33 Did a switch reset solve the problem NO YES L The switch appears operational A CTP card failure is indicated Because the CTP card is not a FRU replace the switch 20 Does the SANpilot interface appear operational NO YES L Go to step 22 21 A Page cannot be found Unable to locate the server HTTP 404 file not found or other similar message appears The message indicates the web browser PC cannot communicate with the switch because e The switch to PC Internet Ethernet link could not be established AC power distribution in the switch failed or AC power was disconnected e The switch CTP card failed Go to step 12 22 Inspect the power supply operational sta
428. ning is enabled b Disable port beaconing 1 At the Hardware View right click the port graphic A pop up menu appears 2 Click Enable Beaconing The check mark disappears from the box adjacent to the option and port beaconing is disabled Was port beaconing enabled because port failure or degradation was suspected YES NO ay The switch appears operational Go to step 2 21 At the Port Properties dialog box does the Operational State field display a Segmented E_Port message NO YES L E Port segmentation is indicated Go to step 23 to obtain event codes If no event codes are found go to MAP 0700 Fabric ISL and Segmented Port Problem Determination on page 3 92 A message displays indicating a link incident or port problem Go to step 23 to obtain event codes If no event codes are found go to MAP 0600 Port Failure and Link Incident Analysis on page 3 72 22 A link incident may have occurred but the LIN alerts option is not enabled for the port and the attention indicator does not appear At the Hardware View select Link Incident Log from the Logs menu on the navigation control panel The Link Incident Log displays MAP 0000 Start MAP 3 15 Figure 3 5 3 22 02 4 09 12 PM 7 Loss of Signal or Loss of Synchronization 3 22 02 3 06 10 PM 7 Loss of Signal or Loss of Synchronization 3 21 02 4 30 11 PM 10 Loss ofSignal or Loss of Synchronization 3 21 02 4 29 13 PM 10 Not Operational primitive seq
429. nk If the condition persists perform the data collection procedure for the switch using the EFC Manager and return the CD to McDATA for analysis Distribution Switch EFC Server Host Nonvolatile System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident System Error Event Log Indicator Vv Vv B 10 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Installation and Service Manual Event Code Tables Event Code 072 Message E_Port connected to unsupported switch Severity Informational Explanation The device connected to the other end of the interswitch link is not compatible Action Disconnect the interswitch link Event Data No supplementary data included with this event Distribution Switch EFC Server Host Nonvolatile System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident System Error Event Log Indicator Vv Vv Event Code 073 Message Fabric Init Error Severity Informational Explanation There was an error detected in the fabric initialization sequence Most problems are caused by frame delivery errors The Event data is intended for engineering evaluation of the problem It includes a reason code and if applicable a list of ports that problems were detected over Action Perform a data collection operation and contact a service representative Event Data Byte 0 The error Reason Code 01 Error no
430. not be retrieved The link is down or busy Retry the operation later If the condition persists contact support personnel Cannot run diagnostics on a port that is failed Port diagnostics cannot be performed on a port that has failed Run diagnostics only on an operational port Cannot run diagnostics on an active E port Port diagnostics cannot be performed on an active E port Sphereon 3032 3232 Element Manager Messages A 7 Action Message Description Action Message Description Action Message Description Action Message Description Action Message Description Action Run diagnostics on an E port only when it is not active Cannot run diagnostics while a device is logged in to the port A device is logged in to the port where a diagnostic test is attempted Log out the device and run the diagnostic test again Cannot run diagnostics The port is not installed Port diagnostics cannot be performed when the port is not installed Run diagnostics only on a port that is installed Cannot save IPL configuration file while active saved is enabled The user cannot save the IPL file while the active save property is set The FICON management server property active save must be disabled for EFCM to save the IPL file Cannot save port configuration Port configuration cannot be saved The link is down or busy Retry the operation later If the condition persists contact support
431. not communicate with the switch because e The switch to PC Internet link could not be established e AC power distribution in the switch failed or AC power was disconnected e The switch CTP card failed Continue to the next step 10 Ensure the switch reporting the problem is connected to facility AC power Inspect the switch for indications of being powered on such as At the front bezel an illuminated PWR LED green or ERR LED amber e Illuminated LEDs adjacent to Fibre Channel ports e Audio emanations and airflow from cooling fans Does the switch appear powered on YES NO L Analysis for an Ethernet link AC power distribution or CTP failure is not described in this MAP Go to MAP 0000 Start MAP on page 3 6 If this is the second time at this step contact the next level of support Exit MAP 11 Inspect Fibre Channel port operational states at the SANpilot interface a At the View panel click the Port Properties tab The View panel Port Properties tab displays with port 0 highlighted in red b Click the port number 0 through 23 for which a failure is suspected to display properties for that port c Inspect the Operational State field Scroll down the View panel as necessary d Table 3 4 on page 3 76 lists port operational states and MAP 0600 steps that describe fault isolation procedures MAP 0600 Port Failure and Link Incident Analysis 3 75 Table 3 4 Port Operational States and
432. notification for principal switch Not principal switch and never receives AAI DIA from the principal switch 02 Error domain ID not assigned Not principal switch and got no response to RDI Unable to allocate a domain ID 03 Fabric initializion completed and discover neighbor switches not in local domain ID list After the fabric init sequence completes directly connected switches are not included in the local domain id list 04 FF Reserved Distribution Switch EFC Server Host Nonvolatile System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident System Error Event Log Indicator Vv Vv System Events 000 through 199 Event Code Tables Event Code 074 Message ISL frame delivery error threshold Severity Informational Explanation The number of fabric controller frame delivery erors exceeded a threshold over an E_Port and frabric init problems event 73 were detected Most fabric init problems are due to control fram e delivery problems This event provides an indication of undelivered frames after they have caused problems with the fabric initialization process Action Perform a data collection operation and contact a service representative Event Data Byte 0 E_Port port number Byte 1 3 Reserved Byte 4 7 Count of frame delivery timeout indications Byte 8 11 Count of frame delivery abort indications Distribution Switch EFC Server Host Nonvolatile Sy
433. ns e SNMP management using the Fibre Alliance MIB that runs on the management server Up to 12 authorized management workstations can be configured through the SAN Management application to receive unsolicited SNMP trap messages The trap messages indicate operational state changes and failure conditions NOTE For more information about SNMP support provided by McDATA products refer to the McDATA OPENconnectors SNMP Support Manual 620 000131 1 6 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual Zoning Feature gt General Information The switch supports a name server zoning feature that partitions attached devices into restricted access groups called zones Devices in the same zone can recognize and communicate with each other through switched port to port connections Devices in separate zones cannot communicate with each other Zoning is configured by authorizing or restricting access to name server information associated with device N_Ports that attach to switch fabric ports F_Ports A zone member is specified by the port number to which a device is attached or by the eight byte 16 digit worldwide name WWN assigned to the host bus adapter HBA or Fibre Channel interface installed in a device A device can belong to multiple zones CAUTION If zoning is implemented by port number a change to the switch fiber optic cable configuration disrupts zone operation and may i
434. nstall the SANtegrity Binding key through the Configure Feature Key dialog box before using Switch Binding features No file was selected Action requires you to select a file Select a file No firmware version file was selected Sphereon 3032 3232 Element Manager Messages A 24 Description Action Message Description Action Message Description Action Message Description Action Message Description Action A file was not selected in the Firmware Library dialog box before an action such as modify or send was performed Click a firmware version in the dialog box to select it then perform the action again No firmware versions to delete There are no firmware versions in the firmware library to delete N A An informational message Non redundant switch must be offline to install firmware Since the switch has only a single CTP card it must be offline to initiate a firmware installation Take switch offline and try again Not all of the optical transceivers are installed for this range of ports Some ports in the specified range do not have optical transceivers installed Use a port range that is valid for the ports installed Open Trunking is not installed for this product Please contact your sales representative The Open Trunking feature key has not been enabled This message only displays if the optional Open Trunking feature is installed Enter the feature key
435. nstallation 2 4 ERR LED 1 19 ESD repair procedures caution 4 2 Ethernet LAN connector 1 21 Ethernet events configure at EFC Server 2 93 enable at EFC Server 2 93 Ethernet hub 1 13 illustration 1 13 ethernet hub desktop installation 2 8 rack mount installation 2 10 event codes CMM module 800 through 899 B 73 CTP card B 31 description B 1 fans 300 through 399 B 25 MPC module 600 through 699 B 67 port module 500 through 599 B 45 power supplies 200 through 299 B 20 system B 3 event log 1 34 4 7 4 9 4 10 4 12 export configuration report dialog box 1 34 extended distance default value 2 2 external loopback tests 4 31 external modem 1 5 F F_Port configuring 2 109 description 1 2 fabric binding 2 62 configure 2 127 ia McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual description 2 127 online state functions 2 63 fabric logs 4 7 Fabric Manager zone set view 4 20 fabric operating parameters dialog box 1 31 fabric parameters bb_credit 2 82 configure at SANpilot interface 2 114 e_d_tov 2 83 interop mode 2 84 r_a_tov 2 82 switch priority 2 83 fabric segmentation e_d_tov 2 83 preferred domain ID 2 79 Fabricenter equipment cabinet Ethernet hub installation 2 10 factory defaults 2 1 fans 1 20 event codes B 25 illustrations 6 2 LEDs 1 22 part numbers 6 2 removal 5 6 replacement 5 7 fault isolation MAP 0800 Server hardware problem determination 3 108 reasons for 1 14 f
436. nstallation and Service Manual Repair Information e Clear link incident alerts e Reset the port e Configure Port Binding When a port is selected the bottom half of the Performance View displays the following tables of cumulative port statistics and error count values These statistics correspond to values defined in the Fabric Product management information base MIB e Traffic statistics e Class 2 statistics e Class 3 statistics e Error statistics Click Refresh to update statistical information displayed on the Performance View for the selected port Click Clear to display a dialog box that allows you to choose to reset the cumulative value counts to zero on the Performance View for only the selected port or for all ports A confirmation dialog box displays before the values are cleared Perform Loopback This section describes procedures to perform an leet e Internal loopback test an internal loopback test checks internal port serializer and deserializer circuitry and checks for the presence of an SFP but does not check fiber optic components of the installed SFP The test can be performed with a switch or device attached to a port The test momentarily blocks the port and is disruptive to the attached device e External loopback test an external loopback test checks all port circuitry including fiber optic components of the installed SFP To perform the test the attached switch or device must be quiescent
437. nsupported switch Go to MAP 0700 073 Fabric Init Error Perform data collection and contact service representative 074 ISL frame delivery error threshold Perform data collection and contact service representative 080 Unauthorized world wide name Go to MAP 0600 081 Port has been set to Invalid Attachment state Go to MAP 0700 120 Error detected while processing system management Perform data command collection and contact service representative 121 Zone set activation failed Zone set too large Reduce zone size 200 Power supply ac voltage failure Go to MAP 0100 201 Power supply DC voltage failure Go to MAP 0100 202 Power supply thermal failure Go to MAP 0100 Maintenance Analysis Procedures Table 3 3 Event Codes versus Maintenance Action continued E Explanation Action 203 Power supply ac voltage recovery No action required 204 Power supply DC voltage recovery No action required 206 Power supply removed Replace FRU 207 Power supply installed No action required 208 Power supply false shutdown Go to MAP 0100 300 First cooling fan failed Go to MAP 0500 301 Second cooling fan failed Go to MAP 0500 301 Third cooling fan failed Go to MAP 0500 303 Fourth cooling fan failed Go to MAP 0500 310 First cooling fan recovered No action required 311 Second cooling fan recovered No
438. nt application Fabrics menu Fabric Binding This feature is managed through the Fabric Binding option available through the Fabrics menu in the SAN management application when the Fabrics tab is selected Using Fabric Binding you can allow specific switches to attach to specific fabrics in the SAN This provides security from accidental fabric merges and potential fabric disruption when fabrics become segmented because they cannot merge 2 62 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual Installation Tasks Enable Disable and In order for Fabric Binding to function specific operating parameters Online State Functions and optional features must be enabled Also there are specific requirements for disabling these parameters and features when the switch is offline or online Be aware of the following e Because switches are bound to a fabric by world wide name WWN and domain ID the Insistent Domain ID option in the Configure Switch Parameters dialog box is automatically enabled if Fabric Binding is enabled You cannot disable Insistent Domain ID while Fabric Binding is active and the switch is online e If Fabric Binding is enabled and the switch is online you cannot disable Insistent Domain ID e If Fabric Binding is enabled and the switch is offline you can disable Insistent Domain ID but this will disable Fabric Binding e You cannot disable Fabric Binding or Switch Binding if Enter
439. nt code 200 201 202 or 208 observed at the Sphereon 3032 3232 Event Log EFC Server or at the SANpilot event log YES NO L Go to step 3 2 The following table lists event codes brief explanations of the codes and the associated steps that describe fault isolation procedures 3 28 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual ail Explanation Action 200 Power supply AC voltage failure Go to step 6 201 Power supply DC voltage failure Go to step 10 202 Power supply thermal failure Go to step 10 208 Power supply false shutdown Go to step 6 3 Is remote fault isolation being performed at the EFC Server YES NO Remote fault isolation is being performed through the SANpilot interface Go to step 20 4 Does inspection of a power supply indicate a failure green LED extinguished NO YES L Go to step 6 5 Does a blinking red and yellow diamond failed FRU indicator appear to overlay a power supply graphic at the EFC Server Hardware View YES NO L Go to step 11 6 A redundant power supply is disconnected from facility AC power not properly installed or has failed Verify the indicated power supply is connected to facility power Ensure the AC power cord PSO or PS1 is connected to the rear of the switch and a facility power receptacle If not connect the cord as directed by the customer a Ensure the associated facility ci
440. ntary data included with this event Distribution Switch EFC Server Host Nonvolatile System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident System Error Event Log Indicator Vv Vv Vv Vv Vv System Events 000 through 199 Event Code Tables Event Code Tables Event Code 052 Message Management Server internal error an indication of asynchronous status report activation or an indication that a mode register update has occurred Severity Informational Explanation The Management Server subsystem detected an internal operating error within the switch or an asynchronous status is to be reported to a Host or an idication that a mode register has occurred Action For a management server internal error perform the data collection procedure for the switch using the EFC Manager and return the CD to McDATA for analysis If the ervent is a synchronous status report or a mode register update no action is required Event Data The data reported consists of an indication that the reporting tasks are of type eMST_SB2 the component_id is eMSCID_SB2_CHPGM In the event of an actual error the subcomponent_id is eMS_ELR_SB2_DEVICE_PROTOCOL_ERROR or eMS_ELR_SB2_MSG_PROCESSING_ERROR When asynchronous status is to be reported the subcomponent_id is eSB2_CP_RER_ASYNCH_STATUS_REPORTING In the event of a Mode Register update the subcomponent_id is eMS_ELR_MODE_REGISTER_UPDATE
441. nts a At the Fabrics View for each switch click Fabrics and select Fabric Binding The first Fabric Binding dialog box displays 3 84 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual W EFC Fabric Binding Figure 3 38 Fabric Binding Dialog Box First b Ensure the Enable Fabric Binding checkbox is enabled checked for both switches c At the first Fabric Binding dialog box both switches click Next The second Fabric Binding dialog box displays d At the second Fabric Binding dialog box both switches click Next The third Fabric Binding dialog box displays e At the third Fabric Binding dialog box click Activate for each switch The fabric binding feature is consistently enabled for both switches f Atthe Hardware View for each switch click Configure and select Switch Binding and Change State The Switch Binding State Change dialog box displays Figure 3 39 Switch Binding State Change Dialog Box g Ensure the Enable Switch Binding checkbox is enabled checked for both switches MAP 0600 Port Failure and Link Incident Analysis 3 85 h Ensure the Connection Policy radio buttons are compatible for both switches i Click Activate for each switch The switch binding feature is consistently enabled for both switches Did configuring the fabric and switch binding parameters solve the problem NO YES L The switch appears operational Exit MAP Cont
442. nu The Firmware Library dialog box displays New cose 4 Select the firmware version to be modified and click Modify The Modify Firmware Description dialog box displays 5 Enter a modified description up to 24 characters for the firmware version and click OK The description should include the installation date and text that uniquely identify the firmware version Za McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual Repair Information 6 The new description for the firmware version displays in the Firmware Library dialog box Click Close to close the dialog box and return to the Product Manager application Delete a Firmware To delete an switch firmware version from the library stored on the Version EFC Server hard drive 1 At the EFC Server open the EFC Manager application The Product View displays 2 Select the icon representing the switch from which the firmware version is to be deleted The Hardware View for the selected switch displays 3 At the navigation control panel select Firmware Library from the Maintenance menu The Firmware Library dialog box displays New cose 4 Select the firmware version to be deleted and click Delete A confirmation dialog box displays 5 Click OK The selected firmware version is deleted from the Firmware Library dialog box 6 Click Close to close the dialog box and return to the Product Manage
443. o re install the feature if required If the switch fails and must be replaced obtain new PFE keys from the McDATA Solution Center 800 752 4572 or support mcdata com Please have the serial numbers of the failed and replacement switches and the old PFE key number or transaction code Perform this task to configure the open systems management server or FICON management server Only one management server can be configured at a time Perform this procedure to configure the open systems management server and enable OSI host control of the switch Implementing host control requires installation of aSAN management application on the OSI server Management applications include Veritas SANPoint Control version 1 0 or later or Tivoli NetView version 6 0 or later The Open System Management Server OSMS is a keyed feature that allows host control and inband management of the switch through a management application that resides on an open systems interconnection OSI device This device is attached to a switch port The device communicates with the switch through Fibre Channel common transport FC CT protocol To install and enable this option select the Configure Feature Key option under the element manager s Configure menu Use the steps under Task 16 Configure PFE Key Optional on page 2 56 Perform this procedure to configure the open systems management server and enable OSI host control of the switch Implementing host
444. o to MAP 0600 582 Bit error threshold exceeded Go to MAP 0600 583 Loss of signal or loss of synchronization Go to MAP 0600 584 Not operational primitive sequence NOS received Go to MAP 0600 585 Primitive sequence timeout Go to MAP 0600 586 Invalid primitive sequence received for link state Go to MAP 0600 602 SBAR module anomaly detected No action required 604 SBAR module failure Go to MAP 0600 605 SBAR module revision not supported Go to MAP 0600 800 High temperature warning port module thermal Go to MAP 0500 sensor 801 Critically hot temperature warning port module thermal Go to MAP 0500 sensor 802 Port module shutdown due to thermal violations Go to MAP 0500 805 High temperature warning SBAR module thermal Go to MAP 0500 sensor 806 Critically hot temperature warning SBAR module Go to MAP 0500 thermal sensor 807 SBAR module shutdown due to thermal violations Go to MAP 0500 Maintenance Analysis Procedures Table 3 3 Event Codes versus Maintenance Action continued il Explanation Action 810 High temperature warning CTP thermal sensor Go to MAP 0500 811 Critically hot temperature warning CTP thermal Go to MAP 0500 sensor 812 CTP shutdown due to thermal violations Go to MAP 0500 850 System shutdown due to CTP thermal violations Go to MAP 0500 MAP 0000 Start MAP This MAP describes initial fault isolation
445. ocation Commonly used on the world wide web for navigation reference and depth where published text will not suffice HTTP A simple protocol that allows world wide web pages to be transferred quickly between web browsers and servers See Hertz See identifier ID 1 One or more characters used to identify or name a data ele ment and possibly to indicate certain properties of that data element D T 2 A sequence of bits or characters that identifies a program device or system to another program device or system See also port name See Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers See initial machine load Glossary g 27 inband management initial machine load initial program load initial program load configuration Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers integrated product interface Internet protocol Internet protocol address interoperability Management of the director or switch through Fibre Channel An interface connection to a port card Contrast with out of band manage ment IML Hardware reset for all installed control processor CTP cards on the director or switch This reset does not affect other hardware It is initiated by pushing the IML button on a director s or switch s oper ating panel IPL The process of initializing the device and causing the operating system to start An IPL may be initiaded through a menu option or a hardware button
446. ode Tables Event Code 505 Message Port module revision not supported Severity Minor Explanation The specified port hardware module is not supported by the existing firmware The associated ports will appear uninstalled to system software Action Ensure that the switch model supports the operating firmware If the firmware provides support for the indicated model perform a data collection operation for this switch using the EFC Manager saving the data file to the EFC Server Zip drive If the problem persists following a system power on reset replace the switch and return both the failing switch and the CD to McDATA for analysis and repair Event Data Byte 0 Slot position Byte 1 Reason code 00 Unrecognized board ID 01 FPM in an intolerant 2 gig switch 02 FPM in an unsupported switch Bytes 4 7 Elapsed millisecond tick count Distribution Switch EFC Server Host Nonvolatile System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident System Error Event Log Indicator Vv Vv B 50 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Installation and Service Manual Event Code 506 Message Fibre Channel port failure Severity Major Explanation One of the four ports on a single port module has failed and has been taken out of service Normally the amber Service Required LED on the corresponding port is illuminated to indicate which port has f
447. ofSignal or Loss of Synchronization 3 21 02 11 08 22 AM 13 Loss of Signal or Loss of Synchronization 3 21 02 11 07 56 AM 8 Loss of Signal or Lass of Synchronization 3 21 02 10 41 47 AM 8 Loss of Signal or Loss of Synchronization 3 21 02 10 38 03 AM 8 Loss of Signal or Loss of Synchronization 3 21 02 10 24 28 AM 13 Loss of Signal or Loss of Synchronization 3 21 02 10 22 54 AM 12 Not Operational primitive sequence NOS received 3 21 02 10 19 30 AM 8 Loss of Signal or Loss of Synchronization ee e e ee Figure 4 5 Link Incident Log The log contains the following columns e Date Time the date and time the link incident occurred e Port the port number that reported the link incident 0 through 31 e Link Incident a brief description of the link incident Problem descriptions include Implicit incident Bit error threshold exceeded Link failure loss of signal or loss of synchronization Link failure not operational primitive sequence received Link failure primitive sequence timeout Link failure invalid primitive sequence received for current link state Refer to MAP 0600 Port Failure and Link Incident Analysis on page 3 72 or MAP 0700 Fabric ISL and Segmented Port Problem Determination on page 3 92 for corrective actions in response to these link incident messages Using Log Information an Repair Information Refresh the Link To ensure recently created link incid
448. og Boxes Buttons such as OK Activate and Close or Cancel initiate functions in a dialog box Click a button to perform its labeled function There is a difference between the Close and Cancel buttons The Close button closes the dialog box and saves the data you entered The Cancel Using the Element Manager 1 27 General Information Keyboard Navigation Hardware View Window Layout and Function button cancels the operation and closes the dialog box without saving the information you entered Keyboard navigation is an alternative to mouse navigation The Element Manager supports standard keyboard navigation NOTE The SAN management application window is still available as a separate window You can drag the Element Manager window away from the SAN management application window and view both windows on your PC desktop or minimize one or both of them to icons if desired You can have a maximum of four Element Manager windows open concurrently The main Element Manager window is divided into four main areas The menu bar on the Element Manager window displays tabs for the following menus e Product e Configure e Logs e Maintenance e Help Click one of the tabs to display a list of menu options Click an option to open a dialog box that allows you to perform configuration and maintenance tasks and view logs If a menu option contains a check box click in the box to add a check mark and enable a functi
449. og box closes Record the user information for reference if the management server hard drive fails and must be restored 5 Ifno other users are to be changed click OK to close the Users and Passwords dialog box 6 Click close X at the upper right corner of the Control Panel window to return to the Windows 2000 desktop Task 10 Set Management Server Date and Time The SAN Management application s audit and event logs are stamped with the date and time from the management server The switch s system clock is synchronized with date and time of the management server by default To set the server date and time 1 At the Windows 2000 desktop click Start then select Settings then Control Panel The Control Panel window displays McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual Installation Tasks 2 At the Control Panel window double click the Date Time icon The Date Time Properties dialog box displays with the Date amp Time page open NOTE The Time Zone field must be set before the Date amp Time field Date amp Time Time Zone r Date m Lime joo Gt ET z a Ba o 3456789 S B 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 a m 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 tees earl 24 25 2 27 1 20 33PM_ 4 Current time zone Mountain Standard Time cot __ Figure 2 45 Date Time Properties Dialog Box 3 At the Date Time Properties dialog box click the Time Zone tab The d
450. ollection procedure after the download Continue 13 Did the firmware download solve the problem NO YES y The switch appears operational 14 The SBAR module on the CTP card failed Contact the next level of support MAP 0500 Fan and CTP Card Failure Analysis 3 71 MAP 0600 Port Failure and Link Incident Analysis This MAP describes fault isolation for small form factor pluggable SFP transceivers and Fibre Channel link incidents Failure indicators include e One or more amber LEDs on the Fibre Channel ports illuminate e The amber emulated LED adjacent to a port graphic at the Hardware View illuminates e A blinking red and yellow diamond failed FRU indicator or yellow triangle attention indicator appears at the alert panel of the Product View or Hardware View e An event code recorded at the Sphereon 3216 3232Event Log or the SANpilot event log e A port operational state message or a Failed message at the Port Properties dialog box or SANpilot interface e A link incident event code recorded at the console of an OSI server attached to the switch reporting the problem e Alink incident message at the Link Incident Log or Port Properties 1 Was an event code 080 081 506 507 508 512 or 514 observed at the Sphereon 3032 3232 Event Log EFC Server or at the SANpilot event log NO YES L Go to step 3 2 Was an event code 581 582 583 584 585 or 586 observed at the console of an OSI o
451. ollowing message appears Figure 2 24 with the default subnet mask of 255 0 0 0 Figure 2 24 LCD Panel LAN 1 Subnet Mask 6 Use the arrow keys as described in step 2 to input a new subnet mask then press ENTER The following message appears Figure 2 25 Figure 2 25 LCD Panel Save Change 7 Press ENTER A Wait a moment message appears at the LCD panel the LCD panel returns to the LAN 1 Setting message and the LAN 1 subnet mask changes g0 Record the public LAN IP address and subnet mask for reference if the management server hard drive fails and must be restored Task 7 Configure Management Server Password and Network Addresses 2 29 Installation Tasks Task 8 Configure Management Server Information Configure the computer name and workgroup name for the management server Configure these parameters from the server s Windows 2000 operating system using a LAN attached PC with standard web browser If required change the management server s gateway addresses and domain name system DNS server IP addresses to conform to the customer s LAN addressing scheme The gateway addresses are the addresses of the local router for the corporate intranet Access the To login and access the management server desktop Management Server Desktop 1 Ensure the management server and a browser capable PC are connected through an Ethernet LAN segment At the PC launch the browser application Netscape Navi
452. ollowing message appears Figure 2 20 Figure 2 20 LCD Panel Save Change 7 Press ENTER A Wait a moment message appears at the LCD panel the LCD panel returns to the LAN 1 Setting message and the LAN 2 subnet mask changes 8 Record the private LAN IP address and subnet mask for reference if the management server hard drive fails and must be restored Configure Public To optionally configure TCP IP network information for the public LAN Addresses LAN connection LAN 1 Optional 1 At the management server s LCD panel press ENTER The Welcome or operational information message changes to the following Figure 2 21 Figure 2 21 LCD Panel Password Entry 2 Using the A button to increment a digit the Y button to decrement a digit the lt button to move the cursor left and the button to move the cursor right input the default or changed password and press ENTER The LAN 1 Setting message appears at the LCD panel 3 Press ENTER and the following message appears Figure 2 22 with the default IP address of 192 168 0 1 2 28 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual Installation Tasks Figure 2 22 LCD Panel LAN 1 IP Address 4 Use the arrow keys as described in step 2 to input a new IP address then press ENTER The following message appears Figure 2 23 Figure 2 23 LCD Panel Save Change 5 Press ENTER The LAN 1 IP address changes and the f
453. ollowing table Reason Action Unknown Contact the next level of support ISL connection not allowed on this port Go to step 23 Incompatible switch at other end of ISL Go to step 24 External loopback adapter connected to the Go to step 25 port N Port connection not allowed on this port Go to step 23 Non McDATA switch at other end of the ISL Go to step 24 Port binding violation Unauthorized WWN Go to step 21 Unresponsive node connected to port Go to step 27 ESA security mismatch Go to step 29 Fabric binding mismatch Go to step 30 Authorization failure reject Go to step 27 Unauthorized switch binding WWN Go to step 31 Fabric mode mismatch Go to step 24 CNT WAN extension mode mismatch Go to step 32 3 80 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual 23 The port connection conflicts with the configured port type Either an expansion port E_Port is incorrectly cabled to a Fibre Channel device or a fabric port F_Port is incorrectly cabled to a fabric element director or switch a At the EFC Server s Hardware View click the Configure icon at the navigation control panel and select Ports from the Configure menu The Configure Ports dialog box open systems mode
454. olve the problem NO YES 4 The switch appears operational Exit MAP Contact the next level of support Exit MAP 27 A port connection timed out because of an unresponsive device node or an ISL connection was not allowed because of a security violation authorization failure reject Check the port status and clean the fiber optic connectors on the cable MAP 0600 Port Failure and Link Incident Analysis 3 83 a Notify the customer the port will be blocked Ensure the customer s system administrator quiesces Fibre Channel frame traffic through the port and sets the attached device offline b Block the port Refer to Block or Unblock a Port on page 4 45 c Disconnect both ends of the fiber optic cable d Clean the fiber optic connectors Refer to Clean Fiber Optic Components on page 4 48 e Reconnect the fiber optic cable f Unblock the port Refer to Block or Unblock a Port on page 4 45 g Monitor port operation for approximately five minutes Is the invalid attachment problem solved YES NO L The Fibre Channel link and switch appear operational Exit MAP 28 Inspect and service the host bus adapters HBAs as necessary Did service of the HBAs solve the problem NO YES L Exit MAP Contact the next level of support Exit MAP 29 A port connection is not allowed because of an Exchange Security Attribute ESA feature mismatch Fabric and switch binding parameters must be compatible for both fabric eleme
455. ommunity Also known as SNMP community string SNMP community is a cluster of managed products in SNMP terminology hosts to which the server or managed product running the SNMP agent belongs SNMP community name The name assigned to a given SNMP com munity Queries from an SNMP management station to a device run ning an SNMP agent will only elicit a response if those queries are addressed with the correct SNMP community name SNMP management station An SNMP workstation personal com puter PC used to oversee the SNMP network SNMP v1 The original standard for SNMP is now referred to as SNMP v1 The Sphereon 3216 and Sphereon 3232 use SNMP v1 SNMP v2 The second version of the SNMP standard This version expands the functionality of SNMP and broadens its ability to include OSI based as well as TCP IP based networks as specified in RFC 1441 through 1452 An optical fiber that allows one wavelength dependent mode light path to propagate Contrast with multimode optical fiber SCSI An interface standard that enables computers to communicate with peripherals connected to them Commonly used in enterprise computing and in Apple Macintosh systems Usually pronounced as scuzzy The equivalent interface in most personal computers is enhanced integrated drive electronics EIDE A narrow SCSI adapter supports up to eight devices including itself SCSI address 7 has the highest priority followed by 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 with 0 b
456. ommunity names write authorizations network addresses and user datagram protocol UDP port numbers for up to six SNMP trap message recipients A trap recipient is a management workstation that receives notification through SNMP if a switch event occurs To configure SNMP trap recipients Installation Tasks Update the address resolution protocol ARP table for the browser PC a Select the Exit option from the File menu to close the SANpilot interface and browser applications The Windows desktop displays b At the Windows desktop click Start at the left side of the task bar The Windows Workstation menu displays c At the Windows Workstation menu sequentially select the Programs and Command Prompt options A disk operating system DOS window displays d Delete the switch s old IP address from the ARP table At the command C prompt type arp d xxx xxx xxx xxx where XXX XXX XXX XXX is the old IP address for the switch e Click close X at the upper right corner of the DOS window to close the window and return to the Windows desktop At the switch front panel press and hold the IML RESET button for ten seconds The switch performs a power on reset POR At the PC launch the browser application Netscape Navigator or Internet Explorer At the browser enter the switch s new IP address as the Internet URL The Enter Network Password dialog box displays Type the default user name and password NOTE
457. on Click a check box containing a check mark to remove the check mark and disable the function Product Menu Select one of the following options from the Product menu Management Style This provides a secondary menu with radio buttons for Open Systems and FICON management styles These options change some Element Manager dialog boxes and options to allow management of the switch in open systems or FICON environments 1 28 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual e Open Systems Click this radio button for non FICON Fibre channel environments e FICON Typically select this radio button when attaching an IBM S 390 Parallel Enterprise or zSeries server to the switch and implementing inband director management through a Fibre Connection FICON channel If switch firmware level is below 6 0 and the FICON Management Server feature is enabled the default management style will be FICON The management style cannot be changed to Open Systems with the FICON Management Server feature enabled NOTE If firmware versions below 6 0 are installed on the switch you need to take the switch offline before changing the management style Port This provides a secondary port menu only when the Hardware View Port List View or Performance View displays in the view panel To use this menu for a specific port click a port in the Hardware View a port row in the Port List View or a port bar grap
458. on of the port to be tested Click the port to be tested The Port View displays Right click the port to be tested then select Channel Wrap from the pop up menu The Channel Wrap On for Port n where n is the port number dialog box displays Figure 4 17 Performing Port Diagnostics 4 33 Repair Information kenje Figure 4 17 Channel Wrap On for Port n Dialog Box 6 Click OK to enable channel wrapping for the port Swapping Ports Use the port swap procedure to swap a device connection and logical port address from a failed Fibre Channel port to an operational port Because both ports are blocked during the procedure switch communication with the attached device is momentarily disrupted To perform the port swap procedure for a pair of switch ports FICON management style only 1 Notify the customer a port swap procedure will be performed and a fiber optic cable or cables will be disconnected Ensure the customer s system administrator quiesces Fibre Channel frame traffic through the ports and sets attached devices offline 2 At the EFC Server open the EFC Manager application The Product View displays 3 Select the icon representing the switch for which the loopback test will be performed The Hardware View for the selected switch displays 4 At the navigation control panel select Swap Ports from the Maintenance menu The Swap Ports dialog box displays Figure 4 18 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and
459. on to the Management Server hard disk modify the description displayed for an existing version delete a version from the PC or download send a version for operation on a switch Enable E Mail Notification The Simple Mail Transfer Protocol SMTP server and e mail recipient addresses are configured in your SAN management application not in the switch Element Manager E mail notification is also initially enabled in your SAN management application for all switches managed by your SAN management application Note however that the E Mail Notification option on the Element Manager Maintenance menu must be enabled checked for e mail notification to occur for the specific switch The default setting for the Enable E Mail Notification function is enabled checked To disable the function select Enable E Mail Notification from the Maintenance menu to clear the check box Enable Call Home Notification NOTE The default setting for the Enable Call Home Notification feature is disabled unchecked Select Enable Call Home Notification from the Maintenance menu to enable the call home notification feature for the switch McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual General Information The parameters of the call home notification feature are configured through your SAN management application For more information refer to your SAN management application Software User Manual NOTE
460. onal Data 0x00 Utility bus error to SBAR HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x01 Utility bus error to Port Module HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x02 Reserved HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x03 SBAR module detected utility bus parity error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x04 Port module detected utility bus parity error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 MPC Module Events 600 through 699 B 67 Event Code Tables 0x05 SBAR module detected clock frequency error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x06 Port module detected clock frequency error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x07 SBAR module detected CTP interface signal error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x08 Port module detected CTP interface signal error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x09 SBAR Module detected external parity error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x0A Port Module detected external parity error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x0B SBAR Module detected lost of system clock HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x0C Port Module detected lost of system clock HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x0D SBAR detected invalid request from port HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 Ox0E Internal SBAR time out HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 Ox0F Internal SBAR parity error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4
461. onfigure panel opens with the Ports page displayed Figure 2 89 on page 2 109 Configure Refresh 9 16 04 at 8 58 46 ee m a e J pag n aPot v f v n v ee v n v 1 E v an v 1 Gb sec v yj ma v E v EE v v oe v pose v E G Por 1 Gb sec x 8a E G Por BD 1 Gb sec i 4 a b a For each port to be configured type a port name of 24 alphanumeric characters or less in the associated Name field The port name should characterize the device to which the port is attached b Click a check box in the Blocked column to block or unblock a port default is unblocked A check mark in the box indicates a port is blocked Blocking a port prevents the attached device or fabric switch from communicating A blocked port continuously transmits the offline sequence OLS c Click the check box in the FAN column to enable or disable the fabric address notification FAN feature default is enabled A check mark in the box indicates FAN is enabled When the feature is enabled the port transmits FAN frames after loop Task 25 Configure the Switch from the SANpilot Interface Optional 2 109 Installation Tasks initialization to verify that FC AL devices are still logged in It is recommended this option be enabled for ports configured for loop operation d Select from the drop down list in the Type column to configure the port type Available selections are e Generic mix
462. onnect To dialog box displays D device Enter details for the phone number that you want to dial Country region United States of America 1 Area code a Phone number D Connect using Cancel Connect To Dialog Box 7 Ensure the Connect using field displays COM1 or COM2 depending on the serial communication port connection to the switch and click OK The COMn dialog box displays where n is 1or2 Task 4 Configure Network Information 2 17 Installation Tasks Port Settings Bits per second Data bits fe 7 Party None Stop bits ooo Elow control Hawas 57600 8 Restore Defaults ceea Figure 2 7 COMn COM1 or COM2 Dialog Box Configure the Port Settings parameters as follows Bits per second 57600 Data bits 8 Parity None Stop bits 1 Flow control Hardware When the parameters are set click OK The HyperTerminal window displays At the gt prompt type the user level password the default is password and press Enter The password is case sensitive The HyperTerminal window displays with a C gt prompt at the top of the window Ba McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual File Edit View Call Transfer Help Ols 213 cle l XXXKXXK C ipcontig MAC Address 08 00 88 00 15 45 IP Address 144 49 15 45 Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Gateway Address 144 49 15 2
463. operation up to 100 kilometers through repeaters is enabled d Click the LIN Alerts check box to enable or disable LIN alerts for a port A check mark in the box indicates alerts are enabled When the feature is enabled and an incident occurs on the link an alert indicator yellow triangle displays at the Hardware View Port List View and Port Card View and a message is sent to configured e mail recipients LIN alerts are enabled by default e Select a Type field and choose generic port G_Port fabric port F_Port or expansion port E_Port from the list box e WWN Binding Task 21 Configure Fabric Operating Parameters 2 85 Installation Tasks Configure Ports FICON Mode Click this check box to display a check mark and enable WWN binding for the port This allows only a specific device to attach to the port This device is specified by the WWN or nickname entered into the Bound WWN column With the check box cleared any device can attach to the port even if a WWN or nickname is specified in the Bound WWN column Bound WWN Enter a world wide name WWN in the proper format XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX Or a Nickname configured through the element manager application The device with this WWN or nickname will have exclusive attachment to the port if WWN Binding is enabled If a valid WWN or nickname is not entered in this field but the WWN Binding check box is checked enabled then no devices can connect
464. ords 2 amp 4 Ox3F Reserved 0x40 SBAR detected request out of range error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x41 Reserved 0x42 User egress port detected frame transmission error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x43 User ingress port dectected internal timeout HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x44 Reserved HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x45 User egress port detected frame internal integrity error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x46 User egress port detected internal protocol error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x47 User port detected internal frame length error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x48 User port detected internal buffer error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x49 User port detected internal queue protocol error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x4A 0xFF McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Installation and Service Manual Port Module Events 500 through 599 Event Code Tables Event Code 502 Message Port module anomaly has been detected Severity Informational Explanation Indicates that the control processor has detected a deviation in the normal operating mode or operating status of the indicated four port hardware module Action No action required There will be an additional event code generated 504 if this occurren
465. ort configuration report 1 34 fabric operating parameters 1 31 firmware library 1 36 keyboard navigation 1 28 port diagnostics 1 35 port properties 1 39 save data collection 1 35 set online state 1 36 swap ports 1 35 switch binding membership list 2 65 switch binding state change 2 64 switch operating parameters 1 31 switch properties 1 38 using 1 27 diamond red meaning of 1 43 director fibre channel addresses 2 79 NV RAM 2 78 2 81 rerouting delay 2 80 director addressing default values 2 3 director priority default value 2 3 director connecting switch to 2 135 domain ID 1 8 insistent 2 80 preferred 2 79 zone member 4 21 domain RSCNs 2 80 Duplicate domain IDs 1 9 E E_D_TOV 2 115 e_d_tov 2 83 default value 2 3 fabric segmentation 2 83 less than r_a_tov 2 83 multiswitch fabrics 2 83 rerouting delay 2 80 E_Port configuring 2 109 description 1 2 E_Port segmentation 1 9 E_port segmentation preferred domain ID 2 79 EFC audit log 4 4 event log 4 4 EFC Manager consolidating EFC Servers version required D 5 diagnostic features 1 23 EFC Manager application default password 2 47 2 106 4 63 default user name 2 47 2 106 4 63 EFC Server consolidating D 7 EFC Manager version required D 5 IP address assignment D 5 private and public LAN connection D 15 private LAN connection D 12 consolidating in multiswitch fabric D 1 description 1 12 hardware fault isolation 3 108 illustration 1 12 reconfiguring a client D 1 D
466. ort segmented because a response to a verification check indicates the attached switch is not operational a Perform the data collection procedure for the switch and return the CD to McDATA for analysis b Go to MAP 0000 Start MAP on page 3 6 and perform fault isolation for the failed switch 18 Does the SANpilot interface appear operational YES NO L Analysis for an Ethernet link AC power distribution or CTP card failure is not described in this MAP Go to MAP 0000 Start MAP on page 3 6 If this is the second time at this step contact the next level of support 19 Inspect the Fibre Channel port segmentation reason at the SANpilot interface a At the View panel click the Port Properties tab The View panel Port Properties tab displays b Click the port number 0 through 31 of the segmented port 3 102 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual c Inspect the Reason field for the port Is the Reason field blank or does it display an N A message NO YES The switch ISL appears operational The Reason field displays a reason message The following table lists segmentation reasons and isolation procedures associated steps that describe fault Segmentation Reason Action Incompatible operating parameters Go to step 12 Duplicate domain IDs Go to step 13 Incompatible zoning configurations Go to step 14 Build fabric protocol erro
467. ort specific fault isolation and repair verification link incidents and port segmentation problems e Port operational state information from the Port Properties dialog box Figure 4 14 e Port LED behavior that emulates the operational status of the corresponding real switch Refer to Table 1 1 on page 1 27 for an explanation of green and amber LED behavior e Colored alert symbols yellow triangle or red diamond with yellow background that indicate port status Refer to Table 1 1 on page 1 27 for an explanation of alert symbol indications Figure 4 13 Hardware View Click the port connector leftmost port to open the Port Properties dialog box Figure 4 14 Performing Port Diagnostics 4 23 Repair Information McDATA 20 0D 08 00 88 A0 50 EA Not logged in Unblocked Off Figure 4 14 Port Properties Dialog Box NOTE If the Open Trunking feature is installed an additional item will appear in the Port Properties dialog box called Congested Threshold This field displays the active congested threshold percentage currently configured in the Configure Open Trunking dialog box The dialog box provides the following information Port Number the switch port number 0 through 31 Port Name the user defined name or description for the port Type the type of port G_Port if nothing is attached to the port F_Port if a device is attached to the port and E_Port if the port is connected to anot
468. ot required when performing a power cycle Reset or IPL the Switch Reset the Switch A switch reset using the IML button at the switch front panel or IPL at the Product Manager application are functionally equivalent They e Perform partial power on diagnostics reset functional logic for the CTP card and load firmware from FLASH memory to random access memory RAM without powering off the switch e Reset the Ethernet local area network LAN interface causing the connection to the EFC Server to drop momentarily until the connection automatically recovers e Automatically enable changes to an active zone configuration e Keep all configured fabric logins name server registrations and operating parameters intact e Automatically set the switch online The blocked state of each Fibre Channel port remains intact NOTE A switch reset or IPL should be performed only if a CTP card failure is indicated Do not reset or IPL the switch unless directed to do so by a procedural step or the next level of support Resetting the switch with the IML button causes the switch to perform an initial machine load IML that takes approximately 30 seconds To reset the switch 1 At the switch front panel press and hold the IML button for approximately three seconds 2 During the reset the switch to EFC Server Ethernet link drops momentarily and the following occurs at the Product Manager application Reset or IPL the
469. ot be enabled while the system error light is on Select Clear System Error Light from Product menu to clear error light then enable beaconing Cannot enable Open Trunking while Enterprise Fabric Mode is active and the switch is offline Enterprise Fabric mode is active and the switch or director is online and user is attempting to enable Open Trunking This message only displays if the optional Open Trunking feature is installed Perform either of the following steps McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Installation and Service Manual Message Description Action Message Description Action Message Description Action Message Description e Disable Enterprise Fabric Mode option by selecting the appropriate fabric in the Fabric Tree portion of the EFC Manager window Fabrics tab and then selecting Enterprise Fabric Mode from the Fabrics menu When the Enterprise Fabric Mode dialog box displays click Start and follow prompts to disable the feature Set the switch or director offline through the Set Online State dialog box Display this dialog box by selecting Set Online State from the Element Manager Maintenance menu Cannot have E_Ports in FICON mode unless SANtegrity feature is installed Please contact your sales representative User attempted to change management stylefrom Open Systems to FICON style with E_Ports ports configured but SANtegrity Binding is not installed Informational message If you inst
470. ot temperature warning CTP thermal sensor Severity Major Explanation The CTP thermal sensor has detected that the hot temperature threshold level has been surpassed Action Perform the data collection procedure for this switch using the EFC Manager save the data file to the EFC Zip drive and return the CD to McDATA for analysis Perform a system power on reset If the problem persists replace the switch Event Data No supplementary data included with this event Distribution Switch EFC Server Host Nonvolatile System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident System Error Event Log Indicator Vv Vv Vv Vv Vv Vv McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Installation and Service Manual Event Code 812 Message CTP shutdown due to thermal violations Severity Major Explanation The CTP has been marked failed and power has been removed from the card because of excessive heat This event follows an indication that the CTP hot threshold level has been surpassed event 811 Action Perform the data collection procedure for this switch using the EFC Manager save the data file to the EFC Zip drive and return the CD to McDATA for analysis Perform a system power on reset If the problem persists replace the switch Event Data No supplementary data included with this event Distribution Switch EFC Server Host Nonvolatile System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info
471. ough 59 Second SS 0 through 59 4 Click Activate to set the switch date and time and close the Configure Date and Time dialog box Periodically To set the switch to periodically synchronize date and time with the Synchronize Date SAN management application and Time 1 Click the Periodic Date Time Synchronization check box to select the option check mark in the box The Date and Time fields are greyed out and not selectable Perform one of the following options Click Activate to enable synchronization and close the Configure Date and Time dialog box The switch date and time synchronize with the SAN management application date and time at the next update period at least once daily Click Sync Now to synchronize the switch and SAN management application immediately The Date and Time Synced dialog box displays Figure 2 66 Date and Time Synced Dialog Box 2 Click OK to synchronize the date and time and close the Date and Time Synced dialog box then click Activate to enable synchronization and close the Configure Date and Time dialog box Task 18 Set Switch Date and Time 2 75 Installation Tasks Applications Configure Switch Identification Task 19 Configure the Sohereon 3032 3232 Element Manager Selectively perform the following configuration tasks for the Sphereon 3032 3232 element manager application according to the customer s installation requirements For additional infor
472. ourse of action Sphereon 3032 3232 Element Manager Messages This section lists Sphereon 3032 3232 Element Manager information and error messages in alphabetical order Message A preferred path already exists between this Source Port and this Destination Domain ID Please reconfigure the desired path Description For any source port only one path may be defined to each destination domain ID Action On the Add Change Preferred Path Dialog box change the Preferred Path Message Activating this configuration will overwrite the current configuration Messages Description Action Message Description Action Message Description Action Message Description Action Message Description Action Message Confirmation to activate a new address configuration Click Yes to confirm activating the new address configuration or No to cancel the operation All configuration names must be unique All address configurations must be saved with unique names Save the configuration with a different name that is unique to all saved configurations All port names must be unique A duplicate port name was entered Every configured port name must be unique Reconfigure the port with a unique name Another Element Manager is currently performing a firmware install Only one firmware install to a specific switch can take place at a time Wait for the current firmware install to complete and t
473. out 3 HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x39 Embedded Port detected CRC Error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 Ox3A User port internal protocol error Unsolicited response HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x3B User port detected frame error Undeliverable frame HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x3C User port detected transmission rate discrepancy HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x3D User port detected transmission rate inconsistent mode HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 Ox3E User port internal protocol error Credit out of sync HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 Ox3F Reserved 0x40 SBAR detected request out of range error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x41 Reserved 0x42 User egress port detected frame transmission error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x43 User ingress port dectected internal timeout HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x44 Reserved HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x45 User egress port detected frame internal integrity error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x46 User egress port detected internal protocol error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x47 User port detected internal frame length error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Installation and Service Manual Event Code Ta
474. owing steps 2 64 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual Enable Switch Binding check box click the Enable Switch Binding check box to remove the checkmark then click Activate To enable Switch Binding when there is no checkmark in the Enable Switch Binding check box click the Enable Switch Binding check box to add a checkmark Go on to step 3 to set the Connection Policy 3 Click one of the Connection Policy radio buttons e Restrict E_Ports Select this if you want to restrict connections from specific switches to switch E_Ports Switch WWNs can be added to the Switch Membership List to allow connection and removed from the Membership List to prohibit connection Devices are allowed to connect to any F_Port e Restrict F_Ports Select this if you want to restrict connections from specific devices to switch F_Ports Device WWNs can be added to the Switch Membership List to allow connection and removed from the Membership List to prohibit connection Switches are allowed to connect to any E_Port e Restrict All Select this if you want to restrict connections from specific devices to switch F_Ports and switches to switch E_Ports Device and switch WWNs can be added to the Switch Membership List to allow connection and removed from the Membership List to prohibit connection 4 Click Activate to enable the changes and close the dialog box 5 Edit the Switch Membership Li
475. p plug is required to perform port loopback diagnostic tests One wrap plug is shipped with the switch depending on the type of port transceivers installed Both plugs are shipped if shortwave laser and longwave laser transceivers are installed The plug is shown in Figure 1 8 Figure 1 8 Multimode and Singlemode Wrap Plugs e Fiber optic protective plug For safety and port transceiver protection fiber optic protective plugs must be inserted in all port SFPs without fiber optic cables attached The switch is shipped with protective plugs installed in all ports A protective plug is shown in Figure 1 9 Figure 1 9 Fiber Optic Protective Plug e Null modem cable An asynchronous RS 232 null modem cable is required to configure switch network addresses and acquire event log information through the maintenance port The cable has nine conductors and DB 9 male and female connectors A null modem cable is not a standard straight through RS 232 cable Refer to Figure 1 10 Tools and Test Equipment 1 47 General Information Tools Supplied by Service Personnel Figure 1 10 Null Modem Cable The following tools are expected to be supplied by service personnel performing switch installation and maintenance actions Use of the tools may be required to perform one or more installation test service or verification tasks Scissors or pocket knife A sharp cutting edge scissors or knife blade may be required to c
476. parameter is enabled backpressure events are recorded in the event log and SNMP trap messages are generated and transmitted if SNMP is configured A backpressure event occurs when the percent time an ISL has low BB_Credit exceeds the low BB_Credit threshold McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual Installation Tasks d The low BB_Credit threshold is the percent time an ISL is allowed to not transmit data because BB_Credit is unavailable When the threshold is exceeded data is rerouted to another ISL In addition traffic cannot be rerouted to another low threshold ISL Use one of the following to set the low BB_Credit threshold e Click the Default check box A check mark appears in the box and a calculated default value appears 1 to 99 in the Low BB_Credit Threshold field If the default value is enabled a value cannot be entered in the Low BB_Credit Threshold field e Ensure the Default check box is blank At the Low BB_Credit Threshold field type a percentage value from 1 to 99 NOTE The default low BB_Credit threshold is calculated by the switch s firmware and performs well in most cases 2 For each switch port a Click the check box in the Default Threshold column A check mark appears in the box and a calculated default value appears 1 to 99 in the associated field in the Threshold column If the default value is enabled a value cannot be entered in
477. parameters 1 At the Configure panel click the Performance tab The Performance page displays with the OpenTrunking tab selected Figure 2 104 on page 2 130 Task 25 Configure the Switch from the SANpilot Interface Optiona BEJ Installation Tasks 2 130 View Configure Monitor Operations Help Configure Refresh 9 22 04 at 12 32 52 Open Trunking State Enabled Unresolved Congestion Event Notification Disabled v Backpressure Event Notification Disabled v Low BB Credit Threshold C Default 50 1 99 32 63 64 95 96 127 132 143 Use Default Threshold Cen We Threshold 1 99 Figure 2 104 Configure Panel Performance Page with OpentTrunking Tab a At the OpenTrunking State field select Enabled or Disabled When this parameter is enabled the optional OpenTrunking feature is functional At the Unresolved Congestion Event Notification field select Enabled or Disabled When this parameter is enabled unresolved congestion events are recorded in the event log and SNMP trap messages are generated and transmitted if SNMP is configured An unresolved congestion event occurs for a low BB_Credit ISL when the switch s firmware rerouting algorithm cannot route data flow to an alternate path because doing so would exceed the alternate path s low BB_Credit threshold At the Backpressure Event Notification field select Enabled or Disabled When this
478. pback adapter connected to the port A loopback plug is connected to the port and there is no diagnostic test running 06 N_Port connection not allowed on this port The port type configuration does not match the actual port use Port is configured as an E_Port but attaches to a node device 07 Non McDATA switch at other end of the ISL The cable is connected to a non McDATA switch and interop mode is set to McDATA fabric mode 08 ISL connection not allowed on this port The port type configuration does not match the actual port use the port is configured as an F_Port but attaches to a switch or director 10 Port binding violation unauthorized WWN The WWN entered to configure port binding is not valid or a nickname was used that is not configured through the Product Manager for the attached device 11 Unresponsive node connected to port Possible causes are Hardware problem on switch or on a connected node where ELP frames are not delivered the response is not received or a fabric login in FLOGI cannot be received There may be problems in switch SBAR Faulty or dirty cable connection Faulty host bus adapters that do not send out FLOGI within reasonable time frame 4 26 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual Performance View Figure 4 15 Repair Information e Threshold Alert If a threshold alert exists for the port an alert indicator yellow tria
479. pecific port or switch When port beaconing is enabled the amber LED associated with the port flashes When unit beaconing is enabled the system error indicator on the front panel flashes Beaconing does not affect port or switch operation e Data collection through the Element Manager application to help isolate system problems The data includes a memory dump file and audit hardware and engineering logs e Status monitoring of redundant FRUs and alternate Fibre Channel data paths to ensure continued director availability in case of failover The SANavigator or EFCM 8 application queries the status of each backup FRU daily A backup FRU failure is indicated by an illuminated amber LED e Simple network management protocol SNMP management using the Fibre Alliance MIB that runs on the management server Up to 12 authorized management workstations can be configured through the SAN Management application to receive unsolicited SNMP trap messages The trap messages indicate operational state changes and failure conditions e SNMP management using the Fibre Channel Fabric Element MIB transmission control protocol internet protocol TCP IP MIB II definition RFC 1213 or a product specific MIB that runs on each switch Up to 12 authorized management workstations can be configured through the Element Manager application to receive unsolicited SNMP trap messages The trap messages indicate switch operational state changes and failure conditio
480. peed capabilities 10 400 Mbytes per second 04 200 Mbytes per second 01 100 Mbytes per second Distribution Switch EFC Server Host Nonvolatile System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident System Error Event Log Indicator Vv Vv Vv Vv Vv Vv B 52 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Installation and Service Manual Event Code Tables Event Code 507 Message Loopback diagnostics port failure Severity Informational Explanation A loopback diagnostic test detected a port failure Loopback diagnostics are initiated through the EFC Manager or as a result of the hot insertion of a port module on supported models Action No action required There will be an additional event generated 506 if the diagnostic failure incident results in a port failure Event Data Byte 0 Port number 00 8F Byte 1 Failure reason code 0x00 Unable to generate test frame 0x01 Unable to send test frame 0x02 Timed out waiting for test frame 0x00 Received frame contained invalid corrupt data 0x04 External wrap test requires active link 0x05 Routing table test failed 0x06 No bit sync achieved 0x07 VC rare event status register is set 0x10 Port s maximum speed is less than the backplane speed 0x11 Unrecognized module chip revision 0x12 SERDES read failed Bytes 4 7 Elapsed millisecond tick count Byte 8 Test type
481. perties Dialog Box NOTE If the Open Trunking feature is installed and additional item will appear in the Port Properties dialog box called Congested Threshold This field displays the active congested threshold percentage currently configured in the Configure Open Trunking dialog box Does the Operational State field indicate Segmented E_Port YES NO 4 Analysis for a port failure or other link incident is not described in this MAP Go to MAP 0600 Port Failure and Link Incident Analysis on page 3 72 6 Inspect the Reason field fir the selected port at the Port Properties dialog box Is the Reason Field blank or does it display an N A message NO Yes L The switch ISL appears to be operational Exit MAP McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual The following table lists port segmentation reasons and associated steps that describe fault isolation procedures Segmentation Reason Action Incompatible operating parameters Go to step 12 Duplicate domain IDs Go to step 13 Incompatible zoning configurations Go to step 14 Build fabric protocol error Go to step 15 No principal switch Go to step 20 No response from attached switch Go to step 17 7 As indicated by an event code 052 a minor internal operating error was detected by the management server subsystem The error caused management server databases to be re initialized to an empty s
482. planation Action 400 Power up diagnostic failure Go to step 3 411 Firmware fault occurred Go to step 4 POST IPL diagnostics detected a CTP card failure as indicated by an event code 400 with supplementary bytes of event data e Byte 0 is a FRU code 02 that indicates a failed CTP card e Byte 1 is the slot number 00 for the CTP card Because the CTP card is not a FRU replace the switch 4 POST IPL diagnostics detected a firmware failure as indicated by event code 411 and performed an online dump All Fibre Channel MAP 0200 POST Reset or IPL Failure Analysis 3 35 ports reset after the failure and attached devices momentarily logout login and resume operation Perform the data collection procedure and return the CD to McDATA for analysis MAP 0300 Console Application Problem Determination This map describes isolation of EFC Server or customer supplied server application problems including problems associated with the Windows 2000 Professional operating system SANavigator or EFCM 8 and Spereon 3032 or 3232 Element Manager applications 1 Did the rack mount EFC Server or customer supplied server lock up or crash without displaying a warning or error message YES NO Go to step 4 2 An application or operating system problem is indicated Close the EFC Manager application at the browser capable PC connected through an Ethernet LAN segment to the EFC Server a At the EFC Server s Wi
483. plication ccccccceceseseseeceneteteseseens 1 23 Element Manager Description ss ss sesssseserttssstrritssirsstrterntesntenstet 1 24 Using the Element Managet c cccccccccsesesesssteteeseececescsesnenenens 1 27 Using Dialog BOX S cccccccssesesesseeseseeteseseecenesesesnsneneseenenenens 1 27 Keyboard Navigation cccccccccessseseecenesescsesnsneeseeceseesescens 1 28 Hardware View scsecccsescesesescsnstsesesessesesescececesesssesneneneneees 1 28 Chapter 2 Window Layout and Pun ction cccccceseseeteteteeceeesesestenens 1 28 Closing the Element Manager cccccscescesesneteeseeneteseeees 1 44 SAN pilot Diagnostics c cccccccsccsesnsseeseseeneteseesenesesssnsnsenees 1 44 SNMP Trap Message SUpPPOrt ccccccseseseeseeeeecsessseseseseees 1 45 E Mail and Call Home Support ccccecsseteseeeeteteseeeeneees 1 46 Tools and Test Equipment cccccscscssesesesceseseseeceneesesesneneneseeeee 1 46 Tools Supplied with the Switch cccccsseseceteesestetesesees 1 46 Tools Supplied by Service Personnel ccccseeseseeeeees 1 48 Installation Tasks Factory Defaults icccccsccccsecosscencvscesvesecsnetecsececsenesskensivessceesieentess 2 1 Installation Options ccccccesescecsseseseeceseseseeceesesesesneeseseeceeeneaeans 2 4 Summary Of Installation Tasks cccsccceseeescsesneteeseseeneeseeeens 2 5 Task 1 Verify Installation Requirement cccccceceeeseseseeeens
484. power up diagnostics failure acknowledgement 04 Communications with hardware is irregular or non existent 05 Read of module ID failed 06 High availability statistical error threshold reached 07 Communication with hardware is irregular or non existent Bytes 4 7 Elapsed millisecond tick counter Bytes 8 11 Reason code specific data Distribution Switch EFC Server Host Nonvolatile System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident System Error Event Log Indicator Vv Vv Vv Vv Vv Vv MPC Module Events 600 through 699 Event Code Tables B 71 Event Code Tables Event Code 605 Message SBAR module revision not supported Severity Minor Explanation The specified SBAR module is not recognized by the existing firmware The SBAR module will appear uninstalled to system software Action Ensure that the switch model supports the operating firmware If the firmware supports the model perform the data collection procedure for the switch using the EFC Manager If the problem persists following a system power on reset replace the switch and return the switch and the CD to McDATA for analysis and repair Event Data Byte 0 Slot position Bytes 4 7 Elapsed millisecond tick counter Bytes 8 9 Detected Module identifier Distribution Switch EFC Server Host Nonvolatile System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident System Error Event Log Indi
485. prise Fabric Mode is enabled However if Enterprise Fabric Mode is disabled you can disable Fabric Binding Switch Binding or both For More Information To enable disable and configure this option refer to the Fabric Binding section of Chapter 8 Optional Features in the McDATA Enterprise Fabric Connectivity Manager User Manual 620 005001 Switch Binding This feature is managed through the Switch Binding submenu options available on the element manager Configure menu Using Switch Binding you can specify devices and switches that can attach to switch ports This provides security in environments that include a large number of devices by ensuring that only the intended set of devices attach to a switch or director Configuring Switch Binding Overview To configure switch binding you must first activate the feature using the Switch Binding State Change dialog box while selecting the type of port where you want to restrict connection connection policy Possible selections are E_Ports F_Ports or all types If the switch is online activating switch binding populates the Membership List in the Switch Binding Membership List dialog box element manager with the following WWNs currently connected to the switch depending on the connection policy set in the State Change dialog box e WWYNs of devices connected to F_Ports F_Port connection policy The WWN is the WWN of the attached device s port Task 17 Configure
486. problems with the server go to MAP 0300 Console Application Problem Determination on page 3 36 To fault isolate switch to server communication problems go to MAP 0400 Loss of Console Communication on page 3 46 1 Are you performing fault isolation at a customer supplied server communicating with the switch through the SANpilot interface NO YES The server and Internet browser application are not McDATA supported and analysis for the failure is not described in this MAP Refer to the supporting documentation shipped with the server for instructions on resolving the problem Exit MAP 2 Are you performing fault isolation at a customer supplied Unix based server running the client EFC Manager application NO YES 1 Unix based servers are not McDATA supported and analysis for the failure is not described in this MAP Refer to the supporting documentation shipped with the server for instructions on resolving the problem Exit MAP 3 108 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual Are you performing fault isolation at one of the following servers e The rack mount EFC Server running the Windows 2000 Professional operating system e Acustomer supplied server running the client EFC Manager application and a Windows based operating system Windows 95 Windows 98 Windows 2000 Windows XP or Windows NT 4 0 e Acustomer supplied server running the EFCM Lite application and a
487. ption Action Network address specified is not known by the domain name server Check the input address and specify the correct network address Invalid port address Invalid port address has been entered Verify port address through the Configure Addresses Active dialog box FICON mode only and re enter Invalid port number Port number must be within the range of ports for the specific switch model Enter a port number within the correct range Invalid port number Valid ports are 0 31 Port number must be within the range of ports for the specific switch model For this model the valid port numbers are 0 31 Enter a port number within the correct range Invalid port swap Port swap selection is not allowed Ensure that each port selected for swap has not been previously swapped Invalid response received from switch The switch returned an invalid response Resend the firmware If the condition persists contact support personnel Sphereon 3032 3232 Element Manager Messages A 19 Message Description Action Message Description Action Message Description Action Message Description Action Message Description Action Invalid serial number for this feature key The serial number and the feature key did not match Ensure that the feature key being installed is specifically for this switch serial number Invalid UDP port number UDP port number must be an
488. ptional 2 55 Communication Task 16 Configure PFE Key Optional Optional configure if a feature key is ordered by the 2 56 customer Task 17 Configure Management Server Optional Required if the management server is installed 2 59 Task 18 Set Switch Date and Time Optional 2 74 Task 19 Configure the Sphereon 3032 3232 Element Required 2 76 Manager Applications Task 20 Configure Switch Operating Parameters Use to set parameters on the switch through the 2 78 Configure Switch Parameters dialog box Task 21 Configure Fabric Operating Parameters Use to set parameters on the switch through the 2 81 Configure Fabric Parameters dialog box Task 22 Configure Open Trunking Optional only available if the Open Trunking feature 2 102 is installed Task 23 Test Remote Notification Optional Optional perform this task to change default settings 2 102 or customize switch operation Task 24 Back Up Configuration Data Required 2 103 Task 25 Configure the Switch from the SANpilot Interface Optional 2 106 Optional Task 26 Cable Fibre Channel Ports Required 2 134 Task 27 Connect Switch to a Fabric Director Optional Optional perform this task to connect the switch toa 2 135 fabric Task 28 Register with the McDATA File Center Required 2 137 2 6 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual Installation Tasks Task 1 Verify Installation Requirements
489. ptions Set all to Default Adds checkmarks to all check boxes in this column and sets all cells of Threshold column to default values Clear All Clears all check boxes in this column and restores values in cells of Threshold column with previous values McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual Installation Tasks Threshold Right click in the column to display these options e Set All To xx Sets all cells in this column to the value xx that you clicked e Restore All Sets all cells in the column to the previous values Open Trunking Log This log available from the SAN management application Product View Logs menu Figure 2 64 provides details on flow rerouting that is occurring through switch ports 12 4 02 10 59 43 AM 12 4 02 10 59 43 AM 12 4 02 10 59 43 AM 12 4 02 10 59 43 AM 12 4 02 10 59 43 AM Pee Figure 2 64 Open Trunking Log e Date and Time Date and Time that action occurred e Receive Port The decimal receive port number on the local switch associated with the flow that was rerouted e Target Domain The decimal domain ID associated with the flow that was rerouted e Old Exit Port The decimal exit port number on this switch that the flow used to get to the target domain e New Exit Port The decimal exit port number on this switch that the flow now uses to get to the target domain Open Trunking 2 73 Installation Tasks
490. que IP address configured for the top Ethernet adapter card Repeat this step for the EFC Server and all client PCs a Click the Windows Start button The Windows Workstation menu displays b Sequentially select Settings and Control Panel The Control Panel window displays Ds McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Installation and Service Manual Consolidating EFC Servers in a Multiswitch Fabric c Double click the Network icon The Network dialog box displays with the Identification page open d Click the Protocols tab The Network dialog box displays with the Protocols tab selected e Select the TCP IP Protocol entry from the list box and click Properties The Microsoft TCP IP Properties dialog box displays with the IP Address tab selected Microsoft TCP IP Properties 21x IP Address DNS WINS Address Routing n IP address can be automatically assigned to this network card by a DHCP server If your network does not have a DHCP server ask your network administrator for an address and then type it in the space below Adapter 2 Silicom FastEthernet CardBus Obtain an IP address from a DHCP server Specify an IP address IP Address i A Subnet Mask i z z Default Gateway i Advanced omea e f At the Adapter list box select 2 Silicom FastEthernet CardBus bottom Ethernet card at the right side of the PC for the private LAN and click the Specify an IP addre
491. r Go to step 15 No principal switch Go to step 20 No response from attached switch Go to step 17 20 A switch E_Port segmented because no switch in the fabric is capable of becoming the principal switch a Notify the customer that the switch will be set offline Ensure the system administrator quiesces Fibre Channel frame traffic through the switch and sets attached devices offline b Set the switch offline Set Offline State on page 4 46 c At the Hardware View for the selected switch click the Configure menu tab and select Fabric Parameters from the Operating Parameters sub menu The Configure Fabric Parameters dialog box displays MAP 0700 Fabric ISL and Segmented Port Problem Determination 3 103 3 104 Figure 3 48 Configure Fabric Parameters Dialog Box d At the Switch Priority field select Principal Never Principal or Default the default setting is Default Then click Activate e Set the switch online Set Online State on page 4 45 Did the switch priority change solve the problem and did both switches join through the ISL to form a fabric NO YES L The switches associated ISL and multiswitch fabric appear operational Contact the next level of support 21 switch E_Port segmented at an operational switch because a response hello timeout to a verification check indicates an attached switch is not operational a Perform the data collection procedure at
492. r 1 37 General Information backward through the displayed help frames Exit the help feature at any time by clicking the Close icon at the top of the Help window About Select this option to display the version number for the Element Manager and copyright information Click one of the view tabs across the top of the Element Manager window to display the following views in the View panel e Hardware e Port List e Node List e Performance e FRU List Views selected from the view tabs display under the tabs in the view panel Hardware View The Hardware View is a view that displays in the view panel when you open the switch Element Manager Other views may display depending on what view you displayed last before closing the application To return to this view from another view click the Hardware View tab In the Hardware View colored indicators reflect the status of actual LEDs on the switch FRUs The status bar displays a symbol to represent the most degraded status currently reported by any of the switch FRUs For example for a port failure indicated by a blinking red and yellow diamond on a port a yellow triangle displays on the status bar to indicate a degraded condition However if a blinking red and yellow diamond displays over both power supplies the status bar displays a red and yellow diamond indicating a failure that requires immediate attention Switch Menu Double click the switch graphic away from
493. r FICON server attached to the switch reporting the problem YES NO Go to step 4 3 The following table lists event codes brief explanations of the codes and associated steps that describe fault isolation procedures McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual ail Explanation Action 080 Unauthorized world wide name Go to step 21 081 Invalid attachment Go to step 22 506 Fibre Channel port failure Go to step 11 507 Loopback diagnostics port failure Go to step 12 512 SFP nonfatal error Go to step 6 514 SFP failure Go to step 6 581 Implicit incident Go to step 34 582 Bit error threshold exceeded Go to step 34 583 Loss of signal or loss of synchronization Go to step 34 584 Not operational primitive sequence NOS received Go to step 34 585 Primitive sequence timeout Go to step 34 586 Invalid primitive sequence received for link state Go to step 34 4 Is fault isolation being performed at the switch YES NO A Fault isolation is being performed at the SANpilot interface EFC Server or customer supplied server Go to step 7 5 Each port has an amber LED and a blue 2 Gbps operation or green 1 Gbps operation LED adjacent to the port The amber LED illuminates and the blue or green LED extinguishes if the port fails MAP 0600 Port Failure and Link Incident Analysis 3 73 Is an amb
494. r HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x07 SBAR module detected CTP interface signal HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 error 0x08 Port module detected CTP interface signal error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x09 SBAR Module detected external parity error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 Ox0A Port Module detected external parity error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x0B SBAR Module detected lost of system clock HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x0C Port Module detected lost of system clock HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x0D SBAR detected invalid request from port HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 Ox0E Internal SBAR time out HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 Ox0F Internal SBAR parity error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x10 User port internal protocol error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x11 User port internal parity error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x12 User port internal buffer range error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x13 User port internal time out 1 HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x14 User port internal time out 2 HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x15 User port internal frame error bad delimiter HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x16 User port internal frame error CRC HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x17 User port internal frame error invalid size HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Installation and Service Manual
495. r application Download a This procedure downloads a selected firmware version from the EFC Firmware Version to Server library to a Sphereon 3032 3232 Switch managed by the open a Switch instance of the Product Manager application Manage Firmware Versions 4 53 Repair Information NOTE When downloading a firmware version follow all procedural information in the release notes or EC instructions that accompany the firmware version This information supplements information in this general procedure To download a firmware version to a switch 1 Notify the customer that a firmware version is to be downloaded to the switch The switch resets during the firmware download causing Fibre Channel links to momentarily drop and attached devices to log out and log back in Data frames lost during switch reset must be retransmitted At the EFC Server open the EFC Manager application The Product View displays Before downloading firmware version XX YY ZZ to a switch ensure version XX YY ZZ or higher of the EFC Manager application is running on the EFC Server a Select About from the Help menu The About dialog box displays the EFC Manager application version Click OK to close the dialog box b If required install the correct version of the EFC Manager application Install or Upgrade Software on page 4 59 Select the icon representing the switch for which a firmware version is to be downloaded The Hardware View
496. r domestic commercial and light industrial environments that proscribes limitations for harmonic current emissions e EN61000 3 3 Generic standard for domestic commercial and light industrial environments that proscribes limitations for voltage fluctuation and flicker in low voltage supply systems e EN60950 IEC 950 ITE generic electrical and fire safety standard for domestic commercial and light industrial environments European Union The European Union EU Council has implemented a series of Directives directives that define product safety standards for all EU member countries The following directives apply to the Sphereon 3016 and 3216 Switches McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual Warnings A A Cautions e The switch conforms with all protection requirements of EU directive 89 336 EEC EMC Directive in accordance with of the laws of the member countries relating to electromagnetic compatibility EMC emissions and immunity e The switch conforms with all protection requirements of EU directive 73 23 EEC Low Voltage Directive in accordance with of the laws of the member countries relating to electrical safety e The switch conforms with all protection requirements of EU directive 93 68 EEC Machinery Directive in accordance with of the laws of the member countries relating to safe electrical and mechanical operation of the equipment McDATA does not accept r
497. r sources that provide single phase 120 to 240 volts alternating current VAC current This provides power redundancy 7 Turn on the power Two power switches are on the back of the unit The unit powers on and performs power on self tests POSTs During POSTs a The green power PWR LED on the front panel illuminates b The amber system error ERR LED on the front panel blinks momentarily while the switch is tested c The green LEDs associated with the Ethernet port blink momentarily while the port is tested d The green and amber LEDs associated with the ports blink momentarily while the ports are tested 8 After successful POST completion the green power PWR LED remains illuminated and all other front panel LEDs extinguish 9 Ifa POST error or other malfunction occurs go to MAP 0000 Start MAP on page 3 6 to isolate the problem Rack Mount To install the switch in a customer supplied equipment rack refer to Installation the McDATA Rack Mount Kit Installation Instructions Task 4 Configure Network Information The Sphereon 3032 3232 Switch is delivered with the following default network addresses e MAC address the media access control MAC address is programmed into FLASH memory on the CTP card at the time of manufacture The MAC address is unique for each switch and should not be changed The address is in xx xx xx xx xx xx format where xx is a hexadecimal pair 2 14 McDATA Sphereon 303
498. r the year Invalid World Wide Name World wide name must have eight two digit hexadecimal numbers separated by colons XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX Enter a worldwide name using eight two digit hexadecimal numbers separated by colons in the format given in the message Link dropped Connection between EFC Server and the switch has been lost Wait for the connection to re establish Link re connects are attempted every 30 seconds Log is currently in use MCcDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Installation and Service Manual Description Action Message Description Action Message Description Action Message Description Action Message Description Action Message Log is in use by another Element Manager Retry the operation later Loopback plug s must be installed on ports being diagnosed Press Next to continue External loopback diagnostics require an optical loopback plug to be installed Ensure that an optical loopback plug is installed in port optical transceiver before running external wrap diagnostic testing Maximum number of versions already installed The maximum number of firmware versions has been reached Delete a firmware version before adding a new firmware version McDATA SANtegrity Feature not installed Please contact your sales representative The user selected Switch Binding from the Configure menu but the optional SANtegrity Binding feature is not installed I
499. rage data rates of all traffic flows on ISLs from a receive port to a target domain and periodically adjusts routing tables to reroute data flows from congested links to lightly loaded links and optimize bandwidth use The objective of Open Trunking is to make the most efficient possible use of redundant ISLs between neighboring switches even if these ISLs have different bandwidths Load balancing among the ISLs does not require user configuration other than enabling Open Trunking However you can modify or tweak default settings for congestion thresholds per port and low BB credit threshold if desired In particular you do not need to manually configure ISLs into trunk groups of redundant links where data can be off loaded Candidate links for rerouting flow are identified and maintained automatically This means that flow may be rerouted onto a link that goes to a different adjacent switch as long as that link is on the least cost shortest path to the destination domain ID Open Trunking 2 69 Installation Tasks To install and enable this option select the Configure Feature Key option under the element manager s Configure menu Refer to Task 16 Configure PFE Key Optional on page 2 56 Enabling and Configuring Open Trunking To enable Open Trunking for a specific switch and configure threshold values and event notification options use the following steps 1 Select Open Trunking from the
500. rames A switch is the smallest entity that can function as a complete switched fabric topology Any active director switch or node in a switched fabric Glossary 9 19 fabric login fabric login command fabric mode fabric port fabric services fabric switches failover FC FC 0 FC 2 The process by which node ports N_Ports establish their operating parameters During fabric login the presence or absence of a fabric is determined and paths to other N_Ports are mapped Specific operat ing characteristics for each port such as buffer to buffer credit BB_Credit and data frame size are also established FLOGI The command that establishes the initial operating parame ters and topology for a fabric The command is accepted by a fabric port F_Port See interoperability mode F_Port Physical interface within the fabric that connects to a node port N_Port through a point to point full duplex connection See also bridge port expansion port generic port node port segmented expansion port The services that implement the various Fibre Channel protocol ser vices that are described in the standards These services include the fabric controller login server name server and management server A device which allows the communication between multiple devices using Fibre Channel protocols A fabric switch enables the sharing bandwidth and end nodes using basic multiplexing techniques Autom
501. ransceivers provide connections for transferring 2 125 Gbps data over short distances as follows Up to 300 meters through 50 micron multimode fiber Up to 150 meters through 62 5 micron multimode fiber e Longwave laser 1 0625 Gbps Longwave laser transceivers provide connections for transferring 1 0625 Gbps data up to 10 kilometers through 9 micron singlemode fiber e Longwave laser 2 125 Gbps Longwave laser transceivers provide connections for transferring 2 125 Gbps data up to 10 kilometers through 9 micron singlemode fiber e Extended longwave laser 2 125 Gbps Two types of extended longwave laser transceivers provide connections for transferring 2 125 Gbps data up to 20 kilometers or 35 kilometers through 9 micron singlemode fiber Cooling Fans Four fans each a separate FRU provide cooling for the switch power supplies and the control processor CTP card as well as redundancy for continued operation if a single fan fails Anyfan FRU can be replaced while the switch is operating Power Supplies Redundant load sharing power supplies step down and rectify facility input power to provide 3 3 volt direct current VDC 5 VDC and 12 VDC to the CTP card The power supplies also provide input filtering overvoltage protection and overcurrent protection Either power supply can be replaced while the switch is operational 1 20 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Man
502. ration for this switch and return the data to McDATA for analysis Event Data None Distribution Switch EFC Server Host Nonvolatile System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident System Error Event Log Indicator Vv Vv Event Code 121 Message Zone set activation failed Zone set too large Severity Informational Explanation This event occurrs when the switch receives a zone set activation command from the management tool EFCM that exceed the size supported by the switch The switch rejects the command then disconnects from the management tool to force error recovery processing The management tool should immediately reconnect and the operation can be retried Action Reduce the size of the zone set so it conforms to the limits specified in the user manual and retry the activation Verify that the number of zones and zone members in the zone set are within the limits stated in the user manual or try reducing the length of zone names Event Data None Distribution Switch EFC Server Host Nonvolatile System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident System Error Event Log Indicator Vv Vv B 14 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Installation and Service Manual Event Code 140 Message Congestion has been detected on an ISL Severity Informational Explanation Open Trunking firmware has
503. rch GyFolders CHuistory AG GE X A Eee VE E Control Panel 7 Eao H amp amp G G Accessibility Add Remove Add Remove Administrative Automatic Date Time Control Panel Options Hardware Programs Tools Updates mi INTEL a J a 4 ww amp Provides system information and changes environment settings Display Folder Options Fonts Game Intel R Internet Controllers PROSet II Options A Keyboard Mouse Networkand Phoneand Power Options Printers Dial up Co Modem a a Q windows Update A Windows 2000 Support E O Regional Scannersand Scheduled Sounds and Users and Options Cameras Tasks Multimedia Passwords Provides system information and changes environment settings My Computer Figure 2 30 Control Panel Window 2 Double click the System icon The System Properties dialog box displays with the General tab selected as the default 3 Click the Network Identification tab The System Properties dialog box displays with the Network Identification tab selected Figure 2 31 on page 2 34 Task 8 Configure Management Server Information Installation Tasks 2 33 Installation Tasks System Properties 21x General Network Identification Hardware User Profiles Advanced Windows uses the following information to identify your computer on the network Full computer name MGMTSERVER Workgroup WORKGROUP To use the Network Identification Wizard to join a Network
504. rcuit breaker is on If not ask the customer set the circuit breaker on MAP 0100 Power Distribution Analysis b Ensure the AC power cord is not damaged If damaged replace the cord Was a corrective action performed YES NO Go to step 8 7 Verify power supply operation a Inspect the power supply and ensure the green LED illuminates b At the Hardware View observe the graphic representing the power supply and ensure a failure symbol blinking red and yellow diamond does not appear Is a failure indicated YES NO The switch appears operational 8 Ensure the power supply is correctly installed and seated in the CTP card If required partially remove and reseat the power supply Was a corrective action performed YES NO Go to step 10 9 Verify power supply operation a Inspect the power supply and ensure the green LED illuminates b At the Hardware View observe the graphic representing the power supply and ensure a failure symbol blinking red and yellow diamond does not appear Is a failure indicated YES NO The switch appears operational 10 A redundant power supply failed and must be removed and replaced RRP Power Supply on page 5 4 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual e This procedure is concurrent and can be performed while the switch is powered on Perform the data collection procedure after FRU removal and r
505. re 4 10 on page 4 18 displays a list of all switch FRUs The information is useful to maintenance personnel for fault isolation and repair verification SSS Figure 4 10 FRU List View To open the FRU List View from the Hardware View click View and select FRU List The FRU List View contains the following columns e FRU an acronym representing the FRU type FRU acronyms are SFP Small form factor pluggable SFP optical transceiver Chassis slots for SFPs inserted in a port are 0 through 31 The SFPs are FRUs PWR power supply Chassis slots for redundant power supplies are 0 and 1 The power supplies are FRUs FAN cooling fan Chassis slots for redundant fans are 0 fan FRU assembly and 1 through 4 cooling fans The cooling fans are FRUs CTP control processor CTP card The chassis slot is 0 The CTP card is not a FRU ga McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual Node List View Figure 4 11 THM thermal sensor The chassis slot is 0 on the CTP card The thermal sensor is not a FRU e Position a number representing the FRU chassis position The chassis slot position for a nonredundant FRU is 0 The chassis positions for redundant FRUs are 0 and 1 The chassis positions for UPM cards are 0 through 15 inclusive e Status the FRU status Active or Backup e Part Number the FRU part number e Serial Number the FRU serial number The Node List View
506. re is indicated c Monitor port operation for approximately five minutes MAP 0600 Port Failure and Link Incident Analysis 3 91 Determination Did the link incident recur YES NO L The attached device Fibre Channel link and switch appear operational Exit MAP Contact the next level of support Exit MAP 40 The switch port reporting the problem is causing the recurrent link incident The recurring link incident indicates port degradation and a possible pending failure Go to step 6 MAP 0700 Fabric ISL and Segmented Port Problem This MAP describes isolation of fabric logout interswitch link ISL and port segmentation problems Failure indicators include e Anevent code recorded at the Sphereon 3032 3232 Event Log or the SANpilot event log e A segmentation reason associated with the port at the SANpilot interface e A yellow triangle attention indicator appears at the Product View or Hardware View e Alink incident message recorded in the Link Incident Log or Port Properties dialog box 1 Was an event code 011 021 051 052 061 062 063 070 071 072 081 140 142 or 150 observed at the Sphereon 3032 3232 Event Log EFC Server or at the SANpilot event log YES NO L Go to step 3 2 The following table lists event codes brief explanations of the codes and associated steps that describe fault isolation procedures 3 92 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installat
507. red and consolidated In S 390 mode a method for configuring addresses A portion of a network that shares a common address component On transmission control protocol Internet protocol TCP IP networks subnets are defined as all devices whose IP addresses have the same prefix Dividing a network into subnets is useful for both security and performance reasons IP networks are divided using a subnet mask 9 46 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual subnet mask switch switchover switch priority System Automation for Operating System 390 system name system services processor TB TCP A mask used by a computer to determine whether another computer with which it needs to communicate is located on a local or remote network The network mask depends upon the class of networks to which the computer is connecting The mask indicates which digits to look at in a longer network address and allows the router to avoid handling the entire address Subnet masking allows routers to move the packets more quickly Typically a subnet may represent all the machines at one geographic location in one building or on the same local area network A device that connects filters and forwards packets between local area network LAN segments or storage area network SAN nodes or devices Changing a backup field replaceable unit FRU to the active state and the active FRU to the backup s
508. referred domain ID the E_Ports segment causing the fabric to segment For more information on domain ID refer to the section on domain ID assignment for multiswitch fabrics in the McDATA Products in a SAN Environment Planning Manual 626 000124 for details Task 20 Configure Switch Operating Parameters 2 79 Installation Tasks Rerouting Delay Domain RSCNs Insistent Click the check box to remove or add a check mark The default state is disabled no check mark When a checkmark displays the domain ID configured in the Preferred Domain ID field will become the active domain identification when the fabric initializes See the following notes e This option is required if Enterprise Fabric Mode optional SANtegrity feature is enabled Refer to Insistent Domain Identification in the McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switch element manager User Manual for details e If you enable Insistent Domain while the switch or director is online the Preferred Domain ID will change to the current active domain ID if the IDs are different If a switch with a duplicate domain ID exists in the fabric both switches E_Ports will segment when they try to join Placing a check mark in the check box to the left of the Rerouting Delay option enables rerouting delay This option is only applicable if the configured switch is in a multiswitch fabric The default state is disabled Enabling the rerouting delay ensures that
509. representing the switch reporting the problem Although the switch is operational a minor problem may exist Click the icon representing the switch reporting the problem The Hardware View displays At the Hardware View inspect ports for a yellow triangle attention indicator that overlays a port graphic Does a yellow triangle overlay the port graphic MAP 0000 Start MAP 3 13 YES NO Go to step 22 19 Inspect the port state and LED status for all ports with an attention indicator a At the Hardware View click the port graphic with the attention indicator The Port Properties dialog box displays b Inspect the Beaconing and Operational State fields G_Port Ghisec 000000 McDATA 20 0D 08 00 88 A0 50 EA N gedin Unblocked Off On None o Light FET Figure 3 4 Port Properties Dialog Box NOTE If the Open Trunking feature is installed and additional item will appear in the Port Properties dialog box called Congested Threshold This field displays the active congested threshold percentage currently configured in the Configure Open Trunking dialog box Does the Operational State field display a Beaconing message and the Beaconing field display an On message YES NO L Go to step 21 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual 20 Port beaconing is enabled a Consult with the customer and next level of support to determine the reason port beaco
510. return the CD to McDATA for analysis 05 No principal switch No switch in the fabric is capable of becoming the principal Switch Modify the operating parameters and set the switch priority to any value other than 255 06 Hello timeout There is no response from attached switch Periodically each switch performs a simple test to verify that the attached switch is operational The E_Port times out and segments if the attached switch does not respond properly Check the operational status of the switch connected to the other end of the link If the condition persists perform the data collection procedure for the switch using the EFC Manager and return the CD to McDATA for analysis Distribution Switch EFC Server Host Nonvolatile System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident System Error Event Log Indicator Vv Vv System Events 000 through 199 Event Code Tables Event Code 071 Message The switch has become isolated Severity Informational Explanation The switch has isolated itself from all other switches in a multi switch fabric This event will be accompanied by one or more 070 event codes See the Event Data for the Segmentation Reason code Action Action depends on the segmentation reason code in the Event Data Event Data Byte 0 The port number of the E_Port Byte 4 The Segmentation Reason Code 01 Incompatible operating parameter
511. rface 2 123 default EFC Manager 2 47 2 106 4 63 default SANpilot interface 2 108 default Windows 2000 2 32 2 106 4 63 user name assigning 2 47 V versions firmware 1 36 view panel 1 38 view tabs 1 38 views Hardware 4 23 Node List 4 19 Performance 4 20 4 27 Port List 4 16 Zone set 4 20 WwW warnings resetting configurations 1 37 12 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual web server introduction 1 3 web server enabling 1 34 Windows 2000 configure users 2 38 default password 2 32 2 106 4 63 default user name 2 32 2 106 4 63 WWN principal switch 2 83 WWN binding 2 85 2 87 WWN zone member 4 21 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual Z zone members default value 2 4 zone set description of 1 7 zone set state default value 2 4 Zone set View 4 20 zone sets default value 2 4 zone states default value 2 4 zones number of default value 2 4 zoning 1 7 zoning cautions about 1 7 zoning default values 2 4 ita McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual
512. ric Connectivity Manager application Enterprise Fabric Connectivity Manager Lite Enterprise Fabric Connectivity Product Status Log Enterprise Fabric Connectivity Server Enterprise Fabric Connectivity Session Log E_Port error detect time out value error log error message ESD Ethernet See EFCM See EFC Management Services application See EFC Manager application See EFCM Lite See EFC Product Status Log See EFC Server See EFC Session Log See expansion port E_D_TOV The time the switch waits for an expected response before declaring an error condition See Event Log Indication that an error has been detected D See electrostatic discharge A widely implemented local area network LAN protocol that uses a bus or star topology and serves as the basis for the Institute of Electri cal and Electronics Engineers IEEE 802 3 standard which specifies the physical and software layers 9 18 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual Ethernet hub event code Event Log exchange expansion port F fabric fabric element A device used to connect the EFC Server and the directors it manages A three digit number that specifies the exact event that occurred This code provides information on system failures such as hardware fail ures failure locations or general information on normal system events Record of significant events
513. ric Switches Installation and Service Manual Set the Switch Online or Offline Set Online State This section describes procedures to set the switch online or offline These operating states are described as follows e Online when the switch is set online an attached device can log in to the switch if the port is not blocked Attached devices can communicate with each other if they are configured in the same zone e Offline when the switch is set offline all switch ports are set offline The switch transmits the offline sequence OLS to attached devices and the devices cannot log in to the switch NOTE When the switch is set offline the operation of attached Fibre Channel devices is disrupted Do not set the switch offline unless directed to do so by a procedural step or the next level of support To set the switch online 1 At the EFC Server open the EFC Manager application The Product View displays 2 Select the icon representing the switch to be set online The Hardware View for the selected switch displays 3 At the navigation control panel select Set Online State from the Maintenance menu If the switch is offline the Set Online State dialog box displays indicating the state is OFFLINE _Setontine Cancel 4 Click Set Online A Warning dialog box displays indicating the switch is to be set online 5 Click OK As the switch comes online inspect the Product Manager application The
514. rk in the box indicates alerts are enabled When the feature is enabled and an incident occurs on the link an alert indicator yellow triangle displays at the Hardware View Port List View and Port Card View and a message is sent to configured e mail recipients LIN alerts are enabled by default e WWN Binding Click this check box to display a check mark and enable WWN binding for the port This allows only a specific device to attach to the port This device is specified by the WWN or nickname entered into the Bound WWN column With the check box cleared any device can attach to the port even if a WWN or nickname is specified in the Bound WWN column e Bound WWN Enter a world wide name WWN in the proper format XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX Or a Nickname configured through the element manager application The device with this WWN or Task 21 Configure Fabric Operating Parameters 2 87 Installation Tasks nickname will have exclusive attachment to the port if WWN Binding is enabled If a valid WWN or nickname is not entered in this field but the WWN Binding check box is checked enabled then no devices can connect to the port If you enter a WWN or nickname in this field and do not place a check in the WWN Binding checkbox the WWN or nickname will be stored and all devices can connect to the port 2 Use the vertical scroll bar as necessary to display additional port information rows up to 64 ports 3 Click Activate
515. rner of the fan The retaining screw is captive and will remain in the fan assembly 3 Grasp the fan handle and pull the fan FRU out of the chassis 5 6 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual FRU Removal and Replacement Replacement To replace a cooling fan FRU 1 Remove the replacement cooling fan FRU from its shipping container 2 Inspect the rear of the fan FRU for bent or broken connector pins If any pins are damaged obtain a new fan FRU 3 Position the fan FRU with its retaining screw at the upper right corner the fan cannot be inserted in any other position 4 Push the fan FRU into the chassis to engage the connector pins Ensure that the fan FRU faceplate is flush with the chassis 5 Engage the threads of the retaining screw and lightly tighten the screw Over tightening the screw may damage the FRU or chassis 6 Inspect the fan FRU to ensure that the amber LED is extinguished If the amber LED is illuminated go to MAP 0000 Start MAP on page 3 6 to isolate the problem 7 At the EFC Server s Hardware View select Event Log from the Logs menu The Event Log displays Ensure one of the following event codes appears in the log 310 to 315 Nth cooling fan has recovered where N is First to Sixth fan 8 At the EFC Server s Hardware View observe the fan graphic and ensure no alert symbols appear that indicate a failure yellow triangle or red di
516. rocess completes click Close to close the dialog box 9 Remove the diskette with the newly collected maintenance data from the browser PC floppy drive Return the diskette with the failed FRU to McDATA for failure analysis EFC Server To collect maintenance data retrieve the dump file from the EFC Server hard drive from the Sphereon 4500 Product Manager application 1 At the EFC Server open the EFC Manager application The Products View displays 2 Select double click the icon representing the switch for which the data collection procedure is to be performed The Hardware View for the selected switch displays 3 Select the Data Collection option from the Maintenance menu The Save Data Collection dialog box displays Figure 4 22 EfeServices Figure 4 22 Save Data Collection Dialog Box 4 Remove the backup CD from the EFC Server s compact disk rewritable CD RW drive and insert a blank rewritable CD and format the CD a At the Windows 2000 desktop locate the InCD icon at the right side of the task bar b Right click the icon and select Format F The first window of the InCD wizard displays Collecting Maintenance Data 4 39 Repair Information c Click Next to proceed to the second window of the InCD wizard Use the default parametersdisplayed at each window and click Next and Finish as appropriate to complete the CD formatting task d When the rewritable CD is formatted the red dow
517. rogram mers UNIX was one of the first operating systems to be written in a high level programming language namely C This meant that it could be installed on virtually any computer for which a C compiler existed Due to its portability flexibility and power UNIX has become the leading operating system for workstations Historically it has been less popular in the personal computer market but the emer gence of a new version called Linux is revitalizing UNIX across all platforms ULP Protocols that map to and run on top of the Fibre Channel FC 4 layer ULPs include Internet protocol IP and small computer system interface SCSI See uninterruptable power supply UDP A connectionless protocol that runs on top of Internet protocol IP networks User datagram protocol Internet protocol UDP IP offers very few error recovery services instead providing a direct way to send and receive datagrams over an IP network UDP IP is primarily used for broadcasting messages over an entire network Contrast with transmission control protocol Internet protocol See volts alternating current See volts direct current VM 1 A virtual data processing system that appears to be at the exclusive disposal of a single user but whose functions are accom 9 50 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual virtual storage volt volts alternating current volts direct current W warning mess
518. rotocol SNMP agent and a set of SNMP managers that defines authentica tion access control and proxy characteristics 1 Hardware or software that is part of a functional unit 2 A func tional part of an operating system for example the scheduler or supervisor D Firmware is upgraded without disrupting switch operation Ability to perform maintenance tasks such as removal or replace ment of field replaceable units FRUs while a hardware product is operating The collection of data that results from configuring product and sys tem operating parameters For example configuring operating parameters simple network management protocol SNMP agent zoning configurations and port configurations through the Product Manager application results in a collection of configuration data Configuration data includes identification data port configuration data operating parameters simple network management protocol SNMP configuration and zoning configuration A configuration backup file is required to restore configuration data if the control pro cessor CTP card in a nonredundant ED 5000 Director is removed and replaced Nondedicated link Typically used to describe a link between nodes which allows the switch to forward Class 2 or Class 3 frames as resources ports allow Contrast this with the dedicated bandwidth that is required in a Class 1 Fibre Channel Service FC 1 point to point link The ability of devices to lin
519. rt A blocked port continuously transmits the offline sequence 1 To start or restart a computer 2 Loading the operating system See bits per inch See bridge port a6 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual bps Bits per second Bps Bytes per second bridge 1 An attaching device that connects two local area network LAN segments to allow the transfer of information from one LAN segment to the other A bridge can connect the LAN segments directly by net work adapters and software in a single device or can connect net work adapters in two devices through software and use of a telecommunication link between the two adapters 2 A functional unit that connects two LANs that use the same logical link control protocol but may use different media access control protocols T Contrast with router 3 A device that connects and passes packets between two network segments that use the same communications protocol bridge port B_Port 1 In Fibre Channel protocol a fabric inter element port used to connect bridge devices with E_Ports on a switch B_Ports provide a subset of E_Port functionality 2 A McDATA term for a physical interface between the fabric switch and a bridge device The inter face is identical to an expansion port E_Port but it does not partici pate in full expansion port protocols As such it does not assign domain IDs or participate in routing protocol See a
520. rth cooling fan propeller has failed Severity Major Explanation A fourth fan has failed The fan has stopped or was removed The remainder of the fans in the system are installed and operational If present the LED on the associated fan module is turned off The fan has either stopped or was removed Action Replace the fan module immediately Event Data Byte 0 Failed fan number 1 6 Distribution Switch EFC Server Host Nonvolatile System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident System Error Event Log Indicator Vv Vv Vv Vv Vv Vv B 26 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Installation and Service Manual Event Code Tables Event Code 304 Message Fifth cooling fan propeller has failed Severity Major Explanation A fifth fan has failed The remainder of the fans in the system are installed and operational If present the LED on the associated fan module is turned off The fan has either stopped or was removed Action Replace the fan module immediately Event Data Byte 0 Failed fan number 1 6 Distribution Switch EFC Server Host Nonvolatile System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident System Error Event Log Indicator Y Vv Vv Vv Vv Vv Event Code 305 Message Sixth cooling fan propeller has failed Severity Major Explanation A sixth fan has failed If present the LED on t
521. rticular application They sell the customized computer under their own name OEMs may not actually be the original manufacturers They are usually the customizers and marketers See operating system See Operating System 390 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual OSI OSMS out of band management packet panel PC persistent binding personal computer point to point port port address name port authorization See Open Systems Architecture See open systems management server Transmission of management information using frequencies or chan nels other than those routinely used for information transfer In Fibre Channel protocol Logical unit of information usually in the form of a data frame transmitted on a network It contains a header with all relevant addressing and timing information the actual data and a trailer which contains the error checking function usually in the form of a cyclic redundancy check and frequently user data A logical component of the interface window Typically a heading and or frame marks the panel as an individual entity of the window Size and shape of the panel and its data depend upon the purpose of the panel and may or may not be modified See personal computer A form of server level access control that uses configuration informa tion to bind a server to a specific Fibre Channel storage volume or logical device us
522. rvice Manual Installation Tasks Configuration Description Default Switch Addressing IP Address 10 1 1 10 Subnet Mask 255 0 0 0 Gateway Address 0 0 0 0 MAC Address PROM value Switch Operating Preferred Domain 1 Parameters ID Preferred Preferred Domain Disabled ID Insistent Rerouting Delay Disabled Domain RSCNs Disabled Management Style Open Systems Fabric Operating Buffer to Buffer 16 Parameters Credit R_A_TOV 10 seconds 100 tenths E_D_TOV 2 seconds 20 tenths Switch Priority Default Interop Mode McDATA Fabric 1 0 SNMP SNMP Communities public 5 NULL strings SNMP Write Read only per community Authorizations Trap Recipient IP 0 for each Addressees UDP Port 162 SNMP Authorization 5 Trap State Management Server Active Equal Saved Disabled State Remote Offline Disabled Control State Installation Tasks Configuration Description Default Zoning Number of Zone 0 Members Number of Zones 0 Number of Zone 0 Sets Zone Names None Zone Sets Names None Zone Members None Default Zone State Enabled Active Zone Set Disabled State Active Zone Set NULL string Name Installation Options The switch is installed in one of three configurations The options are Table or desk top one or more switches an optional management server and an optional Ether
523. ry again Are you sure you want to delete firmware version Requesting confirmation to delete the firmware version Firmware library can hold only eight firmware versions Click Yes to confirm the firmware deletion or No to cancel the operation Cannot change port type while Management Style if FICON without SANtegrity Feature Please contact your sales representative McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Installation and Service Manual Descripton Action Message Description Action Message Description Action Message Description Action Message Description Firmware level is below 6 0 and user attempted to change a port type in the Configure Ports dialog box while FICON management style is enabled but the optional SANtegrity Binding feature is not installed Informational message If the firmware is below 6 0 install SANtegrity Binding feature before changing port types inthe Configure Ports dialog box while using FICON Managment style Cannot create partition lt partition number gt while FICON Managment Server is enabled The user has moved slots into a partition while the FMS server is enabled Disable FMS before moving slots into a partition Are you sure you want to delete this address configuration Confirmation to delete the selected address configuration Click Yes to confirm the deletion of the address configuration or No to cancel the operation Are you sure you want to send firmw
524. s D 2 Point to point link that o 8 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual channel attached channel wrap test Class 2 Fibre Channel service Class 3 Fibre Channel service Class F Fibre Channel service Class of Fibre Channel service command communications tray community name SNMP transports data from one point to the other 3 A connection or socket on the motherboard to controller card A motherboard may have only one or two channels primary and secondary If a motherboard has only one channel it may be necessary to add a controller card to cre ate a secondary channel 1 Pertaining to direct attachment of devices by data I O channels to a computer 2 Pertaining to devices attached to a control unit by cables not telecommunication lines D Synonymous with local A diagnostic procedure that checks S 390 host to director or host to switch connectivity by returning the output of the host as input The test is host initiated and transmits Fibre Channel frames to a director or switch port A director or switch port enabled for chan nel wrapping echoes the frame back to the host Provides a connectionless not dedicated service with notification of delivery or nondelivery between two node ports N_Ports Provides a connectionless not dedicated service without notification of delivery or nondelivery between two node ports N_Ports Synon ymous with da
525. s Either the R_A_TOV or E_D_TOV values are inconsistent between the two fabrics Modify the operating parameters to make the R_A_TOV and E_D_TOV values for the same fabrics 02 Duplicate Domain Ids One or more Domain ID conflicts have been detected Modify the operating parameters and set the Preferred Domain ID to a unique value in the fabric 03 Incompatible zoning configurations The same zone name has been recognized in each fabric but the two zones contain different members Modify the active zone set in one of the fabrics to make certain all of the zone names are unique between the fabrics to be joined 04 Build Fabric protocol error A protocol error was detected during formation of a fabric Disconnect then reconnect the link connecting the two switches or perform an IML or IPL operation If the condition persists perform the data collection procedure for the switch using the EFC Manager and return the CD to McDATA for analysis 05 No Principal Switch No switch in the fabric is capable of becoming the Principal Switch Modify the operating parameters and set the Switch Priority to any value other than 255 06 Hello timeout There was no response from attached switch Periodically each switch performs a simple test to verify that the attached switch is operational The E_Port times out and segments if the attached switch does not respond properly Check the operational status of the switch connected to the other end of the li
526. s To configure fabric binding 1 At the Configure panel click the Fabric Binding tab The Security page displays with the Fabric Binding tab selected Figure 2 102 Configure Refresh 9 22 04 at 12 11 15 Auth Users Auth Settings Port Binding Switch Binding Fabric Binding Fabric Binding Status Inactive Actions to Modify the Active Fabric Binding Membership List FBML Save and the pending FBML the FBML Actions to Modify the Pending Fabric Binding Membership List FBML The pending Fabric Binding Membership List is identical to the active Fabric Binding Membership List of the unattached members from the pending FBML FBML to the pending FBML the pending FBML with all the attached members this new member Domain ID WAN The Pending Fabric Binding Membership List No Members Configured Showing 0 0 of 0 Members lt lt Prev Next gt gt Figure 2 102 Configure Panel Security Page with Fabric Binding Tab 2 The saved status of the fabric binding configuration displays at the top of the page The status can be e Saved amp Active Information displayed on the page reflects the active configuration saved for the fabric e Unsaved amp Active Information displayed may be different than the active configuration saved for the fabric Task 25 Configure the Switch from the SANpilot Interface Optional Installation Tasks 2 127 Installation Tasks Enable or D
527. s contact support personnel Cannot retrieve diagnostics results Diagnostics results cannot be retrieved The link is down or busy Retry the operation later If the condition persists contact support personnel Cannot retrieve information for port Information for the port cannot be retrieved The link is down or busy Retry the operation later If the condition persists contact support personnel Cannot retrieve port configuration Port configuration cannot be retrieved The link is down or busy Retry the operation later If the condition persists contact support personnel McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Installation and Service Manual Message Description Action Message Description Action Message Description Action Message Description Action Message Description Action Message Description Cannot retrieve port information Port information cannot be retrieved The link is down or busy Retry the operation later If the condition persists contact support personnel Cannot retrieve port statistics Port statistics cannot be retrieved The link is down or busy Retry the operation later If the condition persists contact support personnel Cannot retrieve switch date and time Switch date and time cannot be retrieved The link is down or busy Retry the operation later If the condition persists contact support personnel Cannot retrieve switch state Switch state can
528. s 2 38 Change Default Administrator Password ccsscseees 2 39 Adda New U S i nin ETE 2 41 Change User Pr peTtieS siesessssesiiisieissiiasseris sies isrinee 2 43 Task 10 Set Management Server Date and Time 0006 2 44 Task 11 Configure the Call Home Feature Optional 2 46 Task 12 Assign User Names and Passwords ccccceseceees 2 47 Ea McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual Task 13 Configure the Switch to the Management Application 2 51 Task 14 Record or Verify Management Server Restore InfOrmMatoniescsiciesesasisecscshecltscaiesoaetn EE E EE 2 53 Task 15 Verify Switch to Management Server Communication 2 55 Task 16 Configure PFE Key Optional cccccesseseeteseeeees 2 56 Task 17 Configure Management Server Optional 2 59 Configure OSMS iccssictacceinctssieiisensssasacssassentestesseentetbeadseateise 2 59 Installation ssns iaee eega 2 59 Configure FEMS sssini aeaea 2 60 SANtegrity Binding Features 0 0 eeeeeeessesseseeees 2 62 Fabric Binding issii ssa teneti enine aE araa 2 62 SWitc h BinNdiNg ensiste inaa a 2 63 PIOX POLE esiisa paeen ea aae ia eaae aE Ea RN 2 68 Open TUNKEA E E E 2 69 Open Trunking Log rcssresenociersereniea 2 73 Task 18 Set Switch Date and Time s snssssssesssssserttssntstssssersts 2 74 Set Date and Time Manually ccccccecseeeeeteeeceeeseseenenenes 2 74 Periodically Synchronize Da
529. s Tab serorei isioreceissnisrionssserstrersstesitnesieereairee 3 24 Windows Security Dialog BOX c c ccseccssesesseteescsessesescetenstesesssneenesceeeneees 3 37 Windows Task Manager Dialog Box Applications Page 0 3 37 Shut Down Windows Dialog BOX scccecccccseeetsnsteesesteneeseeceesesssnsnenenes 3 38 LCD Panel During Boot Sequence cccccscsesssteteseseeseteseecenesessseaneneneseecees 3 39 EFC Manager Login Dialog BOX c cccsccesssesesteseseseeseteseeceeseseseanseneseesees 3 40 Dr Watson for Windows 2000 Dialog BOX cccccscscesestetsteteseeeeteteseeeenens 3 43 LCD Panel During Boot Sequence ccccecssesesteteseseeseteseeceesessseaneneneseesees 3 44 EFC Manager Login Dialog BOX cceccsccscssesesteteseseesetescecenenessseaneeneseesees 3 45 EFC Management Services WindOW ssnssssssssssstsrtsrstsstirstesrtesntentessneesten 3 47 EFC Manager Login Dialog BOX cccecccscssssesestetessseeseteseeceenesssesneneneneesees 3 49 Interconnecting Multiple Hubs 0 0 0 cece ceceeseeneteseeceenesssteneneneseesees 3 52 LCD Panel LAN 2 IP Address cccesceeccsessesesesceceesescetenseseseeeeteneseeeenens 3 56 Connection Description Dialog BOX ccccccseseceeseeseteseeceneseseseaneneneseeees 3 57 Connect To Dialog BOX cecccccccsesestsnsesesestenesescesesessscenensneseseeneeneseseenens 3 58 COMn Dialog Box COM1 or COM2 u cecceesccecceseseseeteneteeseeceteneneseeees 3 58 Hyperterminal Window Configuration Infor
530. s detailed in Switch Properties You can also display this dialog box by double clicking an area on the illustration in the Hardware View away from a hardware component Close Select this option to close the Element Manager window Configure Menu Click on the Configure menu on the menu bar to display the following options Identification Select this option to display the Configure Identification dialog box Enter the following information in this dialog box Name Assign a product name Note that you can set this name as the nickname for the switch WWN using the Set Name as Nickname check box The nickname then displays instead of the WWN in Element Manager views The maximum number of nicknames allowed is 2 048 Description Assign a unique product description Location Describe the product location Contact Assign a contact either by name phone number or e mail address NOTE This information displays in the identification table at the top of the Hardware View and in your SAN management application Physical Map topology if the Physical Map topology is configured to display names McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual Switch Operating Parameters Select this option to display the Configure Switch Parameters dialog box for setting Fibre Channel operating parameters In this dialog box you can set the preferred domain identification 1 to 31 and
531. s of McDATA Corporation or SANavigator Inc in the United States or other countries or both Registered Trademarks Trademarks McDATA Sphereon Fabricenter OPENconnectors OPENready SANpilot SANavigator SANtegrity All other trademarked terms indicated by a registered trademark symbol or trademark symbol on first use in this publication are trademarks of their respective owners in the United States or other countries or both Laser transceivers in the switches are tested and certified in the United States to conform to Title 21 of the Code of Federal Regulations CFR Subchapter J Parts 1040 10 and 1040 11 for Class 1 laser products Elsewhere the transceivers are tested and certified to be compliant with International Electrotechnical Commission TEC825 1 and European Norm EN60825 1 and EN60825 2 regulations for Class 1 laser products Class 1 laser products are not considered hazardous The transceivers are designed such that there is never human access to laser radiation above a Class 1 level during normal operation or prescribed maintenance conditions The switches generate use and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions provided may cause interference to radio communications The switches have been tested and found to comply with the limits for Class A computing devices pursuant to Subpart J of Part 15 of the FCC Rules which are design
532. s the attached device offline 3 Block communication to the defective port Block a Port on page 4 46 4 Disconnect the fiber optic jumper cable from the SFP a Pull the keyed subscriber connector LC free from the SFP b Place a protective cap over the cable connector 5 If the SFP was not manufactured by IBM Corporation go to step 6 Remove an IBM manufactured SFP from the chassis a Flip the wire bale at the bottom of the SFP upward 90 degrees b Use the wire bale as a handle to pull the SFP out of the chassis 6 Remove anon IBM SFP from the chassis a Simultaneously squeeze the metal latches on the sides of the SFP to disengage the SFP from the port receptacle 5 2 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual Replacement b Pull the SFP out of the chassis At the EFC Server s Hardware View select Event Log from the Logs menu The Event Log displays Ensure the following event code appears in the log 510 SFP hot insertion initiated To install an SFP in a switch port 1 2 Remove the replacement SFP from its shipping container If the SFP was not manufactured by IBM Corporation go to step 3 Insert an IBM manufactured SFP into the port receptacle a C Ensure the IBM label is at the top and the alignment groove is at the bottom Verify the SFP is aligned in the receptacle then slide it forward until it seats firmly Flip the
533. seessescscssetsnsesssseneeseeeans 4 56 Back Up the Configuration ccccccsccescesceneteeseseeneteeseeees 4 57 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual ea Restore the Configuration cccccsssssseseseessneesscseeneeeees 4 58 Reset Configuration Data cccccccssssssesesesseeesseeeeneeees 4 59 Install or Upgrade Software ccceseeccesesessesssssssseeeesenssseeees 4 59 Chapter 5 FRU Removal and Replacement Remove and Replace FRUS cccccscsessesescsceeeessstsneneteseseeneneseeeens 5 1 FRUS scorcocsncesen coccesseaelicdusracntetnessnisientesetesentasacnnssehensiansinsspcensternsnet 5 1 Procedural NOtes ssccccsscsssstusecassdsecssievscasisconesstaessiersieessnsterstateen 5 2 RRP SEP TraniSCeiverr esscssssseoscsesessevesassesesesesesessetsesedeescsnsessectavecses 5 2 REMOVAL 5 fc 3254 lt 505 3 esate Leta ess tuii aiiis ier teinien ine siir 5 2 REPIACEMEM Eiccdscsnksatesressoxectassnsesersnersenenekeneeeenensidnsisesseensgstheeey 5 3 RRP Power SUPPLY scsescccessssesssivetecssntesssoarsesateieiscrteseransiteteerecsennseet 5 4 REMOVAL 5 cove cgesessnerssieren tuto cnc spednsesonsrersenencesensucsendbcesives ast stats sxe 5 4 Replacement iinta iero iieiea ei eii ii 5 5 RRP Cooling Fan PRU cccccccceescseenenseececesescsnensteseseseeneneseeeens 5 6 REMmOVAl ssceceststessstsnst tices sxortvaenissethdiacescarstdsiscoresetivsrarsiaessesesbateen 5 6 Replacement 1s c
534. server Include necessary information such as the country code or area code 5 Click OK to save the configured telephone numbers and close the dialog box Task 12 Assign User Names and Passwords In addition to password access for the Windows 2000 operating system users must be configured for access to the SAN management application To assign SAN management application user names and passwords 1 At the Windows 2000 desktop the SANavigator Log In or EFCM Log In dialog box displays Figure 2 29 on page 2 32 The dialog box was opened when performing Task 8 Configure Management Server Information on page 2 30 2 Type the SAN management application default user ID and password and select a server or IP address from the Network Address drop down list NOTE The default SAN management application user ID is Administrator and the default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive Task 12 Assign User Names and Passwords 2 47 Installation Tasks View Alle e Event Management Nickname v Ao iew All SANavigator N B SAN Edit View Plan Discover Configure Monitor Tools Help tadeg ak 3 Click Login The application opens and the SANavigator or EFCM 8 main window appears Figure 2 48 on page 2 48 B Search All Levels 100000CODD00C130 E g 1000080088603016 Switch Group ED 5000 Switch Group ES 4500 Nickname b 100000C0DD00C032 100000C0DD00C
535. sesessnsecsseccess ssstacedescneessscnessenrebsesencesevessnee Etne ssia 5 7 RRP CTP Card Switch Replacement ccccceeseseeseeseeneneseeeens 5 8 Replacing a Failed Switch ccccccccccesesestetetesceeenesesesnenenes 5 8 Chapter 6 Illustrated Parts Breakdown Front Accessible FRUS o cccccccccccsssesescscssssesesssseseesssessssesesessseseeaes 6 1 Rear Accessible FRUS ccccccccscscccssccesscsssssesecsssscseessesseseseseseseeeeass 6 2 Power Plugs and Receptacles ccccccccceseesceteneesesnenetesesceeeseseane 6 4 Appendix A Messages Sphereon 3032 3232 Element Manager Messages 00 A 1 Pra EEE E E E dress cessasiatsaettestauasedle A 1 E E E E E T laueaneniae A 3 D piinanainia npa ni e E ESE an ESE Esana EREE Essia Teet A iE SS A 12 I SE EE E E EE E E A 14 Fssesinrarrieninirar nessie yume vaacdynaatedaeatautbandetenceatay A 15 E A E E E E EA E A 17 E EE E E EA AE A 22 A E E E E E E A 23 N seiichaconcamiriranndon evnenwouamm naan nenmsivdluunes A 23 O degra kasi cee icon nia eat eda alana A 24 E AEE A 25 ESETE E E E T E E A 27 D E EE E A 27 OU ses ccc ea tii E A 29 joe McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual Appendix B Event Code Tables System Events 000 through 199 cccescccecceseeseeteneeseseenenesees B 3 Power Supply Events 200 through 299 cccssesseesssseeeeeees B 20 Fan Module Events 300 through 399 eccceeseseeseeesseeeeeeens B 25
536. sive heat This event follows an indication that the SBAR module hot threshold level has been surpassed event 806 Action Perform the data collection procedure for this switch using the EFC Manager save the data file to the EFC Zip drive and return the CD to McDATA for analysis Perform a system power on reset If the problem persists replace the switch Event Data No supplementary data included with this event Distribution Switch EFC Server Host Nonvolatile System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident System Error Event Log Indicator Vv Vv Vv Vv Vv Vv CMM Module Events 800 through 899 Event Code Tables Event Code 810 Message High temperature warning CTP thermal sensor Severity Major Explanation The CTP thermal sensor has detected that the warm temperature threshold level has been surpassed Action Perform the data collection procedure for this switch using the EFC Manager save the data file to the EFC Zip drive and return the CD to McDATA for analysis Perform a system power on reset If the problem persists replace the switch Event Data No supplementary data included with this event Distribution Switch EFC Server Host Nonvolatile System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident System Error Event Log Indicator Y Y Y Y Y Y Event Code 811 Message Critically h
537. so it is available immediately to the user Diagnostics that can be run by the customer engineer while the oper ational software is running These diagnostics do not impact user operations When the switch or director is in the online state all of the unblocked ports are allowed to log in to the fabric and begin communicating Devices can connect to the switch or director if the port is not blocked and can communicate with another attached device if both devices are in the same zone or if the default zone is enabled Contrast with offline state OSI A model that represents a network as a hierarchical structure of functional layers Each layer provides a set of functions that can be accessed and used by the layer above Layers are independent in that implementation of a layer can be changed without affecting other lay ers D OSMS An optional feature that can be enabled on the director or switch through the Product Manager application When enabled host control and management of the director or switch are provided through an Open System Interconnection OSI device attached to a director or switch port Glossary g 37 open systems mode operating mode operating system Operating System 390 optical cable optical drive backup optical fiber connector ordered set original equipment manufacturer OS OS 390 The mode that is used for McDATA or open fabrics See also operat ing mode 5 390 mode In
538. splays d Click the Windows Start button The Windows Workstation menu displays The following steps describe inspecting event code 433 using HyperTerminal serial communication software e At the Windows Workstation menu sequentially select Programs Accessories and HyperTerminal The Connection Description dialog box displays a5 New Connection Enter a name and choose an icon for the connection Name pe Icon Figure 3 30 Connection Description Dialog Box f Type Sphereon 3032 or Sphereon 3232 in the Name field and click OK The Connect To dialog box displays 3 64 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual B device Enter details for the phone number that you want to dial Country region f United States of America 1 Area code a Ehonenumbe Connect using lt Carcel _ Figure 3 31 Connect To Dialog Box g Ensure the Connect using field displays COM1 or COM2 depending on the serial communication port connection to the switch and click OK The COMn dialog box displays where n is 1or 2 Port Settings Data bits fe x Parity None x Stop bits fi x Elow control Hardware oe Bits per second Restore Defaults Cancel Apply Figure 3 32 COMn Dialog Box COM1 or COM2 h Configure the Port Settings parameters as follows MAP 0400 Loss of Console Communication 3 65 Bits per second
539. splays the Port Properties dialog box 1 40 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual General Information e Define Nickname Displays the Define Nickname dialog box where you can define a nickname to display for the attached device instead of the device s 8 byte WWN e Display options Allows you to display attached devices listed under the Port WWN column in the Node List View by the device nickname configured through the Define Nickname menu option or the device s WWN Note that these options are also available when you click a port row then select the Port secondary menu from the Product tab on the menu bar Performance View Select the Performance view tab This view provides a graphical display of performance for all 32 ports The top portion of the Performance View displays bar graphs that show the level of transmit receive activity for each port This information updates every five seconds Each bar graph also shows the percentage link utilization for the port A red arrow marks the highest utilization level reached since the Performance View was opened If the system detects activity on a port it represents minimal activity with at least one bar When an end device node is logged into a port moving the cursor over the port bar graph in the Performance View highlights the graph and displays a message with the World Wide Name of the connected node If the connected node has more tha
540. ss radio button g Type a unique IP address for each notebook PC For example EFC Server 10 1 1 1 First client backup PC 10 2 1 1 Second client backup PC 10 3 1 1 Third client backup PC 10 4 1 1 h Click OK When prompted to restart the computer click Yes to reboot the PC 4 Ensure each Sphereon 3032 3232 Switch has a unique IP address Consolidating EFC Servers D 9 Consolidating EFC Servers in a Multiswitch Fabric a Change the IP address of a switch through the maintenance port at the rear of the chassis b If the IP address is changed at a switch the IP address must also be changed at the EFC Manager application EFC Server Task 13 Configure the Switch to the Management Application on page 2 51 5 Define all switches formerly managed by client backup PCs to the EFC Server Repeat this step for all switches defined to the EFC Server a At the EFC Server right click in a blank area of the Product View and select New or select New product from the Configuration menu The New Product dialog box displays New Product xi b Type the IP address of the switch c Select Sphereon 3032 or Sphereon 3232 from the Product Type field and click OK A new switch icon displays at the Product View 6 Delete all consolidated switches from the Product View of all client backup PCs a At the Product View right click a switch icon to be deleted and choose the Delete option b Click Yes at the conf
541. ssion error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x43 User ingress port dectected internal timeout HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x44 Reserved HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x45 User egress port detected frame internal integrity error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x46 User egress port detected internal protocol error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x47 User port detected internal frame length error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x48 User port detected internal buffer error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x49 User port detected internal queue protocol error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x4A 0xFF McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Installation and Service Manual Event Code 510 Event Code Tables Message SFP optics hot insertion initiated Severity Informational Explanation The hot insertion of a Small Form Factor pluggable optics transceiver has been detected If the amber LED stays illuminated after the insertion of the new optic transceiver see the Port Failure event 506 Action No action required Event Data Byte 0 Slot position port number Bytes 4 7 Elapsed millisecond tick count Distribution Switch EFC Server Host Nonvolatile System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident System Error Event Log Indicator Vv Vv
542. ssions generated by solar activ ity lightning and electronic devices The emissions interfere with or degrade the performance of another electronic device D A memory chip that can be loaded with data and later erased and loaded with update information EDI The electronic transfer of preformatted business documents such as purchase orders and bills of lading between trading partners EIA The governing body that publishes recommended standards for physical devices and associated interfaces For example RS 232 is the EIA standard that defines computer serial port connectivity D See also Telecommunications Industry Association E mail Any communications service that permits the electronic transmission and storage of messages and attached or enclosed files ESD The undesirable discharge of static electricity that can damage or degrade electronic circuitry D McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual e mail embedded web server interface embedded web server interface timeout embedded web server interface window EMI EMS application enhanced availability feature enterprise Enterprise Fabric Connectivity Enterprise Fabric Connectivity Audit Log Enterprise Fabric Connectivity Event Log See electronic mail The interface provides a graphical user interface GUI similar to the Product Manager application and supports director or switch config uration
543. st through the Switch Binding Membership List dialog box to add or remove switches and devices that are allowed to connect with the switch Refer to Editing the Switch Membership List for a procedure for editing the Switch Membership List Editing the Switch Membership List 1 Select the Edit Membership List option from the Configure menu s Switch Binding submenu in the element manager The Switch Binding Membership List dialog box displays The WWNs of devices and or switches that can currently connect to switch ports are listed in the Switch Membership List panel Task 17 Configure Management Server Optional Installation Tasks e To disable Switch Binding when a checkmark appears in the Installation Tasks Attached Nodes Switch Membership List Type World Wide Name World Wide Name amp Attached 4 E Port Fuji 64 Interop 10 00 00 00 C9 23 08 69 v 6 E_Port Fuji 140 Interop n 0 00 00 00 C9 2D 13 DD v 9 F_Port 21 00 00 E0 85 0A F1 8E 10 00 00 00 C9 2D 1F 98 v 12 FL_Port SUN EA E1 12 FL_Port SUN D6 BF 12 FL_Port SUN DC EF 12 FL_Port SUN DESE re 15 F_Port 10 00 00 00 C9 23 08 69 16 F_Port 10 00 00 00 C9 2D 13 DD 19 F_Port 10 00 00 00 C9 2D 1F 9B Add Detached Node Display Options Cancel Help Figure 2 62 Switch Binding Membership List Dialog Box NOTE Refer to Configure Switch Binding for information on how the Switch Membership List is populated with W
544. statistics monitoring and basic operations With director or switch firmware installed administrators or operators with a browser capable personal computer PC and an Internet connection can monitor and manage the director or switch through an embedded web server interface If the embedded web server interface is running but no user activity occurs such as viewing different pages refreshing or reconfiguring information the application times out after 30 minutes The user must log in again A login dialog box displays if the user attempts to access any pages after the timeout has occurred The window for the embedded web server interface The window is divided into two separate panels the navigation panel on the left and the main panel on the right See electromagnetic interference See EFC Management Services application EAF A backup field replaceable unit backup FRU that is ordered and installed to provide redundancy and reduce disruption in case of failure The entire storage system The series of computers employed largely in high volume and multi user environments such as servers or net working applications may include single user workstations required in demanding design engineering and audio visual applications See EFC See EFC Audit Log See EFC Event Log Glossary g 17 Enterprise Fabric Connectivity Management Enterprise Fabric Connectivity Management Services application Enterprise Fab
545. stem Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident System Error Event Log Indicator Y Y Event Code 080 Message Unauthorized world wide name Severity Informational Explanation The world wide name of the switch connected to the indicated port is not authorized for that port Action Either change the port binding definition or connect the correct switch to this port Event Data Byte 0 failing port number Bytes 1 3 reserved Bytes 4 11 World wide name of the unauthorized device Distribution Switch EFC Server Host Nonvolatile System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident System Error Event Log Indicator Y Vv Vv Vv B 12 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Installation and Service Manual Event Code Tables Event Code 081 Message Port has been set to Invalid Attachment state Severity Informational Explanation The port has recognized an incompatibility with the device connected to the other end of the link preventing the two devices from joining Ports that are isolated will not carry Class 2 or Class 3 traffic and will reject Class F traffic Action Action depend on the event data Event Data Byte 0 Port number Bytes 1 3 reserved Byte 4 Reason Code 01 Unknown reason 02 Non E_Port mode 03 Process ELP reject with Unable to Process reason code 04 Pro
546. sting of multiple fiber pairs that do not directly attach to an active device This cable usually exists between distribution panels and can be located within or external to a building D Contrast with jumper cable See also optical cable See user datagram protocol See Underwriters Laboratories See upper level protocol In a director or switch the absence of the blocked attribute for a spe cific port Contrast with blocked connection See connectivity attribute See also allowed connection dynamic connection dynamic connectiv ity Devices communicating with an unblocked port can login to the director or switch and communicate with devices attached to any other unblocked port assuming that this is supported by the current zoning configuration Glossary Underwriters Laboratories unicast uninterruptable power supply UNIX upper level protocol UPS user datagram protocol V VAC VDC virtual machine UL A laboratory organization accredited by the Occupational Safety and Health Administration and authorized to certify products for use in the home and workplace D Communication between a single sender and a single receiver over a network UPS A buffer between public utility power or another power source and a system that requires precise uninterrupted power D A popular multi user multitasking operating system originally designed to be a small flexible system used exclusively by p
547. successful NO YES The merged zone appears operational Exit MAP Perform the data collection procedure and return the CD to McDATA for analysis Contact the next level of support Exit MAP 27 A zone merge process failed during ISL initialization The following list explains the reason e Failure reason 09 Invalid data caused a zone merge failure e Failure reason 0A A Cannot Merge condition caused a zone merge failure Obtain supplementary error code data for the 150 event code a At the Hardware View click Logs and select Event Log The Event Log displays b Examine bytes 12 through 15 of event data that specify the error code Record the error code Perform the data collection procedure and return the CD to McDATA for analysis Contact the next level of support and report the 150 event code the associated failure reason and the associated error code Exit MAP MAP 0700 Fabric ISL and Segmented Port Problem Determination MAP 0800 Server Hardware Problem Determination This MAP describes isolation of hardware related problems with the customer supplied server communicating with the switch through the SANpilot interface EFC Server or customer supplied server running the EFC Manager application The MAP provides high level fault isolation instructions only Refer to the documentation provided with the server for detailed problem determination and resolution To fault isolate software related
548. support 6 Is fault isolation being performed at the switch or EFC Server YES NO Remote fault isolation is being performed through the SANpilot interface Go to step 26 MAP 0400 Loss of Console Communication 3 49 7 At the Product View does a grey square appear at the alert panel and as the background to the icon representing the switch reporting the problem YES NO 1 The switch to EFC Server connection is restored and appears operational The grey square indicates the EFC Server cannot communicate with the switch because The switch to EFC Server Ethernet link failed e AC power distribution in the switch failed or AC power was disconnected The switch CTP card failed Continue 8 Inspect the switch reporting the problem for indications of being powered on such as At the front panel an illuminated PWR or ERR indicator e Green LEDs illuminated on the power supplies e Audio emanations and airflow from fans Does the switch appear powered on YES NO L Analysis for an ac power distribution or CTP card failure is not described in this MAP Go to MAP 0000 Start MAP on page 3 6 If this is the second time at this step contact the next level of support 9 The switch to EFC Server Ethernet link failed Click the icon with the grey square representing the switch reporting the problem The Hardware View displays At the Hardware View e Agrey square appears at the alert panel e No F
549. switches join through the ISL to form a fabric NO YES L The switches associated ISL and multiswitch fabric appear operational Contact the next level of support 14 The switch E_Port segmented because two switches have incompatible zoning configurations An identical zone name is recognized in the active zone set for both switches but the zones contain different members a Work with the system administrator to determine the desired zone name change for the one of the affected switches Zone names must conform to the following rules e The name must be 64 characters or fewer in length e The first character must be a letter a through z upper or lower case MAP 0700 Fabric ISL and Segmented Port Problem Determination 3 99 3 100 e Other characters are alphanumeric a through z or 0 through 9 dollar sign hyphen caret 4 or underscore _ b Close the Element Manager application for the switch Hardware View The main EFC Manager window or Product View still active displays c Select the Fabrics tab from the View menu The Fabrics View displays with the default Topology tab active d Select the Zone Set tab at the bottom of the window The Zone Set tab becomes active and displays the active zone set McDATA 10 00 08 00 88 20 00 EA Atech_pubs Ants_emc 4E EMC 50 06 04 82 BF D1 00 03 E Emulex 10 00 00 00 C9 23 24 3A Ile Default Zone E McDATA 10 00 08 00 88 A9 50 4F
550. sy with a maintenance operation Retry the operation later If the condition persists contact support personnel The switch must be offline to configure A configuration changed was attempted for a configuration requiring offline changes Take the appropriate actions to set the switch offline before attempting the configuration change McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Installation and Service Manual Message Description Action Message Description Action Message Description Action Message Description Action Message Description Action This feature has not been installed Please contact your sales representative Indicator that the feature has not been installed on this switch Contact your sales representative to obtain the desired feature Threshold alerts are not supported on firmware earlier than 01 03 00 Threshold alerts are not supported in firmware releases before 1 03 00 Informational message Unable to change to incompatible firmware release The user tried to download a firmware release that is not compatible with the current product configuration Refer to the release notes or contact customer support Unable to save data collection file to destination Could not save data collection file to the specified drive hard drive network Retry the operation If the condition persists contact support personnel You do not have rights to perform this action
551. t server OSMS that communicates with an application client The application resides on an open systems interconnection OSI device attached to a switch port and communicates using Fibre Channel common transport FC CT protocol Product operation port connectivity zoning and fabric control are managed through a device attached console e Management through the product s Fibre Connection FICON management server FMS that communicates with the IBM System Automation for OS 390 SA OS 390 operating system The operating system resides on an IBM System 390 or zSeries 900 Parallel Enterprise Server attached to a director or switch port and communicates through a FICON channel Control of connectivity and statistical product monitoring are provided through a host attached console ia McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual General Information Error Detection The switch provides the following error detection reporting and Reporting and serviceability features Serviceability e Light emitting diodes LEDs on switch FRUs and adjacent to Features Fibre Channel ports that provide visual indicators of hardware status or malfunctions e System and threshold alerts event logs audit logs link incident logs threshold alert logs and hardware logs that display switch Ethernet link and Fibre Channel link status at the management server customer supplied server running the EFCM Lite
552. t SANpilot interface 2 117 network information configuring 2 14 No principal switch 1 9 Node List View 4 19 node list view 1 40 node list view menu 1 40 nodes types list of 4 20 Null modem cable 1 47 null modem cable 1 47 NV RAM 2 78 2 81 O offline setting switch 4 45 online setting switch 4 45 open fabric 1 0 2 84 open systems management server 1 29 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual installing 2 59 open systems management style 1 29 open systems management server 1 29 open trunking feature 2 69 dialog box 2 70 dialog box menu 2 72 enabling and configuring 2 70 log 2 73 open trunking log 1 35 open system management server see OSMS open systems management server configure at SANpilot interface 2 122 PFE key 2 132 OpenTrunking configure at SANpilot interface 2 129 OpenTrunking PFE key 2 57 2 132 operating environment 1 11 operating parameters configure at SANpilot interface 2 112 default values 2 3 operating status for the switch 1 43 OSMS product management 1 4 out of band management description 1 2 out of band management illustration of 1 4 P part numbers 6 1 parts 6 1 password assigning 2 47 configure at SANpilot interface 2 123 default 2 1 3 1 4 2 default EFC Manager 2 47 2 106 4 63 default SANpilot interface 2 108 default TightVNC 2 31 2 105 4 62 default Windows 2000 2 32 2 106 4 63 Performance View 4 20 performance view menu 1 41 performa
553. t all Fibre Channel switching functions remain unaffected Since communication with the EFC Server is lost no failure indication can be reported Action Replace the switch Perform the data collection procedure for the switch using the EFC Manager and return the CD and the faulty CTP card to McDATA for analysis and repair Event Data Bytes 0 3 LAN error type 01 Hard failure See LAN error subtype for reason 04 Registered fault See LAN Fault ID for reason Bytes 4 7 LAN error subtype Description of failure Engineering use only Bytes 8 11 LAN fault identifier Internally defined Engineering use only Distribution Switch EFC Server Host Nonvolatile System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident System Error Event Log Indicator Y Y Y CTP Card Events 400 through 499 B 39 Event Code Tables Event Code 440 Message Embedded Port hardware has failed Severity Major Explanation The embedded port hardware detected an error Action Replace the switch Perform a data collection operation for the switch using the EFC Manager and return the failed CTP card and the CD to McDATA for analysis and repair Event Data Byte 0 Slot Position Byte 1 Reason Code 00 TX clock loss 01 Solicited response parity error detected 02 Solicited response invalid error detected 03 High availability error threshold exceeded Bytes 4 7 Elapsed millisecond
554. t attempt to lift or carry the director with fewer than three people Failure to observe this CAUTION may result in injury to personnel or damage to the director CAUTION The switch s non open fiber control non OFC laser transceivers are designed and certified for use only with fiber optic cable and connectors with characteristics specified by McDATA Use of other connectors or optical fiber can result in emission of laser power levels capable of producing injury to the eye if viewed directly Use of non specified connectors or optical fiber can violate the Class 1 laser classification gt gt gt gt General Precautions When servicing the switch follow these practices e Always use correct tools e Always use correct replacement parts e Keep all paperwork up to date complete and accurate McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual aS EA McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual e7 Ja co laioldaalo iioa The McDATA Sphereon 3032and Sphereon 3232 Fabric Switches provide dynamically switched connections between Fibre Channel servers and devices in a storage area network SAN environment SANs introduce the concept of server to device networking and multiswitch fabrics eliminate requirements for dedicated connections and enable the enterprise to become data centric A SAN provides speed high capacity and
555. t call home and e mail notifications were received on Figure 2 84 Call Home Information Dialog Box Task 24 Back Up Configuration Data Back up of critical SAN management configuration data contained in the EfcData directory is provided by the management server The server is configured to automatically mirror the contents of the directory to the CD RW drive anytime directory contents change or the server is rebooted The directory contains all SAN management configuration data and is used to restore the management server operating environment in case of hard drive failure The EfcData directory contains e SAN management configuration data switch definitions user names and passwords switch date and time port configurations operating parameters SNMP recipients and e mail recipients e Log files GAN management application logs and Sphereon 3032 3232 element manager application logs e Switch firmware versions stored in the firmware library e Call home configuration data e Configuration data for the switch is stored in nonvolatile random access memory NV RAM on the switch s CTP card and is backed up through the element manager application The data is recorded in the EfcData directory when a backup is performed The server does not back up Windows 2000 operating system data such as user names passwords date and time and TCP IP network information This information was recorded while performing
556. t period A loss of signal condition has been recognized by the incident node see FC PH clause 16 4 2 Action A link incident record LIR is generated and sent to the host using the Link Incident reporting procedure defined in the T11 99 017v0 document If after fault isolation is performed by the host it is determined that the incident is because of a port failure perform a data collection procedure for this switch using the EFC manager and return the CD to McDATA for analysis Event Data Byte 0 Port number 00 0F Bytes 4 7 Elapsed millisecond tick count Bytes 8 11 Port state indicators 0x00 Active 0x01 OLIB 0x05 LR1 0x06 LR2 0x07 LR3 0x09 LF2 Ox0A LF1 Ox0C OL1A 0x0D OL1C Ox0E OL2 0x0F OL3 Distribution Switch EFC Server Host Nonvolatile System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident System Error Event Log Indicator Port Module Events 500 through 599 B 63 Event Code Tables Event Code 584 Message Not Operational primitive sequence NOS received Severity Major Explanation The Not Operational Primitive Sequence NOS has been recognized by the incident node see FC PH clause 16 5 3 2 Action A Link incident Record LIR is generated and sent to the host using the link incident reporting procedure defined in the T11 99 017v0 document If after fault isolation is perform
557. t provides mapping of Fibre Channel capabilities to upper level protocols ULP including Internet proto col IP and small computer system interface SCSI D See Fibre Channel Association Fibre Channel adapter See host bus adapter Federal Communications Commission See Fibre Channel I O controller See Fibre Channel fabric element See Fibre Channel fabric element management information base See Fibre Channel Industry Association See Fibre Channel IP address See Fibre Channel management framework integration See Fibre Channel physical and signaling interface A unique key to enable additional product features This key is entered into the Configure Feature Key dialog box in the Product Manager application to activate optional hardware and software features Upon pur chasing a new feature McDATA will provide the feature key to the customer The fiber optic cable made from thin strands of glass through which data in the form of light pulses is transmitted It is used for high speed transmissions over medium 200 m to long 10 km dis tances Synonym for optical cable Glossary fiber optics fibre Fibre Channel Fibre Channel adapter Fibre Channel address Fibre Channel Association Fibre Channel fabric element Fibre Channel fabric element management information base Fibre Channel Industry Association The branch of optical technology concerned with the transmission of radiant pow
558. t the switch or EFC Server YES NO Fault isolation is being performed through the SANpilot interface or EFC Server or customer supplied server Go to step 6 4 Does a blinking red and yellow diamond failed FRU indicator appear to overlay a cooling fan graphic at the Hardware View NO YES Go to step 8 5 Does inspection of a fan indicate a failure Indicators include The amber LED at the upper left corner of a fan illuminates e The fan is not rotating NO YES Go to step 8 The switch appears operational MAP 0500 Fan and CTP Card Failure Analysis 6 Does the SANpilot interface appear operational YES NO L Analysis for an Ethernet link AC power distribution or CTP card failure is not described in this MAP Go to MAP 0000 Start MAP on page 3 6 If this is the second time at this step contact the next level of support 7 Inspect the fan operational states at the SANpilot interface a At the View panel click the Component Properties tab The View panel Component Properties tab displays b Inspect the State fields for Fan 0 through Fan 3 Does the State field display a Failed message for any fan YES NO The switch appears operational 8 A fan failed or is improperly installed a Partially remove a fan from the switch chassis b Reseat the fan in the chassis Does the fan appear to function NO YES A The switch appears operational 9 A fan failed and must be removed and rep
559. t user name is Administrator and the default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive b At the EFC Server field type 10 1 1 1 IP address of the EFC Server c Click Login The Product View displays Ca McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Installation and Service Manual Consolidating EFC Servers in a Multiswitch Fabric Reconfiguring a Client PC After an EFC Server Failure If the EFC Server fails backup configuration data from the Server PC is installed to any client backup PC and the client is reconfigured as the new EFC Server PC To reconfigure a client backup PC 1 Ensure the failed EFC Server PC is powered off 2 Remove the disk from the Zip drive of the failed EFC Server PC Insert the disk into the Zip drive of the selected client PC 3 Click the Windows Start button The Windows Workstation menu displays 4 Sequentially select Programs and Windows 2000 Explorer The Exploring window displays 5 At the root C directory rename the EfcData folder to EfcDataBackup then copy the EfcData folder from the Zip drive to the root directory as a replacement 6 Close the Exploring window 7 Reboot the client backup PC as follows a Click the Windows Start button The Windows 2000 Workstation menu displays b At the Windows 2000 Workstation menu select Shut Down The Shut Down Windows dialog box appears c At the Shut Down Windows dialog box select Restart the Comput
560. t with wave lengths around 780 nm or 850 nm When using multimode fiber 50 nm shortwave lasers can be used with Fibre Channel links less than 500 m To achieve longer lengths single mode fiber is required The preferred fiber core size is 50 micron as this fiber has large bandwidth so that the distance is limited by the fiber attenuation A 62 5 micron core size is also supported for compatibility with existing FDDI installations Fiber of this type has smaller bandwidth and in this case the distance is limited by the fiber bandwidth SMTP A transmission control protocol Internet protocol TCP IP protocol that allows the user to create send and receive text mes sages SMTP protocols specify how messages are passed across a link ra McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual simple network management protocol simple network management protocol community simple network management protocol community name simple network management protocol management station simple network management protocol version 1 simple network management protocol version 2 singlemode optical fiber small computer system interface from one system to another They do not specify how the mail appli cation accepts presents or stores the mail SNMP A transmission control protocol Internet protocol TCP IP derived protocol governing network management and monitoring of network devices SNMP c
561. tagram Used by switches to communicate across interswitch links ISLs to configure control and coordinate a multiswitch fabric Defines the level of connection dedication acknowledgment and other characteristics of a connection 1 A character string from an external source to a system that repre sents a request for system action 2 A request from a terminal to per form an operation or execute a program 3 A value sent through an I O interface from a channel to a control unit that specifies the opera tion to be performed D The communications tray is a sliding tray located in the middle of the Fabricenter cabinet The communications tray holds the laptop per sonal computer PC zip drive and zip drive power supply A name that represents an simple network management protocol SNMP community that the agent software recognizes as a valid source for SNMP requests A product recognizes a management sta tion as a valid recipient for trap information when the station s com munity names are configured Glossary 9 9 community profile community SNMP component concurrent firmware upgrade concurrent maintenance configuration data connectionless connectivity connectivity attribute Information that specifies which management objects are available to what management domain or simple network management protocol SNMP community name A relationship between an simple network management p
562. tate Value configured into each switch in a fabric that determines its rela tive likelihood of becoming the fabric s principal switch Lower val ues indicate higher likelihood of becoming the principal switch A value of 1 indicates the highest priority 225 is the lowest priority A value of 225 indicates that the switch is not capable of acting as the principal switch The value 0 is illegal SA OS 390 IBM licensed software that provides System 390 Paral lel Sysplex management automation capabilities and integrated systems and network management SA OS 390 manages host remote processor and I O operations SA OS 390 integrates the functions of Automated Operations Control for Multiple Virtual Storage MVS ESCON Manager and Target System Control Facility D See product name SSP Ina director or switch the central controlling processor Controls the RS 232 maintenance port and the Ethernet port of a Fibre Channel director or switch See terabyte See transmission control protocol Glossary g 47 TCP IP technical support Telecommunications Industry Association telnet terabyte Threshold Alert Log TIA topology transceiver modules transfer rate transmission control protocol See transmission control protocol Internet protocol Single point of contact for a customer when assistance is needed in managing or troubleshooting a product Technical support provides assistance t
563. tate As a result a disruptive server logout and login occurred for all attached devices All attached devices resume operation after management server login Perform the data collection procedure and return the CD to McDATA for analysis 8 As indicated by an event code 062 the fabric controller software detected a path within the connected multiswitch fabric that traverses more than three interswitch links ISLs or hops Fibre Channel frames may persist in the fabric longer than timeout values allow Advise the customer of the problem and work with the system administrator to reconfigure the fabric so the path between any two fabric switches does not traverse more than three hops Did fabric reconfiguration solve the problem NO YES q The switch and connected multiswitch fabric appear operational Contact the next level of support MAP 0700 Fabric ISL and Segmented Port Problem Determination 3 95 9 As indicated by an event code 063 the Fabric Controller software detected an e Intrepid 6064 Director in a multiswitch fabric that has more than 48 ISLs attached e Intrepid 6140 Director in a multiswitch fabric that has more than 70 ISLs attached e Other fabric element director or switch in a multiswitch fabric that has more than 32 ISLs attached Fibre Channel frames may be lost or routed in loops because of potential fabric routing problems Advise the customer of the problem and work with the system adm
564. tch is operating in degraded mode e A red diamond with yellow background indicates at least one switch is not operational e A grey square indicates the status of at least one switch is unknown McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual The grey square indicates the EFC Server cannot communicate with the switch because e The switch to EFC Server Ethernet link failed e Ac power distribution in the switch failed e The control processor CTP card failed Does a grey square appear at the alert panel and as the background to the icon representing the switch reporting the problem YES NO Go to step 10 8 At the switch reporting the problem ensure the power switch is set to the Power On 1 position Inspect the switch for indications of being powered on such as At the front panel an illuminated PWR or ERR indicator e Green LEDs illuminated on the power supplies e Audio emanations and airflow from fans Does the switch appear powered on YES NO A power distribution problem is indicated Go to step 23 to obtain event codes If no event codes are found go to MAP 0100 Power Distribution Analysis on page 3 28 9 Either a switch to EFC Server Ethernet link failure or CTP card failure is indicated Go to step 23 to obtain event codes If no event codes are found a Fault isolate the least severe failure indicated Ethernet link problem Go to MAP 0400 Loss of
565. tch must be offline to change Preferred Domain ID and Management Style parameters If it is not and you activate values in this dialog box a dialog box displays prompting you to set the unit offline Setting the switch offline terminates all Fibre Channel connections To set the unit offline a Select Set Online State from the Maintenance menu on the menu bar along the top of the element manager window b When the Set Online State dialog box displays click Set Offline c When the warning box displays asking you to confirm the offline state click OK 2 Select Switch Parameters from the Operating Parameters submenu Configure menu tab 3 The Configure Switch Parameters dialog box displays Domain ID Preferred 1 _ Insistent _ Rerouting Delay _ Domain RSCN s _ Suppress Zoning RSCN s on zone set activations Activate Cancel Help Figure 2 68 Configure Switch Parameters Dialog Box McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual Switch Parameters Domain ID Installation Tasks NOTE Ordinarily you do not need to change values in this dialog box from their defaults The only exception is the Preferred Domain ID Change this value if the switch will participate in a multiswitch fabric 4 Use information under Switch Parameters to change settings as required for parameters in this dialog box 5 After you change settings clic
566. te localhost Realm EWS Oper Access User Name Password J Save this password in your password list Figure 3 7 Username and Password Required Dialog Box d Type the user name and password obtained in step 1 and click OK The SANpilot interface opens with the View panel Switch tab displayed Continue MAP 0000 Start MAP 3 21 View Configure Monitor Operations Help Figure 3 8 Refresh 8 22 02 at 14 31 41 Status Operational State Online Front View Real e a e e paiia e SANpilot View Panel Switch View 39 Does the SANpilot interface appear operational with the View panel displayed NO YES Go to step 45 40 A Page cannot be found Unable to locate the server HTTP 404 file not found or other similar message appears The message indicates the web browser PC cannot communicate with the switch because e The switch to PC Internet link could not be established e AC power distribution in the switch failed or AC power was disconnected e The switch s CTP card failed Continue McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual 41 Ensure the switch reporting the problem is connected to facility AC power Inspect the switch for indications of being powered on such as At the front panel an illuminated PWR LED or ERR LED e Green LEDs illuminated on the power supplies e Audio emanations and airflow from fans
567. te LAN After completing the common steps to consolidate EFC Server Connection operation disable the second Ethernet media adapter for the EFC Server PC and client backup PCs This ensures against IP address conflicts because public LAN devices cannot be connected Disabling the Ethernet Disable the second Ethernet media adapter as follows Repeat this Media Adapter step for the EFC Server and all client backup PCs 1 Click the Windows Start button The Windows Workstation menu displays 2 Sequentially select Settings and Control Panel The Control Panel window displays 3 Double click the Network icon The Network dialog box displays with the Identification page open 4 Click the Bindings tab The Network dialog box displays with the Bindings tab selected Network 24 x Identification Services Protocols Adapters Bindings Network bindings are connections between network cards protocols and services installed on this computer You can use this page to disable network bindings or arrange the order in which this computer finds information on the network Show Bindings for all protocols hal WINS Client TCP P At the Show Bindings For list select all protocols Double click the TCP IP Protocols selection to expand it Select 1 Silicom FastEthernet CardBus top Ethernet card at the right side of the PC for the public LAN and click Enable The red circle with a slash disappears from the left of the sele
568. te and Time ccceecee 2 75 Task 19 Configure the Sphereon 3032 3232 Element Manager INP PMCAH ONS 305 26 cextseteisisti e E E thee 2 76 Configure Switch Identification ccceccccceceseeeteteteeeeees 2 76 Task 20 Configure Switch Operating Parameters 06 2 78 Switch Parameterss visssccsiescscstesessaasssivsssiact rins 2 79 Task 21 Configure Fabric Operating Parameters c0 2 81 Fabric Parameters iiisssssccecssessssescasssseteseassssevssises aa 2 82 Configure Ports Open Systems Mode ccceeee eee 2 84 Configure Ports FICON Mode s ssssesssssseessesissrssersiereese 2 86 Configure Port Addresses FICON Mode cccceeeeees 2 88 Configure SNMP Trap Message Recipients c 2 91 Configure and Enable E mail Notification 2 92 Configure and Enable Ethernet Event ccccsseeee 2 93 Configure and Enable Call Home Event Notification 2 94 Configure Threshold Alerts cccccccceseescsteiseesesesesesnenenes 2 95 Procedures sesisescsuscsss eseantivis tives tered wea dutta natin EER EEES EEE 2 96 Task 22 Configure Open Trunking cccccccecessseneesesteteneseees 2 102 Task 23 Test Remote Notification Optional ccccee 2 102 Task 24 Back Up Configuration Data cccccsesecesceeeseseenens 2 103 Task 25 Configure the Switch from the SANpilot Interface Optional ss dcssssisscciseassvaieiesetg tions putative anae aaeeea 2 106 Configure Switch Ports sitsa ssania sasasi b
569. te application The operating system user name and password These are required when prompted during any MAP or repair procedure that directs the EFC Server to be rebooted The user name maintenance password and EFC Server name All are case sensitive and required when prompted at the EFC Manager Login dialog box Continue 2 Are you at the EFC Server or customer supplied server running the EFCM Lite application YES NO Go to step 24 3 Did the EFC Server lock up or crash and e Display an application warning or error message or e Not display an application warning or error message or e Display a Dr Watson for Windows 2000 dialog box NO YES a An EFC Server application problem is indicated Event codes are not recorded Go to MAP 0300 Console Application Problem Determination on page 3 36 4 Did the EFC Server crash and display a blue screen with the system dump file in hexadecimal format blue screen of death NO YES An EFC Server application problem is indicated Event codes are not recorded Go to MAP 0300 Console Application Problem Determination on page 3 36 MAP 0000 Start MAP Figure 3 1 5 Is the EFC Manager application active NO YES Go to step 7 6 Reboot the EFC Server or customer supplied server PC If the customer supplied server does not use the Windows 2000 operating system refer to the supporting documentation to reboot the server a At the Windows 200
570. tected trailer parity error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x22 User port detected internal frame error long HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 frame 0x23 Port detected SBAR response error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x24 User port detected clock error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x25 Port module internal address bus error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x26 User module internal data bus error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x27 User Port detected invalid address HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x28 Embedded port detected frame integrity error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x29 Embedded port detected frame error non parity HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 Ox2A Embedded port detected frame error parity HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x2B Embedded port detected invalid SBAR response HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x2C Embedded port detected receive frame parity HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 error 0x2D Embedded port detected connection time out HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 Ox2E Embedded port detected receive fame overrun HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 error Ox2F Embedded port detected frame transmit error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x30 Embedded port detected request time out HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x31 Embedded port internal parity error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x32 Reserved Engineering use only HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x33
571. tenensiesseecsasaesseoesnse 4 6 EFC Product Status LOg cccccsesscesetesseesesesteteeececeseseeesnenenes 4 6 4 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual BEC Fabric Log se ivescewies oe seesrstesecrineta eine eco ancatasrantnien dei 4 7 EFC Product Manager Audit LOg cccccessesesseesesesteteneees 4 7 Product Manager Event Log cccscscsccsescssetesestsneteseecenesesesnens 4 7 Product Manager Hardware L0g cccccscscessesesteteteseesesesesnens 4 9 Product Manager Link Incident Log ccc 4 10 Product Manager Threshold Alert Log ccccccsseseeeneees 4 12 SAN PUOp LOPS vesvaxdvozescsssestossdoewvoxesavsstenses sats voce gists seuetorsieetey 4 14 USING VIEWS eieiei see e EE EE E E 4 15 Port List VIEW snieni itean eva i eade Eunoa 4 16 ERU iSt VIEW seais osaa eE AE EER 4 18 Node List View sais iesescseesiavesscesesevevncsanscessesssnssiecece iiaia 4 19 Performance View i csii iisccscitseeea dats tin enicad nities 4 20 ZONE Set VIEW seestssctsiscadstensa risat wisest aariaa iiA 4 20 Performing Port Diagnostics siissiesii ii seni isikia 4 22 Port LED Sises sasasi 4 22 Hardware View sssic csdcichicaccssstsee ceca thaest ties i iratsi eri EEE anat 4 23 Performance VieWivsiscsicscesssscsesteevee viscera sevitisessseisisstesiereeinns 4 27 Perform Loopback Tests cccscesesesescesescsescenetsesestensneneeceees 4 29 Perform Channel Wrap Test cccccccsseesesseteteeseesesssestenenes 4 33
572. teps that describe fault isolation procedures Event Code Explanation Action 300 First cooling fan failed Go to step 8 301 Second cooling fan failed Go to step 8 302 Third cooling fan failed Go to step 8 303 Fourth cooling fan failed Go to step 8 304 Fifth cooling fan failed does not apply to Sphereon Go to step 8 3032 3232 305 Sixth cooling fan failed does not apply to Sphereon Go to step 8 3032 3232 604 SBAR assembly failure Go to step 14 800 High temperature warning port module sensor Go to step 8 801 Critically hot temperature warning port module Go to step 8 thermal sensor 802 Port module shutdown due to thermal violations Go to step 8 805 High temperature warning SBAR module thermal Go to step 8 sensor 3 68 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual oe Explanation Action 806 Critically hot temperature warning SBAR assembly Go to step 8 thermal sensor 807 SBAR assembly shutdown due to thermal violation Go to step 8 810 High temperature warning CTP card thermal sensor Go to step 8 811 Critically hot temperature warning CTP card thermal Go to step 8 sensor 812 CTP card shutdown due to thermal violation Go to step 8 850 System shutdown due to CTP card thermal violations Go to step 8 3 Is fault isolation being performed a
573. ter as follows Phone 800 752 4572 or 720 566 3910 Fax 720 566 3851 E mail support mcdata com To install and configure the switch on a desktop 1 Remove the backing from the four adhesive rubber pads and apply the pads to the underside of the switch Ensure the pads are aligned with the scribed circles at each corner 2 Position the switch on a table or desktop as directed by the customer Ensure Grounded AC electrical outlets are available Adequate ventilation is present Areas with excessive heat dust or moisture are avoided All planning considerations are met Refer to the McDATA Products in a SAN Environment Planning Manual 620 000124 Verify that all FRUs are installed as ordered 4 Verify that the SFP optical transceivers are installed as required for your installation 5 Connect the U S or country specific optional AC power cords to the right PSO and left PS1 receptacles at the rear of the chassis Task 3 Unpack Inspect and Install the Switch Installation Tasks Installation Tasks A McDATA supplied power cord is provided for each switch power supply To prevent electric shock when connecting the switch to primary facility power use only the supplied power cord s and ensure the facility power receptacle is the correct type supplies the required voltage and is properly grounded 6 Connect the remaining ends of the AC power cords to separate facility powe
574. terms of such license McDATA either owns or has the right to license the computer software programs described in this document McDATA Corporation retains all rights title and interest in the computer software programs McDATA Corporation makes no warranties expressed or implied by operation of law or otherwise relating to this document the products or the computer software programs described herein McDATA CORPORATION DISCLAIMS ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE In no event shall McDATA Corporation be liable for a incidental indirect special or consequential damages or b any damages whatsoever resulting from the loss of use data or profits arising out of this document even if advised of the possibility of such damages E McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Installation and Service Manual Templates v2 1 Chapter 1 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual Contents General Information Switch DeScriptiOn ccccecccseseeceneescsseneteseecenesssesnsnseseseeneeseseeenes 1 2 Switch Managementt cccccecccesesssesssnsneseseeseneescecesesssesneenens 1 2 Error Detection Reporting and Serviceability Features 1 5 Zoning FOAtUre vac sesietesnssccessecesvacsensteeseseesesstsesenestseessestseses seusene 1 7 Multiswitch Fabrics cscccccceesesesesssneeseecesescscecensnesesesneneneeeees 1 8 Switch Specifications ccccses
575. tes at the SANpilot interface a At the View panel click the Component Properties tab The View panel Component Properties tab displays b Inspect the State fields for Power Supply 0 and Power Supply 1 Does the State field display a Failed or Not Installed message for either power supply NO YES A redundant power supply failure is indicated Go to step 6 The switch appears operational 3 34 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual MAP 0200 POST Reset or IPL Failure Analysis When the switch is powered on it performs a series of power on self tests POSTs When POSTs complete the switch performs an initial program load IPL that loads firmware and brings the unit online This MAP describes fault isolation for problems that may occur during the POST IPL process If an error is detected the POST IPL process continues in an attempt to initialize the switch and bring it online But an event code 400 displays when the switch completes the POST IPL process 1 Was an event code 400 or 411 observed at the Sphereon 3032 3232 Event Log EFC Server or at the SANpilot event log YES NO Analysis for the failure is not described in this MAP Go to MAP 0000 Start MAP on page 3 6 2 The following table lists event codes brief explanations of the codes and the associated steps that describe fault isolation procedures Event A Code Ex
576. that have occurred on the director or switch director or switch Event Log or through the EFC Management Services application EFC Event Log There are two Event Logs director or switch Event Log and EFC Event Log 1 Director or switch Event Log Log displayed through the Product Manager application that provides a history of events for an individ ual director or switch such as system events degraded operation FRU failures FRU removals and replacements port problems Fibre Channel link incidents and EFC Server to product communication problems All detected software and hardware failures are recorded in the Event Log The information is useful to maintenance personnel for fault isolation and repair verification Contrast with EFC Event Log See also Audit Log Hardware Log Link Incident Log Threshold Alert Log 2 See EFC Event Log A term that refers to one of the Fibre Channel protocol building blocks composed of one or more nonconcurrent sequences E_Port Physical interface on a Fibre Channel switch within a fabric that attaches to an E_Port on another Fibre Channel switch through an interswitch link ISL to form a multiswitch fabric See also bridge port fabric port generic port node port segmented expansion port Entity that interconnects node ports N_Ports and is capable of rout ing switching Fibre Channel frames using the destination ID infor mation in the Fibre Channel frame header accompanying the f
577. the Threshold column b Ensure the check box in the Default Threshold column is blank At the associated field in the Threshold column type a percentage value from 1 to 99 NOTE The default low BB_Credit threshold is calculated by the switch s firmware and performs well in most cases 3 Click Activate to save the information The message Your changes to the port binding configuration have been successfully activated appears 4 If additional optional features are to be installed go to Install PFE Keys Optional on page 2 132 If no PFE keys are to be installed go to Task 26 Cable Fibre Channel Ports on page 2 134 Task 25 Configure the Switch from the SANpilot Interface Optional Installation Tasks Install PFE Keys Perform this procedure to install one or more of the following Optional optional features OSMS These feature allows open systems host control of the switch Flexport Technology A Flexport Technology switch is delivered at a discount with only eight ports enabled When additional port capacity is required the remaining ports are enabled in eight port increments through purchase of this feature SANtegrity binding This feature enhances security in SANs with a large and mixed group of fabrics and attached devices Preferred path This feature allows a user to configure an ISL data path between switches by configuring the source and exit ports of the origination switc
578. the customer the port is to be blocked Ensure the customer s system administrator quiesces Fibre Channel frame traffic through the port ga McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual Unblock a Port Repair Information 2 At the EFC Server open the EFC Manager application The Product View displays 3 Select the icon representing the switch with the port to be blocked The Hardware View for the selected switch displays 4 Move the pointer over the port and right click the mouse to open a list of menus 5 Select Block Port The Block Port n dialog box displays n is the port number TEE 6 Click OK The following occur to indicate the port is blocked and offline The emulated green LED associated with the port extinguishes at the Hardware View The green LED associated with the port extinguishes at the switch A check mark displays in the check box adjacent to the Block Port menu To unblock a port 1 At the EFC Server open the EFC Manager application The Product View displays 2 Select the icon representing the switch with the port to be unblocked The Hardware View for the selected switch displays 3 Move the pointer over the port and right click the mouse to open a list of menu options 4 Select Block Port Note the check mark in the box adjacent to the menu item indicating the port is blocked The Unblock Port n dialog box displays n is
579. the default zone is disabled 3 Add the switch to the fabric Connect the fibre optic cables to the switch ports Set the switch online Verify that the switch successfully joins the fabric 5 10 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual 6 UES kel stom telat Breakdown This chapter provides an illustrated parts breakdown for Sphereon 3032 3232 Switch field replaceable units FRUs Exploded view assembly drawings are provided for e Front accessible FRUs e Rear accessible FRUs e Power plugs and receptacles Exploded view illustrations portray the switch disassembly sequence Illustrated FRUs are numerically keyed to associated tabular parts lists The parts lists also include McDATA part numbers descriptions and quantities Front Accessible FRUs The front accessible Sphereon 3032 3232 FRUs are illustrated and described in Figure 6 1 and Table 6 1 The table includes reference numbers to the figure part numbers descriptions and quantities Illustrated Parts Breakdown 6 1 Illustrated Parts Breakdown Figure 6 1 Front Accessible FRUs Table 6 1 Front Accessible FRU Parts List Ref Part Number Description Qty 002 002470 002 Base assembly Sphereon 3032 3232 Switch without optics Reference 1 803 000054 385 Transceiver optical shortwave laser 1 0625 Gbps 0 to 32 850 nm LC 3016 803 000064 386 Tr
580. the following steps to activate or deactivate existing threshold alerts In the active state notifications are generated for the alert In the inactive state notifications do not occur 1 Select Threshold Alerts from the Configure menu The Configure Threshold Alerts dialog box displays The port s current state deactive or active is listed under the State column 2 To change the state select the alert information in the table 3 Ifthe alert is active select Deactivate to change to the deactive state If the alert is deactive select Activate to change to the active state Use the following steps to delete existing threshold alerts 1 Select Threshold Alerts from the Configure menu The Configure Threshold Alerts dialog box displays 2 Select the alert that you want to delete by selecting the alert information in the table 3 Select Delete A message displays asking you to confirm the deletion 4 Select Yes The alert is removed from the dialog box Task 21 Configure Fabric Operating Parameters Installation Tasks Installation Tasks Task 22 Configure Open Trunking This option is only available if the optional Open Trunking feature is installed Selecting this option opens the Configure Open Trunking dialog box For details on enabling Open Trunking and configuring such parameters as congestion thresholds for ports event notification options and the low BB credit threshold refer to Chapter 6 Optio
581. the principal switch e Ifyou have three switches and set two to Principal and one to Default the switch with the Principal setting that has the lowest WWN becomes the principal switch e Ifyou have three switches and set two to Default and one to Never Principal the switch with the Default setting and the lowest WWN becomes the principal switch Task 21 Configure Fabric Operating Parameters 2 83 Installation Tasks Note that at least one switch in a multiswitch fabric needs to be set as Principal or Default If all of the switches are set to Never Principal all of the interswitch links ISLs will segment If all but one switch is set to Never Principal and the switch that was principal goes offline then all of the other ISLs will segment NOTE We recommend you leave the switch priority setting as Default If you are considering setting this value to something other than default refer to the section on principal switch selection for multiswitch fabrics in the McDATA Products in a SAN Environment Planning Manual 626 000124 for details In for example the audit log you may notice that the Principal setting maps to a number code of 1 Default maps to a number code of 254 and Never Principal maps to a number code of 255 The number codes of 2 253 are not currently in use Interop Mode Select one of the following options e McDATA Fabric 1 0 Select this mode if the fabric contains only McDATA switches and swit
582. the private switch local area network LAN The second Ethernet media adapter is not connected e Multiple EFC Server PCs Figure D 2 each with one Ethernet media adapter connected to the private switch LAN and a second Ethernet media adapter connected to the customer s corporate intranet D2 MCcDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Installation and Service Manual Consolidating EFC Servers in a Multiswitch Fabric EFC Server EFC Server Computer Name EFCServer Computer Name EFCServer 10 1 1 1 10 1 1 1 Before Consolidation Switch EFC Server Client Backup Computer Name EFCServer Computer Name EFCClient1 10 1 1 1 10 2 1 1 After Consolidation Switch Switch Figure D 1 EFC Server Consolidation Private LAN Connection Only Overview D 3 Consolidating EFC Servers in a Multiswitch Fabric EFC Server EFC Server Computer Name EFCServer Computer Name EFCServer 10 1 1 1 10 1 1 1 Before Consolidation Ethernet Hub Ethernet Hub Switch Switch Switch Hub EFC Server Client Backup Computer Name EFCServer Computer Name EFCClient1 10 1 1 1 10 2 1 1 through 1 Silicom Fast Ethernet CardBus Ethemet Hub Ethernet Hub After Consolidation Switch Switch Switch Hub Network through 1 Silicom Fast Ethernet CardBus Figure D 2 EFC Server Consolidation Private and Public LAN Connections D4 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232
583. the switch at location 1 001 is associated with the EFC Server PC and switches connected to client PCs are numbered in the physical order shown in Figure D 3 e ppp is the product type 001 for an EFC Server notebook PC 005 for an ED 5000 Director 006 for a Sphereon 3016 3216 Switch and 007 for a Sphereon 3032 3232 Switch e xxx is the position of the PC or switch in a Fabricenter equipment cabinet 001 for the PC 001 for the lowest switch and 002 for the next switch NOTE Use position number 001 for stand alone switches Overview D 5 Consolidating EFC Servers in a Multiswitch Fabric 10 1 1 1 10 1 1 1 Before poe pm z i FA lt i Se Migration 3 i Ethernet Hub Ethernet Hub Switch Switch 10 1 6 1 10 1 6 1 10 3 1 1 10 2 1 1 After Migration Ethernet Hub Switch Switch Switch 10 4 6 1 10 3 6 1 10 2 6 1 Figure D 3 IP Addresses in a Multiswitch Environment D6 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Installation and Service Manual Consolidating EFC Servers in a Multiswitch Fabric Consolidating EFC Servers This procedure provides instructions to consolidate multiple EFC Servers into a single environment The procedure is divided into steps that are e Common for all configurations e Unique to the private LAN configuration e Unique to the private LAN and corporate intranet configuration Common Steps for Perform the following steps for the sw
584. then select Shut down The Shut Down Windows dialog box appears b At the Shut Down Windows dialog box select the Restart option and click OK to reboot the server c Perform Access the Management Server Desktop on page 2 30 Task 9 Configure Windows 2000 Users Configure password access for all authorized Windows 2000 users of the management server It is also recommended to change the default administrator password To configure users 1 At the Windows 2000 desktop click Start at the left side of the task bar then select Settings then Control Panel The Control Panel window displays Figure 2 30 on page 2 33 2 Double click the Users and Passwords icon The Users and Passwords dialog box displays Figure 2 37 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual Installation Tasks Users and Passwords i aixi Users Advanced Use the list below to grant or deny users access to your computer and to change passwords and other settings IV Users must enter a user name and password to use this computer Users for this computer administrator Administrators ic Guest Guests iC srvacc Users Add Remove Properties Password for Administrator To change your password press Ctrl Alt Del and select y Change Password Set ordi A Cancel Apply Figure 2 37 Users and Passwords Dialog Box 3 The Guest user name is a built in account in the Windows
585. through the Product Manager application e Sphereon Product ManagerAudit Log e Sphereon Product ManagerEvent Log e Hardware Log e Link Incident Log e Threshold Alert Log e Open Trunking Log These logs are accessed through the SANpilot interface e Event Log e Open Trunking Re Route Log e Link Incident Log e Security Log e Audit Log e Fabric Log e Embedded Port Frame Log Using Log Information Repair Information EFC Audit Log EFC Event Log NOTE For information on the SANPilot logs review the SANpilot User Manual The EFC Audit Log displays a history of user actions performed through the EFC Manager application This information is useful for system administrators and users To open the EFC Audit Log select Audit Log from the Logs menu at the Products View For a description of the EFC Audit Log and an explanation of button functions at the bottom of the log window refer to the McDATA Enterprise Fabric Connectivity Manager User Manual 620 005001 The EFC Event Log displays events or error conditions recorded by the EFC Management Services application Entries reflect the status of the application and managed switches Information associated with a call home failure is intended for maintenance personnel to fault isolate the problem modem failure no dial tone etc while information provided in all other entries is generally intended for use by third level support personnel to
586. tick count Bytes 8 11 High availability error callout internally defined Distribution Switch EFC Server Host Nonvolatile System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident System Error Event Log Indicator Vv Vv Vv Vv Vv Vv McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Installation and Service Manual Event Code 442 Event Code Tables Message Embedded Port Anomaly Detected Severity Informational Explanation Indicates that the control processor has detected a deviation in the normal operation mode or operation status of the embedded port Action No action required There will be an additional event generated if the occurrence of this incident exceeds an error threshold resulting in a module or port failure Event Data Word 0 Byte 0 Embedded port number Byte 1 Reason Code See following chart Word 1 Byte 0 3 Elapsed millisecond tick count Word 2 Byte 0 1 High availability error callout 1 Byte 2 3 High availability error callout 2 Word 3 Byte 0 Detecting port Byte 1 Connected port Byte 3 Reserved Word 4 Byte 0 1 High availability error callout 3 Byte 2 3 High availability error callout 4 Distribution Switch EFC Server Host Nonvolatile System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident System Error Event Log Indicator Vv Vv Event 442 Anomaly Reason Codes Reason Code Description
587. tion 2 Properties dialog box displays Figure 2 35 Local Area Connection 2 Properties 2 x General Sharing Connect using EF Intel R PRO 100 Server Adapter 2 Components checked are used by this connection E Client for Microsoft Networks amp File and Printer Sharing for Microsoft Networks Internet Pr Install Uninstall Properties Description Transmission Control Protocol Intemet Protocol The default wide area network protocol that provides communication across diverse interconnected networks IV Show icon in taskbar when connected Figure 2 35 Local Area Connection 2 Properties Dialog Box McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual Installation Tasks 5 Double click the Internet Protocol TCP IP entry The Internet Protocol TCP IP Properties dialog box displays Figure 2 36 on page 2 37 Internet Protocol TCP IP Properties 2 x General You can get IP settings assigned automatically if your network supports this capability Otherwise you need to ask your network administrator for the appropriate IP settings Obtain an IP address automatically Use the following IP address IP address OS aol eal Subnet mask 20 0 OS 0 Default gateway ee ae C Obtain DNS server address automatically Use the following DNS server addresses Preferred DNS server arr Alternate DN
588. tion is established but the switch failed and requires immediate service Go to step 3 amp Status Unknown the switch status is unknown because of a network communication failure between the switch and management j server Go to step 3 2 Right click the switch icon A pop up menu appears 3 Select the Element Manager option from the pop up menu When the Element Manager application opens the last view tab accessed by a user opens by default As an example the Hardware View is shown 4 Inspect switch status at the Hardware View and perform one of the following steps a If the switch appears operational no FRU alert symbols and a green circle at the status bar go to Task 16 Configure PFE Key Optional Task 15 Verify Switch to Management Server Communication Installation Tasks Installation Tasks b If switch operation appears degraded or a switch failure is indicated FRU alert symbols and a yellow triangle or red diamond at the status bar go to MAP 0000 Start MAP on page 3 6 to isolate the problem Figure 2 54 Switch Hardware View Task 16 Configure PFE Key Optional Perform this task to display or install operating features that are available as customer specified options Available features include the e Open systems management server OSMS This feature allows open systems host control of the switch e Fibre connection FICON management server FMS T
589. tion panel Contrast with trunk cable See also optical cable See kilobit See kilobyte Kb A unit of measure for data storage equaling 1 024 bits or two to the tenth power Kilobits are generally approximated as being one thousand bits KB A unit of measure for data storage equaling 1 024 bytes or two to the tenth power Kilobytes are generally approximated as being one thousand bytes Laser is an acronym for light amplification by stimulated emission of radiation A device that produces a very powerful narrow beam of coherent light of a single wavelength by simulating the emissions of photons from atoms molecules or ions Amount of time elapsed between receipt of a data transmission at a switch s incoming fabric port F_Port from the originating node port N_Port to retransmission of that data at the switch s outgoing F_Port to the destination N_Port The amount of time it takes for data transmission to pass through a switching device Liquid crystal display See light emitting diode McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual light emitting diode LIN link link incident link incident alerts Link Incident Log LMA load balancing loader monitor area local LED A semiconductor chip that emits visible or infrared light when electricity passes through it LEDs are used on switch or director field replaceable units FRUs and the front bezel to provide vis
590. tions Other publications that provide additional information about the switch include e McDATA Products in a SAN Environment Planning Manual 620 000124 e McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switch Product Manager User Manual 620 000152 e Enterprise Fabric Connectivity Manager User Manual 620 005001 e FC 512 Fabricenter Equipment Cabinet Installation and Service Manual 620 000100 e McDATA SANpilot User Manual 620 000160 4 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual Conventions Where to Get Help Forwarding Publication Comments e McDATA OPENconnectors SNMP Support Manual 620 000131 e McDATA OPENconnectors Command Line Interface User Manual 620 000134 The following notational conventions are used in the document A danger contains information essential to avoid a hazard that can cause death A warning contains information essential to avoid a hazard that can cause severe personal injury or substantial property damage A caution contains information essential to avoid damage to the system or equipment The caution may apply to hardware or software For technical support customers should contact the McDATA solution center The solution center provides a single point of contact for customers seeking assistance and is staffed 24 hours a day seven days a week including holidays Contact the solution center at the phone number fax number or e ma
591. tivate the configuration changes without saving and close the Configure Addresses Active dialog box Save the Configuration click Save As The Save Address Configuration As dialog box displays Figure 2 73 Save Address Configuration As Dialog Box At the Name field type a configuration name of 8 or fewer alphanumeric characters At the Description field type a configuration description of 24 or fewer alphanumeric characters Click OK to save the configuration in the address configuration library and close the Save Address Configuration As dialog box At the Configure Addresses Active dialog box click Activate to activate the configuration and close the dialog box or click Close to close the dialog box 2 90 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual Configure SNMP Trap Message Recipients Perform this procedure to configure community names write authorizations and network addresses and for up to 12 SNMP trap message recipients A trap recipient is a management workstation that receives notification through SNMP if a switch event occurs To configure SNMP trap recipients 1 At the Hardware View for the selected switch click the Configure icon at the navigation control panel and select SNMP from the Configure menu The Configure SNMP dialog box displays _ Enable Authorization Traps Community Name Write Authorization Trap Recipient UDP Port Number
592. to continue Figure 4 16 Port Diagnostics Dialog Box 8 Click Next Beaconing initiates for the port selected for test At the Hardware View a yellow triangle appears at the top of the port At the Port Diagnostics dialog box the message Verify selected ports are beaconing appears McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual External Loopback Test 10 11 12 13 To perform an external loopback test for a single port 1 Repair Information Verify beaconing is enabled then click Next The message Press START Test to begin diagnostics appears and the Next button changes to a Start Test button Click Start Test The test begins and The Start Test button changes to a Stop Test button The message Port xx Test running appears where xx is the port number Ared progress bar indicating percent completion travels from left to right across the Completion Status field As a port is tested the amber LED flashes beacons and the green LED extinguishes indicating the port is blocked NOTE Click Stop Test at any time to abort the loopback test When the test completes test results appear for each port tested as Port xx Passed or Port xx Failed in the message area of the dialog box If a port fails the test the amber LED for the port remains illuminated When finished click Cancel to close the Port Diagnostics dialog box and return to the
593. to delete the product Exit MAP 26 Does the SANpilot application appear operational NO YES The switch to SANpilot PC connection is restored and appears operational 27 A Page cannot be found Unable to locate the server HTTP 404 file not found or other similar message appears The message indicates the web browser PC cannot communicate with the switch because e The switch to PC Internet Ethernet link could not be established e AC power distribution in the switch failed or AC power was disconnected The switch CTP card failed Continue 28 Inspect the switch reporting the problem for indications of being powered on such as At the front panel an illuminated PWR or ERR indicator e Green LEDs illuminated on the power supplies Audio emanations and airflow from fans 3 62 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual Does the switch appear powered on YES NO Analysis for an AC power distribution or CTP card failure is not described in this MAP Go to MAP 0000 Start MAP on page 3 6 If this is the second time at this step contact the next level of support 29 Either a switch to PC Internet link problem Internet too busy or IP address typed incorrectly or a switch Ethernet port failure is indicated a Wait approximately five minutes then attempt to login to the switch again b At the Netsite field Netscape Navigator or Address fiel
594. to link computer networks at one site with those at another Smaller branch networks are sometimes called ribs The backplane provides direct current DC power distribution and connections for all logic cards Backup FRU When an active FRU fails an identical backup FRU takes over operation automatically failover to maintain director or switch and Fibre Channel link operation See also active field replace able unit See backup field replaceable unit 1 The amount of data that can be sent over a given circuit 2 A measure of how fast a network can move information usually mea sured in Hertz Hz The unit of signaling speed expressed as the maximum number of times per second the signal can change the state of the transmission line or other medium The units of baud are seconds to the negative 1 power Note With Fibre Channel scheme a signal event represents a single transmission bit See buffer to buffer credit Use of light emitting diodes LEDs on ports port cards field replaceable units FRUs and directors to aid in the fault isola tion process When enabled active beaconing will cause LEDs to flash Glossary os ber bezel bidirectional bit bit density bit error rate bits per inch blocked connection blocked port boot bpi B_ Port in order for the user to locate field replaceable units FRU s switches or directors in cabinets or computer rooms See bit error rate
595. to save the configuration information and close the dialog box Configure Port If the switch is set to FICON mode perform this procedure to access Addresses FICON the switch matrix and define Fibre Channel port names configure Mode ports as blocked or unblocked and define the CUP name Perform this procedure in conjunction with Configure Ports FICON Mode on page 2 86 1 To configure switch port addresses At the Hardware View for the selected switch click the Configure icon at the navigation control panel and select the Addresses and Active options from the Configure menu The Configure Addresses Active dialog box displays McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual Installation Tasks 04 M 05 06 m 07 08 E 03 o 0A oO 0B oc HZ Baaai Wi VSVSsVaaie oD 0E OF m 10 Oo 11 12 13 Oo 12 109 Figure 2 72 Configure Addresses Active Dialog Box a Select a blank Name field and type a descriptive port name of 24 or fewer alphanumeric characters Use a name that reflects the device connected to the port b Click the Blocked check box to block or unblock a port A check mark in the box indicates the port is blocked Blocking the port prevents the attached device from communicating with the sw
596. to the LAN segment on which the management server is installed Switch administrative functions are accessed through the LAN and management server The LAN interface can be e Part of the dedicated 10 100 Mbps LAN segment that provides access to managed switches This switch to management server LAN connection is part of the equipment installation and is required Connection of remote workstations can be through the McDATA Ethernet hub or through the customer intranet A Remote Workstation Configurations Ea General Information network configuration using the customer intranet and one Ethernet connection through the management server is shown in Figure 1 4 Switch EFC Server Figure 1 4 Typical Network Configuration One Ethernet Connection e Part of a second management server interface that connects to a customer intranet and allows operation of the Element Manager application from remote user PCs or workstations Connection to this LAN segment is optional and depends on customer requirements A network configuration using both Ethernet connections is shown in Figure 1 5 Ea McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual General Information Remote Workstation Switch EFC Server 10 100 Mbps Ethernet Hub Remote Workstation Switch Figure 1 5 Typical Network Configuration Two Ethernet Connections Both Ethernet adapters in the manage
597. tor See buffer to buffer credit See control processor card Synonym for technical support Channel operations running in block mode This occurs when a chan nel is attached to a converter This specifies the 1 O operation mode for the channel path under the I O configuration program IOCP channel path identifier CHPID statement Type parameter Contrast with CBY A collection of data with a given structure for accepting storing and providing on demand data for multiple users T Critical information for all managed products including directors and switches Information stored here includes e All configuration data Glossary datagram dB dBm DC decibel default default zone destination device diagnostics dialog box direct current e All log files e Call home settings e Firmware library e Zoning library Synonym for Class 3 Fibre Channel service See decibel Decibels referenced to one milliwatt Zero dBm equals one milliwatt with a logarithmic relationship as the value increases D See direct current Abbreviated as dB A standard unit used to express gain or loss of optical power expressed as the ratio of input power to output power on a logarithmic basis D Pertaining to an attribute value or option that is assumed by a sys tem when none is explicitly specified D I A zone that contains all attached devices that are not members of a separate active zone A po
598. tribution Switch EFC Server Host Nonvolatile System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident System Error Event Log Indicator Vv Vv Vv Vv Vv Vv CMM Module Events 800 through 899 Event Code Tables Event Code 802 Message Port module shutdown due to thermal violations Severity Major Explanation The Port Module has been marked failed and power has been removed from the board due to excessive heat This event follows an indication that the port module hot threshold level has been surpassed event 801 Action Perform the data collection procedure for this switch using the EFC Manager save the data file to the EFC Zip drive and return the CD to McDATA for analysis Perform a system power on reset If the problem persists replace the switch Event Data No supplementary data included with this event Distribution Switch EFC Server Host Nonvolatile System Event Log E Mail Call Home Sense Info Link Incident System Error Event Log Indicator Vv Vv Vv Vv Vv Vv Event Code 805 Message High temperature warning SBAR module thermal sensor Severity Major Explanation The thermal sensor associated with the SBAR module has detected that the warm temperature threshold level has been surpassed Action Perform the data collection procedure for this switch using the EFC Manager save the data file to the EFC Zip driv
599. try and click End Task The EFC Manager application closes Continue to the next step 3 Attempt to clear the problem by rebooting the EFC Server or customer supplied server PC If the customer supplied server does not use the Windows 2000 operating system refer to the supporting documentation to reboot the server a At the Windows 2000 desktop click Start at the left side of the task bar bottom of the desktop then select Shut Down The Shut Down Windows dialog box displays Figure 3 12 on page 3 38 Shut Down Windows Be x R What do you want the computer to do Restart Ends your session shuts down Windows and starts Windows again Cancel Help Figure 3 12 Shut Down Windows Dialog Box b Select the Shut Down option from the list box and click OK The EFC Server powers down c Wait approximately 30 seconds and press the power button on the LCD panel to power on the server and perform POSTs During POSTs 1 The green LCD panel illuminates 2 The green HDD LED blinks momentarily and processor speed and random access memory information display momentarily at the LCD panel 3 After a few seconds the LCD panel displays the following message pertaining to boot sequence selection Figure 3 13 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual Figure 3 13 LCD Panel During Boot Sequence 4 Ignore the message After ten seconds the server perfor
600. ts including itself Principal is the highest priority setting Default is the next highest and Never Principal is the lowest priority setting The setting Never Principal means the switch is incapable of becoming a principal switch If all switches are set to Principal or Default the switch with the highest priority and the lowest world wide name WWN becomes the principal switch At least one switch in a fabric must be set as Principal or Default If all switches are set to Never Principal all interswitch links ISLs segment d Select from the Interop Mode drop down list to set the switch operating mode This setting only affects the mode used to manage the switch it does not affect port operation Available selections are e McDATA Fabric 1 0 Select this option if the switch is fabric attached only to other McDATA directors or switches operating in McDATA fabric mode e Open Fabric 1 0 Select this option default for managing heterogeneous fabrics and if the switch is fabric attached to McDATA directors or switches and open fabric compliant switches produced by other original equipment manufacturers OEMs NOTE When Open Fabric 1 0 is selected the default zone is disabled and you have to activate the default zone or enable the active zone set 2 116 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual Installation Tasks 4 Click Activate to save and activate the changes
601. ts View displays 3 114 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual Did the Products View display and does the EFC Manager application appear operational NO YES The server appears operational Exit MAP 11 Re install the EFC Manager application Refer to Install or Upgrade Software on page 4 59 for instructions Did the EFC Manager application install and open successfully NO YES a The server appears operational Exit MAP 12 Advise the customer and next level of support that the server hard drive should be restored to its original factory configuration If the customer and support personnel do not concur go to step 13 a Format the server hard drive Refer to supporting documentation shipped with the server for instructions b Install the Windows 2000 operating system and EFC Manager application Refer to Appendix C Restore EFC Server for instructions Did the server hard drive format and did the operating system and EFC Manager application install and open successfully NO YES The server appears operational Exit MAP 13 Additional analysis for the failure is not described in this MAP Contact the next level of support Exit MAP MAP 0800 Server Hardware Problem Determination 3 116 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual 4 Repair Information This chapter describes the repair and repair rel
602. ts dialog box displays Configure Threshold Alert s q xj Name Type State Transmit Exceed Transmit Inactive New Modify View Delete Activate Deactivate Close Help Figure 2 78 Configure Threshold Alerts Dialog Box If alerts are configured they will display in table format showing the name of the alert type of alert Rx Tx or Rx or Tx and alert state inactive or active 2 Click New The New Threshold Alert dialog box displays 2 96 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual Installation Tasks New Threshold Alert q xj Enter name and type of threshold alert Threshold Alert Name Threshold Type Select One x4 Figure 2 79 New Threshold Alerts Dialog Box First Screen 3 Enter a name from one to 64 characters in length All characters in the ISO Latin 1 character set excluding control characters are allowed 4 Select one of the following from the drop down list under the Name field e Rx Throughput An alert will occur if the threshold set for receive throughput is reached e Tx Throughput An alert will occur if the threshold set for transmit throughput is reached e Rxor Tx Throughput An alert will occur if the threshold set for either receive or transmit throughput is reached 5 Click Next A new screen appears with additional parameters The name configured for the
603. ture s rerouting algorithm If you click this check box you cannot enter a value into the Threshold column for the port If you click the check box to remove the checkmark any value that was set in the Threshold column for the port will redisplay e Click in the Threshold column and enter a value in the range of 1 through 99 NOTE If no threshold is entered for a port a default value is used that is based on port type 1 Gb sec or 2 Gb sec and channel bandwidth Set Event Notification options Note that if enabled these notifications occur the first time the events occur Notifications are not resent while the problem persists e Unresolved Congestion Click this check box to display a checkmark and enable notification If enabled an unresolved congestion entry is made to the Event Log and an SNMP trap will be generated if trap recipients are configured through the Configure SNMP dialog box An unresolved congestion event occurs when the rerouting algorithm cannot find a path for rerouting data flow and relieving congestion on an ISL e Back Pressure Click this check box to display a checkmark and enable this option If enabled a back pressure entry will be made to the Event Log and an SNMP trap will be generated if trap recipients are configured through the Configure SNMP dialog box Open Trunking 2 71 Installation Tasks Pop Up Menu A back pressure event occurs when the percentage of t
604. ual 3 41 Fabric Binding Dialog Box Third cceeescsceeseeseteseeceeesesesteneneseseeneeens 3 87 3 42 Switch Binding Membership List Dialog BOX c ccceesesseseeeteteteeeees 3 88 3 43 Clear Link Incident Alert s Dialog BOX ceeeeceseseseeseseneseneseseeseees 3 90 3 44 Port Properties Dialog BOX s sssiss eissesissreisrrssrerisonosinnsiserrssonsssnnisrersd ersererisse 3 94 3 45 Configure Fabric Parameters Dialog BOX ccccccesseesseteteseseeteteneeeees 3 98 3 46 Configure Switch Parameters Dialog BOX ccccccsssseseseeteteseseeteteneseens 3 99 347 Active Zone Set View ccescsecscsssssesescessnsssescseecessnsescecessnsssneceeeesneeseeeeney 3 100 3 48 Configure Fabric Parameters Dialog BOX cccccscceeceeeseseseeteteteseseens 3 104 3 49 Windows 2000 Task Manager Dialog Box Performance 004 3 110 3 50 Shut Down Windows Dialog BOX cccccesessssesesceeetesesesteteteseseenesessecsnans 3 111 3 51 LCD Panel During Boot Sequence cccescsccescscetesesesteteteseseeneeseneneees 3 111 3 52 EFC Manager Login Dialog BOX cece ec eseseseeeeseseeseeeeeeseneneeees 3 112 3 53 LCD Panel During Boot Sequence ccccecceescscetesesesteteteseseeneeseneneees 3 114 4 1 EFC Event LOS cutest inaa e E E EE 4 5 4 2 Product Status LOG cr ikesei meien neuer Eenia niita testan ieS ei dEn 4 6 4 3 Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Event Log s ssessssssssssseritssseritssssestesntesstenterssesee 4 8 4 4 Hardware Lop senssreninc
605. ual General Information Each power supply has a separate CTP card connection to allow for independent AC power sources The power supplies are input rated at 100 to 230 volts alternating current VAC Connectors and Indicators Connectors and indicators include the e Initial machine load IML button e Ethernet LAN connector e Green power PWR and amber system error ERR LEDs e Green and amber status LEDs associated with FRUs e RS 232 maintenance port Initial Machine Load When the IML button Figure 1 6 on page 1 19 is pressed and held Button for three seconds the switch performs an IML that takes approximately 30 seconds and resets the e Microprocessor and functional logic for the CTP card and loads firmware from FLASH memory e Ethernet LAN interface causing the connection to the management server to drop momentarily until the connection automatically recovers e Ports causing all Fibre Channel connections to drop momentarily until the connections automatically recover An IML should only be performed if a CTP card failure is indicated Do not IML the switch unless directed to do so by a procedural step in this manual or the next level of support As a precaution the IML button is flush mounted to protect against accidental activation Ethernet LAN The front panel provides a 10 100 megabit per second Mbps RJ 45 Connector twisted pair connector Figure 1 6 on page 1 19 that attaches to an Ethernet
606. ual indications of hardware status or malfunctions See link incident Physical connection between two devices on a switched fabric A link consists of two conductors one used for sending and the other for receiving thereby providing a duplex communication path LIN Interruption to link due to loss of light or other causes See also link incident alerts A user notification such as a graphic symbol in the Product Manager application Hardware View that indicates that a link incident has occurred See also link incident Director or switch Link Incident Log Log displayed through the Prod uct Manager application that provides a history of Fibre Channel link incidents with associated port numbers for an individual director or switch The information is useful to maintenance personnel for isolat ing port problems particularly expansion port E_Port segmentation problems and repair verification See also Audit Log Event Log Hardware Log Threshold Alert Log See loader monitor area Ability to evenly distribute traffic over multiple interswitch links within a fabric Load balancing on McDATA directors and switches takes place automatically LMA Code that resides in the loader monitor area of the control pro cessor CTP card Among other functions LMA code provides I O functions available through the maintenance port operator panel server interface terminal window command functions power up diagnostics field replaceab
607. uence NOS received 3 21 02 4 19 41 PM 10 Loss ofSignal or Loss of Synchronization 3 21 02 4 07 20 PM 8 Loss of Signal or Loss of Synchronization 3 21 02 3 47 51 PM 10 Loss ofSignal or Loss of Synchronization 3 21 02 11 08 22 AM 13 Loss of Signal or Loss of Synchronization 3 21 02 11 07 56 AM 8 Loss of Signal or Lass of Synchronization 3 21 02 10 41 47 AM 8 Loss of Signal or Lass of Synchronization 3 21 02 10 38 03 AM 8 Loss of Signal or Loss of Synchronization 3 21 02 10 24 28 AM 13 Loss ofSignal or Loss of Synchronization 3 21 02 10 22 54 AM 12 Not Operational primitive sequence NOS received 3 21 02 10 19 30 AM 8 Loss of Signal or Loss of Synchronization ae ee ee ee Link Incident Log If a link incident occurred the affected port number is listed with one of the following messages Link interface incident implicit incident Link interface incident bit error threshold exceeded Link failure loss of signal or loss of synchronization Link failure not operational primitive sequence NOS received Link failure primitive sequence timeout Link failure invalid primitive sequence received for the current link state Did one of the listed messages appear in the Link Incident Log YES NO L The switch appears operational A link incident problem is indicated Go to step 23 to obtain event codes If no event codes are found go to MAP 0600 Port Failure and Link Incident Analysis on page 3 72 McDATA
608. und Monitor Refresh 3 15 02 at 8 42 Port Stats Node List View Clear Event Log Entries Clear System Error Light Error Event Date Time Code Severity Event Data IRF FFFF 881A CADS OAST 609A FFFF FFFF FFFF io ea Major FFFF FFFF FFFF FFFF FFFF FFFF FFFF 03 12 02 4 54 pm 1200 0000 0300 0000 0000 0000 acini alee ve 12FF FFFF 9FED 2E00 0957 609A FFFF FFFF FFFF Configure Monitor YES NO L Return to the MAP step that sent you here Go to Table 3 3 on page 3 3 MAP 0000 Start MAP 3 27 53 The link incident record provides the attached switch port number s and one or more of the following event codes and messages Record all event codes that may relate to the reported problem 581 Link interface incident implicit incident 582 Link interface incident bit error threshold exceeded 583 Link failure loss of signal or loss of synchronization 584 Link failure not operational primitive sequence NOS received 585 Link failure primitive sequence timeout 586 Link failure invalid primitive sequence received for the current link state Were one or more event codes found YES NO Perform switch fault isolation at the EFC Server Go to step 3 Go to Table 3 3 on page 3 3 MAP 0100 Power Distribution Analysis This MAP describes fault isolation for the switch power distribution system including defective AC power cords or power supplies 1 Was an eve
609. unication 3 47 3 NO L 4 a Did the switch to EFC Server Ethernet connection recover YES The switch to EFC Server connection is restored and appears operational Contact the next level of support Reboot the EFC Server PC Click the Windows Start button The Windows 2000 Workstation menu displays At the Windows 2000 Workstation menu select Shut Down The Shut Down Windows dialog box appears At the Shut Down Windows dialog box select Shut down the Computer and click Yes to power off the PC Wait approximately 30 seconds and power on the PC After POSTs complete the Begin Logon dialog box displays Simultaneously press Ctrl Alt and Delete to display the Logon Information dialog box Type a user name and password obtained in MAP 0000 Start MAP on page 3 6 and click OK The EMS and EFC Manager applications start and the EFC Manager Login dialog box displays At the EFC Manager Login dialog box type a user name password and EFC Server name obtained in MAP 0000 Start MAP on page 3 6 and click Login The application opens and the Product View displays 3 48 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual ll 5 EFC Manager Figure 3 19 EFC Manager Login Dialog Box 5 Did the switch to EFC Server Ethernet connection recover NO YES The switch to EFC Server connection is restored and appears operational Contact the next level of
610. uniform resource locator URL Use the default IP address of 10 1 1 10 The Enter Network Password dialog box displays Figure 2 87 Task 25 Configure the Switch from the SANpilot Interface Optional Installation Tasks 2 107 Installation Tasks Please type your user name and password Site localhost Realm EWS Oper Access User Name Password JT Save this password in your password list Corcel Figure 2 87 Enter Network Password Dialog Box c Type the default user name and password NOTE The default SANpilot interface user name is Administrator and the default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive d Click OK The SANpilot interface opens with the View panel open and the Switch page displayed Figure 2 88 Reftash 7 23 02 at 122252 View Status Operational State Online Front View Configure Monitor Operations Help Figure 2 88 View Panel Switch Page 2 108 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual Configure Switch Ports View Configure Monitor Operations Help Figure 2 89 Configure Panel Ports Page Installation Tasks Perform procedures in this section to configure names and operating characteristics for Fibre Channel ports To configure one or more switch ports 1 At the View panel select the Configure option at the left side of the panel The C
611. unity names for up to six SNMP trap recipients Also authorize write permissions to enable SNMP management stations to modify writable MIB variables In addition you can enable authorization traps to be sent to management stations when unauthorized stations request access to switch SNMP data Management Server Select this option to display either the Configure Open Systems Management Server or Configure FICON Management Server dialog box depending on which feature if any is enabled for the switch Use this to configure a FICON or open systems inband management program to function with the switch To use these a McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual General Information procedures you must have enabled either the FICON Management Server or Open Systems Management Server through the Configure Feature Key dialog box Features Displays the Configure Feature Key dialog box Use this dialog box to enter a feature key to enable optional features that you have purchased for the switch Date and Time Select this option to display the Configure Date and Time dialog box Use this option to set the current date and time in the switch When the Periodic Date Time Synchronization check box is checked the Date and Time fields are unavailable and the Management Server date and time periodically synchronizes the switch date and time If the Periodic Date Time Synchronization check box is not ch
612. uplicate Zone 3A Not Used 3B Not Used 3C Invalid Number of Zone Members 3D Invalid Member Type 3E Invalid Zone Set Name 3F 44 Not Used 45 Duplicate Member in Zone 46 49 Not Used 4A Invlaid Number of Zones 4B Invalid Zone Set Size 4C Maximum Number of Unique Zone Members Exceeded 4C FF Not Used McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Installation and Service Manual Event Code Tables Event Code 151 Message Fabric configuration failure Severity Informational Explanation A fabric wide configuration activation process failed An event code 151 is recorded only by the managing switch in the fabric The event code is intended to help engineering support personnel fault isolate a fabric wide configuration failures Action Perform the data collection procedure and return the CD to McDATA support personnel Event Data Event data are mapped from the software implementation of the FC SW2 protocol and are typically complicated Decoding the event data requires engineering support Event data are as follows Bytes 0 3 Managing switch domain ID in internal format 1 31 Bytes 4 7 Fabric configuration operation that failed Bytes 8 11 Fabric configuration step that failed Bytes 12 15 Managed switch domain ID in internal format 1 31 Bytes 16 19 Response command code received from the managed switch Bytes 20 23 R
613. ure Threshold Alerts table and select Activate Use the following steps to modify an existing threshold alert configuration 1 Select Threshold Alerts from the Configure menu The Configure Threshold Alerts dialog box displays 2 Select the alert that you want to modify by clicking the alert information in the table 3 If the alert is active select Deactivate then select the alert information in the table again 4 Select Modify NOTE If the alert is active an error message displays prompting you to deactivate the alert An initial Modify Threshold screen appears where you can change the threshold type 5 Select a threshold type from the drop down list 2 100 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual Activate or Deactivate Alerts Delete Alerts 6 Select Next when you are done A Modify Threshold screen appears where you can change the utilization cumulative minutes for the threshold to occur before notification and the time interval for measuring throughput and for alert notification 7 Make appropriate changes then continue through the Modify Threshold screens making changes as necessary until the summary screen appears displaying the alert configuration 8 Perform either of the following steps e Ifyou need to change any parameters select Previous and Next to display the desired Modify Threshold screen e Select Finish when you are done Use
614. user name is Administrator and the default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive b At the EFC Server field select localhost from the list box when logging into the EFC Server Type 10 1 1 1 IP address of the EFC Server when logging into a client backup PC c Click Login The Product View displays After completing the common steps to consolidate EFC Server operation ensure each client backup PC can login to the EFC Server Perform this procedure at each client backup PC 1 Reboot the client backup PC a Click the Windows Start button The Windows 2000 Workstation menu displays b At the Windows 2000 Workstation menu select Shut Down The Shut Down Windows dialog box appears c At the Shut Down Windows dialog box select Restart the Computer and click Yes The Begin Logon dialog box displays 2 Simultaneously press Ctrl Alt and Delete The Logon Information dialog box displays 3 Type the Windows 2000 user name and password and click OK The Windows 2000 desktop opens and the EFC Manager Login dialog box displays NOTE The default user name is Administrator and the default password is password both of which are case sensitive Consolidating EFC Servers Consolidating EFC Servers in a Multiswitch Fabric EFC Manager Login M E C 2 EFC Manager 4 Login to the EFC Manager application as follows a Type the user name and password NOTE The defaul
615. ut the protective strapping when unpacking the switch management server Ethernet hub or replacement FRUs Standard flat tip and cross tip Phillips screwdrivers Screwdrivers are required to remove replace adjust or tighten various connector or chassis components Maintenance terminal desktop or notebook PC the PC is required to configure switch network addresses and acquire event log information through the maintenance port The PC must have The Microsoft Windows 98 Windows 2000 or Windows Millennium Edition operating system installed RS 232 serial communication software such as ProComm Plus or HyperTerminal installed HyperTerminal is provided with Windows operating systems Fiber optic cleaning kit The kit contains tools and instructions to clean fiber optic cable connectors loopback plugs and protective plugs 1 48 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual Factory Defaults 2 Installation Tasks This chapter describes tasks to install configure and verify operation of the Sphereon 3032 Switch or Sphereon 3232 Switch and rack mount Enterprise Fabric Connectivity EFC Server The switch can be installed on a table or desk top mounted in an FC 512 Fabricenter equipment cabinet or mounted in any standard equipment rack Table 2 1 lists the factory set defaults for the Sphereon 3032 Switch or Sphereon 3232 Switch Table 2 1 Factory
616. uts Words 2 amp 4 0x30 Embedded port detected request time out HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x31 Embedded port internal parity error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x32 Reserved Engineering use only HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x33 Health Check port failed busy bit clear HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x34 Health Check port detected bit synchronization HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 error 0x35 Diagnostic port test failure HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 CTP Card Events 400 through 499 Event Code Tables 0x36 Embedded Port detected internal frame error invalid trailer HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x37 SBAR detected request out of range error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x38 User port internal timeout 3 HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x39 Embedded Port detected CRC Error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 Ox3A User port internal protocol error Unsolicited response HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x3B User port detected frame error Undeliverable frame HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x3C User port detected transmission rate discrepancy HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x3D User port detected transmission rate inconsistent mode HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 Ox3E User port internal protocol error Credit out of sync HA Error Callouts W
617. valid Attachment Link Incident Link Reset No Light Not Operational Port Failure Segmented E_Port or Testing A yellow triangle appears adjacent to the status field if the port is ina non standard state that requires attention A red and yellow blinking diamond appears adjacent to the status field if the port fails Reason If the E_Port segments while attempting to form a multiswitch fabric a summary appears describing the reason for segmentation Valid summaries are Incompatible operating parameters Duplicate domain ID s Incompatible zoning configurations Build fabric protocol error No principal switch No response from attached switch Exchange link protocol ELP retransmission failure timeout Performing Port Diagnostics 4 25 Repair Information This field also displays reasons for Invalid Attachment state 01 Unknown Invalid attachment reason cannot be determined 02 ISL connection not allowed on this port Port is configured as an F_Port but connected to switch or director 03 ELP rejected by the attached switch This director switch transmitted an exchange link protocol ELP frame that was rejected by the switch at the other end of the ISL 04 Incompatible switch at the other end of the ISL Interop mode for this switch is set to Open Fabric mode and the switch at the other end of the ISL is a McDATA switch configured for McDATA Fabric mode 05 External loo
618. vent Log A listing of messages generated by the product regarding errors and events The four levels of events indicate an increasing level of severity from Informational to Severe e Open Trunking Re Route Log A log of open trunking re route actions made by the product e Link Incident Log A log of link incidents that have occurred Security Log List of security incidents that have occurred e Audit Log List of events tracked for auditing purposes e Fabric Log List of events associated with the Fabric e Embedded Port Frame Log List of cumulative events e All Logs collects the information for each log into a single text page NOTE For details on the logs review the SANpilot User Manual Each log contains a link that brings the user to a page of ASCII text that reflects the log information present on the machine at that moment The log displayed is a snapshot of the current log information Log entries are displayed in the order in which they occurred with most recent entries listed first Each log also contains a Clear Log button that is used to clear all the entries in the log At the Logs page e Select double click a log title to open and view the contents of the associated log or e Select double click the All Logs title to open and simultaneously view the contents of all logs The Logs page provides a Clear Log button for each log Click the button to delete all entries for the associated log
619. vent Notification dialog box displays Figure 2 77 Call Home Event Notification Setup 3 x V Enable Call Home Event Notification Send Test OK Cancel Help Figure 2 77 Configure Call Home Event Notification Dialog Box 2 94 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual Configure Threshold Alerts Installation Tasks 3 Click the Enable Call Home Event Notification check box A check mark appears in the check box to indicate call home event notification is enabled NOTE The enable function must also be activated for each switch through the Sphereon 4500 Element Manager application Call home event notification can be active for some switches and inactive for others 4 Click OK to close the dialog box 5 Double click the Sphereon 4500 Switch icon The Hardware View for the selected switch displays 6 At the Hardware View select Enable Call Home Notification from the Maintenance menu A check mark appears in the check box to indicate call home event notification for the switch is enabled and the menu closes A threshold alert notifies users when the transmit Tx or receive Rx throughput reaches specified values for specific switch ports or port types E_Ports or F_Ports You are notified of a threshold alert in five ways e An attention indicator yellow triangle that displays on the port in the Hardware View e An attention indicator yellow triangle
620. ver and perform POSTs During POSTs 1 The green LCD panel illuminates 2 The green HDD LED blinks momentarily and processor speed and random access memory information display momentarily at the LCD panel 3 After a few seconds the LCD panel displays the following message pertaining to boot sequence selection Figure 3 16 Figure 3 16 LCD Panel During Boot Sequence 4 Ignore the message After ten seconds the server performs the boot sequence from BIOS During the boot sequence the server performs additional POSTs and displays the following operational information at the LCD panel e Host name e System date and time e LAN 1 and LAN 2 IP addresses e Fan 1 fan 2 fan 3 and fan 4 rotational speed e CPU temperature McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual e Hard disk capacity e Virtual and physical memory capacity c After successful POST completion the LCD panel displays a Welcome message then continuously cycles through and displays server operational information d After rebooting the server at the LCD panel log on to the EFC Server s Windows 2000 desktop through a LAN connection to a browser capable PC Refer to Access the Management Server Desktop on page 2 30 for instructions The EFC Management Services and EFC Manager applications start and the EFC Manager Login dialog box displays Figure 3 17 on page 3 45 e At the EFC Manager Login dialog box
621. vice e ISL failure or segmentation of an E_port Fault isolation and service procedures vary depending on the system event information provided Fault isolation and related service information is provided through maintenance analysis procedures MAPs documented in Chapter 3 MAPs consist of step by step procedures that prompt service personnel for information or describe a specific action to be performed MAPs provide information to interpret system event information isolate a switch failure to a single FRU remove and replace the failed FRU and verify switch operation The fault isolation process normally begins with Map 000 Ensure the correct switch is selected for service if the management server manages multiple switches or other McDATA products by enabling unit beaconing at the failed switch The amber system error ERR LED on the switch front panel blinks when beaconing is enabled Instructions to enable beaconing are incorporated into MAP steps Remote Workstation Configurations Using a standard web browser the SAN Management application and Element Manager applications can be downloaded and installed on remote user workstations that are LAN attached to the management server Operators at these workstations can manage and monitor switches controlled by the management server A maximum of five concurrent users including a local user can log in to the SAN Management application Each remote workstation must have access
622. vice Pack 3 Registered to Licensed McDATA user 51873 0EM 0009444 29200 Computer Intel R Pentium R 4 CPU 1 80GHz AT AT COMPATIBLE 1 048 048 KB RAM Figure 2 53 System Properties Dialog Box General Tab c Click Cancel to close the System Properties dialog box d Click close X at the upper right corner of the Control Panel window to return to the Windows 2000 desktop 2 54 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual Task 15 Verify Switch to Management Server Communication Communication must be verified between the switch and server SAN management and Element Manager applications To verify switch to server communication 1 At the SAN management application s main window physical map or product list inspect the shape and color of the status symbol associated with the switch product icon Table 2 5 explains operational states and associated symbols Table 2 5 Switch Operational States and Symbols Operational State Symbol Operational switch to server communication is established the switch No status is operational and no failures are indicated Go to Task 18 Set Switch symbol Date and Time on page 2 74 Degraded switch to server communication is established but the switch is operating in degraded mode and requires service This condition is typical if a port or redundant FRU fails Go to step 3 Failed switch to server communica
623. vity Product Status Log Log displayed though the EFC Manager application that records an entry when the status of a director or switch changes The log reflects the previous Glossary Ca EFC Server EFC Session Log EIA electromagnetic interference electronically erasable programmable read only memory electronic data interchange Electronic Industries Association electronic mail electrostatic discharge status and current status of a managed product and indicates the instance of a Product Manager application that should be opened to investigate a problem The information is useful to maintenance per sonnel for fault isolation and repair verification See also EFC Audit Log EFC Event Log EFC Session Log Enterprise Fabric Connectivity Server A laptop shipped with the product for the purpose of running the EFC Manager application EFC Product Manager application EFC Product Services application and EFC Management Services applications See also SANavigator Server Enterprise Fabric Connectivity Session Log Log displayed though the EFC Manager application that records a session login and logout history for the EFC Server including the date and time user name and network address of each session This information is useful for system administrators and users See also EFC Audit Log EFC Event Log EFC Product Status Log See Electronic Industries Association EMI Undesirable electromagnetic emi
624. wenty four hours a day seven days a week including hol idays The technical support number is 800 752 4572 or 720 566 3910 Synonymous with customer support TIA A member organization of the Electronic Industries Association EIA TIA is the trade group representing the communications and information technology industries See also Electronic Industries Association The Internet standard protocol for remote terminal connection over a network connection TB One thousand 1 000 gigabytes one terabyte of text on paper would consume 42 500 trees At 12 characters per inch 1 TB of data in a straight line would encircle the earth 56 times and stretch some 1 4 million miles equalling nearly three round trips from the earth to the moon Director or switch Threshold Alert Log Log displayed through the Product Manager application that provides details of threshold alert notifications for an individual director or switch The log displays the date and time an alert occurred and displays details about the alert as configured for the product The information is useful to mainte nance personnel for fault isolation and repair verification See also Audit Log Event Log Hardware Log Link Incident Log See Telecommunications Industry Association Logical and or physical arrangement of stations on a network Transceiver modules come in longwave extra longwave or short wave laser versions providing a single fiber connection The speed
625. wire bale handle of the SFP downward 90 degrees Insert a non IBM SFP into the G_Port receptacle a Ensure the label that identifies the OEM of the SFP is at the top and the alignment groove is at the bottom Verify the SFP is aligned in the receptacle then slide it forward until it seats Perform an external loopback test for the port External Loopback Test on page 4 31 If the test fails go to MAP 0000 Start MAP on page 3 6 to isolate the problem Connect the fiber optic jumper cable to the port SFP a C d Remove the protective cap from the cable connector Store the cap for safekeeping Clean the cable and SFP connectors Clean Fiber Optic Components on page 4 40 Insert the keyed LC cable connector into the port SFP Verify that the amber LED adjacent to the port is extinguished At the EFC Server s Hardware View select Event Log from the Logs menu The Event Log displays Ensure the following event code appears in the log 513 SFP hot removal completed RRP SFP Transceiver FRU Removal and Replacement FRU Removal and Replacement If an event code 513 does not appear in the log go to MAP 0000 Start MAP on page 3 6 to isolate the problem 7 At the EFC Server s Hardware View a Ensure no alert symbols appear that indicate a failure yellow triangle or red diamond b Click the port graphic representing the replacement SFP to open the Port Properties dialog bo
626. x Verify that port information port number port name operational state and port technology is correct If a problem is indicated go to MAP 0000 Start MAP on page 3 6 to isolate the problem 8 Restore communication to the port and set the port online as directed by the customer Unblock a Port on page 4 47 9 Perform the data collection procedure Collecting Maintenance Data on page 4 36 10 Clear the switch s system error ERR LED If at the EFC Server open the Hardware View and a Right click the front panel bezel graphic away from a FRU to open a pop up menu b Click Clear System Error Light If at a web browser connected to the SANpilot interface a Click the Switch tab at the Operations panel The Operations panel opens with the Switch page displayed b Click the Sys Err Light tab The Switch page displays with the Sys Err Light tab selected A System Error Light is ON message displays on the page c Click Clear Light RRP Power Supply Use the following procedures to remove or replace a power supply from the rear of the switch No tools are required Removal To remove a power supply 5 4 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual Replacement To replace a power supply 1 FRU Removal and Replacement Identify the defective power supply from the extinguished green LED at the switch or failure information at the EFC Server
627. x1E User port detected frame internal integrity error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 Ox1F Internal connection time out HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x20 User port detected elastic store error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x21 User port detected trailer parity error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x22 User port detected internal frame error long HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 frame 0x23 Port detected SBAR response error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x24 User port detected clock error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x25 Port module internal address bus error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x26 User module internal data bus error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x27 User Port detected invalid address HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x28 Embedded port detected frame integrity error HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x29 Embedded port detected frame error non parity HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 Ox2A Embedded port detected frame error parity HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x2B Embedded port detected invalid SBAR response HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 0x2C Embedded port detected receive frame parity HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 error 0x2D Embedded port detected connection time out HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 Ox2E Embedded port detected receive fame overrun HA Error Callouts Words 2 amp 4 error Ox2F Embedded port detected frame transmit error HA Error Callo
628. y take up to five minutes for the link to activate at the Product View and a green circle to appear at the alert panel and the background to the icon representing the switch This delay is normal Prior to servicing a switch or EFC Server determine the Ethernet LAN configuration Installation of switches and the EFC Server on a public customer intranet can complicate problem determination and fault isolation 3 46 McDATA Sphereon 3032 and 3232 Fabric Switches Installation and Service Manual 1 Was an event code 430 431 432 or 440 observed at the Sphereon 3032 3232 Event Log EFC Server or at the SANpilot event log YES NO Go to step 6 2 A transmission control protocol TCP reset command from the EFC Server caused the Ethernet connection to terminate The connection recovers if the EFC Server is powered on and the EFC Management Services EMS application is running Verify the EFC Server is powered on and the EMS application is running The application runs in the background as a Windows 2000 service and starts automatically when the EFC Server is powered on Click EFC Management Services at the Windows 2000 task bar The EFC Management Services window displays M 7 299 1 59PM EFC Services 35 SNMP Agent configuration file Figure 3 18 EFC Management Services Window Is the EFC Server powered on and the EMS application running YES NO L Go to step 4 MAP 0400 Loss of Console Comm

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

Electrolux EJN2710AOW fridge-freezer  取扱説明書 - PlayStation  1 Heatpump WiFi Module Installatie- en  Sony DAV-BC150 User's Manual  Metro 100 XT-2 Metro 100 XT-3  Frequently Asked Questions - California Immigration Lawyer Blog  ECG DE REPOS - Welch Allyn  Sikaflex      

Copyright © All rights reserved. Failed to retrieve file